Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 30, 2004
1933 Act Registration File No. 033-48907
1940 Act File No. 811-58433
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT | ||||
UNDER | ||||
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 | x | |||
Pre-Effective Amendment No. | ¨ | |||
Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 | x |
and
REGISTRATION STATEMENT | ||||
UNDER | ||||
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 | x | |||
Amendment No. 42 | x |
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
1000 North Water Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
(Address of Principal Executive Offices, including Zip Code)
Registrants Telephone Number, including Area Code: (414) 287-8555
John M. Blaser
1000 North Water Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
Copies of all communications to:
Cameron Avery, Esq.
Bell, Boyd & Lloyd
Three First National Plaza
70 West Madison Street, Suite 3300
Chicago, Illinois 60602-4207
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)
¨ | immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485 |
x | on December 31, 2004 pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485 |
¨ | 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485 |
¨ | on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485 |
¨ | 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485 |
¨ | on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485 |
The Marshall Funds Family
Prospectus
The Investor Class of Shares
(Class Y)
DECEMBER 31, 2004
| Marshall Equity Income Fund |
| Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
| Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund |
| Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
| Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund |
| Marshall International Stock Fund |
| Marshall Government Income Fund |
| Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund |
| Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund |
| Marshall Short-Term Income Fund |
| Marshall Money Market Fund |
| Marshall Government Money Market Fund |
| Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund |
As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
|
Investor Class of Shares | |||
(Class Y) |
1 | ||
Equity Funds |
||
3 | ||
4 | ||
5 | ||
6 | ||
7 | ||
8 | ||
Income Funds |
||
9 | ||
10 | ||
11 | ||
12 | ||
Money Market Funds |
||
13 | ||
14 | ||
15 | ||
16 | ||
17 | ||
18 | ||
21 | ||
26 | ||
30 | ||
34 | ||
37 | ||
40 | ||
For More Information |
Shares of Marshall Funds, Inc. (Marshall Funds) are not bank deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates. Shares of the Marshall Funds, like shares of all mutual funds, are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency, and may lose value.
The Marshall Funds offer investment opportunities to a wide range of investors, from investors with short-term goals who wish to take little investment risk to investors with long-term goals willing to bear the risks of the stock market for potentially greater rewards. The Marshall Funds are managed by the investment professionals at M&I Investment Management Corp. (Adviser).
Risk/Return Summary of Mutual Funds
|
Equity Funds
Marshall Equity Income Fund Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund Marshall International Stock Fund
Income Funds
Marshall Government Income Fund Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund Marshall Short-Term Income Fund
Money Market Funds
Marshall Money Market Fund Marshall Government Money Market Fund Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund |
Principal Risks of the Funds
Stock
Market Risks |
Sector
Risks |
Style
Risks |
Foreign
Securities/ Euro Risks |
Company
Size Risks |
Debt
Securities Risks |
Government
Obligations Risks |
Municipal
Securities Risks |
Asset/Mortgage
Backed Securities Risks |
|||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Equity Income Fund |
ü | ü | ü | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
ü | ü | ü | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund |
ü | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
ü | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund |
ü | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall International Stock Fund |
ü | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Government Income Fund |
ü | ü | ü | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund |
ü | ü | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund |
ü | ü | ü | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Short-Term Income
|
ü | ü | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Money Market Fund |
ü | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Government Money Market Fund |
ü | ü | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund |
ü | ü |
A complete description of these risks can be found in the Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds section.
2 | RISK / RETURN SUMMARY |
Equity Funds |
|
Goal: To provide capital appreciation and above-average dividend income.
Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in a broadly-diversified portfolio of common stocks of large-sized companies similar in size to those within the Standard & Poors 500 ® Index (S&P 500 ® ). In order to provide both capital appreciation and income, the Adviser attempts to structure the portfolio to pursue a yield at least 1% more than the income earned on the stocks in the S&P 500 ® .The Adviser selects stocks using a unique, quantitative, value-oriented approach that uses dividends as the initial guide to competitive long-term returns with less volatility.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Investor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1994-2003)
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was 1.58%.
Total Returns
Best quarter |
(2nd quarter, 2003) |
15.65% | ||
Worst quarter |
(3rd quarter, 2002) |
(17.64)% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
10 Year
|
|||||||
Fund: |
|||||||||
Return Before Taxes |
21.84 | % | 1.55 | % | 9.31 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (1) |
21.07 | % | 0.19 | % | 7.31 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (1) |
14.14 | % | 0.56 | % | 7.00 | % | |||
LEIFI (2) |
25.83 | % | 2.22 | % | 9.18 | % | |||
S&P 500 (3) |
28.67 | % | (0.57 | )% | 11.06 | % |
(1) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans. |
(2) | The Lipper Equity Income Funds Index (LEIFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LEIFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(3) | The S&P 500 ® is a capitalization-weighted index of 500 stocks designed to measure performance of the broad domestic economy through changes in the aggregate market value of 500 stocks representing all major industries. The S&P 500 ® does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear. |
EQUITY FUNDS | 3 |
Equity Funds (cont.)
Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund
Goal: To provide capital appreciation.
Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of large-sized companies similar in size to those within the S&P 500 ® . The Adviser looks for companies that are leaders in their industry and have records of above-average financial performance and proven superior management. These types of companies typically offer opportunities for growth.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Investor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1994-2003)
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was (1.05)%.
Total Returns
Best quarter |
(4th quarter, 1998) | 22.67 | % | ||
Worst quarter |
(3rd quarter, 2002) | (17.85 | )% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
10 Year
|
|||||||
Fund: |
|||||||||
Return Before Taxes |
24.72 | % | (3.36 | )% | 6.81 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (1) |
24.58 | % | (3.82 | )% | 5.43 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (1) |
16.06 | % | (2.89 | )% | 5.32 | % | |||
LLCCFI (2) |
24.80 | % | (1.08 | )% | 9.27 | % | |||
S&P 500 (3) |
28.67 | % | (0.57 | )% | 11.06 | % |
(1) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401 (k) plans. |
(2) | The Lipper Large-Cap Core Funds Index (LLCCFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LLCCFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(3) | The S&P 500 ® is a capitalization-weighted index of 500 stocks designed to measure performance of the broad domesticeconomy through changes in the aggregate market value of 500 stocks representing all major industries. The S&P 500 ® does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear. |
4 | EQUITY FUNDS |
Equity Funds (cont.)
Goal: To provide capital appreciation.
Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in value-oriented common stocks of medium-sized companies similar in size to those within the Russell Mid-Cap Value Index. The Adviser selects companies that exhibit traditional value characteristics, such as a price-to earnings ratio less than the Standard & Poors 400 ® Index, higher-than-average dividend yields or a lower-than-average price-to-book value. In addition, these companies may have under-appreciated assets, or be involved in company turnarounds or corporate restructurings.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Investor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1994-2003)
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was 6.01%.
Total Returns
Best quarter | (4th quarter, 2001) | 19.16 | % | ||
Worst quarter | (3rd quarter, 2002) | (16.61 | )% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
10 Year
|
|||||||
Fund: |
|||||||||
Return Before Taxes |
35.87 | % | 12.80 | % | 13.19 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (1) |
35.07 | % | 10.69 | % | 10.26 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (1) |
24.07 | % | 10.01 | % | 9.88 | % | |||
LMCVFI (2) |
39.08 | % | 9.42 | % | 10.71 | % | |||
RMCVI (3) |
38.07 | % | 8.73 | % | 13.04 | % |
(1) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans. |
(2) | The Lipper Mid-Cap Value Funds Index (LMCVFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LMCVFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes . |
(3) | The Russell Mid-Cap Value Index (RMCVI) measures the performance of those Russell Mid-Cap companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. The RMCVI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear. |
EQUITY FUNDS | 5 |
Equity Funds (cont.)
Goal: To provide capital appreciation.
Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in growth-oriented common stocks of medium-sized companies similar in size to those within the Russell Mid-Cap Growth Index. The Adviser selects stocks of companies with growth characteristics, such as above-average earnings growth potential or where significant changes are taking place, such as new products, services, or methods of distribution, or overall business restructuring.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Investor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1994-2003)
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was (3.80)%.
Total Returns
Best quarter | (4th quarter, 1999) | 41.02 | % | ||
Worst quarter | (3rd quarter, 2001) | (23.19 | )% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
10 Year
|
|||||||
Fund: |
|||||||||
Return Before Taxes |
27.64 | % | 2.20 | % | 9.20 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (1) |
27.64 | % | 0.32 | % | 6.97 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (1) |
17.96 | % | 1.22 | % | 6.98 | % | |||
LMCGFI (2) |
35.42 | % | 2.18 | % | 8.25 | % | |||
RMCGI (3) |
42.71 | % | 2.01 | % | 9.40 | % |
(1) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans. |
(2) | The Lipper Mid-Cap Growth Funds Index (LMCGFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LMCGFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(3) | The Russell Mid-Cap Growth Index (RMCGI) measures the performance of those Russell Mid-Cap companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The RMCGI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear. |
6 | EQUITY FUNDS |
Equity Funds (cont.)
Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund
Goal: To provide capital appreciation.
Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of small -sized companies similar in size to those within the Russell 2000 Growth Index. The Adviser selects stocks of companies with above-average earnings growth potential or where significant changes are taking place, such as new products, services or methods of distribution, as well as overall business restructuring.
Fund Performance: * The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Investor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1996-2003)
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was (0.44)%.
Total Returns
Best quarter | (4th quarter,1999) | 38.36 | % | ||
Worst quarter | (3rd quarter, 2001) | (27.56 | )% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
Since 11/01/95
inception (1) |
|||||||
Fund: |
|||||||||
Return Before Taxes |
48.68 | % | 4.56 | % | 13.64 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (2) |
48.68 | % | 3.66 | % | 10.44 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (2) |
31.64 | % | 3.56 | % | 10.01 | % | |||
LSCGI (3) |
44.77 | % | 6.16 | % | 8.05 | % | |||
Russell 2000 GI (4) |
48.54 | % | 0.86 | % | 4.36 | % |
* | The SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND is the successor to the portfolio of a collective trust fund managed by the Adviser. At the Funds commencement of operations, the assets from the collective trust fund were transferred to the Fund in exchange for Fund shares. The Funds average annual total return since inception (11/1/95) was 13.64% through 12/31/03. The quoted performance data includes the performance of the collective trust fund for periods before the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUNDs registration statement became effective on August 30, 1996, adjusted to reflect the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUNDs expenses. The collective trust was not registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (1940 Act) and was not subject to certain diversification and investment restrictions that are imposed by the 1940 Act and the tax laws applicable to mutual funds. If the collective trust fund had been subject to those requirements and restrictions, the performance may have been adversely affected. |
(1) | After-tax since inception returns are calculated from the initial public investment in the Small-Cap Growth Fund on 9/4/96. It is not possible to reflect the tax impact on the common trusts performance. |
(2) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans. |
(3) | The Lipper Small-Cap Growth Funds Index (LSCGI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LSCGI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(4) | The Russell 2000 Growth Index (Russell 2000 GI) measures the performance of those Russell 2000 companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The Russell 2000 GI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear. |
EQUITY FUNDS | 7 |
Equity Funds (cont.)
Marshall International Stock Fund
Goal: To provide capital appreciation.
Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in securities of issuers domi ciled in at least three different nations outside th e United States, and invests at least 80% of its assets in stocks. BPI Global Asset Management LLP (BPI or Sub-Adviser) is the sub-adviser of the Fund. BPI uses a bottom-up approach to international investing within overall portfolio management guidelines. BPI identifies companies of any size within industry groups that have historically been successful and have a competitive advantage as evidenced by above-average profit margins, high returns on equity, low leverage and adequate cash flow. BPI then seeks to identify quality companies with attractive returns on equity, shareholder-oriented management, and a strong capital structure. Stocks are selected and retained when they are attractively valued within their industry by using traditional valuation measures such as price-to-book and price-to-earnings ratios, resulting in an approach BPI describes as quality companies at a reasonable price. The portfolio management team closely monitors the Funds industry weightings and country weightings in relation to its performance benchmark.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Investor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1995-2003)
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was (0.44)%.
Total Returns
Best quarter |
(4th quarter, 1999) | 40.46 | % | ||
Worst quarter |
(3rd quarter, 2002) | (19.47 | )% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
Since 09/01/94
inception |
|||||||
Fund: |
|||||||||
Return Before Taxes |
34.83 | % | 1.76 | % | 4.90 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (1) |
34.65 | % | 0.67 | % | 4.04 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (1) |
22.64 | % | 1.12 | % | 3.96 | % | |||
LIFI (2) |
36.00 | % | 2.13 | % | 5.00 | % | |||
EAFE (3) |
38.59 | % | (0.05 | )% | 3.48 | % |
(1) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans. |
(2) | The Lipper International Funds Index (LIFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LIFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(3) | The Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australasia, Far East Index (EAFE) is a market capitalization-weighted equity index of international stocks comprising 20 of the 48 countries in the Morgan Stanley Capital International universe and representing the developed world outside of North America. The EAFE does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear. |
8 | EQUITY FUNDS |
Income Funds |
|
Marshall Government Income Fund
Goal: To provide current income.
Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in U.S. government securities. The Adviser considers macroeconomic conditions and uses credit and market analysis in developing the overall portfolio strategy. Current and historical interest rate relationships are used to evaluate market sectors and individual securities. The Fund generally maintains an average dollar-weighted maturity of four to twelve years.
The Fund invests in the securities of U.S. Government-sponsored entities including the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac), the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBs). Not all U.S. Government-sponsored entities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government. Examples of entities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government include Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and FHLBs. These entities however, are supported through federal subsidies, loans or other benefits. The Fund also may invest in U.S. Government-sponsored entities which are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, such as the Government National Mortgage Association. Finally, the Fund may invest in a few governmental entities which have no explicit financial support, but which are regarded as having implied support because the federal government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit System and the Financing Corporation.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Investor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1994-2003)
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was 3.15%.
Total Returns
Best quarter |
(2nd quarter, 1995) | 4.03 | % | ||
Worst quarter |
(1st quarter, 1994) | (0.43 | )% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
10 Year
|
|||||||
Fund: |
|||||||||
Return Before Taxes |
3.08 | % | 5.60 | % | 5.92 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (1) |
1.74 | % | 3.47 | % | 3.52 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (1) |
1.99 | % | 3.43 | % | 3.52 | % | |||
LUSMI (2) |
2.61 | % | 5.72 | % | 5.71 | % | |||
LMI (3) |
3.07 | % | 6.55 | % | 6.89 | % |
(1) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax- deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans. |
(2) | The Lipper U.S. Mortgage Funds Index (LUSMI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LUSMI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(3) | The Lehman Brothers Mortgage-Backed Securities Index (LMI) is an ? index comprised of fixed rate securities backed by mortgage pools of the Government National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp. and the Federal National Mortgage Association. The LMI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear. |
INCOME FUNDS | 9 |
Income Funds (cont.)
Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund
Goal: To maximize total return consistent with current income.
Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in bonds. Fund investments include corporate, asset-backed, mortgage-backed and U.S. government securities. The Advisers strategy for achieving total return is to adjust the Funds weightings in these sectors as it deems appropriate. The Adviser uses macroeconomic, credit and market analysis to select portfolio securities. The Fund maintains an average dollar-weighted maturity of three to ten years.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Investor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1994-2003)
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was 2.06%.
Total Returns
Best quarter |
(3rd quarter, 2001) | 3.69 | % | ||
Worst quarter |
(4th quarter, 2001) | (1.22 | )% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
10 Year
|
|||||||
Fund: |
|||||||||
Return Before Taxes |
4.91 | % | 5.80 | % | 5.64 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (1) |
3.32 | % | 3.59 | % | 3.27 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (1) |
3.17 | % | 3.55 | % | 3.29 | % | |||
LSIBF (2) |
3.85 | % | 5.72 | % | 5.84 | % | |||
LGCI (3) |
4.31 | % | 6.65 | % | 6.63 | % |
(1) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans. |
(2) | The Lipper Short/Intermediate Investment Grade Bond Funds Index (LSIBF) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LSIBF reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(3) | The Lehman Brothers Governmental/Credit Intermediate Index (LGCI) is an index comprised of government and corporate bonds rated BBB or higher with maturities between 1-10 years. The LGCI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear. |
10 | INCOME FUNDS |
Income Funds (cont.)
Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund
Goal : To provide a high level of current income that is exempt from federal income tax and is consistent with preservation of capital.
Strategy : The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in municipal securities, the income from which is exempt from federal income tax (including the federal alternative minimum tax). Fund assets are invested in investment-grade municipal securities, which includes debt obligations of states, territories and possessions of the U.S. and political subdivisions and financing authorities of these entities that provide income exempt from federal income tax (including the federal alternative minimum tax). The Adviser selects Fund investments after assessing factors such as the cyclical trend in interest rates, the shape of the municipal yield curve, tax rates, sector valuation and municipal bond supply factors. The Fund will maintain an average dollar-weighted portfolio maturity of three to ten years.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Investor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1995-2003)
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was 1.83%.
Total Returns
Best quarter |
(1st quarter, 1995) | 4.31 | % | ||
Worst quarter |
(2nd quarter, 1999) | (2.12 | )% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
Since 2/1/94
inception |
|||||||
Fund: |
|||||||||
Return Before Taxes |
4.18 | % | 4.87 | % | 4.96 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (1) |
4.14 | % | 4.87 | % | 4.94 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (1) |
4.01 | % | 4.75 | % | 4.84 | % | |||
LIMI (2) |
4.36 | % | 4.90 | % | 4.95 | % | |||
L7GO (3) |
5.58 | % | 5.83 | % | 5.77 | % |
(1) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans. |
(2) | The Lipper Intermediate Municipal Funds Index (LIMI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LIMI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(3) | The Lehman Brothers 7-Year General Obligations Index (L7GO) is an index comprised of general obligation bonds rated A or better with maturities between six and eight years. The L7GO does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear. |
INCOME FUNDS | 11 |
Income Funds (cont.)
Marshall Short-Term Income Fund
Goal: To maximize total return consistent with current income.
Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in short- to intermediate-term investment grade bonds and notes. Fund investments include corporate, asset-backed, mortgage-backed and U.S. government securities. The Adviser changes the Funds weightings in these sectors as it deems appropriate and uses macroeconomic, credit and market analysis to select portfolio securities. The Fund maintains an average dollar-weighted maturity of six months to three years.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Investor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1994-2003)
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was 1.23%.
Total Returns
Best quarter |
(3rd quarter, 2001) | 2.67 | % | ||
Worst quarter |
(4th quarter, 2001) | (0.72 | )% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
10 Year
|
|||||||
Fund: |
|||||||||
Return Before Taxes |
3.07 | % | 5.17 | % | 5.28 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (1) |
1.61 | % | 3.02 | % | 2.97 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (1) |
1.98 | % | 3.07 | % | 3.04 | % | |||
LSTIBI (2) |
2.65 | % | 4.95 | % | 5.19 | % | |||
ML13 (3) |
2.74 | % | 5.75 | % | 5.89 | % |
(1) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred I programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans. |
(2) | The Lipper Short-Term Investment Grade Bond Index (LSTIBI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LSTIBI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(3) | The Merrill Lynch 1-3 Year U.S. Government/Corporate Index (ML13) is an index tracking short-term U.S. government and corporate securities with maturities between 1 and 2.99 years. The index is produced by Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith. The ML13 does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear. |
12 |
INCOME FUNDS |
Money Market Funds |
|
Goal: To provide current income consistent with stability of principal.
Strategy: Fund assets are invested in high quality, short-term money market instruments. In order to produce income that minimizes volatility, the Adviser uses a bottom-up approach which evaluates debt securities of individual companies against the context of broader market factors such as the cyclical trend in interest rates, the shape of the yield curve and debt security supply factors.
An investment in the Fund is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks and liquidity risks.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Investor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and an average of money funds with similar objectives. Indices and averages are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1994-2003)
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was 0.62%.
Total Returns
Best quarter |
(4th quarter, 2000) | 1.60 | % | ||
Worst quarter |
(4th quarter, 2003) | 0.18 | % |
7-Day Net Yield (as of 12/31/03) (1) |
0.73 | % |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
10 Year
|
|||||||
Fund |
0.83 | % | 3.52 | % | 4.35 | % | |||
LMMFI (2) |
0.62 | % | 3.26 | % | 4.08 | % | |||
MFRA (3) |
0.63 | % | 3.20 | % | 4.03 | % |
(1) | Investors may call the Fund to learn the current 7-Day Net Yield at 1-800-236-FUND (3863). |
(2) | The Lipper Money Market Funds Index (LMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(3) | The iMoney Net, Inc. (formerly, IBC Financial Data) Money Fund Report Averages (MFRA) is an average of money funds with-investment objectives similar to that of the Fund. |
MONEY MARKET FUNDS | 13 |
Money Market Funds (cont.)
Marshall Government Money Market Fund
Goal: To provide current income consis tent with stability of principal.
Strategy: Fund assets are invested in high quality, short-term money market instruments. The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in obligations issued and/or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or by its agencies or instrumentalities, and in repurchase agreements secured by such obligations. In order to produce income that minimizes volatility, the Adviser uses a bottom-up approach, which evaluates debt securities against the context of broader market factors such as the cyclical trend in interest rates, the shape of the yield curve and debt security supply factors.
The Fund invests in the securities of U.S. Government-sponsored entities including the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac), the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBs). Not all U.S. Government-sponsored entities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government. Examples of entities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government include Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and FHLBs. These entities however, are supported through federal subsidies, loans or other benefits. The Fund also may invest in U.S. Government-sponsored entities which are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, such as the Government National Mortgage Association. Finally, the Fund may invest in a few governmental entities which have no explicit financial support, but which are regarded as having implied support because the federal government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit System and the Financing Corporation.
An investment in the Fund is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks, call risks and liquidity risks.
Annual Total Returns
A performance bar chart and total return information for the Fund have not been provided because the Fund has not been in operation for a full calendar year.
14 | MONEY MARKET FUNDS |
Money Market Funds (cont.)
Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund
Goal: To provide stability of principal, daily liquidity and current income exempt from federal income tax, including federal alternative minimum tax (AMT).
Strategy: The Fund invests primarily in fixed and floating rate municipal bonds and notes, variable rate demand instruments and other high-quality, short-term tax-exempt obligations maturing in 397 days or less. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests its assets so that at least 80% of the annual interest income that the Fund distributes will be exempt from federal income tax, including AMT.
To maintain principal preservation, the Adviser places a strict emphasis on credit research. Using fundamental analysis, the Adviser develops an approved list of issuers and securities that meet the Advisers standards for minimal credit risk. The Adviser continually monitors the credit risks of all portfolio securities on an ongoing basis by reviewing financial data and ratings of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (NRSROs).
The Fund seeks to enhance yield by taking advantage of favorable changes in interest rates and reducing the effect of unfavorable changes in rates. In achieving this objective, the Adviser targets a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of 190 days or less based on its interest rate outlook. The interest rate outlook is developed by analyzing a variety of factors, such as current and expected U.S. economic growth; current and expected interest rates and inflation; and the Federal Reserve Boards monetary policy. By developing an interest rate outlook and adjusting the portfolios maturity accordingly, the Fund is poised to take advantage of yield enhancing opportunities.
Annual Total Returns
A performance bar chart and total return information for the Fund have not been provided because the Fund has not been in operation for a full calendar year.
An investment in the Fund is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks, call risks and liquidity risks. In addition to credit and interest rate risk, certain types of municipal bonds are subject to other risks based on many factors, including economic and regulatory developments, changes or proposed changes in the federal and state tax structure, deregulation, court rulings and other factors.
MONEY MARKET FUNDS | 15 |
|
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Investor Class of Shares of the Funds (other than the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND).
(2) | The Adviser voluntarily waived a portion of the management fee. The Adviser may terminate this voluntary waiver at any time. The management fees paid by the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND, GOVERNMENT INCOME FUND, INTERMEDIATED BOND FUND, INTERMEDIATE TAX-FREE FUND, SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND, GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and MONEY MARKET FUND after the voluntary waivers) were 0.98%, 0.65%, 0.54%, 0.33%, 0.26%, 0.03% and 0.11%, respectively for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004. |
(3) | The shareholder servicing fee of 0.25%, which is included in Other Expenses, has been voluntarily reduced for the GOVERNMENT INCOME FUND, INTERMEDIATE BOND FUND, INTERMEDIATE TAX-FREE FUND and SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND has been voluntarily reduced. The shareholder servicing agent may terminate this voluntary reduction at any time. The shareholder servicing fee (after the voluntary reduction) was 0.02% for the GOVERNMENT INCOME FUND, INTERMEDIATE BOND FUND, INTERMEDIATE TAX-FREE FUND and SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND, respectively, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004. |
(4) | Other Expenses are estimates for the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUNDS fiscal year ending August 31, 2005 and include a shareholder servicing fee of 0.25%. |
* | A redemption fee of 2% of the then current value of the shares redeemed may be imposed on certain redemptions of shares made within 30 days of purchase. The fee is retained by the Fund and generally withheld from the redemption proceeds. See What Do Shares Cost? and Will I Be Charged a Fee for Redemptions? |
The purpose of this table is to assist an investor in understanding the various costs and expenses that a shareholder of the Funds will bear either directly or indirectly. Marshall & IIsley Trust Company (M&I Trust) and its affiliates receive advisory, custodial, shareholder services and administrative fees for the services they provide to the Funds or shareholders, as applicable. For more complete descriptions of the various costs and expenses, see Marshall Funds, Inc. Information. Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Marshall Funds with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in each of the Funds for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that you investment has a 5% return each year and that each of the Funds operating expenses are before waivers as shown in the table and remain the same. Although your actual costs and returns may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
Equity
Income Fund |
Large-
Cap Growth & Income Fund |
Mid-Cap
Value Fund |
Mid-Cap
Growth Fund |
Small-
Cap Growth Fund |
International
Stock Fund |
Government
Income Fund |
Intermediate
Bond Fund |
Intermediate
Tax-Free Fund |
Short-
Term Income Fund |
Government
Money Market Fund |
Money
Market Fund |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 Year |
$ | 124 | $ | 127 | $ | 124 | $ | 126 | $ | 161 | $ | 155 | $ | 122 | $ | 103 | $ | 114 | $ | 113 | $ | 63 | $ | 50 | ||||||||||||
3 Years |
$ | 387 | $ | 397 | $ | 387 | $ | 393 | $ | 499 | $ | 480 | $ | 381 | $ | 322 | $ | 356 | $ | 353 | $ | 199 | $ | 157 | ||||||||||||
5 Years |
$ | 670 | $ | 686 | $ | 670 | $ | 681 | $ | 860 | $ | 829 | $ | 660 | $ | 558 | $ | 617 | $ | 612 | $ | | $ | 274 | ||||||||||||
10 Years |
$ | 1,477 | $ | 1,511 | $ | 1,477 | $ | 1,500 | $ | 1,878 | $ | 1,813 | $ | 1,455 | $ | 1,236 | $ | 1,363 | $ | 1,352 | $ | | $ | 616 |
The above example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater than those shown.
16 | FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUNDS |
Fees and Expenses of the Tax-Free Money Market Fund
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Investor Class of Shares of the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND.
(1) | Although not contractually obligated to do so, the Adviser will waive certain amounts. The net expenses the Fund expects to pay for the fiscal year ending August 31,2005 are shown below. |
Total Actual Annual Fund Operating Expenses (after waivers) |
0.45 | % |
(2) | The Adviser may voluntarily waive a portion or all of the management fee. The Adviser may terminate this anticipated voluntary waiver at any time. The management fee expected to be paid by the Fund (after the anticipated voluntary waiver) is 0.02% for the fiscal year ending August 31,2005. |
(3) | Other Expenses are estimates for the Funds first fiscal year ending August 31,2005 and include a shareholder servicing fee of 0.25%. |
The purpose of this table is to assist an investor in understanding the various costs and expenses that a shareholder of the Fund will bear either directly or indirectly. M&I Trust, an affiliate of the Adviser, and its affiliates receive advisory, custodial, shareholder services and administrative fees for the services they provide to the Fund or shareholders, as applicable. For more complete descriptions of the various costs and expenses, see Marshall Funds, Inc. Information. Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other funds.
The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Funds operating expenses are before waivers as shown in the table and remain the same. Although your actual costs and returns may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
1 Year |
$ | 64 | |
3 Years |
$ | 202 |
The above example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater than those shown.
FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND | 17 |
|
Stock Market Risks. The EQUITY FUNDS are subject to fluctuations in the stock markets, which have periods of increasing and decreasing values. Stocks are more volatile than debt securities. Greater volatility increases risk. If the value of a Funds investments goes down, you may lose money.
Sector Risks. Companies with similar characteristics may be grouped together in broad categories called sectors. Sector risk is the possibility that a certain sector may underperform other sectors or the market as a whole. As the Adviser allocates more of a Funds portfolio holdings to a particular sector, a Funds performance will be more susceptible to any economic, business or other developments which generally affect that sector.
What About Portfolio Turnover?
Although the Funds do not intend to invest for the purpose of seeking short-term profits, securities will be sold without regard to the length of time they have been held when the Funds Adviser or Sub-Adviser believes it is appropriate to do so in light of a Funds investment goal. A higher portfolio turnover rate increases transaction expenses that must be borne directly by a Fund (and thus, indirectly by its shareholders), and affects Fund performance. In addition, a high rate of portfolio turnover may result in the realization of larger amounts of capital gains which, when distributed to shareholders, are taxable to them.
Style Risks. Due to their relatively high valuations, growth stocks are typically more volatile than value stocks. For instance, the price of a growth stock may experience a larger decline on a forecast of lower earnings, a negative fundamental development, or an adverse market development. Further, growth stocks may not pay dividends or may pay lower dividends than value stocks. This means they depend more on price changes for returns and may be more adversely affected in a down market compared to value stocks that pay higher dividends.
Investments in value stocks are subject to the risk that their intrinsic values may never be realized by the market, that a stock judged to be undervalued may actually be appropriately priced, or that their prices may decline, even though in theory they are already undervalued. Value stocks can react differently to issuer, political, market and economic developments than the market as a whole and other types of stocks (e.g., growth stocks). Consequently, while value stocks tend to be inexpensive relative to their earnings or assets compared to other types of stocks, they can continue to be inexpensive for long periods of time and may not ever realize their full value.
Foreign Securities Risks. The INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND invests primarily in foreign securities, which involve additional risks, including currency-rate fluctuations, political and economic instability, differences in financial reporting standards and less-strict regulation of the securities markets. Furthermore, the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND may incur higher costs and expenses when making foreign investments, which will affect the Funds total return.
Foreign securities may be denominated in foreign currencies. Therefore, the value of the Funds assets and income in U.S. dollars may be affected by changes in exchange rates and regulations, since exchange rates for foreign currencies change daily. The combination of currency risk and market risk tends to make securities traded in foreign markets more volatile than securities traded exclusively in the United States. Although the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND values its assets daily in U.S. dollars, it will not convert its holdings of foreign currencies to U.S. dollars daily. Therefore, the Fund may be exposed to currency risks over an extended period of time.
Euro Risks. The INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND makes significant investments in securities denominated in the Euro, the single currency of the European Monetary Union (EMU). Therefore, the exchange rate between the Euro and the U.S. dollar will have a significant impact on the value of the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUNDs investments. The European Central Bank has control over each EMU member countrys monetary policies. Therefore, the EMU participating countries no longer control their own monetary policies by directing independent interest rates for their currencies, which may limit their ability to respond to economic downturns or political upheavals. These factors or other events, including political and economic developments, could cause market disruptions, and could adversely affect the value of securities held by the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND.
18 |
INVESTING RISKS |
Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds (cont.)
Company Size Risks. Generally, the smaller the market capitalization of a company, the fewer the number of shares traded daily, the less liquid its stock and the more volatile its price. Market capitalization is determined by multiplying the number of a companys outstanding shares by the current market price per share.
Companies with smaller market capitalizations also tend to have unproven track records, a limited product or service base and limited access to capital. These factors also increase risks and make these companies more likely to fail than companies with larger market capitalizations.
Debt Securities Risks. Debt securities are subject to interest rate risks, credit risks, call risks and liquidity risks, which are more fully described below. These risks will affect the INCOME FUNDS and the MONEY MARKET FUNDS.
Interest Rate Risks. Prices of fixed income securities rise and fall in response to changes in the interest rate paid by similar securities. Generally, when interest rates rise, prices of fixed income securities fall. However, market factors, such as the demand for particular fixed income securities, may cause the price of certain fixed income securities to fall while the prices of other securities rise or remain unchanged. Interest rate changes have a greater effect on the price of fixed income securities with longer durations. Duration measures the price sensitivity of a fixed income security to changes in interest rates.
What About Bond Ratings?
When the Funds invest in bonds and other debt securities and/or convertible securities, some will be rated in the lowest investment grade category (e.g., BBB or Baa). Bonds rated BBB by Standard & Poors Corporation or Baa by Moodys Investors Services have speculative characteristics. Unrated bonds will be determined by the Adviser to be of like quality and may have greater risk (but a potentially higher yield) than comparably rated bonds. If a bond is downgraded, the Adviser will re-evaluate the bond and determine whether or not the bond is an acceptable investment.
Credit Risks. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer will default on a security by failing to pay interest or principal when due. If an issuer defaults, a Fund may lose money.
Many fixed income securities receive credit ratings from services such as Standard & Poors and Moodys Investors Service. These services assign ratings to securities by assessing the likelihood of issuer default. Lower credit ratings correspond to higher credit risk. If a security has not received a rating, the Fund must rely entirely upon the Advisers credit assessment.
Fixed income securities generally compensate for greater credit risk by paying interest at a higher rate. The difference between the yield of a security and the yield of a U.S. Treasury security with a comparable maturity (the spread) measures the additional interest paid for risk. Spreads may increase generally in response to adverse economic or market conditions. A securitys spread may also increase if the securitys rating is lowered, or the security is perceived to have an increased credit risk. An increase in the spread will cause the price of the security to decline.
Credit risk includes the possibility that a party to a transaction involving a Fund will fail to meet its obligations. This could cause the Fund to lose the benefit of the transaction or prevent the Fund from selling or buying other securities to implement its investment strategy.
Call Risks. Some of the securities in which a Fund invests may be redeemed by the issuer before maturity (or called). This will most likely happen when interest rates are declining. If this occurs, the Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds in securities that pay a lower interest rate, which may decrease the Funds yield.
Liquidity Risks. Trading opportunities are more limited for fixed income securities that have not received any credit ratings, have received ratings below investment grade or are not widely held.
These features may make it more difficult to sell or buy a security at a favorable price or time. Consequently, a Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on the Funds performance. Infrequent trading of securities may also lead to an increase in their price volatility.
Liquidity risk also refers to the possibility that a Fund may not be able to sell a security or close out an investment contract when it wants to. If this happens, the Fund will be
INVESTING RISKS | 19 |
Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds (cont.)
required to continue to hold the security or keep the position open, and the Fund could incur losses.
Government Obligations Risks. For Fund investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so by law. As a result, there is risk that these entities will default on a financial obligation. For instance, securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Maes) are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, while securities issued by the Fannie Maes and the Freddie Macs are supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government. Moreover, securities issued by the Student Loan Marketing Association (Sallie Maes) are supported only by the credit of that agency.
Municipal Securities Risks. An investment in the INTERMEDIATE TAX-FREE FUND and TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND will be affected by municipal securities risks. Local political and economic factors may adversely affect the value and liquidity of municipal securities held by these Funds. The value of municipal securities also may be affected more by supply and demand factors or the creditworthiness of the issuer than by market interest rates. Repayment of municipal securities depends on the ability of the issuer or project backing such securities to generate taxes or revenues. There is a risk that the interest on an otherwise tax-exempt municipal security may be subject to federal income tax.
Asset-Backed/Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks. Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities are subject to risks of prepayment. This is more likely to occur when interest rates fall because many borrowers refinance mortgages to take advantage of more favorable rates. Prepayments on mortgage-backed securities are also affected by other factors, such as the volume of home sales. A Funds yield will be reduced if cash from prepaid securities are reinvested in securities with lower interest rates. The risk of prepayment may also decrease the value of mortgage-backed securities.
Asset-backed securities may have a higher level of default and recovery risk than mortgage-backed securities. However, both of these types of securities may decline in value because of mortgage foreclosures or defaults on the underlying obligations.
20 |
INVESTING RISKS |
Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions |
In implementing the Funds investment objectives, the Funds may invest in the following securities and use the following investment techniques. Some of these securities and techniques involve special risks, which are described under Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds. Each Fund that has adopted a non-fundamental policy to invest at least 80% of its assets in the types of securities suggested by such Funds name will provide shareholders with at least 60 days notice of any change in this policy.
Marshall
|
Marshall
|
Marshall
|
Marshall
|
Marshall
Small-Cap
|
Marshall
|
|||||||
Equity Securities: |
||||||||||||
Common Stocks |
ü | ü | ü | ü | ü | ü | ||||||
Foreign Common Stocks |
ü | |||||||||||
Foreign Securities |
ü |
Marshall
|
Marshall
|
Marshall
|
Marshall
|
Marshall
|
Marshall
|
Marshall
Tax-Free
|
||||||||
Fixed Income Securities: |
||||||||||||||
Corporate Debt Securities |
ü | ü | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Fixed Rate Debt Securities |
ü | ü | ü | ü | ü | ü | ü | |||||||
Floating Rate Debt Securities |
ü | ü | ü | ü | ||||||||||
Treasury Securities |
ü | ü | ||||||||||||
Municipal Notes |
ü | |||||||||||||
Municipal Securities |
ü | |||||||||||||
Commercial Paper |
ü | |||||||||||||
Credit Enhancement |
ü | |||||||||||||
Demand Instruments |
ü | ü | ||||||||||||
Mortgage-Backed Securities |
ü | |||||||||||||
Dollar Rolls |
ü | |||||||||||||
Asset-Backed Securities |
ü | ü | ||||||||||||
Bank Instruments |
ü | |||||||||||||
Funding Agreements |
ü | |||||||||||||
Repurchase Agreements |
ü | ü | ||||||||||||
Agency Securities |
ü | |||||||||||||
Tax-Exempt Securities |
ü | |||||||||||||
Variable Rate Demand Instruments |
ü |
Securities
Agency Securities. Agency securities are issued or guaranteed by a federal agency or other government sponsored entity acting under federal authority. Some government entities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Such entities include the Government National Mortgage Association, Small Business Administration, Farm Credit System Financial Assistance Corporation, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Financing Bank, General Services Administration, and Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority Bonds.
Other government entities receive support through federal subsidies, loans or other benefits. For example, the U.S. Treasury is authorized to purchase specified amounts of securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and the Federal National Mortgage Association in support of such obligations.
SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS | 21 |
Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions (cont.)
A few government entities have no explicit financial support, but are regarded as having implied support because the federal government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit System and the Financing Corporation.
Investors regard agency securities as having low credit risks, but not as low as Treasury securities.
The Fund treats mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by a government sponsored entity as if issued or guaranteed by a federal agency. Although such a guarantee protects against credit risks, it does not reduce the market and prepayment risks.
Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed securities are payable from pools of obligations other than mortgages. Most asset-backed securities involve consumer or commercial debts with maturities of less than ten years. However, almost any type of fixed income assets (including other fixed income securities) may be used to create an asset-backed security. Asset-backed securities may take the form of commercial paper, notes or pass-through certificates. Asset-backed securities have prepayment risks.
Bank Instruments. Bank instruments are unsecured interest-bearing deposits with banks. Bank instruments include bank accounts, time deposits, certificates of deposit and bankers acceptances. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by U.S. branches of foreign banks are referred to as Yankee dollar instruments. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by non-U.S. branches of U.S. or foreign banks are commonly referred to as Eurodollar instruments.
Commercial Paper. Commercial paper represents an issuers obligation with a maturity of less than nine months. Companies typically issue commercial paper to pay for current expenditures. Most issuers constantly reissue their commercial paper and use the proceeds (or bank loans) to repay maturing paper. If the issuer cannot continue to obtain liquidity in this fashion, its commercial paper may default. The short maturity of commercial paper reduces both the interest rate and credit risks as compared to other debt securities of the same issuer.
Common Stocks. Common stocks are the most prevalent type of equity securities. Holders of common stock of an issuer are entitled to receive the issuers earnings only after the issuer pays its creditors and any preferred shareholders. As a result, changes in the issuers earnings have a direct impact on the value of its common stock.
Credit Enhancement. Credit enhancement consists of an arrangement in which a company agrees to pay amounts due on a fixed income security if the issuer defaults. In some cases the company providing credit enhancement makes all payments directly to the security holders and receives reimbursement from the issuer. Normally, the credit enhancer has greater financial resources and liquidity than the issuer. For this reason, the Adviser usually evaluates the credit risk of a fixed income security based solely upon its credit enhancement.
Demand Instruments. Demand instruments are corporate debt securities that the issuer must repay upon demand. Other demand instruments require a third party, such as a dealer or bank, to repurchase the security for its face value upon demand. The Funds treat demand instruments as short-term securities, even though their stated maturity may extend beyond one year.
Dollar Rolls. Dollar rolls are transactions in which a Fund sells mortgage-backed securities with a commitment to buy similar, but not identical, mortgage-backed securities on a future date at a lower price. Normally, one or both securities involved are to be announced mortgage-backed securities or TBAs. Dollar rolls are subject to interest rate risks and credit risks. These transactions may create leverage risks.
Equity Securities. An investment in the equity securities of a company represents a proportionate ownership interest in that company. Common stocks and other equity securities generally increase or decrease in value based on the earnings of a company and on general industry and market conditions. A fund that invests a significant amount of its assets in common stocks and other equity securities is likely to have greater fluctuations in share price than a fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in fixed income securities. The EQUITY FUNDS cannot predict the income they will receive from equity securities, if any, because companies generally have discretion as to the payment of any dividends or distributions.
Fixed Income Securities. Fixed income securities pay interest, dividends or distributions at a specified rate. The rate
22 |
SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS |
Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions (cont.)
may be a fixed percentage of the principal or adjusted periodically. In addition, the issuer of a fixed income security must repay the principal amount of the security, normally within a specified time. Fixed income securities provide more regular income than equity securities. However, the returns on fixed income securities are limited and normally do not increase with the issuers earnings. This limits the potential appreciation of fixed income securities as compared to equity securities.
A securitys yield measures the annual income earned on a security as a percentage of its price. A securitys yield will increase or decrease depending upon whether it costs less (a discount) or more (a premium) than the principal amount. If the issuer may redeem the security before its scheduled maturity, the price and yield on a discount or premium security may change based upon the probability of an early redemption. Securities with higher risks generally have higher yields.
The following describes the types of fixed income securities in which the Funds may invest:
Corporate Debt Securities. Corporate debt securities are fixed income securities issued by businesses. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most prevalent types of corporate debt securities. The credit risks of corporate debt securities vary widely among issuers.
Fixed Rate Debt Securities. Debt securities that pay a fixed interest rate over the life of the security and have a long-term maturity may have many characteristics of short-term debt. For example, the market may treat fixed rate/long-term securities as short-term debt when a securitys market price is close to the call or redemption price, or if the security is approaching its maturity date when the issuer is more likely to call or redeem the debt.
As interest rates change, the market prices of fixed rate debt securities are generally more volatile than the prices of floating rate debt securities. As interest rates rise, the prices of fixed rate debt securities fall, and as interest rates fall, the prices of fixed rate debt securities rise. For example, a bond that pays a fixed interest rate of 10% is more valuable to investors when prevailing interest rates are lower; therefore, this value is reflected in a higher price, or a premium. Conversely, if interest rates are over 10%, the bond is less attractive to investors, and sells at a lower price, or a discount.
Floating Rate Debt Securities. The interest rate paid on floating rate debt securities is reset periodically (e.g., every 90 days) to a predetermined index rate. Commonly used indices include: 90-day or 180-day Treasury bill rate; one month or three month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR); commercial paper rates; or the prime rate of interest of a bank. The prices of floating rate debt securities are not as sensitive to changes in interest rates as fixed rate debt securities because they behave like shorter-term securities and their interest rate is reset periodically.
Foreign Common Stocks. Common stocks of foreign corporations are equity securities issued by a corporation domiciled outside of the United States that trade on a domestic securities exchange.
Foreign Securities. Foreign securities are equity or fixed income securities that are issued by a corporation or issuer domiciled outside the United States that trade on a foreign securities exchange or in a foreign market.
Funding Agreements. Funding Agreements (Agreements) are investment instruments issued by U.S. insurance companies. Pursuant to such Agreements, a Fund may make cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance companys general or separate accounts. The insurance company then credits guaranteed interest to a Fund. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against an Agreement for expense and service costs allocable to it, and the charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. The purchase price paid for an Agreement becomes part of the general assets of the issuer, and the Agreement is paid from the general assets of the issuer. A Fund will only purchase Agreements from issuers that meet quality and credit standards established by the Adviser. Generally, Agreements are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the issuing insurance companies, and an active secondary market in Agreements does not currently exist. Also, a Fund may not have the right to receive the principal amount of an Agreement from the insurance company on seven days notice or less. Therefore, Agreements are typically considered to be illiquid investments.
SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS | 23 |
Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions (cont.)
Investment Ratings. The securities in which the MONEY MARKET FUNDS invest must be rated in one of the two highest short-term rating categories by one or more NRSROs or be of comparable quality to securities having such ratings.
Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities represent interests in pools of mortgages. The mortgages that comprise a pool normally have similar interest rates, maturities and other terms. Mortgages may have fixed or adjustable interest rates. Interests in pools of adjustable rate mortgages are known as ARMs.
Mortgage-backed securities come in a variety of forms. Many have extremely complicated terms. The simplest form of a mortgage-backed security is a pass-through certificate. An issuer of a pass-through certificate gathers monthly payments from an underlying pool of mortgages. Then, the issuer deducts its fees and expenses and passes the balance of the payments onto the certificate holders once a month. Holders of pass-through certificates receive a pro-rata share of all payments and pre-payments from the underlying mortgages. As a result, the holders assume all the prepayment risks of the underlying mortgages.
Municipal Notes. Municipal notes are short-term tax-exempt securities. Many municipalities issue such notes to fund their current operations before collecting taxes or other municipal revenues. Municipalities may also issue notes to fund capital projects prior to issuing long-term bonds. The issuers typically repay the notes at the end of their fiscal year, either with taxes, other revenues or proceeds from newly issued notes or bonds.
Municipal Securities. Municipal securities are fixed income securities issued by states, counties, cities and other political subdivisions and authorities. Although many municipal securities are exempt from federal income tax, municipalities may also issue taxable securities in which the Funds may invest.
Repurchase Agreements. Repurchase agreements are transactions in which a Fund buys a security from a dealer or bank and agrees to sell the security back at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The repurchase price exceeds the sale price, reflecting a Funds return on the transaction. This return is unrelated to the interest rate on the underlying security. A Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with banks and other recognized financial institutions, such as securities dealers, deemed creditworthy by the Adviser.
The Funds custodian will take possession of the securities subject to repurchase agreements. The Adviser and custodian will monitor the value of the underlying security each day to ensure that the value of the security always equals or exceeds the repurchase price.
Repurchase agreements are subject to credit risks.
Tax-Exempt Securities. Tax-exempt securities are fixed income securities that pay interest that is not subject to federal regular income taxes. Fixed income securities pay interest, dividends and distributions at a specified rate. The rate may be a fixed percentage of the principal or adjusted periodically. In addition, the issuer of a fixed income security must repay the principal amount of the security, normally within a specified time.
Typically, states, counties, cities and other political subdivisions and authorities issue tax-exempt securities. Other issuers include industrial and economic development authorities, school and college authorities, housing authorities, healthcare facility authorities, municipal utilities, transportation authorities and other public agencies. The market categorizes tax-exempt securities by their source of repayment.
Treasury Securities. Treasury securities are direct obligations of the federal government of the United States. Treasury securities are generally regarded as having the lowest credit risks.
Variable Rate Demand Instruments. Variable rate demand instruments are tax-exempt securities that require the issuer or a third party, such as a dealer or bank, to repurchase the security for its face value upon demand. The securities also pay interest at a variable rate intended to cause the securities to trade at their face value. The TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND treats demand instruments as short-term securities, because their variable interest rate adjusts in response to changes in market rates, even though their stated maturity may extend beyond 397 days.
24 |
SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS |
Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions ( cont.)
Securities Lending. The Funds may lend portfolio securities to borrowers that the Adviser deems creditworthy. In return, a Fund receives cash or liquid securities from the borrower as collateral. The borrower must furnish additional collateral if the market value of the loaned securities increases. Also, the borrower must pay a Fund the equivalent of any dividends or interest received on the loaned securities.
A Fund will reinvest cash collateral in securities that qualify as an acceptable investment for the Fund. However, the Fund must pay interest to the borrower for the use of cash collateral.
Loans are subject to termination at the option of a Fund or the borrower. A Fund will not have the right to vote on securities while they are on loan, but it will terminate a loan in anticipation of any important vote. A Fund may pay administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan and may pay a negotiated portion of the interest earned on the cash collateral to a securities lending agent or broker. Securities lending activities are subject to interest rate risks and credit risks.
Temporary Defensive Investments. To minimize potential losses and maintain liquidity to meet shareholder redemptions during adverse market conditions, each of the Funds (except the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) may temporarily depart from its principal investment strategy by investing up to 100% of Fund assets in cash or short-term, high quality money market instruments (for example, commercial paper and repurchase agreements). This may cause a Fund to temporarily forego greater investment returns for the safety of principal. When so invested, a Fund may not achieve its investment goal.
SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS | 25 |
|
What Do Shares Cost? You can buy the Investor Class of Shares of a Fund at net asset value (NAV), without a sales charge, on any day the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open for business. The NYSE is closed on most national holidays and Good Friday. When a Fund receives your transaction request in proper form, it is processed at the next determined NAV. The NAV is calculated for each of the Funds (other than the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) at the end of regular trading (normally 3:00 p.m. Central Time) each day the NYSE is open. The NAV for the MONEY MARKET FUND and GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND is determined daily at 4:00 p.m. (Central Time). The NAV for the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND is determined daily at 11:00 a.m. (Central Time). In calculating NAV, a Funds portfolio (other than the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) is valued using market prices. In calculating the NAV for the MONEY MARKET FUNDS, the Funds portfolios are valued using amortized cost.
Any securities or other assets for which market valuations are not readily available or are deemed to be inaccurate are valued at fair value as determined in good faith and in accordance with procedures approved by the Board of Directors of the Marshall Funds (Board). The Board has established a Pricing Committee, which is responsible for determinations of fair value, subject to supervision of the Board. In determining fair value, the Pricing Committee takes into account all information available and any factors it deems appropriate. Consequently, the price of securities used by a Fund to calculate its NAV may differ from quoted or published prices for the same securities. Fair value pricing involves subjective judgments and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security is materially different than the value that could be realized upon the sale of that security.
Securities held by the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND may be listed on foreign exchanges that trade on days when the Fund does not calculate NAV. As a result, the market value of the Funds investments may change on days when you cannot purchase or sell Fund shares. In addition, a foreign exchange may not value its listed securities at the same time that the Fund calculates its NAV. Most foreign markets close well before the Fund values its securities, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time). The earlier close of these foreign markets gives rise to the possibility that significant events, including broad market moves, may have occurred in the interim, which may affect a securitys value. The Board has retained an independent fair value pricing service to assist in valuing foreign securities in the Funds portfolio. The fair value pricing service may employ quantitative models in determining fair value.
For 30 days following the most recent purchase of shares of a Fund, your redemption or exchange proceeds may be reduced by a redemption/exchange fee of 2% (other than with respect to the MONEY MARKET FUNDS). The redemption/exchange fee is paid to the Fund. The purpose of the fee is to offset the costs associated with short-term trading in a Funds shares. See How to Redeem and Exchange SharesWill I be Charged a Fee for Redemptions? and Additional Conditions for RedemptionsFrequent Traders below.
Keep in mind that Authorized Dealers, as defined below, may charge you fees for their services in connection with your share transactions.
What Is the Investment Minimum? To open an account with the Funds, your first investment must be at least $1,000. However, you can add to your existing Marshall Funds account directly or through the Funds Systematic Investment Program for as little as $50. An account may be opened with a smaller amount as long as the minimum is reached within 90 days. In special circumstances, these minimums may be waived or lowered at the Funds discretion.
How Do I Purchase Shares? You may purchase shares directly from the Funds by the method described below under the Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table and sending your payment to the Fund by check or wire. In connection with opening an account, you will be requested to provide information that will be used by the Funds to verify your identity, as described in more detail under Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account below.
Trust customers of Marshall & IIsley Trust Company N.A. (M&I Trust) may purchase shares by contacting their trust account officer. You may purchase shares through a broker/dealer, investment professional or financial institution (Authorized Dealers). Some Authorized Dealers may charge a transaction fee for this
26 |
HOW TO BUY SHARES |
How to Buy Shares (cont.)
service. If you purchase shares of a Fund through a program of services offered or administered by an Authorized Dealer or other service provider, you should read the program materials, including information relating to fees, in conjunction with the Funds Prospectus. Certain features of a Fund may not be available or may be modified in connection with the program of services provided. Once you have opened an account with an Authorized Dealer, you may purchase additional Fund shares by contacting Marshall Investor Services (MIS) at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).
Your purchase order for the Funds (other than the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) must be received by the close of trading on the NYSE, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time), in order for shares to be purchased at that days NAV. Purchase orders for the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND must be received by 11:00 a.m. (Central Time) for shares to be purchased at that days NAV. Purchase orders for the MONEY MARKET FUND and GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND must be received by 4:00 p.m. (Central Time) for shares to be purchased at that days NAV. For purchase orders for the MONEY MARKET FUND and GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND that are received after 3:00 p.m. but before 4:00 p.m. (Central Time), MIS will use its best efforts to process such purchase orders that day; however, there is no guarantee that MIS will be able to do so. All purchase orders received in proper form and accepted in accordance with these timeframes will receive that days NAV and dividend, regardless of when the order is processed. Each Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase request. It is the responsibility of MIS, any Authorized Dealer or other service provider that has entered into an agreement with the Fund or its administrative or shareholder services agent to promptly submit purchase orders to the Funds. You are not the owner of Fund shares (and therefore will not receive dividends) until payment for the shares is received.
In order to purchase shares, you must reside in a jurisdiction where Fund shares may lawfully be offered for sale. In addition, you must have a valid Social Security or tax identification number.
Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account. The Funds are required to comply with various anti-money laundering laws and regulations. To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions, including mutual funds, to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. Consequently, when you open an account, the Funds are required to obtain certain personal information, including your full name, address, date of birth, social security number and other information that will allow the Funds to identify you. The Funds may also ask for other identifying documents or information.
If you do not provide this information, the Funds may be unable to open an account for you and your purchase order will not be in proper form. In the event the Funds are unable to verify your identity from the information provided, the Funds may, without prior notice to you, close your account within five business days and redeem your shares at the NAV next determined after the account is closed. Any delay in processing your order due to your failure to provide all required information will affect the purchase price you receive for your shares. The Funds are not liable for fluctuations in value experienced as a result of such delays in processing. If at any time the Funds detect suspicious behavior or if certain account information matches government lists of suspicious persons, the Funds may determine not to open an account, may reject additional purchases, may close an existing account, may file a suspicious activity report or may take other appropriate action.
Will the Small-Cap Growth Fund Always be Open to New Investors? It is anticipated that the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND will be closed to new investors who are not customers of M&I Trust or M&I Brokerage Services once its assets reach $500 million, subject to certain exceptions. However, if you own shares of the Fund prior to the closing date, you will still be able to reinvest dividends and add to your investment in the Fund.
HOW TO BUY SHARES | 27 |
|
Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table |
Minimum Investments:
$1,000 |
To open an Account |
|
$50 |
To add to an Account (including through a Systematic Investment Program) |
Phone 1-800-236-FUND(3863)
| Contact MIS. |
| Complete an application for a new account. |
| If you authorized telephone privileges on your account application or by subsequently completing an authorization form, you may purchase additional shares or exchange shares from another Marshall Fund having an identical shareholder registration. |
| To open an account, send your completed account application and check payable to Marshall Funds to the following address: |
Marshall Investor Services
P.O. Box 1348
Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348
| To add to your existing Fund Account, send in your check, payable to Marshall Funds, to the same address. Indicate your Fund account number on the check. |
In Person
| Bring in your completed account application (for new accounts) and a check payable to Marshall Funds Monday Friday, 8:00 a.m. 5:00 p.m. (Central Time), to: |
Marshall Investor Services
1000 North Water Street, 13th Floor
Milwaukee, WI 53202
28 |
HOW TO BUY SHARES |
Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table (cont.)
Wire
| Notify MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863). |
| Then wire the money to: |
M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank
ABA Number 075000051
Credit to: Marshall Funds, Deposit Account, Account Number 27480
Further credit to: The Investor Class [Identify name of Fund]
Re: [Shareholder name and account number]
| If a new account, fax completed application to MIS at 1-414-287-8511. |
| Mail a completed account application to the Fund at the address above under Mail. |
| Your bank may charge a fee for wiring funds. Wire orders are accepted only on days when the Funds and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business. |
Systematic Investment Program
| You can have money automatically withdrawn from your checking account ($50 minimum) on predetermined dates and invest it in a Fund at the next Fund share price determined after MIS receives the order. |
| The $1,000 minimum investment requirement is waived for investors purchasing shares through the Systematic Investment Program. |
| Call MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) to apply for this program. |
Marshall Funds OnLine SM
| You may purchase Fund shares via the Internet through Marshall Funds OnLine SM at http://www.marshallfunds.com. See Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM in the Account and Share Information section. |
Additional Information About Checks and Automated Clearing House (ACH) Transactions Used to Purchase Shares
| If your check or ACH purchase does not clear, your purchase will be canceled and you will be charged a $15 fee. |
| If you purchase shares by check or ACH, you may not be able to receive proceeds from a redemption for up to seven days. |
| All checks should be made payable to the Marshall Funds. |
HOW TO BUY SHARES | 29 |
|
How Do I Redeem Shares? You may redeem your Fund shares by several methods, described below under the Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table. You should note that redemptions will be made only on days when a Fund computes its NAV. When your redemption request is received in proper form, it is processed at the next determined NAV.
Trust customers of M&I Trust should contact their account officer to make redemption requests. Telephone or written requests for redemptions must be received in proper form as described below and can be made through MIS or any Authorized Dealer. It is the responsibility of MIS, any Authorized Dealer or other service provider to promptly submit redemption requests to a Fund.
Redemption requests for the Funds (other than the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) must be received by the close of trading on the NYSE, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time), in order for shares to be redeemed at that days NAV. Redemption requests for the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND must be received by 11:00 a.m. (Central Time) for shares to be redeemed at that days NAV. Redemption requests for the MONEY MARKET FUND and GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND must be received by 4:00 p.m. (Central Time) for shares to be redeemed at that days NAV. For redemption requests for the MONEY MARKET FUND and GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND that are received after 3:00 p.m. but before 4:00 p.m. (Central Time), MIS will use its best efforts to process such redemption requests that day; however, there is no guarantee that MIS will be able to do so. All redemption requests received in proper form and accepted in accordance with these timeframes will receive that days NAV, regardless of when the request is processed. Redemption proceeds will normally be mailed, or wired if by written request, the following business day, but in no event more than seven days, after the request is made.
Will I Be Charged a Fee for Redemptions? You may be charged a transaction fee if you redeem Fund shares through an Authorized Dealer or other service provider (other than MIS or M&I Trust), or if you are redeeming by wire. Consult your Authorized Dealer or service provider for more information, including applicable fees. You will be charged a 2% short-term redemption fee on shares (other than the shares of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) that have been held for less than 30 days after the most recent purchase (other than through reinvestments of capital gains or dividends), determined on a last-in, first-out basis . See Additional Conditions for RedemptionsFrequent Traders below.
Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table
Phone 1-800-236-FUND (3863) (Except Retirement Accounts, which must be done in writing)
| Contact MIS. |
| If you have authorized the telephone redemption privilege in your account application or by a subsequent authorization form, you may redeem shares by telephone. If you are a customer of an authorized broker/dealer, you must contact your account representative. |
| Send in your written request to the following address, indicating your name, the Fund name, your account number, and the number of shares or the dollar amount you want to redeem to: |
Marshall Investor Services
P.O. Box 1348
Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348
| If you want to redeem shares held in certificate form, you must properly endorse the share certificates and send them by registered or certified mail. Additional documentation may be required from corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. |
| For additional assistance, call MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863). |
30 |
HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES |
Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table (cont.)
In Person
| Bring in the written redemption request with the information described in Mail above Monday Friday, 8:00 a.m. 5:00 p.m. (Central Time), to: |
Marshall Investor Services
1000 North Water Street, 13th Floor
Milwaukee, WI, 53202
| The proceeds from the redemptions will be sent to you in the form of a check or by wire. |
Wire/Electronic Transfer
| Upon written request, redemption proceeds can be directly deposited by Electronic Funds Transfer or wired directly to a domestic commercial bank previously designated by you in your account application or by subsequent form. |
| Wires of redemption proceeds will only be made on days on which the Funds and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business. |
| Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee. |
Systematic Withdrawal Program
| If you have a Fund account balance of at least $10,000, you can have predetermined amounts of at least $100 automatically redeemed from your Fund account on predetermined dates on a monthly or quarterly basis. |
| Contact MIS to apply for this program. |
Marshall Funds OnLine SM
| You may redeem Fund shares via the Internet through Marshall Funds OnLine SM at http://www.marshallfunds.com. See Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM in Account and Share Information section. |
Checkwriting (Money Market Funds Only)
| You can redeem shares of any MONEY MARKET FUND by writing a check in an amount of at least $250. You must have completed the checkwriting section of your account application and the attached signature card, or have completed a subsequent application form. The Fund will then provide you with the checks. |
| Your check is treated as a redemption order for Fund shares equal to the amount of the check. |
| A check for an amount in excess of your available Fund account balance will be returned marked insufficient funds. |
| Checks cannot be used to close your Fund account balance. |
| Checks deposited or cashed through foreign banks or financial institutions may be subject to local bank charges. |
HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES | 31 |
Additional Conditions for Redemptions
Signature Guarantees. In the following instances, you must have a signature guarantee on written redemption requests:
| when you want a redemption to be sent to an address other than the one you have on record with a Fund; |
| when you want the redemption payable to someone other than the shareholder of record; or |
| when your redemption is to be sent to an address of record that was changed within the last 30 days. |
Your signature can be guaranteed by any federally insured financial institution (such as a bank or credit union) or a broker/dealer that is a domestic stock exchange member, but not by a notary public.
Limitations on Redemption Proceeds. Redemption proceeds normally are wired or mailed (except the MONEY MARKET FUNDS redemption proceeds, which are only wired) within one business day after receiving a request in proper form.
However, delivery of payment may be delayed up to seven days:
| to allow your purchase payment to clear; |
| during periods of market volatility; or |
| when a shareholders trade activity or amount adversely impacts a Funds ability to manage its assets. |
You will not accrue interest or dividends on uncashed checks from a Fund. If those checks are undeliverable and returned to a Fund, the proceeds will be reinvested in shares of the Funds that were redeemed.
Corporate Resolutions. Corporations, trusts and institutional organizations are required to furnish evidence of the authority of persons designated on the account application to effect transactions on behalf of the organizations.
Redemption in Kind. The Funds have reserved the right to pay the redemption price in whole or in part by a distribution of a Funds portfolio securities. This means that the Funds are obligated to pay share redemptions to any one shareholder in cash only up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Funds net assets represented by such share class during any 90-day period. Generally, any share redemption payment greater than this amount will be paid in cash unless the Board determines that payment should be in kind.
Exchange Privilege. You may exchange the Investor Class of Shares of a Fund for the Investor Class of Shares of any of the other Marshall Funds free of charge, provided you meet the investment minimum of the Fund. An exchange, if less than 30 days after purchase, may be subject to a 2% short-term redemption/exchange fee (other than in case of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS). See What Do Shares Cost? An exchange is treated as a redemption and a subsequent purchase, and is therefore a taxable transaction.
Signatures must be guaranteed if you request an exchange into another Fund with a different shareholder registration. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time.
Exchanges by Telephone. If you have completed the telephone authorization section on your account application or an authorization form obtained through MIS, you may telephone instructions to MIS to exchange between Fund accounts that have identical shareholder registrations. Customers of broker/dealers, financial institutions or service providers should contact their account representatives. Telephone exchange instructions must be received before 11:00 a.m. (Central Time) with respect to the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND and before the close of trading on the NYSE, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time), with respect to all other Funds for shares to be exchanged at the NAV calculated that day and to receive a dividend of the Fund into which you exchange, if applicable.
The Funds will record your telephone instructions. The Funds will not be liable for losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions as long as reasonable security procedures are followed. You will be notified of changes to telephone transaction privileges.
Frequent Traders. The Funds management or the Adviser may determine from the amount, frequency and pattern of exchanges that a shareholder is engaged in excessive trading that is detrimental to a Fund or its other shareholders. Such short-term or excessive trading into and out of the Funds may harm all shareholders by disrupting investment strategies, increasing brokerage, administrative and other expenses, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders.
32 | HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES |
Additional Conditions for Redemptions (cont.)
The Board has approved policies that seek to discourage frequent purchases and redemptions and curb the disruptive effects of frequent trading (Market Timing Policy). Pursuant to the Market Timing Policy, a Fund may decline to accept an application or may reject a purchase request, including an exchange, from a market timer or an investor who, in the sole discretion of the Adviser, has a pattern of short-term or excessive trading or whose trading has been or may be disruptive to the Fund. The Funds, the Adviser and affiliates thereof are prohibited from entering into arrangements with any shareholder or other person to permit frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares.
Each Fund monitors and enforces its market timing policy through:
| the termination of a shareholders purchase and/or exchange privileges; |
| selective monitoring of trade activity; and |
| the 2% short-term redemption/exchange fee for redemptions or exchanges less than 30 days after the most recent purchase (other than in the case of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS), determined on a last-in, first-out basis. |
The redemption/exchange fee is waived for shares purchased through omnibus accounts or by qualified employee benefit plans, unless otherwise provided for by contract with such accounts or plans. In addition, the Funds management or the Adviser may, in their sole discretion, waive the short-term redemption fee in the case of death, disability, hardship or other limited circumstances that do not indicate market timning strategies. Any such waivers will be reported to the Board.
While the Funds seek to detect and deter market timing activity, a Fund may not be able to detect excessive trading practices with respect to shares held through omnibus accounts.
HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES | 33 |
|
Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM . If you have previously established an account with the Funds, and have signed an OnLine SM Agreement, you may purchase, redeem or exchange shares through the Marshall Funds Internet Site on the World Wide Web at http://www.marshallfunds.com (the Web Site). You may also check your Fund account balance(s) and historical transactions through the Web Site. You cannot, however, establish a new Fund account through the Web Siteyou may only establish a new Fund account under the methods described in the How to Buy Shares section.
Trust customers of M&I Trust should contact their account officer for information on the availability of transactions on the Web Site.
You should contact MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) to get started. MIS will provide instructions on how to create and activate your Personal Identification Number (PIN). If you forget or lose your PIN number, contact MIS.
Online Conditions. Because of security concerns and costs associated with maintaining the Web Site, purchases, redemptions and exchanges through the Web Site are subject to the following daily minimum and maximum transaction amounts:
Minimum
|
Maximum
|
|||
Purchases: |
$50 | $100,000 | ||
Redemptions: |
By ACH: $50
By wire: $1,000 |
By ACH: $50,000
By wire: $50,000 |
||
|
|
|||
Exchanges: |
$50 | $100,000 |
Your transactions through the Web Site are effective at the time they are received by a Fund, and are subject to all of the conditions and procedures described in this Prospectus.
You may not change your address of record, registration or wiring instructions through the Web Site. The Web Site privilege may be modified at any time, but you will be notified in writing of any termination of the privilege.
Online Risks. If you utilize the Web Site for account histories or transactions, you should be aware that the Internet is an unsecured, unstable, unregulated and unpredictable environment. Your ability to use the Web Site for transactions is dependent upon the Internet and equipment, software, systems, data and services provided by various vendors and third parties (including telecommunications carriers, equipment manufacturers, firewall providers and encryption system providers). While the Funds and their service providers have established certain security procedures, the Funds and their transfer agent cannot assure you that inquiries or trading activity will be completely secure. There may also be delays, malfunctions or other inconveniences generally associated with this medium. There may be times when the Web Site is unavailable for Fund transactions, which may be due to the Internet or the actions or omissions of a third partyshould this happen, you should consider purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares by another method. The Marshall Funds, its transfer agent and MIS are not responsible for any such delays or malfunctions, and are not responsible for wrongful acts by third parties, as long as reasonable security procedures are followed.
34 | ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION |
Account and Share Information (cont.)
Confirmations and Account Statements. You will receive confirmation of purchases, redemptions and exchanges (except for systematic program transactions). In addition, you will receive periodic statements reporting all account activity, including systematic program transactions, dividends and capital gains paid. You may request photocopies of historical confirmations from prior years. The Funds may charge a fee for this service.
Dividends and Capital Gains. Dividends of the INCOME FUNDS and the MONEY MARKET FUNDS are declared daily and paid monthly. You will receive dividends declared subsequent to the issuance of your shares until the day your shares are redeemed.
Dividends of the EQUITY FUNDS are declared and paid quarterly, except for the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND, which declares and pays dividends annually. Dividends are paid to all shareholders invested in the EQUITY FUNDS on the record date, which is the date on which a shareholder must officially own shares in order to earn a dividend.
In addition, the Funds pay capital gains, if any, at least annually. None of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS expect to realize any capital gains or losses. If capital gains or losses were to occur, they could result in an increase or decrease in such Funds dividends. Your dividends and capital gains distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares unless you elect cash payments. If you elect cash payments and the payment is returned as undeliverable, your cash payment will be reinvested in Fund shares and your distribution option will convert to automatic reinvestment. If any distribution check remains uncashed for six months, the check amount will be reinvested in shares and you will not accrue any interest or dividends on this amount prior to the reinvestment.
What is a Dividend and Capital Gain? A dividend is the money paid to shareholders that a mutual fund has earned from the income on its investments. A capital gain distribution is the money paid to shareholders from a Funds profit derived from the sale of an investment, such as a stock or bond.
If you purchase shares just before a Fund (other than a MONEY MARKET FUND) declares a dividend or capital gain distribution, you will pay the full price for the shares and then receive a portion of the price back in the form of a distribution. Therefore, you may incur a tax liability when purchasing shares shortly before a Fund declares a dividend or capital gain.
Shares may be redeemed or exchanged based on either a dollar amount or number of shares. If you are redeeming or exchanging based upon a number of Fund shares, you must redeem or exchange enough shares to meet the minimum dollar amounts described above, but not so much as to exceed the maximum dollar amounts.
Accounts with Low Balances. Due to the high cost of maintaining accounts with low balances, a Fund may redeem shares in your account and pay you the proceeds if your account balance falls below the required minimum value of $1,000. Before shares are redeemed to close an account, you will be notified in writing and allowed 30 days to purchase additional shares to meet the minimum account balance requirement.
Multiple Classes. The Marshall Funds have adopted a plan that permits each Fund to offer more than one class of shares. Currently, most of the Funds offer two classes of shares (the MONEY MARKET FUND and the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND offer three classes and the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND offers one class of shares). All shares of each Fund or class have equal voting rights and will generally vote in the aggregate and not by Fund or class. There may be circumstances, however, when shareholders of a particular Fund or class are entitled to vote on matters affecting that Fund or class. Share classes may have different sales charges and other expenses, which may affect their performance.
ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION | 35 |
Account and Share Information (cont.)
Tax Information
Federal Income Tax. The Funds send you an annual statement of your account activity to assist you in completing your federal, state and local tax returns. With respect to taxable investors, Fund distributions of dividends and capital gains are taxable whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund. Distributions from the Funds investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest, net short-term capital gains and net gains from foreign currency transactions), if any, generally are taxable to you as ordinary income whether reinvested or received in cash, unless such dividends are qualified dividend income eligible for the reduced rate of tax on long-term capital gains. Currently, the maximum tax rate on ordinary income is 35%, while the maximum tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15%. Fund distributions for the EQUITY INCOME FUND, MID-CAP VALUE FUND and LARGE-CAP GROWTH & INCOME FUND are expected to be distributions of both dividends and capital gains. Fund distributions for the other EQUITY FUNDS are expected to be primarily distributions of capital gains, and fund distributions of the INCOME FUNDS and the MONEY MARKET FUNDS are expected to be primarily distributions of dividends.
It is anticipated that the distributions of the INTERMEDIATE TAX-FREE FUND and TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND will be primarily dividends that are exempt from federal income tax, although a portion of either Funds dividends may not be exempt. Even if dividends are exempt from federal income tax, they may be subject to state and local taxes. You may have to include certain dividends as taxable income if the federal AMT applies to you. You may be subject to tax on any capital gain realized by these Funds.
Redemptions and exchanges of Fund shares are taxable sales.
This section is not intended to be a full discussion of income tax laws. Please consult your own tax advisor regarding federal, state and local tax considerations.
Portfolio Holdings
A description of the Funds policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Funds portfolio securities is available in the Funds SAI.
36 |
ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION |
Marshall Funds, Inc. Information
Management of the Marshall Funds. The Board of Directors governs the Funds. The Board selects and oversees the Adviser, M&I Investment Management Corp. The Adviser manages each Funds assets, including buying and selling portfolio securities. The Advisers address is 1000 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202. The Adviser has entered into a subadvisory contract with BPI Global Asset Management LLP (BPI or Sub-Adviser) pursuant to which BPI manages the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND, subject to oversight by the Adviser.
Advisers Background. The Adviser is a registered investment adviser and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, a registered bank holding company headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. As of August 31, 2004, the Adviser had approximately $17.1 billion in assets under management, of which approximately $7 billion is in the Marshall Funds assets, and has managed investments for individuals and institutions since 1973. The Adviser has managed the Marshall Funds since 1992 and managed the Newton Funds (predecessors to some of the Marshall Funds) since 1985.
Sub-Advisers Background. BPI is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to investment companies, corporations, trusts, estates, pension and profit sharing plans, individuals and other institutions located principally in Canada and the United States. As of August 31, 2004, BPI had approximately $4.79 billion in assets under management. BPIs address is Tower Place at the Summit, 1900 Summit Tower Boulevard, Suite 450, Orlando, Florida 32810.
Portfolio Managers. The EQUITY INCOME FUND is managed by the M&I Custom Quantitative Solutions Group, an investment committee of the Adviser.
The LARGE-CAP GROWTH & INCOME FUND is managed by Mary R. Linehan. Ms. Linehan, a vice president of the Adviser, joined the Adviser in February 2001 as an Analyst for the LARGE-CAP GROWTH & INCOME FUND. Prior to joining the Adviser, from February 1996 to July 1999, Ms. Linehan worked at Heartland Funds, where she was an analyst for two equity funds. From January 1989 to January 1996, she worked at Strong Capital Management, Inc., where she was an analyst for two equity funds. Ms. Linehan has an M.B.A. degree from Marquette University and a B.B.A. degree from the University of North Dakota.
The MID-CAP VALUE FUND is managed by Matthew B. Fahey. Mr. Fahey, a vice president of the Adviser since 1988, joined the Adviser in October 1984. He earned a B.A. degree in Business Administration from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee and holds an M.B.A. degree from Marquette University.
The MID-CAP GROWTH FUND and the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND are managed by Kenneth S. Salmon and James A. Stark, CFA. Prior to joining the Adviser in 2000, Mr. Salmon was a senior analyst focused on growth companies at Tucker Anthony Sutro and C.L. King & Associates. Mr. Salmon graduated cum laude with a B.A. in Economics from State University of New York in Potsdam, New York. Prior to joining the Adviser in 2004, Mr. Stark served as General Partner and Portfolio Manager with Overland Partners, L.P. Previously, Mr. Stark was a Portfolio Manager with American Century Investments and served as a small cap analyst with Kemper Financial Services and Investment & Capital Management. He holds a B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin-Madison and an M.B.A. degree from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University.
The INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND is managed by Daniel R. Jaworski, founder, Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer of BPI. Prior to founding BPI in March 1997, Mr. Jaworski was a portfolio manager at Lazard Frères & Co. LLC from June 1993 to December 1994, and was a portfolio manager at STI Capital Management from January 1995 to March 1997. Mr. Jaworski received a B.A. degree in Economics and Computer Science from Concordia College and an M.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Minnesota.
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION | 37 |
Marshall Funds, Inc. Information (cont.)
The GOVERNMENT INCOME FUND and the INTERMEDIATE BOND FUND are managed by Jason D. Weiner. Mr. Weiner, a vice president of the Adviser, joined the Adviser in 1993. Since 1994, he has been a portfolio analyst for the SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND and the INTERMEDIATE BOND FUND as well as a portfolio analyst for short-term and intermediate advisory portfolios for institutional clients. Mr. Weiner, who is a Chartered Financial Analyst, received his B.S. degree in Finance and International Business from Marquette University.
The INTERMEDIATE TAX-FREE FUND is managed by John D. Boritzke, who is a vice president of the Adviser responsible for tax-exempt fixed income portfolio management. He joined the Adviser in November 1983. Since 1985, he has been managing tax-exempt fixed income portfolios and common trust funds of M&I Trust. Mr. Boritzke has been a member of the Advisers Fixed Income Policy Group since 1985 and has been the Director of the Group since 1998. He is a Chartered Financial Analyst and holds an M.B.A. degree and a B.S. degree from Marquette University.
The MONEY MARKET FUND, the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and the SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND are managed by Richard M. Rokus, a vice president of the Adviser. Mr. Rokus has managed the MONEY MARKET FUND since January 1,1994, the SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND since November 2001 and the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND since May 2004, and has been employed by the Adviser since January 1993. Mr. Rokus is a Chartered Financial Analyst and holds a B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin-Whitewater.
The TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND is managed by Craig J. Mauermann. Mr. Mauermann has been a vice president of the Adviser since 2004. Prior to joining the Adviser, he was a municipal bond analyst and trader for three municipal money market funds at Strong Financial Corporation. Mr. Mauermann holds an M.B.A. degree and a B.A. degree from Marquette University.
Advisory Fees. The Adviser is entitled to receive an annual investment advisory fee equal to a percentage of each Funds average daily net assets (ADNA) as follows:
Fund |
Advisory Fee
|
||
Money Market Fund |
0.15 | % | |
Government Money Market Fund |
0.20 | % | |
Tax-Free Money Market Fund |
0.20 | % | |
Short-Term Income Fund |
0.60 | % | |
Intermediate Bond Fund |
0.60 | % | |
Intermediate Tax-Free Fund |
0.60 | % | |
Government Income Fund |
0.75 | % | |
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
0.75 | % | |
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
0.75 | % | |
Equity Income Fund |
0.75 | % | |
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
0.75 | % | |
Small-Cap Growth Fund |
1.00 | % | |
International Stock Fund |
1.00 | % |
The Adviser has the discretion to voluntarily waive a portion of its fee. However, any waivers by the Adviser are voluntary and may be terminated at any time in the Advisers sole discretion.
Affiliate Services and Fees. M&I Trust, an affiliate of the Adviser, provides services to the Funds as custodian of the assets, shareholder services agent, securities lending agent, sub-transfer agent and administrator directly and through its division, MIS. For each domestic Fund, the annual custody fees are 0.02% on the first $250 million of assets held plus 0.01% of assets exceeding $250 million, calculated based on each Funds ADNA. M&I Trust is entitled to receive shareholder services fees directly from the Funds in amounts up to a maximum annual percentage of 0.25% of the Funds ADNA. As shareholder services agent, M&I Trust has the discretion to waive a portion of its fees. However, any waivers of shareholder services fees are voluntary and may be terminated at any time in its sole discretion. As compensation for its services as securities lending agent, M&I Trust receives a portion of each Funds revenues from securities lending activities.
38 |
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION |
Marshall Funds, Inc. Information (cont.)
M&I Trust is the administrator of the Funds and UMB Fund Services, Inc. (UMB) is the sub-administrator. As administrator, M&I Trust is entitled to receive fees directly from the Funds in amounts up to a maximum annual percentage of each Funds ADNA with respect to the EQUITY FUNDS and INCOME FUNDS and the aggregate ADNA of all MONEY MARKET FUNDS as follows:
Maximum Fee |
Funds ADNA
|
||
0.100% |
on the first $ | 250 million | |
0.095% |
on the next $ | 250 million | |
0.080% |
on the next $ | 250 million | |
0.060% |
on the next $ | 250 million | |
0.040% |
on the next $ | 500 million | |
0.020% |
on assets in excess of $ | 1.5 billion |
All fees of the sub-administrator are paid by M&I Trust.
M&I Trust receives an annual per-account fee, which differs among the Funds, for sub-transfer agency services to trust and institutional accounts maintained on its trust accounting system.
Distributor. Grand Distribution Services, LLC (Grand), a registered broker-dealer and member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., acts as principal distributor of the Funds shares. All fees of the distributor are paid by M&I Trust. Grand and UMB are affiliated entities.
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION | 39 |
|
The Financial Highlights will help you understand each Funds financial performance for the last five fiscal years or since inception. Some of the information is presented on a per share basis. Total returns represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Fund, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains.
The following table has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the Funds independent registered public accounting firm. Their report, together with the Funds financial statements and notes thereto, is included in the Funds Annual Report dated August 31, 2004, which is available free of charge from the Funds.
Ratios to Average Net Assets
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year
|
Net Asset
Beginning
|
Net
Income
|
Net Realized
Gain (Loss)
Options,
Contracts
Foreign
|
Total from
Investment
|
Distributions
from Net
Investment
|
Distributions
Net Realized
Options
Contracts
Foreign
|
Total
Distributions |
Net
Value,
End of
|
Total
Return (1) |
Expenses
|
Net
Investment Income (Loss) |
Expense
Waiver (2) |
Net Assets,
End of Period (000s Omitted) |
Portfolio
Turnover Rate |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity Income Fund |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 16.71 | 0.23 | (0.73 | ) | (0.50 | ) | (0.23 | ) | (1.36 | ) | (1.59 | ) | $ | 14.62 | (2.80 | )% | 1.16 | % | 1.54 | % | | $ | 423,845 | 98 | % | |||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 14.62 | 0.16 | 0.16 | 0.32 | (0.14 | ) | (0.10 | ) | (0.24 | ) | $ | 14.70 | 2.20 | % | 1.19 | % | 1.07 | % | | $ | 414,651 | 78 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2002 (3) |
$ | 14.70 | 0.14 | (1.99 | ) | (1.85 | ) | (0.18 | ) | (0.55 | ) | (0.73 | ) | $ | 12.12 | (13.16 | )% | 1.20 | % | 1.28 | % | | $ | 338,512 | 50 | % | |||||||||||||||
2003 (3) |
$ | 12.12 | 0.24 | 0.42 | 0.66 | (0.20 | ) | | (0.20 | ) | $ | 12.58 | 5.56 | % | 1.23 | % | 2.04 | % | | $ | 343,475 | 62 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) |
$ | 12.58 | 0.30 | 1.62 | 1.92 | (0.30 | ) | | (0.30 | ) | $ | 14.20 | 15.39 | % | 1.22 | % | 2.27 | % | | $ | 358,354 | 103 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 17.48 | 0.03 | 2.72 | 2.75 | (0.02 | ) | (0.99 | ) | (1.01 | ) | $ | 19.22 | 16.35 | % | 1.18 | % | 0.16 | % | | $ | 510,195 | 71 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 19.22 | 0.01 | (4.66 | ) | (4.65 | ) | (0.01 | ) | (0.81 | ) | (0.82 | ) | $ | 13.75 | (24.79 | )% | 1.19 | % | 0.03 | % | | $ | 386,911 | 63 | % | |||||||||||||||
2002 (3) |
$ | 13.75 | 0.01 | (3.16 | ) | (3.15 | ) | (0.01 | ) | | (0.01 | ) | $ | 10.59 | (22.94 | )% | 1.21 | % | 0.01 | % | | $ | 274,960 | 62 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2003 (3) |
$ | 10.59 | 0.04 | 0.71 | 0.75 | (0.02 | ) | | (0.02 | ) | $ | 11.32 | 7.11 | % | 1.28 | % | 0.38 | % | | $ | 254,286 | 73 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) |
$ | 11.32 | 0.02 | 0.78 | 0.80 | (0.02 | ) | | (0.02 | ) | $ | 12.10 | 7.08 | % | 1.25 | % | 0.20 | % | | $ | 257,684 | 129 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 11.40 | 0.09 | 0.79 | 0.88 | (0.05 | ) | (1.38 | ) | (1.43 | ) | $ | 10.85 | 9.29 | % | 1.33 | % | 0.86 | % | | $ | 106,569 | 94 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 10.85 | 0.02 | 2.62 | 2.64 | (0.07 | ) | (0.70 | ) | (0.77 | ) | $ | 12.72 | 25.80 | % | 1.30 | % | 0.16 | % | | $ | 172,719 | 104 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2002 (3) |
$ | 12.72 | 0.02 | (0.40 | ) | (0.38 | ) | (0.01 | ) | (1.68 | ) | (1.69 | ) | $ | 10.65 | (4.25 | )% | 1.26 | % | 0.13 | % | | $ | 196,254 | 44 | % | |||||||||||||||
2003 (3) |
$ | 10.65 | 0.01 | 1.86 | 1.87 | (0.01 | ) | | (0.01 | ) | $ | 12.51 | 17.63 | % | 1.27 | % | 0.13 | % | | $ | 267,309 | 39 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) |
$ | 12.51 | 0.05 | 2.14 | 2.19 | (0.01 | ) | (0.45 | ) | (0.46 | ) | $ | 14.24 | 17.76 | % | 1.22 | % | 0.44 | % | | $ | 463,104 | 33 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 17.28 | (0.16 | ) (4) | 12.00 | 11.84 | | (1.69 | ) | (1.69 | ) | $ | 27.43 | 71.91 | % | 1.18 | % | (0.66 | )% | | $ | 541,805 | 108 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 27.43 | (0.06 | ) (4) | (8.67 | ) | (8.73 | ) | | (4.97 | ) | (4.97 | ) | $ | 13.73 | (34.17 | )% | 1.19 | % | (0.39 | )% | | $ | 333,718 | 118 | % | |||||||||||||||
2002 (3) |
$ | 13.73 | (0.09 | ) (4) | (4.29 | ) | (4.38 | ) | | (0.04 | ) | (0.04 | ) | $ | 9.31 | (32.01 | )% | 1.24 | % | (0.72 | )% | | $ | 203,010 | 167 | % | |||||||||||||||
2003 (3) |
$ | 9.31 | (0.08 | ) (4) | 2.34 | 2.26 | | | | $ | 11.57 | 24.27 | % | 1.28 | % | (0.78 | )% | | $ | 236,981 | 121 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) |
$ | 11.57 | (0.10 | ) (4) | (0.32 | ) | (0.42 | ) | | | | $ | 11.15 | (3.63 | )% | 1.24 | % | (0.85 | )% | | $ | 184,632 | 240 | % |
40 |
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS |
Small-Cap Growth Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 12.38 | (0.18 | ) (4) | 7.03 | 6.85 | | (0.41 | ) | (0.41 | ) | $ | 18.82 | 56.14 | % | 1.59 | % | (1.03 | )% | | $ | 159,336 | 105 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 18.82 | (0.08 | ) (4) | (4.52 | ) | (4.60 | ) | | (1.63 | ) | (1.63 | ) | $ | 12.59 | (24.23 | )% | 1.58 | % | (0.62 | ) % | | $ | 105,397 | 287 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2002 (3) |
$ | 12.59 | (0.14 | ) (4) | (3.12 | ) | (3.26 | ) | | (0.58 | ) | (0.58 | ) | $ | 8.75 | (27.23 | )% | 1.63 | % | (1.20 | )% | | $ | 77,713 | 292 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2003 (3) |
$ | 8.75 | (0.07 | ) (4) | 3.15 | 3.08 | | | | $ | 11.83 | 35.20 | % | 1.72 | % | (0.82 | ) % | | $ | 90,126 | 248 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) |
$ | 11.83 | (0.17 | ) (4) | 0.94 | 0.77 | | | | $ | 12.60 | 6.51 | % | 1.58 | % | (1.28 | )% | | $ | 129,875 | 267 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
International Stock Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 13.83 | (0.07 | ) (4) | 4.09 | 4.02 | (0.16 | ) | (1.36 | ) | (1.52 | ) | $ | 16.33 | 28.09 | % | 1.50 | % | (0.40 | )% | 0.02 | % | $ | 351,242 | 225 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 16.33 | 0.03 | (4) | (4.02 | ) | (3.99 | ) | | (1.61 | ) | (1.61 | ) | $ | 10.73 | (26.36 | )% | 1.46 | % | 0.25 | % | 0.02 | % | $ | 246,649 | 156 | % | |||||||||||||||
2002 (3) |
$ | 10.73 | 0.03 | (4) | (1.45 | ) | (1.42 | ) | | | | $ | 9.31 | (13.23 | )% | 1.49 | % | 0.32 | % | 0.02 | % | $ | 195,496 | 83 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2003 (3) |
$ | 9.31 | 0.06 | (4) | 0.65 | 0.71 | | | | $ | 10.02 | 7.63 | % | 1.54 | % | 0.65 | % | 0.02 | % | $ | 204,477 | 171 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) |
$ | 10.02 | 0.00 | (4) | 1.02 | 1.02 | (0.04 | ) | | | $ | 11.00 | 10.20 | % | 150 | % | 0.00 | % (5) | 0.02 | % | $ | 216,082 | 137 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Government Income Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 9.22 | 0.57 | (0.02 | ) | 0.55 | (0.57 | ) | | (0.57 | ) | $ | 9.20 | 6.20 | % | 0.85 | % | 6.28 | % | 0.33 | % | $ | 357,229 | 192 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 9.20 | 0.57 | 0.33 | 0.90 | (0.57 | ) | | (0.57 | ) | $ | 9.53 | 10.02 | % | 0.87 | % | 6.04 | % | 0.33 | % | $ | 380,308 | 122 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
2002 (3) |
$ | 9.53 | 0.49 | (4)(6) | 0.20 | (6) | 0.69 | (0.50 | ) | | (0.50 | ) | $ | 9.72 | 7.50 | % | 0.87 | % | 5.16 | % (6) | 0.33 | % | $ | 377,594 | 76 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2003 (3) |
$ | 9.72 | 0.32 | (4) | (0.08 | ) | 0.24 | (0.36 | ) | | (0.36 | ) | $ | 9.50 | 2.45 | % | 0.87 | % | 3.30 | % | 0.33 | % | $ | 382,287 | 539 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) |
$ | 9.60 | 0.43 | (4) | 0.09 | 0.52 | (0.48 | ) | | (0.48 | ) | $ | 9.64 | 5.50 | % | 0.87 | % | 4.49 | % | 0.33 | % | $ | 344,253 | 113 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 9.17 | 0.57 | (0.01 | ) | 0.56 | (0.57 | ) | | (0.57 | ) | $ | 9.16 | 6.35 | % | 0.70 | % | 6.31 | % | 0.29 | % | $ | 612,980 | 243 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 9.16 | 0.55 | 0.35 | 0.90 | (0.55 | ) | | (0.55 | ) | $ | 9.51 | 10.14 | % | 0.72 | % | 5.93 | % | 0.29 | % | $ | 640,863 | 273 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
2002 (3) |
$ | 9.51 | 0.47 | (4)(6) | (0.04 | ) (6) | 0.43 | (0.50 | ) | | (0.50 | ) | $ | 9.44 | 4.70 | % | 0.72 | % | 5.00 | % (6) | 0.29 | % | $ | 631,518 | 187 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2003 (3) |
$ | 9.44 | 0.41 | (4) | 0.07 | 0.48 | (0.45 | ) | | (0.45 | ) | $ | 9.47 | 5.10 | % | 0.72 | % | 4.30 | % | 0.29 | % | $ | 629,664 | 317 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) |
$ | 9.47 | 0.38 | (4) | 0.06 | 0.44 | (0.41 | ) | | (0.41 | ) | $ | 9.50 | 4.68 | % | 0.72 | % | 3.98 | % | 0.29 | % | $ | 625,908 | 279 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Intermediate Tax-Free Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 9.85 | 0.43 | 0.10 | 0.53 | (0.43 | ) | | (0.43 | ) | $ | 9.95 | 5.58 | % | 0.60 | % | 4.43 | % | 0.49 | % | $ | 95,554 | 71 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 9.95 | 0.43 | 0.40 | 0.83 | (0.43 | ) | | (0.43 | ) | $ | 10.35 | 8.52 | % | 0.62 | % | 4.24 | % | 0.50 | % | $ | 102,300 | 51 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
2002 (3) |
$ | 10.35 | 0.40 | (6) | 0.22 | (6) | 0.62 | (0.40 | ) | | (0.40 | ) | $ | 10.57 | 6.12 | % | 0.62 | % | 3.84 | %(6) | 0.50 | % | $ | 109,693 | 27 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2003 (3) |
$ | 10.57 | 0.38 | (0.07 | ) | 0.31 | (0.38 | ) | | (0.38 | ) | $ | 10.50 | 2.95 | % | 0.60 | % | 3.57 | % | 0.50 | % | $ | 102,717 | 17 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) |
$ | 10.50 | 0.37 | 0.13 | 0.50 | (0.37 | ) | (0.02 | ) | (0.39 | ) | $ | 10.61 | 4.88 | % | 0.62 | % | 3.51 | % | 0.50 | % | $ | 96,952 | 8 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Short-Term Income Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 9.40 | 0.60 | (0.19 | ) | 0.41 | (0.60 | ) | | (0.60 | ) | $ | 9.21 | 4.46 | % | 0.50 | % | 6.43 | % | 0.57 | % | $ | 122,503 | 72 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 9.21 | 0.58 | 0.33 | 0.91 | (0.58 | ) | | (0.58 | ) | $ | 9.54 | 10.16 | % | 0.53 | % | 6.16 | % | 0.57 | % | $ | 126,008 | 79 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
2002 (3) |
$ | 9.54 | 0.42 | (4)(6) | (0.07 | ) (6) | 0.35 | (0.47 | ) | | (0.47 | ) | $ | 9.42 | 3.77 | % | 0.56 | % | 4.51 | % (6) | 0.57 | % | $ | 114,320 | 54 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2003 (3) |
$ | 9.42 | 0.33 | (4) | (0.03 | ) | 0.30 | (0.40 | ) | | (0.40 | ) | $ | 9.32 | 3.22 | % | 0.58 | % | 3.47 | % | 0.57 | % | $ | 150,302 | 43 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) |
$ | 9.32 | 0.27 | (4) | (0.02 | ) | 0.25 | (0.36 | ) | | (0.36 | ) | $ | 9.21 | 2.75 | % | 0.54 | % | 2.94 | % | 0.57 | % | $ | 148,735 | 40 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Government Money Market Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2004 (7) |
$ | 1.00 | 0.00 | | 0.00 | 0.00 | | 0.00 | $ | 1.00 | 0.23 | % (8) | 0.45 | % (9) | 0.96 | % (9) | 0.17 | % (9) | $ | 118,401 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Money Market Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 1.00 | 0.06 | | 0.06 | (0.06 | ) | | (0.06 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 5.88 | % | 0.44 | % | 5.73 | % | 0.16 | % | $ | 1,776,669 | | |||||||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 1.00 | 0.05 | | 0.05 | (0.05 | ) | | (0.05 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 5.32 | % | 0.46 | % | 5.22 | % | 0.05 | % | $ | 1,697,200 | | |||||||||||||||||||
2002 |
$ | 1.00 | 0.02 | | 0.02 | (0.02 | ) | | (0.02 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 1.99 | % | 0.45 | % | 1.95 | % | 0.04 | % | $ | 1,857,948 | | |||||||||||||||||||
2003 |
$ | 1.00 | 0.01 | | 0.01 | (0.01 | ) | | (0.01 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 1.05 | % | 0.45 | % | 1.04 | % | 0.03 | % | $ | 1,889,427 | | |||||||||||||||||||
2004 |
$ | 1.00 | 0.01 | (4) | | 0.01 | (0.01 | ) | | (0.01 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 0.76 | % | 0.45 | % | 0.76 | % | 0.04 | % | $ | 2,123,605 | |
(1) | Based on net asset value, which does not reflect the sales charge or contingent deferred sales charge, if applicable. |
(2) | This voluntary expense decrease is reflected in both the expense and net investment income (loss) ratios shown. |
(3) | Effective September 1, 2001, the Funds adopted the provisions of the revised American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) Audit and Accounting Guide for Investment Companies which requires the disclosure of the per share effect of redemption fees. Redemption fees consisted of the following per share amounts: |
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS | 41 |
Per Share Amount |
|||||||||
Fund |
2002
|
2003
|
2004
|
||||||
Equity Income Fund |
$ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | |||
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
$ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | |||
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
$ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | |||
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
$ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | |||
Small-Cap Growth Fund |
$ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | |||
International Stock Fund |
$ | 0.01 | $ | 0.01 | $ | 0.00 | |||
Government Income Fund |
$ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | |||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
$ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | |||
Intermediate Tax-Free Fund |
$ | 0.01 | $ | 0.01 | $ | 0.00 | |||
Short-Term Income Fund |
$ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 |
Funds not shown had redemption fees of less than $0.01. Periods prior to September 1, 2001 have not been restated to reflect this change. |
(4) | Per share information is based on average shares outstanding. |
(5) | Represents less than 0.001%. |
(6) | Effective September 1, 2001, the Government Income Fund, Intermediate Bond Fund, Intermediate Tax-Free Fund and Short-Term Income Fund adopted the provisions of the revised AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide for Investment Companies and began accreting discount/amortizing premium on long-term debt securities. The effect of this change for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 was as follows: |
Net
Investment Income Per Share |
Net
Realized/ Unrealized Gain/Loss Per Share |
Ratio of
Net Investment Income to Average Net Assets |
|||||||||
Increase (Decrease) Government Income Fund |
$ | (0.01 | ) | $ | 0.01 | (0.12 | )% | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
(0.03 | ) | 0.03 | (0.32 | ) | ||||||
Intermediate Tax-Free Fund |
0.00 | (0.00 | ) | 0.00 | |||||||
Short-Term Income Fund |
(0.04 | ) | 0.04 | (0.40 | ) |
Per share, ratios and supplemental data for periods prior to September 1, 2001 have not been restated to reflect this change in presentation. |
(7) | Reflects operations for the period from May 17, 2004 (start of performance) to August 31, 2004. |
(8) | Not annualized for periods less than a year. |
(9) | Annualized. |
42 | FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS |
For More Information
A Statement of Additional Information (SAI) dated December 31, 2004 is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Additional information about the Funds investments is contained in the Funds SAI and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders as they become available. The Annual Reports Investment Commentaries discuss market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected each Funds performance during its last fiscal year.
To obtain the SAI, Annual Report, Semi-Annual Report, and other information, free of charge, and to make inquiries, write to or call Marshall Investor Services at 1-414-287-8555 or at 1-800-236-FUND(3863).
You may write to the SEC Public Reference Room at the regular mailing address or the e-mail address below and ask them to mail you information about the Funds, including the SAI.
They will charge you a fee for this duplicating service. You can also visit the SEC Public Reference Room and review and copy documents while you are there. For more information about the operation of the Public Reference Room, call the SEC at the telephone number below.
Public Reference Section
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549-0102
publicinfo@sec.gov
1-202-942-8090
Reports and other information about the Funds are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SECs Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
Marshall Investor Services |
P.O. Box 1348 |
Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348 |
1-414-287-8555 |
1-800-236-FUND (3863) |
TDD: Speech and Hearing Impaired Services 1-800-209-3520 |
||||
Internet address: http://www.marshallfunds.com |
Grand Distribution Services, LLC Distributor |
Investment Company Act File No. 811-58433 |
The Marshall Funds Family
Prospectus
The Advisor Class of Shares
(Class A)
DECEMBER 31, 2004
| Marshall Equity Income Fund |
| Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
| Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund |
| Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
| Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund |
| Marshall International Stock Fund |
| Marshall Government Income Fund |
| Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund |
| Marshall Short-Term Income Fund |
| Marshall Money Market Fund |
The Investor Class of Shares (Class Y)
| Marshall Government Money Market Fund |
| Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund |
As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
|
Advisor Class of Shares (Class A) Investor Class of Shares (Class Y) |
2 | ||
Equity Funds |
||
3 | ||
4 | ||
5 | ||
6 | ||
7 | ||
8 | ||
Income Funds |
||
9 | ||
10 | ||
11 | ||
Money Market Funds |
||
12 | ||
13 | ||
14 | ||
15 | ||
17 | ||
20 | ||
25 | ||
29 | ||
38 | ||
41 | ||
44 | ||
44 |
Shares of Marshall Funds, Inc. (Marshall Funds) are not bank deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates. Shares of the Marshall Funds, like shares of all mutual funds, are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency, and may lose value.
The Marshall Funds offer investment opportunities to a wide range of investors, from investors with short-term goals who wish to take little investment risk to investors with long-term goals willing to bear the risks of the stock market for potentially greater rewards. The Marshall Funds are managed by the investment professionals at M&I Investment Management Corp. (Adviser).
Equity Funds | ||
Risk/Return Summary of Mutual Funds
|
Marshall Equity Income Fund Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund Marshall International Stock Fund |
|
Income Funds |
||
Marshall Government Income Fund Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund Marshall Short-Term Income Fund |
||
Money Market Funds |
||
Marshall Money Market Fund |
||
Marshall Government Money Market Fund | ||
Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund |
Stock
Market Risks |
Sector
Risks |
Style
Risks |
Foreign
Securities/ Euro Risks |
Company Size Risks |
Debt
Risks |
Government Obligations Risks |
Municipal Securities Risks |
Asset/Mortgage
Risks |
|||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Equity Income Fund |
ü | ü | ü | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
ü | ü | ü | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund |
ü | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
ü | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund |
ü | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall International Stock Fund |
ü | ü | ü | ü | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Government Income Fund |
ü | ü | ü | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund |
ü | ü | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Short-Term Income Fund |
ü | ü | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Money Market Fund |
ü | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Government Money Market Fund |
ü | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund |
ü | ü |
A complete description of these risks can be found in the Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds section.
2 | RISK/RETURN SUMMARY |
Equity Funds |
|
Goal: To provide capital appreciation and above-average dividend income.
Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in a broadly-diversified portfolio of common stocks of large-sized companies similar in size to those within the Standard & Poors 500 ® Index (S&P 500 ® ). In order to provide both capital appreciation and income, the Adviser attempts to structure the portfolio to pursue a yield at least 1% more than the income earned on the stocks in the S&P 500. The Adviser selects stocks using a unique, quantitative, value-oriented approach that uses dividends as the initial guide to competitive long-term returns with less volatility.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Advisor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1999-2003) (*)
(*) | The bar chart does not reflect the payment of any sales charges or recurring shareholder account fees. If these charges or fees had been included, the returns shown would have been lower. |
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was 1.58%.
Total Returns
Best quarter |
(2nd quarter, 2003) | 15.65 | % | ||
Worst quarter |
(3rd quarter, 2002) | (17.64 | )% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03 (1)
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
Since
12/31/98 inception |
|||||||
Fund: |
|||||||||
Return Before Taxes |
14.84 | % | 0.35 | % | 0.37 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (2) |
14.12 | % | (0.99 | )% | (0.97 | )% | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (2) |
9.60 | % | (0.45 | )% | (0.44 | )% | |||
LEIFI (3) |
25.83 | % | 2.22 | % | 2.22 | % | |||
S&P 500 (4) |
28.67 | % | (0.57 | )% | (0.57 | )% |
(1) | The average annual total returns shown were reduced to reflect sales charges. |
(2) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans. |
(3) | The Lipper Equity Income Funds Index (LEIFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LEIFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(4) | The S&P 500 ® is a capitalizaton-weighted index of 500 stocks designed to measure performance of the broad domestic economy through changes in the aggregate market value of 500 stocks representing all major industries. The S&P 500 ® does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear. |
EQUITY FUNDS | 3 |
Equity Funds (cont.)
Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund
Goal: To provide capital appreciation.
Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of large-sized companies similar in size to those within the S&P 500 ® . The Adviser looks for companies that are leaders in their industry and have records of above-average financial performance and proven superior management. These types of companies typically offer opportunities for growth.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Advisor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1999-2003) (*)
(*) | The bar chart does not reflect the payment of any sales charges or recurring shareholder account fees. If these charges or fees had been included, the returns shown would have been lower. |
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was (1.05)%.
Total Returns
Best quarter |
(4th quarter, 1999) | 13.46 | % | ||
Worst quarter |
(3rd quarter, 2002) | (17.85 | )% |
Average Annul Total Returns through 12/31/03 (1)
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
Since 12/31/98
inception |
|||||||
Fund: |
|||||||||
Return Before Taxes |
17.60 | % | (4.50 | )% | (4.50 | )% | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (2) |
17.47 | % | (4.96 | )% | (4.95 | )% | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (2) |
11.43 | % | (3.84 | )% | (3.84 | )% | |||
LLCCFI (3) |
24.80 | % | (1.08 | )% | (1.08 | )% | |||
S&P 500 (4) |
28.67 | % | (0.57 | )% | (0.57 | )% |
(1) | The average annual total returns shown were reduced to reflect sales charges. |
(2) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans. |
(3) | The Lipper Large-Cap Core Funds Index (LLCCFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LLCCFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(4) | The S&P 500 ® is a capitalization-weighted index of 500 stocks designed to measure performance of the broad domestic economy through changes in the aggregate market value of 500 stocks representing all major industries. The S&P 500 ® does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear. |
4 | EQUITY FUNDS |
Equity Funds (cont.)
Goal: To provide capital appreciation.
Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in value-oriented common stocks of medium-sized companies similar in size to those within the Russell Mid-Cap Value Index. The Adviser selects companies that exhibit traditional value characteristics, such as a price-to-earnings ratio less than the Standard & Poors 400 ® Index, higher-than-average dividend yields or a lower-than-average price-to-book value. In addition, these companies may have under-appreciated assets, or be involved in company turnarounds or corporate restructurings.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Advisor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1999-2003) (*)
(* ) | The bar chart does not reflect the payment of any sales charges or recurring shareholder account fees. If these charges or fees had been included, the returns shown would have been lower. |
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was 6.01%.
Total Returns
Best quarter |
(4th quarter, 2001) | 19.16 | % | ||
Worst quarter |
(3rd quarter, 2002) | (16.61 | )% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03 (1)
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
Since 12/31/98
inception |
|||||||
Fund: |
|||||||||
Return Before Taxes |
28.08 | % | 11.46 | % | 12.09 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (2) |
27.32 | % | 9.38 | % | 10.00 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (2) |
18.96 | % | 8.84 | % | 9.39 | % | |||
LMCVFI (3) |
39.08 | % | 9.42 | % | 9.41 | % | |||
RMCVI (4) |
38.07 | % | 8.73 | % | 8.73 | % |
(1) | The average annual total returns shown were reduced to reflect sales charges. |
(2) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans. |
(3) | The Lipper Mid-Cap Value Funds Index (LMCVFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LMCVFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(4) | The Russell Mid-Cap Value Index (RMCVI) measures the performance of those Russell Mid-Cap companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. The RMCVI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear. |
EQUITY FUNDS | 5 |
Equity Funds (cont.)
Goal: To provide capital appreciation.
Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in growth-oriented common stocks of medium-sized companies similar in size to those within the Russell Mid-Cap Growth Index. The Adviser selects stocks of companies with growth characteristics, such as above-average earnings growth potential or where significant changes are taking place, such as new products, services, or methods of distribution, or overall business restructuring.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Advisor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Return (calendar years 1999-2003) (*)
(*) | The bar chart does not reflect the payment of any sales charges or recurring shareholder account fees. If these charges or fees had been included, the returns shown would have been lower. |
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was (3.80)%.
Total Returns
Best quarter |
(4th quarter, 1999) | 41.02 | % | ||
Worst quarter |
(3rd quarter, 2001) | (23.19 | )% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03 (1)
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
Since 12/31/98
inception |
|||||||
Fund: |
|||||||||
Return Before Taxes |
20.28 | % | 0.99 | % | 1.49 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (2) |
20.28 | % | 0.86 | )% | (0.37 | )% | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (2) |
13.18 | % | 0.20 | % | 0.62 | % | |||
LMCGFI (3) |
35.42 | % | 2.18 | % | 2.18 | % | |||
RMCGI (4) |
42.71 | % | 2.01 | % | 2.01 | % |
(1) | The average annual total returns shown were reduced to reflect sales charges. |
(2) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans. |
(3) | The Lipper Mid-Cap Growth Funds Index (LMCGFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LMCGFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(4) | The Russell Mid-Cap Growth Index (RMCGI) measures the performance of those Russell Mid-Cap companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. The RMCGI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear. |
6 | EQUITY FUNDS |
Equity Funds (cont.)
Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund
Goal: To provide capital appreciation.
Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of small-sized companies similar in size to those within the Russell 2000 Growth Index. The Adviser selects stocks of companies with above-average earnings growth potential or where significant changes are taking place, such as new products, services or methods of distribution, as well as overall business restructuring.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Advisor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indexes are unmanaged, and it is not possible to invest directly in an index. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1999-2003) (*)
(*) | The bar chart does not reflect the payment of any sales charges or recurring shareholder account fees. If these charges or fees had been included, the returns shown would have been lower. |
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was (0.44)%.
Total Returns
Best quarter |
(4th quarter, 1999) | 38.36 | % | ||
Worst quarter |
(3rd quarter, 2001) | (27.21 | )% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03 (1)
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
Since 12/31/98
inception |
|||||||
Fund: |
|||||||||
Return Before Taxes |
40.19 | % | 3.33 | % | 4.01 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (2) |
40.19 | % | 2.44 | % | 3.11 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (2) |
26.12 | % | 2.50 | % | 3.08 | % | |||
LSCGI (3) |
44.77 | % | 6.16 | % | 6.16 | % | |||
Russell 2000 GI (4) |
48.54 | % | 0.86 | % | 0.86 | % |
(1) | The average annual total returns shown were reduced to reflect sales charges. |
(2) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans. |
(3) | The Lipper Small-Cap Growth Funds Index (LSCGI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LSCGI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(4) | The Russell 2000 Growth Index (Russell 2000 GI) measures the performance of those Russell 2000 companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. |
EQUITY FUNDS | 7 |
Equity Funds (cont.)
Marshall International Stock Fund
Goal: To provide capital appreciation.
Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in securities of issuers domiciled in at least three different nations outside the United States, and invests at least 80% of its assets in stock. BPI Global Asset Management LLP (BPI or Sub-Adviser) is the sub-adviser of the Fund. BPI uses a bottom-up approach to international investing within overall portfolio management guidelines. BPI identifies companies of any size within industry groups that have historically been successful and have a competitive advantage as evidenced by above-average profit margins, high returns on equity, low leverage and adequate cash flow. BPI then seeks to identify quality companies with attractive returns on equity, shareholder-oriented management, and a strong capital structure. Stocks are selected and retained when they are attractively valued within their industry by using traditional valuation measures such as price-to-book and price-to-earnings ratios, resulting in an approach BPI describes as quality companies at a reasonable price. The portfolio management team closely monitors the Funds industry weightings and country weightings in relation to its performance benchmark.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Advisor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1999-2003) (*)
(*) | The bar chart does not reflect the payment of any sales charges or recurring shareholder account fees. If these charges or fees had been included, the returns shown would have been lower. |
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was (0.44)%.
Total Returns
Best quarter |
(4th quarter, 1999) | 40.45 | % | ||
Worst quarter |
(3rd quarter, 2002) | (19.57 | )% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03 (1)
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
Since 12/31/98 inception |
|||||||
Fund: |
|||||||||
Return Before Taxes |
27.01 | % | 0.56 | % | 0.64 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (2) |
26.85 | % | (0.52 | )% | (0.43 | )% | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (2) |
17.55 | % | 0.09 | % | 0.17 | % | |||
LIFI (3) |
36.00 | % | 2.13 | % | 2.13 | % | |||
EAFE (4) |
38.59 | % | (0.05 | )% | (0.05 | )% |
(1) | The average annual total returns shown were reduced to reflect sales charge. |
(2) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans. |
(3) | The Lipper International Funds Index (LIFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LIFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(4) | The Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australasia, Far East Index (EAFE) is a market capitalization-weighted equity index of international stocks comprising 20 of the 48 countries in the Morgan Stanley Capital International universe and representing the developed world outside of North America. The EAFE does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear. |
8 | EQUITY FUNDS |
Income Funds |
|
Marshall Government Income Fund
Goal: To provide current income.
Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in U.S. government securities. The Adviser considers macroeconomic conditions and uses credit and market analysis in developing the overall portfolio strategy. Current and historical interest rate relationships are used to evaluate market sectors and individual securities. The Fund generally maintains an average dollar-weighted maturity of four to twelve years.
The Fund invests in the securities of U.S. Government-sponsored entities including the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac), the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBs). Not all U.S. Government-sponsored entities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government. Examples of entities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government include Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and FHLBs. These entities however, are supported through federal subsidies, loans or other benefits. The Fund also may invest in U.S. Government-sponsored entities which are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, such as the Government National Mortgage Association. Finally, the Fund may invest in a few governmental entities which have no explicit financial support, but which are regarded as having implied support because the federal government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit System and the Financing Corporation.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Advisor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1999-2003) (1)
(1) | The bar chart does not reflect the payment of any sales charges or recurring shareholder account fees. If these charges or fees had been included, the returns shown would have been lower. |
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was 2.98%.
Total Returns
Best quarter |
(3rd quarter, 2001) | 4.03 | % | ||
Worst quarter |
(2nd quarter, 1999) | (0.43 | )% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03 (1)
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
Since 09/01/98 inception |
|||||||
Fund: |
|||||||||
Return Before Taxes |
(2.07 | )% | 4.34 | % | 4.33 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (2) |
(3.27 | )% | 2.32 | % | 2.32 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (2) |
(1.36 | )% | 2.42 | % | 2.41 | % | |||
LUSMI (3) |
2.61 | % | 5.72 | % | 5.71 | % | |||
LMI (4) |
3.07 | % | 6.55 | % | 6.55 | % |
(1) | The average annual total returns shown were reduced to reflect sales charges |
(2) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans. |
(3) | The Lipper U.S. Mortgage Funds Index (LUSMI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LUSMI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(4) | The Lehman Brothers Mortgage-Backed Securities Index (LMI) is an index comprised of fixed rate securities backed by mortgage pools of the Government National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp. and the Federal National Mortgage Association. The LMI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear. |
INCOME FUNDS | 9 |
Income Funds (cont.)
Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund
Goal: To maximize total return consistent with current income.
Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in bonds. Fund investments include corporate, asset-backed, mortgage-backed and U.S. government securities. The Advisers strategy for achieving total return is to adjust the Funds weightings in these sectors as it deems appropriate. The Adviser uses macroeconomic, credit and market analysis to select portfolio securities. The Fund maintains an average dollar-weighted maturity of three to ten years.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Advisor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1999-2003) (1)
(1) | The bar chart does not reflect the payment of any sales charges or recurring shareholder account fees. If these charges or fees had been included, the returns shown would have been lower. |
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was 1.88%.
Total Returns
Best quarter |
(2nd quarter, 1995) | 4.68 | % | ||
Worst quarter |
(1st quarter, 1996) | (2.03 | )% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03 (1)
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
Since 12/31/98 inception |
|||||||
Fund: |
|||||||||
Return Before Taxes |
(0.34 | )% | 4.53 | % | 4.52 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (2) |
(1.77 | )% | 2.43 | % | 2.43 | % | |||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (2) |
(0.24 | )% | 2.53 | % | 2.53 | % | |||
LSIBF (3) |
3.85 | % | 5.72 | % | 5.71 | % | |||
LGCI (4) |
4.31 | % | 6.65 | % | 6.65 | % |
(1) | The average annual total returns shown were reduced to reflect sales charges. |
(2) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans. |
(3) | The Lipper Short/Intermediate Investment Grade Bond Funds Index (LSIBF) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LSIBF reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(4) | The Lehman Brothers Governmental/Credit Intermediate Index (LGCI) is an index comprised of government and corporate bonds rated BBB or higher with maturities between 1-10 years. The LGCI does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear. |
10 | INCOME FUNDS |
Income Funds (cont.)
Marshall Short-Term Income Fund
Goal: To maximize total return consistent with current income.
Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in short- to intermediate-term investment grade bonds and notes. Fund investments include corporate, asset-backed, mortgage-backed and U.S. government securities. The Adviser changes the Funds weightings in these sectors as it deems appropriate and uses macroeconomic, credit and market analysis to select portfolio securities. The Fund maintains an average dollar-weighted maturity of six months to three years.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Advisor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 2001-2003) (1)
(1) | The bar chart does not reflect the payment of any sales charges or recurring shareholder account fees. If these charges or fees had been included, the returns shown would have been lower. |
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was 1.06%.
Total Returns
Best quarter |
(3rd quarter, 2001) | 2.61 | % | ||
Worst quarter |
(4th quarter, 2001) | (0.78 | )% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/039 (1)
1 Year
|
Since 10/31/00
inception |
|||||
Fund: |
||||||
Return Before Taxes |
0.81 | % | 4.42 | % | ||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (2) |
(0.54 | )% | 2.58 | % | ||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (2) |
0.51 | % | 2.64 | % | ||
LSTIB (3) |
2.65 | % | 5.15 | % | ||
ML13 (4) |
2.74 | % | 6.23 | % |
(1) | The average annual total returns shown were reduced to reflect sales charges. |
(2) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans. |
(3) | The Lipper Short-Term Investment Grade Bond Index (LSTIBI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LSTIBI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(4) | The Merrill Lynch 1-3 Year U.S. Government/Corporate Index (ML13) is an index tracking short-term U.S. government and corporate securities with maturities between 1 and 2.99 years. The index is produced by Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith. The ML13 does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear. |
INCOME FUNDS | 11 |
|
Money Market Funds |
Goal: To provide current income consistent with stability of principal.
Strategy: Fund assets are invested in high quality, short-term money market instruments. In order to produce income that minimizes volatility, the Adviser uses a bottom-up approach which evaluates debt securities of individual companies against the context of broader market factors such as the cyclical trend in interest rates, the shape of the yield curve and debt security supply factors.
An investment in the Fund is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks and liquidity risks.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Advisor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investments and an average of money funds with similar objectives. Indices and averages are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1994-2003) (*)
(*) | Shares of the Fund are not sold subject to a sales charge (load). The total returns displayed are based upon net asset value. |
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30,2004 was 0.40%.
Total Returns
Best quarter |
(3rd quarter, 2000) | 1.52 | % | ||
Worst quarter |
(4th quarter, 2003) | 0.10 | % |
7-Day Net Yield (as of 12/31/03) (1) : |
0.43% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
10 Year
|
|||||||
Fund | 0.52 | % | 3.21 | % | 4.04 | % | |||
LMMFI (2) | 0.62 | % | 3.26 | % | 4.08 | % | |||
MFRA (3) | 0.63 | % | 3.20 | % | 4.03 | % |
(1) | Investors may call the Fund to learn the current 7-Day Net Yield at 1-800-236-FUND (3863). |
(2) | The Lipper Money Market Funds Index (LMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(3) | The Money Fund Report Averages (MFRA) (formerly, IBC Financial Data) is an average of money funds with investment objectives similar to that of the Fund. |
12 | MONEY MARKET FUNDS |
Money Market Funds (cont.)
Marshall Government Money Market Fund
Goal: To provide current income consistent with stability of principal.
Strategy: Fund assets are invested in high quality, short-term money market instruments. The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in obligations issued and/or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or by its agencies or instrumentalities, and in repurchase agreements secured by such obligations. In order to produce income that minimizes volatility, the Adviser uses a bottom-up approach, which evaluates debt securities against the context of broader market factors such as the cyclical trend in interest rates, the shape of the yield curve and debt security supply factors.
The Fund invests in the securities of U.S. Government-sponsored entities including the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac), the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBs). Not all U.S. Government-sponsored entities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government. Examples of entities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government include Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and FHLBs. These entities however, are supported through federal subsidies, loans or other benefits. The Fund also may invest in U.S. Government-sponsored entities which are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, such as the Government National Mortgage Association. Finally, the Fund may invest in a few governmental entities which have no explicit financial support, but which are regarded as having implied support because the federal government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit System and the Financing Corporation.
An investment in the Fund is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks, call risks and liquidity risks.
Annual Total Returns
A performance bar chart and total return information for the Fund have not been provided because the Fund has not been in operation for a full calendar year.
MONEY MARKET FUNDS | 13 |
Money Market Funds (cont.)
Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund
Goal: To provide stability of principal, daily liquidity and current income exempt from federal income tax, including federal alternative minimum tax (AMT).
Strategy: The Fund invests primarily in fixed and floating rate municipal bonds and notes, variable rate demand instruments and other high-quality, short-term tax-exempt obligations maturing in 397 days or less. Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests its assets so that at least 80% of the annual interest income that the Fund distributes will be exempt from federal income tax, including AMT.
To maintain principal preservation, the Adviser places a strict emphasis on credit research. Using fundamental analysis, the Adviser develops an approved list of issuers and securities that meet the Advisers standards for minimal credit risk. The Adviser continually monitors the credit risks of all portfolio securities on an ongoing basis by reviewing financial data and ratings of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (NRSROs).
The Fund seeks to enhance yield by taking advantage of favorable changes in interest rates and reducing the effect of unfavorable changes in rates. In achieving this objective, the Adviser targets a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of 90 days or less based on its interest rate outlook. The interest rate outlook is developed by analyzing a variety of factors, such as current and expected U.S. economic growth; current and expected interest rates and inflation; and the Federal Reserve Boards monetary policy. By developing an interest rate outlook and adjusting the portfolios maturity accordingly, the Fund is poised to take advantage of yield enhancing opportunities.
Annual Total Returns
A performance bar chart and total return information for the Fund have not been provided because the Fund has not been in operation for a full calendar year.
An investment in the Fund is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks, call risks and liquidity risks. In addition to credit and interest rate risk, certain types of municipal bonds are subject to other risks based on many factors, including economic and regulatory developments, changes or proposed changes in the federal and state tax structure, deregulation, court rulings and other factors.
14 | MONEY MARKET FUNDS |
|
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Advisor Class of Shares of the Funds.
(3) | The Adviser voluntarily waived a portion of the management fee. The Adviser may terminate this voluntary waiver at any time. The management fees paid by the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND, GOVERNMENT INCOME FUND, INTERMEDIATE BOND FUND, SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND and MONEY MARKET FUND (after the voluntary waivers) were 0.98%, 0.65%, 0.54%, 0.26% and 0.11%, respectively, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004. |
(4) | The shareholder servicing fee of 0.25%, which is included in Other Expenses for each of the Funds, has been voluntarily waived for all Funds except the MONEY MARKET FUND. The shareholder servicing agent may terminate this voluntary waiver at any time. The shareholder servicing fee (after the voluntary waiver) was 0.00% for these Funds for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004. |
The purpose of affiliates receive advisory, custodial, shareholder services and administrative fees for the services they provide to the Funds or shareholders, as applicable. For more complete descriptions of the various costs and expenses, see Marshall Funds, Inc. Information. Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Marshall Funds with the cost of investing in other funds.
The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in each of the Funds for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that each of the Funds operating expenses are before waivers as shown in the table and remain the same. Although your actual costs and returns may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
Equity
Income Fund |
Large-Cap
Growth & Income Fund |
Mid-Cap
Value Fund |
Mid-Cap
Growth Fund |
Small-Cap
Growth Fund |
International
Fund |
Government
Income Fund |
Intermediate
Fund |
Short-Term
Income Fund |
Money
Market Fund |
|||||||||||||||||||||
1 Year |
$ | 716 | $ | 719 | $ | 716 | $ | 718 | $ | 750 | $ | 745 | $ | 616 | $ | 597 | $ | 336 | $ | 81 | ||||||||||
3 Years |
$ | 1,013 | $ | 1,022 | $ | 1,013 | $ | 1,019 | $ | 1,117 | $ | 1,100 | $ | 912 | $ | 856 | $ | 622 | $ | 252 | ||||||||||
5 Years |
$ | 1,332 | $ | 1,346 | $ | 1,332 | $ | 1,341 | $ | 1,508 | $ | 1,479 | $ | 1,230 | $ | 1,134 | $ | 930 | $ | 439 | ||||||||||
10 Years |
$ | 2,231 | $ | 2,263 | $ | 2,231 | $ | 2,252 | $ | 2,599 | $ | 2,539 | $ | 2,128 | $ | 1,925 | $ | 1,802 | $ | 978 |
The above example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses. Your expenses will be less if you qualify to purchase shares at a reduced or no sales charge. Actual expenses may be greater than those shown.
FEES AND EXPENSES | 15 |
Fees and Expenses of the FundsInvestor Class of Shares
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold the Investor Class of Shares of the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND.
(2) | The Adviser voluntarily waived a portion of the management fee with respect to the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and may do so in the case of the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND. The Adviser may terminate this voluntary waiver at any time. The management fee paid by the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND (after the voluntary waiver) was 0.03% for the fiscal period ended August 31, 2004. The management fee expected to be paid by the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND (after the anticipated voluntary waiver) is 0.02% for the fiscal year ending August 31, 2005. |
(3) | Other Expenses are estimates for the fiscal period ending August 31, 2005 and include a shareholder servicing fee of 0.25%. |
The purpose of this table is to assist an investor in understanding the various costs and expenses that a shareholder of a Fund will bear either directly or indirectly. M&I Trust, an affiliate of the Adviser, and its affiliates receive advisory, custodial, shareholder services and administrative fees for the services they provide to the Funds or shareholders, as applicable. For more complete descriptions of the various costs and expenses, see Marshall Funds, Inc. Information. Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Funds with the cost of investing in other funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Funds for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Funds operating expenses are before waivers as shown in the table and remain the same. Although your actual costs and returns may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
Government Money
Market Fund |
Tax-Free Money
Market Fund |
|||||
1 Year |
$ | 63 | $ | 64 | ||
3 Years |
$ | 199 | $ | 202 |
The above example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater than those shown.
16 | FEES AND EXPENSES |
Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds |
|
Stock Market Risks. The EQUITY FUNDS are subject to fluctuations in the stock markets, which have periods of increasing and decreasing values. Stocks are more volatile than debt securities. Greater volatility increases risk. If the value of a Funds investments goes down, you may lose money.
What About Portfolio Turnover?
Although the Funds do not intend to invest for the purpose of seeking short-term profits, securities will be sold without regard to the length of time they have been held when the Funds Adviser or Sub-Adviser believes it is appropriate to do so in light of a Funds investment goal. A higher portfolio turnover rate increases transaction expenses that must be borne directly by a Fund (and thus, indirectly by its shareholders), and affects Fund performance. In addition, a high rate of portfolio turnover may result in the realization of larger amounts of capital gains which, when distributed to shareholders, are taxable to them.
Sector Risks. Companies with similar characteristics may be grouped together in broad categories called sectors. Sector risk is the possibility that a certain sector may underperform other sectors or the market as a whole. As the Adviser allocates more of a Funds portfolio holdings to a particular sector, a Funds performance will be more susceptible to any economic, business or other developments which generally affect that sector.
Style Risks. Due to their relatively high valuations, growth stocks are typically more volatile than value stocks. For instance, the price of a growth stock may experience a larger decline on a forecast of lower earnings, a negative fundamental development, or an adverse market development. Further, growth stocks may not pay dividends or may pay lower dividends than value stocks. This means they depend more on price changes for returns and may be more adversely affected in a down market compared to value stocks that pay higher dividends.
Investments in value stocks are subject to the risk that their intrinsic values may never be realized by the market, that a stock judged to be undervalued may actually be appropriately priced, or that their prices may decline, even though in theory they are already undervalued. Value stocks can react differently to issuer, political, market and economic developments than the market as a whole and other types of stocks (e.g., growth stocks). Consequently, while value stocks tend to be inexpensive relative to their earnings or assets compared to other types of stocks, they can continue to be inexpensive for long periods of time and may not ever realize their full value.
Foreign Securities Risks. The INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND invests primarily in foreign securities which involve additional risks, including currency-rate fluctuations, political and economic instability, differences in financial reporting standards and less-strict regulation of the securities markets. Furthermore, the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND may incur higher costs and expenses when making foreign investments, which will affect the Funds total return.
Foreign securities may be denominated in foreign currencies. Therefore, the value of the Funds assets and income in U.S. dollars may be affected by changes in exchange rates and regulations, since exchange rates for foreign currencies change daily. The combination of currency risk and market risk tends to make securities traded in foreign markets more volatile than securities traded exclusively in the United States. Although the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND values its assets daily in U.S. dollars, it will not convert its holdings of foreign currencies to U.S. dollars daily. Therefore, the Fund may be exposed to currency risks over an extended period of time.
Euro Risks. The INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND makes significant investments in securities denominated in the Euro, the single currency of the European Monetary Union (EMU). Therefore, the exchange rate between the Euro and the U.S. dollar will have a significant impact on the value of the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUNDs investments. The European Central Bank has control over each EMU member countrys monetary policies. Therefore, the EMU participating countries no longer control their own monetary policies by directing independent interest rates for their currencies, which may limit their ability to respond to economic down-turns or political upheavals. These factors or other events, including political and economic developments, could cause market disruptions, and could adversely affect the value of securities held by the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND.
INVESTING RISKS | 17 |
Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds (cont.)
Company Size Risks. Generally, the smaller the market capitalization of a company, the fewer the number of shares traded daily, the less liquid its stock and the more volatile its price. Market capitalization is determined by multiplying the number of a companys outstanding shares by the current market price per share.
Companies with smaller market capitalizations also tend to have unproven track records, a limited product or service base and limited access to capital. These factors also increase risks and make these companies more likely to fail than companies with larger market capitalizations.
Debt Securities Risks. Debt Securities are subject to interest rate risks, credit risks, call risks and liquidity risks, which are more fully described below. These risks will affect the INCOME FUNDS and the MONEY MARKET FUNDS.
What About Bond Ratings?
When the Funds invest in bonds and other debt securities and/or convertible securities, some will be rated in the lowest investment grade category (e.g., BBB or Baa). Bonds rated BBB by Standard & Poors Corporation or Baa by Moodys Investors Services have speculative characteristics. Unrated bonds will be determined by the Adviser to be of like quality and may have greater risk (but a potentially higher yield) than comparably rated bonds. If a bond is downgraded, the Adviser will re-evaluate the bond and determine whether or not the bond is an acceptable investment.
Interest Rate Risks. Prices of fixed income securities rise and fall in response to changes in the interest rate paid by similar securities. Generally, when interest rates rise, prices of fixed income securities fall. However, market factors, such as the demand for particular fixed income securities, may cause the price of certain fixed income securities to fall while the prices of other securities rise or remain unchanged.
Interest rate changes have a greater effect on the price of fixed income securities with longer durations. Duration measures the price sensitivity of a fixed income security to changes in interest rates.
Credit Risks. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer will default on a security by failing to pay interest or principal when due. If an issuer defaults, a Fund may lose money.
Many fixed income securities receive credit ratings from services such as Standard & Poors and Moodys Investors Service. These services assign ratings to securities by assessing the likelihood of issuer default. Lower credit ratings correspond to higher credit risk. If a security has not received a rating, the Fund must rely entirely upon the Advisers credit assessment.
Fixed income securities generally compensate for greater credit risk by paying interest at a higher rate. The difference between the yield of a security and the yield of a U.S. Treasury security with a comparable maturity (the spread) measures the additional interest paid for risk. Spreads may increase generally in response to adverse economic or market conditions. A securitys spread may also increase if the securitys rating is lowered, or the security is perceived to have an increased credit risk. An increase in the spread will cause the price of the security to decline.
Credit risk includes the possibility that a party to a transaction involving a Fund will fail to meet its obligations. This could cause the Fund to lose the benefit of the transaction or prevent the Fund from selling or buying other securities to implement its investment strategy.
Call Risks. Some of the securities in which a Fund invests may be redeemed by the issuer before maturity (or called). This will most likely happen when interest rates are declining. If this occurs, the Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds in securities that pay a lower interest rate, which may decrease the Funds yield.
Liquidity Risks. Trading opportunities are more limited for fixed income securities that have not received any credit ratings, have received ratings below investment grade or are not widely held.
18 |
INVESTING RISKS |
Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds (cont.)
These features may make it more difficult to sell or buy a security at a favorable price or time. Consequently, a Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on the Funds performance. Infrequent trading of securities may also lead to an increase in their price volatility.
Liquidity risk also refers to the possibility that a Fund may not be able to sell a security or close out an investment contract when it wants to. If this happens, the Fund will be required to continue to hold the security or keep the position open, and the Fund could incur losses.
Government Obligations Risks. For Fund investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so by law. As a result, there is risk that these entities will default on a financial obligation. For instance, securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Maes) are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, while securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government. Moreover, securities issued by the Student Loan Marketing Association (Sallie Maes) are supported only by the credit of that agency.
Municipal Securities Risks. An investment in the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND will be affected by municipal securities risks. Local political and economic factors may adversely affect the value and liquidity of municipal securities held by the Fund. The value of municipal securities also may be affected more by supply and demand factors or the creditworthiness of the issuer than by market interest rates. Repayment of municipal securities depends on the ability of the issuer or project backing such securities to generate taxes or revenues. There is a risk that the interest on an otherwise tax-exempt municipal security may be subject to federal income tax.
Asset-Backed/Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks.
Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities are subject to risks of prepayment. This is more likely to occur when interest rates fall because many borrowers refinance mortgages to take advantage of more favorable rates. Prepayments on mortgage-backed securities are also affected by other factors, such as the volume of home sales. A Funds yield will be reduced if cash from prepaid securities are reinvested in securities with lower interest rates. The risk of prepayment may also decrease the value of mortgage-backed securities.
Asset-backed securities may have a higher level of default and recovery risk than mortgage-backed securities. However, both of these types of securities may decline in value because of mortgage foreclosures or defaults on the underlying obligations.
INVESTING RISKS | 19 |
|
In implementing the Funds investment objectives, the Funds may invest in the following securities and use the following investment techniques. Some of these securities and techniques involve special risks, which are described under Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds. Each Fund that has adopted a non-fundamental policy to invest at least 80% of its assets in the types of securities suggested by such Funds name will provide shareholders with at least 60 days notice of any change in this policy.
Marshall
Equity Income Fund |
Marshall
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
Marshall
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
Marshall
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
Marshall
Small-Cap Growth Fund |
Marshall
International Stock Fund |
|||||||
Equity Securities: |
||||||||||||
Common Stocks |
ü | ü | ü | ü | ü | ü | ||||||
Foreign Common Stocks |
ü | |||||||||||
Foreign Securities |
ü |
Marshall
Government Income Fund |
Marshall
Intermediate Bond Fund |
Marshall
Short-Term Income Fund |
Marshall
Money Market Fund |
Marshall
Government Money Market Fund |
Marshall
Tax-Free Money Market Fund |
|||||||
Fixed Income Securities: |
||||||||||||
Corporate Debt Securities |
ü | ü | ü | ü | ||||||||
Fixed Rate Debt Securities |
ü | ü | ü | ü | ü | ü | ||||||
Floating Rate Debt Securities |
ü | ü | ü | |||||||||
Treasury Securities |
ü | ü | ||||||||||
Municipal Notes |
ü | |||||||||||
Municipal Securities |
ü | |||||||||||
Commercial Paper |
ü | |||||||||||
Credit Enhancement |
ü | |||||||||||
Demand Instruments |
ü | ü | ||||||||||
Mortgage-Backed Securities |
ü | |||||||||||
Dollar Rolls |
ü | |||||||||||
Asset-Backed Securities |
ü | ü | ||||||||||
Bank Instruments |
ü | |||||||||||
Funding Agreements |
ü | |||||||||||
Repurchase Agreements |
ü | |||||||||||
Agency Securities |
ü | |||||||||||
Tax-Exempt Securities |
ü | ü | ||||||||||
Variable Rate Demand Instruments |
ü |
Securities
Agency Securities. Agency securities are issued or guaranteed by a federal agency or other government sponsored entity acting under federal authority. Some government entities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Such entities include the Government National Mortgage Association, Small Business Administration, Farm Credit System Financial Assistance Corporation, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Financing Bank, General Services Administration, and Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority Bonds.
20 | SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS |
Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions (cont.)
Other government entities receive support through federal subsidies, loans or other benefits. For example, the U.S. Treasury is authorized to purchase specified amounts of securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and the Federal National Mortgage Association in support of such obligations.
A few government entities have no explicit financial support, but are regarded as having implied support because the federal government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit System and the Financing Corporation.
Investors regard agency securities as having low credit risks, but not as low as Treasury securities.
The Funds treat mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by a government sponsored entity as if issued or guaranteed by a federal agency. Although such a guarantee protects against credit risks, it does not reduce the market and prepayment risks.
Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed securities are payable from pools of obligations other than mortgages. Most asset-backed securities involve consumer or commercial debts with maturities of less than ten years. However, almost any type of fixed income assets (including other fixed income securities) may be used to create an asset-backed security. Asset-backed securities may take the form of commercial paper, notes or pass-through certificates. Asset-backed securities have prepayment risks.
Bank Instruments. Bank instruments are unsecured interest bearing deposits with banks. Bank instruments include bank accounts, time deposits, certificates of deposit and bankers acceptances. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by U.S. branches of foreign banks are referred to as Yankee dollar instruments. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by non-U.S. branches of U.S. or foreign banks are commonly referred to as Eurodollar instruments.
Commercial Paper. Commercial paper represents an issuers obligation with a maturity of less than nine months. Companies typically issue commercial paper to pay for current expenditures. Most issuers constantly reissue their commercial paper and use the proceeds (or bank loans) to repay maturing paper. If the issuer cannot continue to obtain liquidity in this fashion, its commercial paper may default. The short maturity of commercial paper reduces both the interest rate and credit risks as compared to other debt securities of the same issuer.
Common Stocks. Common stocks are the most prevalent type of equity securities. Holders of common stock of an issuer are entitled to receive the issuers earnings only after the issuer pays its creditors and any preferred shareholders. As a result, changes in the issuers earnings have a direct impact on the value of its common stock.
Credit Enhancement. Credit enhancement consists of an arrangement in which a company agrees to pay amounts due on a fixed income security if the issuer defaults. In some cases the company providing credit enhancement makes all payments directly to the security holders and receives reimbursement from the issuer. Normally, the credit enhancer has greater financial resources and liquidity than the issuer. For this reason, the Adviser usually evaluates the credit risk of a fixed income security based solely upon its credit enhancement.
Demand Instruments. Demand instruments are corporate debt securities that the issuer must repay upon demand. Other demand instruments require a third party, such as a dealer or bank, to repurchase the security for its face value upon demand. The Funds treat demand instruments as short-term securities, even though their stated maturity may extend beyond one year.
Dollar Rolls. Dollar rolls are transactions in which a Fund sells mortgage-backed securities with a commitment to buy similar, but not identical, mortgage-backed securities on a future date at a lower price. Normally, one or both securities involved are to be announced mortgage-backed securities or TBAs. Dollar rolls are subject to interest rate risks and credit risks. These transactions may create leverage risks.
Equity Securities. An investment in the equity securities of a company represents a proportionate ownership interest in that company. Common stocks and other equity securities generally increase or decrease in value based on the earnings of a company and on general industry and market conditions. A fund that invests a significant amount of its assets in common stocks and other equity securities is likely to have greater fluctuations in share price than a fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in fixed income securities. The EQUITY FUNDS cannot predict the income they will receive from equity securities, if any, because companies generally have discretion as to the payment of any dividends or distributions.
SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS | 21 |
Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions (cont.)
Fixed Income Securities. Fixed income securities pay interest, dividends or distributions at a specified rate. The rate may be a fixed percentage of the principal or adjusted periodically. In addition, the issuer of a fixed income security must repay the principal amount of the security, normally within a specified time. Fixed income securities provide more regular income than equity securities. However, the returns on fixed income securities are limited and normally do not increase with the issuers earnings. This limits the potential appreciation of fixed income securities as compared to equity securities.
A securitys yield measures the annual income earned on a security as a percentage of its price. A securitys yield will increase or decrease depending upon whether it costs less (a discount) or more (a premium) than the principal amount. If the issuer may redeem the security before its scheduled maturity, the price and yield on a discount or premium security may change based upon the probability of an early redemption. Securities with higher risks generally have higher yields.
The following describes the types of fixed income securities in which the Funds may invest:
Corporate Debt Securities. Corporate debt securities are fixed income securities issued by businesses. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most prevalent types of corporate debt securities. The credit risks of corporate debt securities vary widely among issuers.
Fixed Rate Debt Securities. Debt securities that pay a fixed interest rate over the life of the security and have a long-term maturity may have many characteristics of short-term debt. For example, the market may treat fixed rate/long-term securities as short-term debt when a securitys market price is close to the call or redemption price, or if the security is approaching its maturity date when the issuer is more likely to call or redeem the debt.
As interest rates change, the market prices of fixed rate debt securities are generally more volatile than the prices of floating rate debt securities. As interest rates rise, the prices of fixed rate debt securities fall, and as interest rates fall, the prices of fixed rate debt securities rise. For example, a bond that pays a fixed interest rate of 10% is more valuable to investors when prevailing interest rates are lower; therefore, this value is reflected in a higher price, or a premium. Conversely, if interest rates are over 10%, the bond is less attractive to investors, and sells at a lower price, or a discount.
Floating Rate Debt Securities. The interest rate paid on floating rate debt securities is reset periodically (e.g., every 90 days) to a predetermined index rate. Commonly used indices include: 90-day or 180-day Treasury bill rate; one month or three month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR); commercial paper rates; or the prime rate of interest of a bank. The prices of floating rate debt securities are not as sensitive to changes in interest rates as fixed rate debt securities because they behave like shorter-term securities and their interest rate is reset periodically.
Foreign Common Stocks. Common stocks of foreign corporations are equity securities issued by a corporation domiciled outside of the United States that trade on a domestic securities exchange.
Foreign Securities. Foreign securities are equity or fixed income securities that are issued by a corporation or issuer domiciled outside the United States that trade on a foreign securities exchange or in a foreign market.
Funding Agreements. Funding Agreements (Agreements) are investment instruments issued by U.S. insurance companies. Pursuant to such Agreements, a Fund may make cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance companys general or separate accounts. The insurance company then credits guaranteed interest to a Fund. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against an Agreement for expense and service costs allocable to it, and the charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. The purchase price paid for an Agreement becomes part of the general assets of the issuer, and the Agreement is paid from the general assets of the issuer. A Fund will only purchase Agreements from issuers that meet quality and credit standards established by the Adviser. Generally, Agreements are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the issuing insurance companies, and an active secondary market in Agreements does not currently exist. Also, a Fund may not have the right to receive the principal amount of an Agreement from the insurance company on seven days notice or less. Therefore, Agreements are typically considered to be illiquid investments.
Investment Ratings. The securities in which the MONEY MARKET FUNDS invest must be rated in one of the two highest short-term rating categories by one or more NRSROs or be of comparable quality to securities having such ratings.
22 | SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS |
Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions (cont.)
Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities represent interests in pools of mortgages. The mortgages that comprise a pool normally have similar interest rates, maturities and other terms. Mortgages may have fixed or adjustable interest rates. Interests in pools of adjustable rate mortgages are known as ARMs.
Mortgage-backed securities come in a variety of forms. Many have extremely complicated terms. The simplest form of a mortgage-backed security is a pass-through certificate. An issuer of a pass-through certificate gathers monthly payments from an underlying pool of mortgages. Then, the issuer deducts its fees and expenses and passes the balance of the payments onto the certificate holders once a month. Holders of pass-through certificates receive a pro-rata share of all payments and pre-payments from the underlying mortgages. As a result, the holders assume all the prepayment risks of the underlying mortgages.
Municipal Notes. Municipal notes are short-term tax-exempt securities. Many municipalities issue such notes to fund their current operations before collecting taxes or other municipal revenues. Municipalities may also issue notes to fund capital projects prior to issuing long-term bonds. The issuers typically repay the notes at the end of their fiscal year, either with taxes, other revenues or proceeds from newly issued notes or bonds.
Municipal Securities. Municipal securities are fixed income securities issued by states, counties, cities and other political subdivisions and authorities. Although many municipal securities are exempt from federal income tax, municipalities may also issue taxable securities in which the Funds may invest.
Repurchase Agreements. Repurchase agreements are transactions in which a Fund buys a security from a dealer or bank and agrees to sell the security back at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The repurchase price exceeds the sale price, reflecting a Funds return on the transaction. This return is unrelated to the interest rate on the underlying security. A Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with banks and other recognized financial institutions, such as securities dealers, deemed creditworthy by the Adviser.
The Funds custodian will take possession of the securities subject to repurchase agreements. The Adviser and custodian will monitor the value of the underlying security each day to ensure that the value of the security always equals or exceeds the repurchase price.
Repurchase agreements are subject to credit risks.
Tax-Exempt Securities. Tax-exempt securities are fixed income securities that pay interest that is not subject to federal regular income taxes. Fixed income securities pay interest, dividends and distributions at a specified rate. The rate may be a fixed percentage of the principal or adjusted periodically. In addition, the issuer of a fixed income security must repay the principal amount of the security, normally within a specified time.
Typically, states, counties, cities and other political subdivisions and authorities issue tax-exempt securities. Other issuers include industrial and economic development authorities, school and college authorities, housing authorities, healthcare facility authorities, municipal utilities, transportation authorities and other public agencies. The market categorizes tax-exempt securities by their source of repayment.
Treasury Securities. Treasury securities are direct obligations of the federal government of the United States. Treasury securities are generally regarded as having the lowest credit risks.
Variable Rate Demand Instruments. Variable rate demand instruments are tax-exempt securities that require the issuer or a third party, such as a dealer or bank, to repurchase the security for its face value upon demand. The securities also pay interest at a variable rate intended to cause the securities to trade at their face value. The TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND treats demand instruments as short-term securities, because their variable interest rate adjusts in response to changes in market rates, even though their stated maturity may extend beyond 397 days.
SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS | 23 |
Securities and Investment Techniques Descriptions (cont.)
Investment Techniques
Securities Lending. The Funds may lend portfolio securities to borrowers that the Adviser deems creditworthy. In return, a Fund receives cash or liquid securities from the borrower as collateral. The borrower must furnish additional collateral if the market value of the loaned securities increases. Also, the borrower must pay a Fund the equivalent of any dividends or interest received on the loaned securities.
A Fund will reinvest cash collateral in securities that qualify as an acceptable investment for the Fund. However, the Fund must pay interest to the borrower for the use of cash collateral.
Loans are subject to termination at the option of a Fund or the borrower. A Fund will not have the right to vote on securities while they are on loan, but it will terminate a loan in anticipation of any important vote. A Fund may pay administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan and may pay a negotiated portion of the interest earned on the cash collateral to a securities lending agent or broker. Securities lending activities are subject to interest rate risks and credit risks.
Temporary Defensive Investments. To minimize potential losses and maintain liquidity to meet shareholder redemptions during adverse market conditions, each of the Marshall Funds (except the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) may temporarily depart from its principal investment strategy by investing up to 100% of Fund assets in cash or short-term, high quality money market instruments (for example, commercial paper and repurchase agreements). This may cause a Fund to temporarily forego greater investment returns for the safety of principal. When so invested, a Fund may not achieve its investment goal.
24 | SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS |
How to Buy Shares |
|
What Do Shares Cost? You can buy shares of a Fund on any day the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open for business. The NYSE is closed on most national holidays and Good Friday. When a Fund receives your transaction request for the Advisor Class of Shares in proper form, it is processed at the next determined public offering price. The public offering price is the net asset value (NAV) plus any applicable sales charge, as described below. Transaction requests for the Investor Class of Shares received in proper form are processed at the next determined NAV, without a sales charge. The NAV is calculated for each of the Funds (other than the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) at the end of regular trading (normally 3:00 p.m. Central Time) each day the NYSE is open. The NAV for the MONEY MARKET FUND and GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND is determined daily at 4:00 p.m. (Central Time), and the NAV for the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND is determined daily at 11:00 a.m. (Central Time). In calculating NAV, a Funds portfolio (other than the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) is valued using market prices. In calculating the MONEY MARKET FUNDS NAV, the Funds portfolios are valued using amortized cost.
Any securities or other assets for which market valuations are not readily available or are deemed to be inaccurate are valued at fair value as determined in good faith and in accordance with procedures approved by the Board of Directors of the Marshall Funds (Board). The Board has established a Pricing Committee, which is responsible for determinations of fair value, subject to supervision of the Board. In determining fair value, the Pricing Committee takes into account all information available and any factors it deems appropriate. Consequently, the price of securities used by a Fund to calculate its NAV may differ from quoted or published prices for the same securities. Fair value pricing involves subjective judgments and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security is materially different than the value that could be realized upon the sale of that security.
Securities held by the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND may be listed on foreign exchanges that trade on days when the Fund does not calculate NAV. As a result, the market value of the Funds investments may change on days when you cannot purchase or sell Fund shares. In addition, a foreign exchange may not value its listed securities at the same time that the Fund calculates its NAV. Most foreign markets close well before the Fund values its securities, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time). The earlier close of these foreign markets gives rise to the possibility that significant events, including broad market moves, may have occurred in the interim, which may affect a securitys value. The Board has retained an independent fair value pricing service to assist in valuing foreign securities in the Funds portfolio. The fair value pricing service may employ quantitative models in determining fair value.
Keep in mind that Authorized Dealers, as described below, may charge you fees for their services in connection with your share transactions.
Sales ChargeAdvisor Class.
The applicable Sales Charge when you purchase the
EQUITY FUNDSThe Advisor Class of Shares
Purchase Amount |
Sales Charge
as a % of Public Offering Price |
Sales Charge
as a % of NAV |
||||
Up to $49,999 |
5.75 | % | 6.10 | % | ||
$ 50,000 $ 99,999 |
4.50 | % | 4.71 | % | ||
$100,000 $249,999 |
3.50 | % | 3.63 | % | ||
$250,000 $499,999 |
2.50 | % | 2.56 | % | ||
$500,000 $999,999 |
2.00 | % | 2.04 | % | ||
$1 million or greater* |
None | None |
The applicable sales charge when you
INCOME FUNDSThe Advisor Class of Shares (except for the Short-Term Income Fund)
Purchase Amount |
Sales Charge
as a % of Public Offering Price |
Sales Charge
NAV |
||||
Less than $24,999 |
4.75 | % | 4.99 | % | ||
$ 25,000 $ 49,999 |
4.50 | % | 4.71 | % | ||
$ 50,000 $99,999 |
4.00 | % | 4.17 | % | ||
$100,000 $249,999 |
3.50 | % | 3.63 | % | ||
$250,000 $499,999 |
2.50 | % | 2.56 | % | ||
$500,000 $999,999 |
2.00 | % | 2.04 | % | ||
$1 million or greater* |
None | None |
INCOME FUNDSThe Advisor Class of Shares Short-Term Income Fund
Purchase Amount |
Sales Charge
Public Offering Price |
Sales Charge
as a % of NAV |
||||
Less than $999,999 |
2.00 | % | 2.04 | % | ||
$1 million or greater* |
None | None |
* | A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% applies to the Advisor Class of Shares redeemed up to 12 months after purchase of $1 million or more. |
When the Funds distributor receives sales charges and marketing fees, it may pay some or all of them to Authorized Dealers, as that term is defined under How Do I Purchase Shares? below.
HOW TO BUY SHARES | 25 |
How to Buy Shares (cont.)
Reducing Sales Charge Advisor Class. The sales charge at purchase may be reduced or eliminated by:
| sales in excess of $1,000,000; (1) |
| quantity purchases of the Advisor Class of Shares; |
| purchases of the Advisor Class of Shares by a trustee or other fiduciary for a single trust estate or a single fiduciary account; |
| combining concurrent purchases of: |
| Shares by you, your spouse, and your children under age 21; or |
| the Advisor Class of Shares of two or more Marshall Funds; |
| accumulating purchases (in calculating the sales charge on an additional purchase, you may count the current net asset value of previous Advisor Class of Shares purchases still invested in a Marshall Fund); |
| signing a letter of intent to purchase a specific dollar amount of the Advisor Class of Shares (except with respect to the Advisor Class of Shares of the SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND) within 13 months (call your investment representative for an application and more information); or |
| using the reinvestment privilege within 90 days of redeeming the Advisor Class of Shares of an equal or lesser amount. |
Additional information concerning sales load breakpoints is available in the Funds Statement of Additional Information under How to Buy Shares. Sales load and breakpoint discount information is also available, free of charge and in a clear and prominent format, on the Funds website at http://www.marshallfunds.com. To access this information on the website, please follow the appropriate hyperlinks to the sales load and breakpoint information.
If your investment qualifies for a reduced sales charge due to accumulation of purchases, you or your investment representative must notify Marshall Investor Services (MIS) at the time of purchase of the existence of other accounts and/or holdings eligible to be aggregated to reduce or eliminate the sales charge. You may be required to provide records, such as account statements, regarding Marshall Fund shares held by you or related accounts at the Marshall Funds or at other financial intermediaries in order to verify your eligibility for a breakpoint discount. You will receive the reduced sales charge only on the additional purchases and not retroactively on previous purchases. You should contact your investment professional for more information on reducing or eliminating the sales charge.
(1) | A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% applies to the Advisor Class of Shares redeemed up to 12 months after purchase of $1 million or more that did not initally pay a sale charge. |
Waivers of Sales Charge Advisor Class. No sales charge is imposed on:
| Trustees or other fiduciaries purchasing the Advisor Class of Shares for employee benefit plans of employers with ten or more employees, or |
| reinvested dividends and capital gains. |
A Fund may also permit purchases without a sales charge from time to time, at its own discretion.
Redemption Fee. For 30 days following the most recent purchase of shares of a Fund, your redemption or exchange proceeds may be reduced by a redemption/exchange fee of 2% (other than with respect to the MONEY MARKET FUNDS). The redemption/exchange fee is paid to the Fund. The purpose of the fee is to offset the costs associated with short-term trading in a Funds shares. See How to Redeem and Exchange SharesWill I be Charged a Fee for Redemptions? andAdditional Conditions for RedemptionsFrequent Traders below.
What Is the Investment Minimum? To open an account with the Marshall Funds, your first investment must be at least $1,000. However, you can add to your existing Marshall Funds account directly or through the Funds Systematic Investment Program for as little as $50 an account may be opened with a smaller amount as long as the minimum is reached within 90 days. In special circumstances, these minimums may be waived or lowered at the Funds discretion. Call your Authorized Dealer for any additional limitations.
How Do I Purchase Shares? You may purchase shares through a broker/dealer, investment professional or financial institution (Authorized Dealers). Some Authorized Dealers may charge a transaction fee for this service. You may also purchase shares directly from the Funds by the methods described below under the Funds Purchase Easy Reference Table and sending your payment to the Fund by check or wire. Trust customers of Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. (M&I Trust) may purchase shares by contacting their trust account officer. In connection with opening an account, you will be required to provide information that will be used by the Funds to verify your identity, as described in more detail under Important Information About Procedures
26 | HOW TO BUY SHARES |
How to Buy Shares (cont.)
for Opening a New Account below. If you purchase shares of a Fund through a program of services offered or administered by an Authorized Dealer or other service provider, you should read the program materials, including information relating to fees, in conjunction with the Funds Prospectus. Certain features of a Fund may not be available or may be modified in connection with the program of services provided.
Once you have opened an account with an Authorized Dealer, you may purchase additional Fund shares by contacting MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) if you have pre-authorized the telephone purchase privilege.
Your purchase order for a Fund (other than the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) must be received by the close of trading on the NYSE, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time), in order for shares to be purchased at that days NAV. Your purchase order for the MONEY MARKET FUND and GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND must be received by 4:00 p.m. (Central Time) in order for shares to be purchased at that days NAV. Purchase orders for the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND must be received by 11:00 a.m. (Central Time) for shares to be purchased at that days NAV. For purchase orders for the MONEY MARKET FUND and GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND that are received after 3:00 p.m. but before 4:00 p.m. (Central Time), MIS will use its best efforts to process such purchase orders that day; however, there is no guarantee that MIS will be able to do so. All purchase orders received in proper form and accepted in accordance with these timeframes will receive that days NAV and dividend, regardless of when the order is processed. Each Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase request. It is the responsibility of MIS, any Authorized Dealer or other service provider that has entered into an agreement with a Fund, its distributor, or its administrative or shareholder services agent, to promptly submit purchase orders to the Fund. You are not the owner of Fund shares (and therefore will not receive dividends) until payment for the shares is received.
In order to purchase shares, you must reside in a jurisdiction where Fund shares may lawfully be offered for sale. In addition, you must have a valid Social Security or tax identification number. Checks sent to the Marshall Funds to purchase shares must be made payable to the Marshall Funds.
Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account. The Funds are required to comply with various anti-money laundering laws and regulations. To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions, including mutual funds, to obtain, verify and record informartion that identifies each person who opens an account. Consequently, when you open an account, the Funds are required to obtain certain personal information, including your full name, address, date of birth, social security number and other information that will allow the Funds to identify you. The Funds may also ask for other identifying documents or information.
If you do not provide this information, the Funds may be unable to open an account for you and your purchase order will not be in proper form. In the event the Funds are unable to verify your identity from the information provided, the Funds may, without prior notice to you, close your account within five business days and redeem your shares at the NAV next determined after the account is closed, minus any applicable sales charge. Any delay in processing your order due to your failure to provide all required information will affect the purchase price you receive for your shares. The Funds are not
HOW TO BUY SHARES | 27 |
How to Buy Shares (cont.)
liable for fluctuations in value experienced as a result of such delays in processing. If at any time the Funds detect suspicious behavior or if certain account information matches government lists of suspicious persons, the Funds may determine not to open an account, may reject additional purchases, may close an existing account, may file a suspicious activity report or may take other appropriate action.
Will the Small-Cap Growth Fund Always be Open to New Investors? It is anticipated that the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND will be closed to new investors once its assets reach $500 million, subject to certain exceptions. However, if you own shares of the Fund prior to the closing date, you will still be able to reinvest dividends and add to your investment in the Fund.
28 | HOW TO BUY SHARES |
Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table |
|
Minimum Investments
| To open an Account - $1,000 |
| To add to an Account (including through a Systematic Investment Program) - $50 |
Phone 1-800-236-FUND (3863)
| Contact MIS. |
| Complete an application for a new account. |
| If you authorized telephone privileges on your account application or by subsequently completing an authorization form, you may purchase additional shares or exchange shares from another Marshall Fund having an identical shareholder registration. |
| To open an account, send your completed account application and check payable to Marshall Funds to the following address: |
Marshall Investor Services
P.O. Box 1348
Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348
| To add to your existing Fund Account, send in your check, payable to Marshall Funds, to the same address. Indicate your Fund account number on the check. |
In Person
| Bring in your completed account application (for new accounts) and a check payable to Marshall Funds Monday Friday, 8:00 a.m. 5:00 p.m. (Central Time), to: |
Marshall Investor Services
1000 North Water Street, 13th Floor
Milwaukee, WI 53202
HOW TO BUY SHARES | 33 |
Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table (cont.)
Wire
| Notify MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863). |
| Then wire the money to: |
M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank
ABA Number 075000051
Credit to: Marshall Funds, Deposit Account, Account Number 27480;
Further credit to: [Class of shares being purchased] [Identify name of Fund]
Re: [Shareholder name and account number]
| If a new account, fax completed application to MIS at 1-414-287-8511. |
| Mail a completed account application to the Fund at the address above under Mail. |
| Your bank may charge a fee for wiring funds. Wire orders are accepted only on days when the Funds and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business. |
Systematic Investment Program
| You can have money automatically withdrawn from your checking account ($50 minimum) on predetermined dates and invest it in a Fund at the next Fund share price determined after MIS receives the order. |
| The $1,000 minimum investment requirement is waived for investors purchasing shares through the Systematic Investment Program. |
| Call MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) or your Authorized Dealer to apply for this program. |
Marshall Funds OnLine SM
| You may purchase Fund shares via the Internet through Marshall Funds OnLine SM at http://www.marshallfunds.com. See Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM in the Account and Share Information section. |
Additional Information About Checks and Automated Clearing House (ACH) Transactions Used to Purchase Shares
| If your check or ACH purchase does not clear, your purchase will be canceled and you will be charged a $15 fee. |
| If you purchase shares by check or ACH, you may not be able to receive proceeds from a redemption for up to seven days. |
| All checks should be made payable to the Marshall Funds. |
34 | HOW TO BUY SHARES |
How to Redeem and Exchange Shares Investor Class of Shares |
|
How Do I Redeem Shares? You may redeem your Fund shares by contacting your Authorized Dealer or by the other methods described below under the Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table. You may redeem shares by contacting MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) if you have pre-authorized the telephone redemption privilege. You should note that redemptions will be made only on days when a Fund computes its NAV. When your redemption request is received in proper form, it is processed at the next determined NAV.
Trust customers of M&I Trust should contact their account officer to make redemption requests. Telephone or written requests for redemptions must be received in proper form, as described below, and can be made through MIS or any Authorized Dealer. It is the responsibility of MIS, any Authorized Dealer or other service provider to promptly submit redemption requests to a Fund.
Redemption requests for the Funds (other than the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) must be received by the close of trading on the NYSE, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time), in order for shares to be redeemed at that days NAV. Redemption requests for the MONEY MARKET FUND and GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND must be received by 4:00 p.m. (Central Time) in order for shares to be redeemed at that days NAV. Redemption requests for the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND must be received by 11:00 a.m. (Central Time) for shares to be redeemed at that days NAV. For redemption requests for the MONEY MARKET FUND and GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND that are received after 3:00 p.m. but before 4:00 p.m. (Central Time), MIS will use its best efforts to process such redemption requests that day; however, there is no guarantee that MIS will be able to do so. All redemption requests received in proper form and accepted in accordance with these timeframes will receive that days NAV, regardless of when the request is processed. Redemption proceeds will normally be mailed, or wired if by written request, the following business day, but in no event more than seven days, after the request is made.
Will I Be Charged a Fee for Redemptions? A contingent deferred sales charge (CDSC) of 1% applies to the Advisor Class of Shares redeemed up to 12 months after purchases of $1 million or more that did not initially pay a sales charge. The CDSC is based on the current value of the shares being redeemed. You may be charged a transaction fee if you redeem Fund shares through an Authorized Dealer or service provider (other than MIS or M&I Trust), or if you are redeeming by wire. Consult your Authorized Dealer or service provider for more information, including applicable fees. You will be charged a 2% short-term redemption fee on shares (other than the shares of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS) that have been held for less than 30 days after the most recent purchase (other than through reinvestments of capital gains or dividends), determined on a last-in, first-out basis. See Additional Conditions for Redemptions Frequent Traders below.
Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table
Phone 1-800-236-FUND (3863) (Except Retirement Accounts, which must be done in writing)
| Contact MIS. |
| If you have authorized the telephone redemption privilege in your account application or by a sub-sequent authorization form, you may redeem shares by telephone. If you are a customer of an authorized broker/dealer, you must contact your account representative. |
| Send in your written request to the following address, indicating your name, the Fund name, your account number, and the number of shares or the dollar amount you want to redeem to: |
Marshall Investor Services
P.O. Box 1348
Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348
| If you want to redeem shares held in certificate form, you must properly endorse the share certificates and send them by registered or certified mail. Additional documentation may be required from corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. |
| For additional assistance, call MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863). |
HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES | 35 |
Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table (cont.)
In Person
| Bring in the written redemption request with the information described in Mail above Monday Friday, 8:00 a.m. 5:00 p.m. (Central Time), to: |
Marshall Investor Services
1000 North Water Street, 13th Floor
Milwaukee, WI, 53202
| The proceeds from the redemptions will be sent to you in the form of a check or by wire. |
Wire/Electronic Transfer
| Upon written request, redemption proceeds can be directly deposited by Electronic Funds Transfer or wired directly to a domestic commercial bank previously designated by you in your account application or by subsequent form. |
| Wires of redemption proceeds will only be made on days on which the Funds and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business. |
| Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee. |
Systematic Withdrawal Program
| If you have a Fund account balance of at least $10,000, you can have predetermined amounts of at least $100 automatically redeemed from your Fund account on predetermined dates on a monthly or quarterly basis. |
| Contact MIS or your Authorized Dealer to apply for this program. |
Marshall Funds OnLine SM
| You may redeem Fund shares via the Internet through Marshall Funds OnLine SM at http://www.marshallfunds.com. See Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM in Account and Share Information section. |
Checkwriting (Money Market Funds Only)
| You can redeem shares of any MONEY MARKET FUND by writing a check in an amount of at least $250. You must have completed the checkwriting section of your account application and the attached signature card, or have completed a subsequent application form. The Fund will then provide you with the checks. |
| Your check is treated as a redemption order for Fund shares equal to the amount of the check. |
| A check for an amount in excess of your available Fund account balance will be returned marked insufficient funds. |
| Checks cannot be used to close your Fund account balance. |
| Checks deposited or cashed through foreign banks or financial institutions may be subject to local bank charges. |
36 | HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES |
Additional Conditions for Redemptions
Signature Guarantees. In the following instances, you must have a signature guarantee on written redemption requests:
| when you want a redemption to be sent to an address other than the one you have on record with a Fund; |
| when you want the redemption payable to someone other than the shareholder of record; or |
| when your redemption is to be sent to an address of record that was changed within the last 30 days. |
Your signature can be guaranteed by any federally insured financial institution (such as a bank or credit union) or a broker/dealer that is a domestic stock exchange member, but not by a notary public.
Limitations on Redemption Proceeds . Redemption proceeds normally are wired or mailed (except the MONEY MARKET FUNDS redemption proceeds, which are only wired) within one business day after receiving a request in proper form. However, delivery of payment may be delayed up to seven days:
| to allow your purchase payment to clear; |
| during periods of market volatility; or |
| when a shareholders trade activity or amount adversely impacts a Funds ability to manage its assets. |
You will not accrue interest or dividends on uncashed checks from a Fund. If those checks are undeliverable and returned to a Fund, the proceeds will be reinvested in shares of the Funds that were redeemed.
Corporate Resolutions. Corporations, trusts and institutional organizations are required to furnish evidence of the authority of persons designated on the account application to effect transactions on behalf of the organizations.
Redemption in Kind. The Funds have reserved the right to pay the redemption price in whole or in part by a distribution of a Funds portfolio securities. This means that the Funds are obligated to pay share redemptions to any one shareholder in cash only up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Funds net assets represented by such share class during any 90-day period. Generally, any share redemption payment greater than this amount will be paid in cash unless the Board determines that payment should be in kind.
Exchange Privilege . You may exchange shares of a Fund for the same class of shares of any of the other Marshall Funds free of charge (and, with respect to the Advisor Class of Shares, if you have previously paid a sales charge), provided you meet the investment minimum of the Fund. An exchange, if less than 30 days after purchase, may be subject to a 2% short-term exchange fee (other than in the case of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS). See What Do Shares Cost? An exchange is treated as a redemption and a subsequent purchase, and is therefore a taxable transaction.
Signatures must be guaranteed if you request an exchange into another Fund with a different shareholder registration. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time.
Exchanges by Telephone . If you have completed the telephone authorization section in your account application or an authorization form obtained through MIS or your Authorized Dealer, you may telephone instructions to MIS or your Authorized Dealer to exchange between Fund accounts that have identical shareholder registrations. Telephone exchange instructions must be received by the Funds (other than the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND) before the close of trading on the NYSE, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time), for shares to be exchanged at the NAV calculated that day and to receive a dividend of the Fund into which you exchange, if applicable. Telephone exchange instructions must be received before 11:00 a.m. (Central Time) with respect to the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND for shares to be exchanged at that days NAV and to receive a dividend of the Fund into which you exchange, if applicable.
The Funds will record your telephone instructions. The Funds will not be liable for losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions as long as reasonable security procedures are followed. You will be notified of changes to telephone transaction privileges.
Frequent Traders. The Funds management or the Adviser may determine from the amount, frequency and pattern of exchanges that a shareholder is engaged in excessive trading that is detrimental to a Fund or its other shareholders. Such short-term or excessive trading into and out of the Funds may harm all shareholders by disrupting investment strategies, increasing brokerage, administrative and other expenses, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders.
The Board has approved policies that seek to discourage frequent purchases and redemptions and curb the disruptive effects of frequent trading (Market Timing Policy). Pursuant to the Market Timing Policy, a Fund may decline to accept an application or may reject a purchase request, including an exchange, from a market timer or an investor who, in the sole discretion of the Adviser, has a pattern of short-term or excessive trading or whose trading has been or may be disruptive to the Fund. The Funds, the Adviser and affiliates thereof are prohibited from entering into arrangements with any shareholder or other person to permit frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares.
Each Fund monitors and enforces its market timing policy through:
| the termination of a shareholders purchase and/or exchange privileges; |
| selective monitoring of trade activity; and |
| the 2% short-term redemption/exchange fee for redemptions or exchanges less than 30 days after the most recent purchase (other than in the case of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS), determined on a last-in, first-out basis. |
The redemption/exchange fee is waived for shares purchased through omnibus accounts or by qualified employee benefit plans, unless otherwise provided for by contract with such accounts or plans. In addition, the Funds management or the Adviser may, in their sole discretion, waive the short-term redemption fee in the case of death, disability, hardship or other limited circumstances that do not indicate market timing strategies. Any such waivers will be reported to the Board.
While the Funds seek to detect and deter market timing activity, a Fund may not be able to detect excessive trading practices with respect to shares held through omnibus accounts.
HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES | 37 |
|
Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM (Investor Class of Shares Only). If you have previously established an account with the Funds, and have signed an OnLine SM Agreement, you may purchase, redeem or exchange shares through the Marshall Funds Internet Site on the World Wide Web at http://www.marshallfunds.com (the Web Site). You may also check your Fund account balance(s) and historical transactions through the Web Site. You cannot, however, establish a new Fund account through the Web Siteyou may only establish a new Fund account under the methods described in the How to Buy Shares section.
Trust customers of M&I Trust should contact their account officer for information on the availability of transactions on the Web Site.
You should contact MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) to get started. MIS will provide instructions on how to create and activate your Personal Identification Number (PIN). If you forget or lose your PIN number, contact MIS.
Online Conditions. Because of security concerns and costs associated with maintaining the Web Site, purchases, redemptions and exchanges through the Web Site are subject to the following daily minimum and maximum transaction amounts:
Minimum
|
Maximum
|
|||||
Purchases |
$ | 50 | $ | 100,000 | ||
Redemptions |
|
By ACH: $50
By wire: $1,000 |
|
By ACH: $50,000
By wire: $50,000 |
||
Exchanges |
$ | 50 | $ | 100,000 |
Your transactions through the Web Site are effective at the time they are received by a Fund, and are subject to all of the conditions and procedures described in this Prospectus.
You may not change your address of record, registration or wiring instructions through the Web Site. The Web Site privilege may be modified at any time, but you will be notified in writing of any termination of the privilege.
Online Risks. If you utilize the Web Site for account histories or transactions, you should be aware that the Internet is an unsecured, unstable, unregulated and unpredictable environment. Your ability to use the Web Site for transactions is dependent upon the Internet and equipment, software, systems, data and services provided by various vendors and third parties (including telecommunications carriers, equipment manufacturers, firewall providers and encryption system providers). While the Funds and their service providers have established certain security procedures, the Funds and their transfer agent cannot assure you that inquiries or trading activity will be completely secure. There may also be delays, malfunctions or other inconveniences generally associated with this medium. There may be times when the Web Site is unavailable for Fund transactions, which may be due to the Internet or the actions or omissions of a third partyshould this happen, you should consider purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares by another method. The Marshall Funds, its transfer agent and MIS are not responsible for any such delays or malfunctions, and are not responsible for wrongful acts by third parties, as long as reasonable security procedures are followed.
38 | ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION |
Account and Share Information (cont.)
Confirmations and Account Statements. You will receive confirmation of purchases, redemptions and exchanges (except for systematic program transactions). In addition, you will receive periodic statements reporting all account activity, including systematic program transactions, dividends and capital gains paid. You may request photocopies of historical confirmations from prior years. The Funds may charge a fee for this service.
Dividends and Capital Gains. Dividends of the INCOME FUNDS and the MONEY MARKET FUNDS are declared daily and paid monthly. You will receive dividends declared subsequent to the issuance of your shares until the day your shares are redeemed.
Dividends of the EQUITY FUNDS are declared and paid quarterly, except for the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND, which declares and pays dividends annually. Dividends are paid to all shareholders invested in the EQUITY FUNDS on the record date, which is the date on which a shareholder must officially own shares in order to earn a dividend.
What is a Dividend and Capital Gain?
A dividend is the money paid to shareholders that a mutual fund has earned from the income on its investments. A capital gain distribution is the money paid to shareholders from a Funds profit derived from the sale of an investment, such as a stock or bond.
In addition, the Funds pay capital gains, if any, at least annually. None of the MONEY MARKET FUNDS expect to realize any capital gains or losses. If capital gains or losses were to occur, they could result in an increase or decrease in such Funds dividends. Your dividends and capital gains distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares without a sales charge, unless you elect cash payments. If you elect cash payments and the payment is returned as undeliverable, your cash payment will be reinvested in Fund shares and your distribution option will convert to automatic reinvestment. If any distribution check remains uncashed for six months, the check amount will be reinvested in shares and you will not accrue any interest or dividends on this amount prior to the reinvestment.
If you purchase shares just before a Fund (other than a MONEY MARKET FUND) declares a dividend or capital gain distribution, you will pay the full price for the shares and then receive a portion of the price back in the form of a distribution. Therefore, you may incur a tax liability when purchasing shares before a Fund declares a dividend or capital gain.
Shares may be redeemed or exchanged based on either a dollar amount or number of shares. If you are redeeming or exchanging based upon a number of Fund shares, you must redeem or exchange enough shares to meet the minimum dollar amounts described above, but not so much as to exceed the maximum dollar amounts.
Accounts with Low Balances. Due to the high cost of maintaining accounts with low balances, a Fund may redeem shares in your account and pay you the proceeds if your account balance falls below the required minimum value of $1,000. Before shares are redeemed to close an account, you will be notified in writing and allowed 30 days to purchase additional shares to meet the minimum account balance requirement.
Rule 12b-1 Plan. Each Fund has a Rule 12b-1 Plan which allows it to pay a fee equal to a maximum of 0.25% for the EQUITY FUNDS and the INCOME FUNDS and 0.30% for the MONEY MARKET FUND of the Advisor Class of Shares assets to the distributor and financial intermediaries for the sale and distribution of that Funds Advisor Class of Shares and for services provided to that Funds shareholders. Because these shares pay marketing fees out of the Funds assets on an ongoing basis, your investment cost with respect to the Advisor Class of Shares may be higher over time than with respect to other fund shares with different sales charges and marketing fees.
Multiple Classes. The Marshall Funds have adopted a plan that permits each Fund to offer more than one class of shares. Currently, most of the Funds offer two classes of shares (the MONEY MARKET FUND, GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND offer three classes and the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND offers one class of shares). All shares of each Fund or class have equal voting rights and will generally vote in the aggregate and not by Fund or class. There may be circumstances, however, when shareholders of a particular Fund or class are entitled to vote on matters affecting that Fund or class. Share classes may have different sales charges and other expenses, which may affect their performance.
ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION | 39 |
Account and Share Information (cont.)
Tax Information
Federal Income Tax. The Funds send you an annual statement of your account activity to assist you in completing your federal, state and local tax returns. With respect to taxable investors, Fund distributions of dividends and capital gains are taxable whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund. Distributions from the Funds investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest, net short-term capital gains and net gains from foreign currency transactions), if any, generally are taxable to you as ordinary income whether reinvested or received in cash, unless such dividends are qualified dividend income eligible for the reduced rate of tax on long-term capital gains. Currently, the maximum tax rate on ordinary income is 35%, while the maximum tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15%. Fund distributions for the EQUITY INCOME FUND, MID-CAP VALUE FUND and LARGE-CAP GROWTH & INCOME FUND are expected to be distributions of both dividends and capital gains. Fund distributions for the other EQUITY FUNDS are expected to be primarily distributions of capital gains, and fund distributions of the INCOME FUNDS and the MONEY MARKET FUNDS are expected to be primarily distributions of dividends.
It is anticipated that the distributions of the TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND will be primarily dividends that are exempt from federal income tax, although a portion of the Funds dividends may not be exempt. Even if dividends are exempt from federal income tax, they may be subject to state and local taxes. You may have to include certain dividends as taxable income if the federal AMT applies to you. You may be subject to tax on any capital gain realized by this Fund.
Redemptions and exchanges of Fund shares are taxable sales.
This section is not intended to be a full discussion of income tax laws. Please consult your own tax advisor regarding federal, state and local tax considerations.
Portfolio Holdings
A description of the Funds policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Funds portfolio securities is available in the Funds SAI.
40 | ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION |
Marshall Funds, Inc. Information
Management of the Marshall Funds. The Board of Directors governs the Funds. The Board selects and oversees the Adviser, M&I Investment Management Corp. The Adviser manages each Funds assets, including buying and selling portfolio securities. The Advisers address is 1000 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202. The Adviser has entered into a subadvisory contract with BPI Global Asset Management LLP (BPI or Sub-Adviser) pursuant to which BPI manages the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND, subject to oversight by the Adviser.
Advisers Background. The Adviser is a registered investment adviser and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, a registered bank holding company headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. As of August 31, 2004, the Adviser had approximately $17.1 billion in assets under management, of which approximately $7 billion is in the Marshall Funds assets, and has managed investments for individuals and institutions since 1973. The Adviser has managed the Marshall Funds since 1992 and managed the Newton Funds (predecessors to some of the Funds) since 1985.
Sub-Advisers Background. BPI is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to investment companies, corporations, trusts, estates, pension and profit sharing plans, individuals and other institutions located principally in Canada and the United States. As of August 31, 2004, BPI had approximately $4.79 billion in assets under management. BPIs address is Tower Place at the Summit, 1900 Summit Tower Boulevard, Suite 450, Orlando, Florida 32810.
Portfolio Managers. The EQUITY INCOME FUND is managed by the M&I Custom Quantitative Solutions Group, an investment committee of the Adviser.
The LARGE-CAP GROWTH & INCOME FUND is managed by Mary R. Linehan. Ms. Linehan, a vice president of the Adviser, joined the Adviser in February 2001 as an Analyst for the LARGE-CAP GROWTH & INCOME FUND. Prior to joining the Adviser, from February 1996 to July 1999, Ms. Linehan worked at Heartland Funds, where she was an analyst for two equity funds. From January 1989 to January 1996, she worked at Strong Capital Management, Inc., where she was an analyst for two equity funds. Ms. Linehan has an M.B.A. degree from Marquette University and a B.B.A. degree from the University of North Dakota.
The MID-CAP VALUE FUND is managed by Matthew B. Fahey. Mr. Fahey, a vice president of the Adviser since 1988, joined the Adviser in October 1984. He earned a B.A. degree in Business Administration from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee and holds an M.B.A. degree from Marquette University.
The MID-CAP GROWTH FUND and the SMALL-CAP GROWTH FUND are managed by Kenneth S. Salmon and James A. Stark, CFA. Prior to joining the Adviser in 2000, Mr. Salmon was a senior analyst focused on growth companies at Tucker Anthony Sutro and C.L. King & Associates. Mr. Salmon graduated cum laude with a B.A. in Economics from State University of New York in Potsdam, New York. Prior to joining the Adviser in 2004, Mr. Stark served as General Partner and Portfolio Manager with Overland Partners, L.P. Previously, Mr. Stark was a Portfolio Manager with American Century Investments and served as a small cap analyst with Kemper Financial Services and Investment & Capital Management. He holds a B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin-Madison and an M.B.A. degree from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University.
The INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND is managed by Daniel R. Jaworski, founder, Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer of BPI. Prior to founding BPI in March 1997, Mr. Jaworski was a portfolio manager at Lazard Frères & Co. LLC from June 1993 to December 1994, and was a portfolio manager at STI Capital Management from January 1995 to March 1997. Mr. Jaworski received a B.A. degree in Economics and Computer Science from Concordia College and an M.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Minnesota.
The GOVERNMENT INCOME FUND and the INTERMEDIATE BOND FUND are managed by Jason D. Weiner. Mr. Weiner, a vice president of the Adviser, joined the Adviser in 1993. Since 1994, he has been a portfolio analyst for the SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND and the INTERMEDIATE BOND FUND as well as a portfolio analyst for short-term and intermediate advisory portfolios for institutional clients. Mr. Weiner, who is a Chartered Financial Analyst, received his B.S. degree in Finance and International Business from Marquette University.
The MONEY MARKET FUND, the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND and the SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND are managed by Richard M. Rokus, a vice president of the Adviser.
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION | 41 |
Marshall Funds, Inc. Information (cont.)
Mr. Rokus has managed the MONEY MARKET FUND since January 1, 1994, the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND since May 2004 and the SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND since November 2001, and has been employed by the Adviser since January 1993. Mr. Rokus is a Chartered Financial Analyst and holds a B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin-Whitewater.
The TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND is managed by Craig J. Mauermann. Mr. Mauermann has been a Vice President of the Adviser since 2004. Prior to joining the Adviser, he was a municipal bond analyst and trader for three municipal money market funds at Strong Financial Corporation. Mr. Mauermann holds an M.B.A. degree and a B.A. degree from Marquette University.
Advisory Fees. The Adviser is entitled to receive an annual investment advisory fee equal to a percentage of each Funds average daily net assets (ADNA) as follows:
Fund |
Advisory Fee
|
||
Money Market Fund |
0.15 | % | |
Government Money Market Fund |
0.20 | % | |
Tax-Free Money Market Fund |
0.20 | % | |
Short-Term Income Fund |
0.60 | % | |
Intermediate Bond Fund |
0.60 | % | |
Government Income Fund |
0.75 | % | |
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
0.75 | % | |
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
0.75 | % | |
Equity Income Fund |
0.75 | % | |
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
0.75 | % | |
Small-Cap Growth Fund |
1.00 | % | |
International Stock Fund |
1.00 | % |
The Adviser has the discretion to voluntarily waive a portion of its fee. However, any waivers by the Adviser are voluntary and may be terminated at any time in the Advisers sole discretion.
Affiliate Services and Fees. M&I Trust, an affiliate of the Adviser, provides services to the Funds as custodian of the assets, shareholder services agent, securities lending agent, sub-transfer agent and administrator directly and through its division, MIS. For each domestic Fund, the annual custody fees are 0.02% on the first $250 million of assets held plus 0.01% of assets exceeding $250 million, calculated based on each Funds ADNA. M&I Trust is entitled to receive shareholder services fees directly from the Funds in amounts up to a maximum annual percentage of 0.25% of the Funds ADNA. As shareholder services agent, M&I Trust has the discretion to waive a portion of its fees. However, any waivers of shareholder services fees are voluntary and may be terminated at any time in its sole discretion. As compensation for its services as securities lending agent, M&I Trust receives a portion of each Funds revenues from securities lending activities.
M&I Trust is the administrator of the Funds and UMB Fund Services, Inc. (UMB) is the sub-administrator. As administrator, M&I Trust is entitled to receive fees directly from the Funds in amounts up to a maximum annual percentage of each Funds ADNA with respect to the EQUITY FUNDS and INCOME FUNDS and the aggregate ADNA of all MONEY MARKET FUNDS as follows:
Maximum Fee
|
Funds ADNA |
|
0.100% | on the first $250 million | |
0.095% | on the next $250 million | |
0.080% | on the next $250 million | |
0.060% | on the next $250 million | |
0.040% | on the next $500 million | |
0.020% | on assets in excess of $1.5 billion |
All fees of the sub-administrator are paid by M&I Trust.
M&I Trust receives an annual per-account fee, which differs among the Funds, for sub-transfer agency services to trust and institutional accounts maintained on its trust accounting system.
Distributor. Grand Distribution Services, LLC (Grand), a registered broker-dealer and member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., acts as principal distributor of the Funds shares. All fees of the distributor are paid by M&I Trust. Grand and UMB are affiliated entities.
42 |
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION |
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
43 |
|
Financial HighlightsAdvisor Class of Shares |
The Financial Highlights will help you understand each Funds financial performance for the last five fiscal years or since inception. Some of the information is presented on a per share basis. Total returns represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Fund, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains.
The following table has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the Funds independent registered public accounting firm. Their report, together with the Funds financial statements and notes thereto, is included in the Funds Annual Report dated August 31, 2004, which is available free of charge from the Funds.
Period Ended August 31, |
Net Asset Value Beginning of Period |
Net Investment Income (Loss) |
Net Realized
Unrealized Gain(Loss)
on
Options,
Contracts
Foreign
Transactions |
Total from Investment Operations |
Dividends to Shareholders from Net Investment Income |
Distributions
Transactions |
Total Distributions |
Net
Value,
of
|
Total Return (1) |
Ratios to Average Net Assets
|
Net
End
of
(000
|
Portfolio Turnover Rate |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Expenses
|
Net Investment Income (Net Operating Loss) |
Expense Waiver (2) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity Income Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 16.71 | 0.23 | (0.73 | ) | (0.50 | ) | (0.23 | ) | (1.36 | ) | (1.59 | ) | $ | 14.62 | (2.80 | )% | 1.16 | % | 1.55 | % | 0.25 | % | $ | 2,081 | 98 | % | |||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 14.62 | 0.16 | 0.16 | 0.32 | (0.14 | ) | (0.10 | ) | (0.24 | ) | $ | 14.70 | 2.20 | % | 1.19 | % | 1.09 | % | 0.25 | % | $ | 3,628 | 78 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2002 (3) |
$ | 14.70 | 0.14 | (1.99 | ) | (1.85 | ) | (0.18 | ) | (0.55 | ) | (0.73 | ) | $ | 12.12 | (13.16 | )% | 1.20 | % | 1.30 | % | 0.25 | % | $ | 4,360 | 50 | % | |||||||||||||||
2003 (3) |
$ | 12.12 | 0.24 | 0.42 | 0.66 | (0.20 | ) | | (0.20 | ) | $ | 12.58 | 5.56 | % | 1.23 | % | 2.03 | % | 0.25 | % | $ | 5,757 | 62 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) |
$ | 12.58 | 0.30 | 1.62 | 1.92 | (0.30 | ) | | (0.30 | ) | $ | 14.20 | 15. 39 | % | 1.22 | % | 2.30 | % | 0.25 | % | $ | 10,255 | 103 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 17.48 | 0.03 | 2.72 | 2.75 | (0.02 | ) | (0.99 | ) | (1.01 | ) | $ | 19.22 | 16.35 | % | 1.18 | % | 0.14 | % | 0.25 | % | $ | 3,615 | 71 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 19.22 | 0.01 | (4.66 | ) | (4.65 | ) | (0.01 | ) | (0.81 | ) | (0.82 | ) | $ | 13.75 | (24.79 | ) % | 1.19 | % | 0.05 | % | 0.25 | % | $ | 4,771 | 63 | % | |||||||||||||||
2002 (3) |
$ | 13.75 | 0.01 | (3.16 | ) | (3.15 | ) | (0.01 | ) | | (0.01 | ) | $ | 10.59 | (22.94 | )% | 1.21 | % | 0.01 | % | 0.25 | % | $ | 4,964 | 62 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2003 (3) |
$ | 10.59 | 0.04 | 0.71 | 0.75 | (0.02 | ) | | (0.02 | ) | $ | 11.32 | 7.11 | % | 1.28 | % | 0.37 | % | 0.25 | % | $ | 6,349 | 73 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) |
$ | 11.32 | 0.02 | 0.78 | 0.80 | (0.02 | ) | | (0.02 | ) | $ | 12.10 | 7.08 | % | 1.25 | % | 0.20 | % | 0.25 | % | $ | 8,126 | 129 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 11.40 | 0.09 | 0.79 | 0.88 | (0.05 | ) | (1.38 | ) | (1.43 | ) | $ | 10.85 | 9.29 | % | 1.33 | % | 1.04 | % | 0.25 | % | $ | 1,054 | 94 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 10.85 | 0.02 | 2.62 | 2.64 | (0.07 | ) | (0.70 | ) | (0.77 | ) | $ | 12.72 | 25.80 | % | 1.30 | % | 0.17 | % | 0.25 | % | $ | 2,288 | 104 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2002 (3) |
$ | 12.72 | 0.02 | (0.40 | ) | (0.38 | ) | (0.01 | ) | (1.68 | ) | (1.69 | ) | $ | 10.65 | 4.25 | % | 1.26 | % | 0.13 | % | 0.25 | % | $ | 3,956 | 44 | % | |||||||||||||||
2003 (3) |
$ | 10.65 | 0.01 | 1.86 | 1.87 | (0.01 | ) | | (0.01 | ) | $ | 12.51 | 17.63 | % | 1.27 | % | 0.13 | % | 0.25 | % | $ | 5,428 | 39 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) |
$ | 12.51 | 0.05 | 2.14 | 2.19 | (0.01 | ) | (0.45 | ) | (0.46 | ) | $ | 14.24 | 17.76 | % | 1.22 | % | 0.42 | % | 0.25 | % | $ | 8,456 | 33 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 17.28 | (0.16 | ) (4) | 12.00 | 11.84 | | (1.69 | ) | (1.69 | ) | $ | 27.43 | (71.91 | )% | 1.18 | % | (0.63 | )% | 0.25 | % | $ | 2,726 | 108 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 27.43 | (0.06 | ) (4) | (8.67 | ) | (8.73 | ) | | (4.97 | ) | (4.97 | ) | $ | 13.73 | (34.17 | )% | 1.19 | % | (0.39 | )% | 0.25 | % | $ | 3,501 | 118 | % | |||||||||||||||
2002 (3) |
$ | 13.73 | (0.09 | ) (4) | (4.29 | ) | (4.38 | ) | | (0.04 | ) | (0.04 | ) | $ | 9.31 | (32.01 | )% | 1.24 | % | (0.73 | )% | 0.25 | % | $ | 2,596 | 167 | % | |||||||||||||||
2003 (3) |
$ | 9.31 | (0.08 | ) (4) | 2.34 | 2.26 | | | | $ | 11.57 | (24.27 | )% | 1.28 | % | (0.79 | )% | 0.25 | % | $ | 3,663 | 121 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) |
$ | 11.57 | (0.10 | ) (4) | (0.32 | ) | (0.42 | ) | | | | $ | 11.15 | (3.63 | )% | 1.24 | % | (0.84 | )% | 0.25 | % | $ | 4,209 | 240 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Small-Cap Growth Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 12.38 | (0.18 | ) (4) | 7.03 | 6.85 | | (0.41 | ) | (0.41 | ) | $ | 18.82 | 56.14 | % | 1.59 | % | (1.02 | )% | 0.25 | % | $ | 1,771 | 105 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 18.82 | (0.08 | ) (4) | (4.52 | ) | (4.60 | ) | | (1.63 | ) | (1.63 | ) | $ | 12.59 | (24.23 | )% | 1.58 | % | (0.70 | )% | 0.25 | % | $ | 2,399 | 287 | % | |||||||||||||||
2002 (3) |
$ | 12.59 | (0.14 | ) (4) | (3.12 | ) | (3.26 | ) | | (0.58 | ) | (0.58 | ) | $ | 8.75 | (27.23 | )% | 1.63 | % | (1.21 | ) % | 0.25 | % | $ | 2,440 | 292 | % | |||||||||||||||
2003 (3) |
$ | 8.75 | (0.07 | ) (4) | 3.15 | 3.08 | | | | $ | 11.83 | 35.20 | % | 1.72 | % | (0.76 | ) % | 0.25 | % | $ | 3,763 | 248 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) |
$ | 11.83 | (0.17 | ) (4) | 0.94 | 0.77 | | | | $ | 12.60 | 6.51 | % | 1.58 | % | (1.29 | )% | 0.25 | % | $ | 4,857 | 267 | % |
44 | FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS |
International Stock Fund |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 13.83 | (0.05 | ) (4) | 4.08 | 4.03 | (0.17 | ) | (1.36 | ) | (1.53 | ) | $ | 16.33 | 28.11 | % | 1.51 | % | (0.32 | )% | 0.27 | % | $ | 2,184 | 225 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 16.33 | 0.04 | (4) | (4.03 | ) | (3.99 | ) | | (1.61 | ) | (1.61 | ) | $ | 10.73 | (26.36 | )% | 1.46 | % | 0.34 | % | 0.27 | % | $ | 3,555 | 156 | % | |||||||||||||||
2002 (3) |
$ | 10.73 | 0.03 | (4) | (1.46 | ) | (1.43 | ) | | | | $ | 9.30 | (13.33 | )% | 1.49 | % | 0.30 | % | 0.27 | % | $ | 4,183 | 83 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2003 (3) |
$ | 9.30 | 0.05 | (4) | 0.66 | 0.71 | | | | $ | 10.01 | 7.63 | % | 1.54 | % | 0.59 | % | 0.27 | % | $ | 3,735 | 171 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) |
$ | 10.01 | 0.00 | (4) | 1.03 | 1.03 | (0.04 | ) | | (0.04 | ) | $ | 11.00 | 10.28 | % | 1.50 | % | 0.03 | % | 0.27 | % | $ | 4,455 | 137 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Government Income Fund |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 9.22 | 0.55 | (0.02 | ) | 0.53 | (0.55 | ) | | (0.55 | ) | $ | 9.20 | 5.96 | % | 1.08 | % | 6.06 | % | 0.35 | % | $ | 1,491 | 192 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 9.20 | 0.55 | 0.33 | 0.88 | (0.55 | ) | | (0.55 | ) | $ | 9.53 | 9.77 | % | 1.10 | % | 5.81 | % | 0.35 | % | $ | 2,451 | 122 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
2002 (3) |
$ | 9.53 | 0.47 | (4)(5) | 0.20 | (5) | 0.67 | (0.48 | ) | | (0.48 | ) | $ | 9.72 | 7.25 | % | 1.10 | % | 4.90 | % (5) | 0.35 | % | $ | 3,839 | 76 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2003 (3) |
$ | 9.72 | 0.30 | (4) | (0.09 | ) | 0.21 | (0.33 | ) | | (0.33 | ) | $ | 9.60 | 2.22 | % | 1.10 | % | 3.06 | % | 0.35 | % | $ | 4,615 | 539 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) |
$ | 9.60 | 0.41 | (4) | 0.08 | 0.49 | (0.45 | ) | | (0.45 | ) | $ | 9.64 | 5.26 | % | 1.10 | % | 4.30 | % | 0.35 | % | $ | 5,579 | 113 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 9.17 | 0.55 | (0.01 | ) | 0.54 | (0.55 | ) | | (0.55 | ) | $ | 9.16 | 6.10 | % | 0.93 | % | 6.12 | % | 0.31 | % | $ | 1,969 | 243 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 9.16 | 0.53 | 0.35 | 0.88 | (0.53 | ) | | (0.53 | ) | $ | 9.51 | 9.89 | % | 0.95 | % | 5.67 | % | 0.31 | % | $ | 3,230 | 273 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
2002 (3) |
$ | 9.51 | 0.45 | (4)(5) | (0.04 | ) (5) | 0.41 | (0.48 | ) | | (0.48 | ) | $ | 9.44 | 4.46 | % | 0.95 | % | 4.77 | % (5) | 0.31 | % | $ | 4,255 | 187 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2003 (3) |
$ | 9.44 | 0.39 | (4) | 0.06 | 0.45 | (0.42 | ) | | (0.42 | ) | $ | 9.47 | 4.86 | % | 0.95 | % | 4.05 | % | 0.31 | % | $ | 5,403 | 317 | % | |||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) |
$ | 9.47 | 0.39 | (4) | 0.02 | 0.41 | (0.38 | ) | | (0.38 | ) | $ | 9.50 | 4.44 | % | 0.95 | % | 4.06 | % | 0.31 | % | $ | 6,865 | 279 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Short-Term Income Fund |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2001 (6) |
$ | 9.26 | 0.46 | 0.28 | 0.74 | (0.46 | ) | | (0.46 | ) | $ | 9.54 | 8.15 | % | 0.76 | % (7) | 5.68 | % (7) | 0.59 | % (7) | $ | 97 | 79 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
2002 (3) |
$ | 9.54 | 0.39 | (4)(5) | (0.06 | ) (5) | 0.33 | (0.45 | ) | | (0.45 | ) | $ | 9.42 | 3.53 | % | 0.79 | % | 4.21 | % (5) | 0.59 | % | $ | 824 | 54 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2003 (3) |
$ | 9.42 | 0.30 | (4) | (0.02 | ) | 0.28 | (0.38 | ) | | (0.38 | ) | $ | 9.32 | 2.99 | % | 0.81 | % | 3.19 | % | 0.59 | % | $ | 2,207 | 43 | % | ||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) |
$ | 9.32 | 0.25 | (4) | (0.02 | ) | 0.23 | (0.34 | ) | | (0.34 | ) | $ | 9.21 | 2.51 | % | 0.77 | % | 2.70 | % | 0.59 | % | $ | 2,914 | 40 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Money Market Fund |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 1.00 | 0.05 | | 0.05 | (0.05 | ) | | (0.05 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 5.56 | % | 0.74 | % | 5.44 | % | 0.16 | % | $ | 140,787 | | |||||||||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 1.00 | 0.05 | | 0.05 | (0.05 | ) | | (0.05 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 5.00 | % | 0.76 | % | 4.90 | % | 0.05 | % | $ | 127,707 | | |||||||||||||||||||
2002 |
$ | 1.00 | 0.02 | | 0.02 | (0.02 | ) | | (0.02 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 1.69 | % | 0.75 | % | 1.69 | % | 0.04 | % | $ | 113,662 | | |||||||||||||||||||
2003 |
$ | 1.00 | 0.01 | | 0.01 | (0.01 | ) | | (0.01 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 0.75 | % | 0.75 | % | 0.74 | % | 0.03 | % | $ | 93,059 | | |||||||||||||||||||
2004 |
$ | 1.00 | 0.01 | (4) | | 0.01 | (0.01 | ) | | (0.01 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 0.46 | % | 0.75 | % | 0.45 | % | 0.04 | % | $ | 84,397 | |
(1) | Based on net asset value, which does not reflect the sales charge, or contingent deferred sales charge, if applicable. |
(2) | This voluntary expense decrease is reflected in both the expense and net investment income (loss) ratios. |
(3) | Effective September 1, 2001, the Funds adopted the provisions of the revised American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) Audit and Accounting Guide for Investment Companies which requires the disclosure of the per share effect of redemption fees. Redemption tees consisted of the following per share amounts: |
Per Share Amount
|
|||||||||
Fund |
2002
|
2003
|
2004
|
||||||
Equity Income Fund |
$ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | |||
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
$ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | |||
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
$ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | |||
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
$ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | |||
Small-Cap Growth Fund |
$ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | |||
International Stock Fund |
$ | 0.01 | $ | 0.01 | $ | 0.01 | |||
Government Income Fund |
$ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | |||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
$ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | |||
Short-Term Income Fund |
$ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 |
Funds not shown had redemption fees of less than $0.01. Periods prior to September 1, 2001 have not been restated to reflect this change.
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS | 45 |
(4) | Per share information is based on average shares outstanding. |
(5) | Effective September 1, 2001, the Government Income Fund, Intermediate Bond Fund and Short-Term Income Fund adopted the provisions of the revised AICPA Audit and Accounting Guide for Investment Companies and began accreting discount/amortizing premium on long-term debt securities. The effect of this change for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002 was as follows: |
Per share, ratios and supplemental data for periods prior September 1, 2001 have not been restated to reflect this change in presentation.
(6) | Reflects operations for the period from October 31, 2000 (start of performance) to August 31, 2001. |
(7) | Computed on an annualized basis. |
46 |
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS |
Financial HighlightsInvestor Class of Shares
The Financial Highlights will help you understand the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUNDS financial performance since inception. Some of the information is presented on a per share basis. Total returns represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains.
The following table has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the Funds independent registered public accounting firm. Their report, together with the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUNDs financial statements and notes thereto, is included in the Marshall Funds Annual Report dated August 31,2004, which is available free of charge from the Marshall Funds.
Year ended August 31, |
Net Asset
Valu
|
Net
Investment Income (Loss) |
Net Realized
and Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Investments, Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign Currency Transactions |
Total from
Investment Operations |
Dividends to
Shareholders from Net Investment Income |
Distributions
to Shareholders from Net Realized Gain on Investments, Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign Currency Transactions |
Total
Distributions |
Net
Asset value, End of Period |
Total
|
Ratios to Average Net
Assets |
Net Assets,
End of Period (000 omitted) |
Portfolio
Turnover Rate |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Expenses
|
Net
(Loss) |
Expense
Waiver (2) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2004 (3) | $ | 1.00 | 0.00 | 0.00 | 0.00 | | 0.00 | $ | 1.00 | 0.23 | % (4) | 0.45 | % | 0.96 | % (5) | 0.17 | % (5) | $ | 118,401 | |
(1) | Based on net asset value. |
(2) | This voluntary expense decrease is reflected in both the expense and net investment income (loss) ratios shown. |
(3) | Reflects operations for the period from May 17, 2004 (start of performance) to August 31, 2004. |
(4) | Not annualized for periods less than a year. |
(5) | Annualized. |
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS | 47 |
For More Information
A Statement of Additional Information (SAI) dated December 31, 2004 is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Additional information about the Funds investments is contained in the Funds SAI and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders as they become available. The Annual Reports Investment Commentaries discuss market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected each Funds performance during its last fiscal year.
To obtain the SAI, Annual Report, Semi-Annual Report, and other information, free of charge, and to make inquiries, write to or call your Authorized Dealer or call MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) or 1-414-287-8555.
You may write to the SEC Public Reference Room at the regular mailing address or the e-mail address below and ask them to mail you information about the Funds, including the SAI. They will charge you a fee for this duplicating service. You can also visit the SEC Public Reference Room and review and copy documents while you are there. For more information about the operation of the Public Reference Room, call the SEC at the telephone number below.
Public Reference Section
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549-0102
publicinfo@sec.gov
1-202-942-8090
Reports and other information about the Funds are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SECs Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
Marshall Investor Services
P.O. Box 1348
Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348
1-414-287-8555
1-800-236-FUND(3863)
TDD: Speech and Hearing Impaired Services
1-800-209-3520
Internet address: http://www.marshallfunds.com
Grand Distribution Services, LLC | Investment Company Act File No. 811-58433 | |
Distributor |
48 |
|
Marshall International Stock Fund The Institutional Class of Shares (Class I) |
1 | ||
2 | ||
3 | ||
4 | ||
5 | ||
8 | ||
10 | ||
11 | ||
12 | ||
14 |
Shares of Marshall Funds, Inc. (Marshall Funds) are not bank deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates. Shares of the Marshall Funds, like shares of all mutual funds, are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency, and may lose value.
As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Prospectus
December 31, 2004
Risk/Return Profile |
|
Marshall International Stock Fund
Goal: To provide capital appreciation.
Strategy: The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in securities of issuers domiciled in at least three different nations outside the United States, and invests at least 80% of its assets in stocks. M&I Investment Management Corp. (Adviser) is the investment adviser of the Fund and BPI Global Asset Management LLP (BPI or Sub-Adviser) is the sub-adviser of the Fund.
BPI uses a bottom-up approach to international investing within overall portfolio management guidelines. BPI identifies companies of any size within industry groups that have historically been successful and have a competitive advantage as evidenced by above-average profit margins, high returns on equity, low leverage and adequate cash flow. BPI then seeks to identify quality companies with attractive returns on equity, shareholder-oriented management, and a strong capital structure. Stocks are selected and retained when they are attractively valued within their industry by using traditional valuation measures such as price-to-book and price-to-earnings ratios, resulting in an approach BPI describes as quality companies at a reasonable price. The portfolio management team closely monitors the Funds industry weightings and country weightings in relation to its performance benchmark.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Institutional Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and a broad measure of market performance. Indices are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance, before and after taxes, does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 2000-2003)
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was (0.26)%.
Total Returns
Best quarter |
(4 th quarter, 1999) | 40.48 | % | ||
Worst quarter |
(3 rd quarter, 2002) | (19.54 | )% |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03
1 Year
|
Since 9/1/99
inception |
|||||
Fund: |
||||||
Return Before Taxes |
35.04 | % | 0.35 | % | ||
Return After Taxes on Distributions (1) |
34.77 | % | (0.90 | )% | ||
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares (1) |
22.77 | % | (0.15 | )% | ||
LIFI (2) |
36.00 | % | 0.20 | % | ||
EAFE (3) |
38.59 | % | (1.71 | )% |
(1) | After-tax returns are calculated using a standard set of assumptions. The stated returns assume the highest historical federal income and capital gains tax rates. Return After Taxes on Distributions assumes a continued investment in the Fund and shows the effect of taxes on Fund distributions. Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares assumes all shares were redeemed at the end of each measurement period, and shows the effect of any taxable gain (or offsetting loss) on redemption, as well as the effects of taxes on Fund distributions. These after-tax returns do not reflect the effect of any applicable state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investors tax situation and may differ from those shown. After-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors holding shares through tax-deferred programs, such as IRAs or 401(k) plans. |
(2) | The Lipper International Funds Index (LIFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LIFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(3) | The Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australasia, Far East Index (EAFE) is a market capitalization-weighted equity index of international stocks comprising 20 of the 48 countries in the Morgan Stanley Capital International universe and representing the developed world outside of North America. The EAFE does not reflect the deduction of fees, expenses or taxes that mutual fund investors bear. |
RISK/RETURN PROFILE |
1 |
|
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Institutional Class of Shares of the Fund
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment) |
|||
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed (as a percentage of offering price) |
None | ||
Redemption Fee (as a percentage of amount redeemed)* |
2.00 | % | |
Annual Fund Operating Expenses |
|||
(expenses deducted from and expressed as a percentage of the Funds net assets) |
|||
Management Fee |
1.00 | % (2) | |
Distribution (12b-1) Fee |
None | ||
Other Expenses |
0.27 | % | |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses (1) |
1.27 | % | |
|
|
(1) | Although not contractually obligated to do so, the Adviser waived certain amounts. The net expenses the Fund actually paid for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004 are shown below. |
Total Actual Annual Fund Operating Expenses (after waivers) |
1.25 | % | |
|
|
(2) | The Adviser voluntarily waived a portion of the management fee. The Adviser may terminate this voluntary waiver at any time. The management fees paid by the International Stock Fund (after the voluntary waivers) were 0.98% for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004. |
* | A redemption fee of 2% of the then current value of the shares redeemed may be imposed on certain redemptions of shares made within 30 days of purchase. The fee is retained by the Fund and generally withheld from redemption proceeds. See What Do Shares Cost? and Will I Be Charged a Fee for Redemptions? |
The purpose of this table is to assist an investor in understanding the various costs and expenses that a shareholder of the Fund will bear either directly or indirectly. Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company (M&I Trust) and its affiliates receive advisory, custodial, shareholder services and administrative fees for the services they provide to the Fund or shareholders, as applicable. For more complete descriptions of the various costs and expenses, see Marshall Funds, Inc. Information. Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other funds.
The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Funds operating expenses are before waivers as shown in the table and remain the same. Although your actual costs and returns may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
1 Year |
$ | 129 | |
3 Years |
$ | 403 | |
5 Years |
$ | 697 | |
10 Years |
$ | 1,534 |
The above example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater than those shown.
2 |
FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUND |
Main Risks of Investing in the Fund |
|
Stock Market Risks. The Fund is subject to fluctuations in the stock markets, which have periods of increasing and decreasing values. Stocks are more volatile than debt securities. Greater volatility increases risk. If the value of the Funds investments goes down, you may lose money.
Sector Risks. Companies with similar characteristics may be grouped together in broad categories called sectors. Sector risk is the possibility that a certain sector may underperform other sectors or the market as a whole. As the Adviser or Sub-Adviser allocates more of the Funds portfolio holdings to a particular sector, the Funds performance will be more susceptible to any economic, business or other developments which generally affect that sector.
What About Portfolio Turnover?
Although the Fund does not intend to invest for the purpose of seeking short-term profits, securities will be sold without regard to the length of time they have been held when the Funds Adviser or Sub-Adviser believes it is appropriate to do so in light of the Funds investment goal. A higher portfolio turnover rate increases transaction expenses that must be borne directly by the Fund (and thus, indirectly by its shareholders), and affects Fund performance. In addition, a high rate of portfolio turnover may result in the realization of larger amounts of capital gains which, when distributed to shareholders, are taxable to them.
Style Risks. Due to their relatively high valuations, growth stocks are typically more volatile than value stocks. For instance, the price of a growth stock may experience a larger decline on a forecast of lower earnings, a negative fundamental development, or an adverse market development. Further, growth stocks may not pay dividends or may pay lower dividends than value stocks. This means they depend more on price changes for returns and may be more adversely affected in a down market compared to value stocks that pay higher dividends.
Investments in value stocks are subject to the risk that their intrinsic values may never be realized by the market, that a stock judged to be undervalued may actually be appropriately priced, or that their prices may decline, even though in theory they are already undervalued. Value stocks can react differently to issuer, political, market and economic developments than the market as a whole and other types of stocks (e.g., growth stocks). Consequently, while value stocks tend to be inexpensive relative to their earnings or assets compared to other types of stocks, they can continue to be inexpensive for long periods of time and may not ever realize their full value.
Foreign Securities Risks. The Fund invests primarily in foreign securities, which involve additional risks, including currency-rate fluctuations, political and economic instability, differences in financial reporting standards and less-strict regulation of the securities markets. Furthermore, the Fund may incur higher costs and expenses when making foreign investments, which will affect the Funds total return.
Foreign securities may be denominated in foreign currencies. Therefore, the value of the Funds assets and income in U.S. dollars may be affected by changes in exchange rates and regulations, since exchange rates for foreign currencies change daily. The combination of currency risk and market risk tends to make securities traded in foreign markets more volatile than securities traded exclusively in the United States. Although the Fund values its assets daily in U.S. dollars, it will not convert its holdings of foreign currencies to U.S. dollars daily. Therefore, the Fund may be exposed to currency risks over an extended period of time.
Euro Risks. The Fund makes significant investments in securities denominated in the Euro, the single currency of the European Monetary Union (EMU). Therefore, the exchange rate between the Euro and the U.S. dollar will have a significant impact on the value of the Funds investments. The European Central Bank has control over each EMU member countrys monetary policies. Therefore, the EMU participating countries no longer control their own monetary policies by directing independent interest rates for their currencies, which may limit their ability to respond to economic down- turns or political upheavals. These factors or other events, including political and economic developments, could cause market disruptions, and could adversely affect the value of securities held by the Fund.
Company Size Risks. Generally, the smaller the market capitalization of a company, the fewer the number of shares traded daily, the less liquid its stock and the more volatile its price. Market capitalization is determined by multiplying the number of a companys outstanding shares by the current market price per share.
Companies with smaller market capitalizations also tend to have unproven track records, a limited product or service base and limited access to capital. These factors also increase risks and make these companies more likely to fail than companies with larger market capitalizations.
INVESTING RISKS |
3 |
|
In implementing the Funds investment objective, the Fund may invest in the following securities and use the following investment techniques. Some of these securities and techniques involve special risks, which are described under Main Risks of Investing in the Fund. The Fund, which has adopted a non-fundamental policy to invest at least 80% of its assets in stocks, will provide shareholders with at least 60 days notice of any change in this policy.
Securities
Common Stocks. Common stocks are the most prevalent type of equity securities. Holders of common stock of an issuer are entitled to receive the issuers earnings only after the issuer pays its creditors and any preferred shareholders. As a result, changes in the issuers earnings have a direct impact on the value of its common stock.
Equity Securities. An investment in the equity securities of a company represents a proportionate ownership interest in that company. Common stocks and other equity securities generally increase or decrease in value based on the earnings of a company and on general industry and market conditions. A fund that invests a significant amount of its assets in common stocks and other equity securities is likely to have greater fluctuations in share price than a fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in fixed income securities. The Fund cannot predict the income it will receive from equity securities, if any, because companies generally have discretion as to the payment of any dividends or distributions.
Foreign Common Stocks. Common stocks of foreign corporations are equity securities issued by a corporation domiciled outside of the United States that trade on a domestic securities exchange.
Foreign Securities. Foreign securities are equity or fixed income securities that are issued by a corporation or issuer domiciled outside the United States that trade on a foreign securities exchange or in a foreign market.
Investment Techniques
Securities Lending. The Fund may lend portfolio securities to borrowers that the Adviser deems creditworthy. In return, the Fund receives cash or liquid securities from the borrower as collateral. The borrower must furnish additional collateral if the market value of the loaned securities increases. Also, the borrower must pay the Fund the equivalent of any dividends or interest received on the loaned securities.
The Fund will reinvest cash collateral in securities that qualify as an acceptable investment for the Fund. However, the Fund must pay interest to the borrower for the use of cash collateral.
Loans are subject to termination at the option of the Fund or the borrower. The Fund will not have the right to vote on securities while they are on loan, but it will terminate a loan in anticipation of any important vote. The Fund may pay administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan and may pay a negotiated portion of the interest earned on the cash collateral to a securities lending agent. Securities lending activities are subject to interest rate risks and credit risks.
Temporary Defensive Investments. To minimize potential losses and maintain liquidity to meet shareholder redemptions during adverse market conditions, the Fund may temporarily depart from its principal investment strategy by investing up to 100% of Fund assets in cash or short-term, high quality money market instruments (for example, commercial paper and repurchase agreements). This may cause the Fund to temporarily forego greater investment returns for the safety of principal. When so invested, the Fund may not achieve its goal.
4 |
SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT TECHNIQUES DESCRIPTIONS |
How to Buy Shares |
|
What Do Shares Cost? You can buy the Institutional Class of Shares of the Fund at net asset value (NAV), without a sales charge, on any day the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open for business. The NYSE is closed on most national holidays and Good Friday. When the Fund receives your transaction request in proper form, it is processed at the next determined NAV. The NAV is calculated at the end of regular trading (normally 3:00 p.m. Central Time) each day the NYSE is open. In calculating NAV, the Funds portfolio is valued using market prices.
Any securities or other assets for which market valuations are not readily available or are deemed to be inaccurate are valued at fair value as determined in good faith and in accordance with procedures approved by the Board of Directors of the Marshall Funds (Board). The Board has established a Pricing Committee, which is responsible for determinations of fair value, subject to supervision of the Board. In determining fair value, the Pricing Committee must take into account all information available and any factors it deems appropriate. Consequently, the price of securities used by the Fund to calculate its NAV may differ from quoted or published prices for the same securities. Fair value pricing involves subjective judgments and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security is materially different than the value that could be realized upon the sale of that security.
Securities held by the Fund may be listed on foreign exchanges that trade on days when the Fund does not calculate NAV. As a result, the market value of the Funds investments may change on days when you cannot purchase or sell Fund shares. In addition, a foreign exchange may not value its listed securities at the same time that the Fund calculates its NAV. Most foreign markets close well before the Fund values its securities at 3:00 p.m. (Central Time). The earlier close of these foreign markets gives rise to the possibility that significant events, including broad market moves, may have occurred in the interim, which may affect a securitys value. The Board may rely on the recommendations of an independent fair value pricing service it has retained to assist in valuing foreign securities in the Funds portfolio. The fair value pricing service may employ quantitative models in determining fair value.
For 30 days following the most recent purchase of shares of the Fund, your redemption or exchange proceeds may be reduced by a redemption/exchange fee of 2%. The redemption/exchange fee is paid to the Fund. The purpose of the fee is to offset the costs associated with short-term trading in the Funds shares. See How to Redeem and Exchange SharesWill I be Charged a Fee for Redemptions? and Additional Conditions for RedemptionsFrequent Traders below.
Keep in mind that Authorized Dealers, as defined below, may charge you fees for their services in connection with your share transactions.
What Is the Investment Minimum? To open an account with the Fund, your first investment must be at least $1 million. The minimum investment amount to add to your existing account is $100,000. An account may be opened with a smaller amount as long as the minimum is reached within 90 days. An institutional investors minimum investment is calculated by combining all accounts it maintains with the Fund. In special circumstances, these minimums may be waived or lowered at the Funds discretion.
How Do I Purchase Shares? You may purchase shares directly from the Fund by completing and mailing the account application and sending your payment to the Fund by check or wire. In connection with opening an account, you will be requested to provide information that will be used by the Fund to verify your identity, as described in more detail under Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account below.
You may also purchase shares of the Fund through a broker/dealer, investment professional or financial institution (Authorized Dealers). Some Authorized Dealers may charge a transaction fee for this service. If you purchase shares of the Fund through a program of services offered or administered by an Authorized Dealer or other service provider, you should read the program materials, including information relating to fees, in conjunction with the Funds Prospectus. Certain features of the Fund may not be available or may be modified in connection with the program of services provided.
HOW TO BUY SHARES |
5 |
How to Buy Shares (cont.)
Purchase orders for the Fund must be received by the close of trading on the NYSE, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time), in order for shares to be purchased at that days NAV. The Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase request. It is the responsibility of Marshall Investor Services (MIS), any Authorized Dealer or other service provider that has entered into an agreement with the Fund, or its administrative or shareholder services agent, to promptly submit purchase orders to the Fund. You are not the owner of Fund shares (and therefore will not receive dividends) until payment for the shares is received.
In order to purchase shares, you must reside in a jurisdiction where Fund shares may lawfully be offered for sale. In addition, you must have a valid tax identification number.
Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account. The Fund is required to comply with various anti-money laundering laws and regulations. To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions, including mutual funds, to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. Consequently, when you open an account, the Fund is required to obtain certain personal information, including your full name, address, date of birth, social security number and other information that will allow the Fund to identify you. The Fund may also ask for other identifying documents or information.
If you do not provide this information, the Fund may be unable to open an account for you and your purchase order will not be in proper form. In the event the Fund is unable to verify your identity from the information provided, the Fund may, without prior notice to you, close your account within five business days and redeem your shares at the NAV next determined after the account is closed. Any delay in processing your order due to your failure to provide all required information will affect the purchase price you receive for your shares. The Fund is not liable for fluctuations in value experienced as a result of such delays in processing. If at any time the Fund detects suspicious behavior or if certain account information matches government lists of suspicious persons, the Fund may determine not to open an account, may reject additional purchases, may close an existing account, may file a suspicious activity report or may take other appropriate action.
6 |
HOW TO BUY SHARES |
Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table |
|
Minimum Investments
| To open an Account - $1 million |
| To add to an Account - $100,000 |
Phone
| Once you have opened an account and if you authorized telephone privileges in your account application or by subsequently completing an authorization form, you may purchase additional shares by calling MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863). |
Mail
| To open an account, send your completed account application and check payable to Marshall Funds to the following address: |
Marshall Investor Services
P.O. Box 1348
Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348
| To add to your existing Fund Account, send in your check, payable to Marshall Funds, to the same address. Indicate your Fund account number on the check. |
Wire
| Notify MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863). |
| Then wire the money to: |
M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank
ABA Number 075000051
Credit to: Marshall Funds, Deposit Account, Account Number 27480
Further credit to: The Institutional Class of Shares Marshall
International Stock Fund.
Re: [Shareholder name and account number]
| If a new account, fax completed account application to MIS at 1-414-287-8511. |
| Mail a completed account application to the Fund at the following address: |
Marshall Investor Services
P.O. Box 1348
Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348
| Your bank may charge a fee for wiring funds. Wire orders are accepted only on days when the Fund and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business. |
7 |
HOW TO BUY SHARES |
|
How Do I Redeem Shares? You may redeem your Fund shares by telephone and by wire/electronic transfer. You should note that redemptions will be made only on days when the Fund computes its NAV. When your redemption request is received in proper form, it is processed at the next determined NAV. Telephone or written requests for redemptions must be received in proper form as described below and can be made through MIS.
Redemption requests must be received by the close of trading on the NYSE, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time), in order for shares to be redeemed at that days NAV. Redemption proceeds will normally be wired the following business day, but in no event more than seven days, after the request is made.
Will I Be Charged a Fee for Redemptions? You may be charged a transaction fee if you redeem Fund shares through an Authorized Dealer or service provider, other than MIS or Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. (M&I Trust), or if you are redeeming by wire. Consult your Authorized Dealer or service provider for more information, including applicable fees. You will be charged a 2% short-term redemption fee on shares of the Fund that have been held for less than 30 days after the most recent purchase, determined on a last-in, first-out basis (other than through reinvestments of capital gains or dividends). See Additional Conditions for RedemptionsFrequent Traders below.
Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table
|
Phone |
| Contact MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863). |
| If you have authorized the telephone redemption privilege in your account application or by a subsequent authorization form, you may redeem shares by telephone. |
|
Wire/Electronic Transfer |
| Upon written request, redemption proceeds can be directly deposited by Electronic Funds Transfer or wired directly to a domestic commercial bank previously designated by you in your account application or by subsequent form. |
| Wires of redemption proceeds will only be made on days on which the Fund and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business. |
| Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee imposed by the bank receiving the wire. |
8 |
HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES |
Additional Conditions for Redemptions |
|
Limitations on Redemption Proceeds. Redemption proceeds normally are wired within one business day after receiving a request in proper form. However, delivery of payment may be delayed up to seven days:
| to allow your purchase payment to clear; |
| during periods of market volatility; or |
| when a shareholders trade activity or amount adversely impacts the Funds ability to manage its assets. |
You will not accrue interest or dividends on uncashed checks from the Fund. If those checks are undeliverable and returned to the Fund, the proceeds will be reinvested in shares of the Fund.
Corporate Resolutions. Corporations, trusts and institutional organizations are required to furnish evidence of the authority of persons designated on the account application to effect transactions on behalf of the organizations.
Redemption in Kind. The Fund has reserved the right to pay the redemption price in whole or in part by a distribution of its portfolio securities. This means that the Fund is obligated to pay share redemptions to any one shareholder in cash only up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the Funds net assets represented by such share class during any 90-day period. Generally, any share redemption payment greater than this amount will be paid in cash unless the Board determines that payment should be in kind.
Exchange Privilege. You may exchange the Institutional Class of Shares of the Fund for the Institutional Class of Shares of any of the other Marshall Funds free of charge, provided you meet the investment minimum of the Fund. An exchange, if less than 30 days after purchase, may be subject to a 2% short-term redemption/exchange fee. See What Do Shares Cost? An exchange is treated as a redemption and a subsequent purchase, and is therefore a taxable transaction.
Signatures must be guaranteed if you request an exchange into another Fund with a different shareholder registration. Your signature can be guaranteed by any federally insured financial institution (such as a bank or credit union) or a broker/dealer that is a domestic stock exchange member, but not by a notary public. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time.
Frequent Traders. The Funds management or the Adviser may determine from the amount, frequency and pattern of exchanges that a shareholder is engaged in excessive trading that is detrimental to the Fund or its other shareholders. Such short-term or excessive trading into and out of the Fund may harm all shareholders by disrupting investment strategies, increasing brokerage, administrative and other expenses, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders.
The Board has approved policies that seek to discourage frequent purchase and redemptions and curb the disruptive effects of frequent trading (Market Timing Policy). Pursuant to the Market Timing Policy, the Fund may decline to accept an application or may reject a purchase request, including an exchange, from a market timer or an investor who, in the sole discretion of the Adviser, has a pattern of short-term or excessive trading or whose trading has been or may be disruptive to the Fund. The Fund, the Adviser and affiliates thereof are prohibited from entering into arrangements with any shareholder or other person to permit frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares.
The Fund monitors and enforces its market timing policy through:
| the termination of a shareholders purchase and/or exchange privileges; |
| selective monitoring of trade activity; and |
| the 2% short-term redemption/exchange fee for redemptions or exchanges less than 30 days after the most recent purchase, determined on a last-in, first-out basis. |
The redemption/exchange fee is waived for shares purchased through omnibus accounts or by qualified employee benefit plans, unless otherwise provided for by contract with such accounts or plans. In addition, the Funds management or the Adviser may, in their sole discretion, waive the short-term redemption fee in the case of death, disability, hardship or other limited circumstances that do not indicate market timing strategies. Any such waivers will be reported to the Board.
While the Fund seeks to detect and deter market timing activity, the Fund may not be able to detect excessive trading practices with respect to shares held through omnibus accounts.
HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES |
9 |
|
Confirmations and Account Statements. You will receive confirmation of purchases, redemptions and exchanges. In addition, you will receive periodic statements reporting all account activity, including dividends and capital gains paid. You may request photocopies of historical confirmations from prior years. The Fund may charge a fee for this service.
Dividends and Capital Gains. Dividends of the Fund are declared and paid annually to all shareholders invested in the Fund on the record date, which is the date on which a share- holder must officially own shares in order to earn a dividend.
What is a Dividend and Capital Gain?
A dividend is the money paid to shareholders that a mutual fund has earned from the income on its investments. A capital gain distribution is the money paid to shareholders from a Funds profit derived from the sale of an investment, such as a stock or bond.
In addition, the Fund pays capital gains, if any, at least annually. Your dividends and capital gains distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares unless you elect cash payments. If you elect cash payments and the payment is returned as undeliverable, your cash payment will be reinvested in Fund shares and your distribution option will convert to automatic reinvestment. If any distribution check remains uncashed for six months, the check amount will be reinvested in shares and you will not accrue any interest or dividends on this amount prior to the reinvestment.
If you purchase shares of the Fund just before the Fund declares a dividend or capital gain distribution, you will pay the full price for the shares and then receive a portion of the price back in the form of a taxable distribution. Therefore, you may incur a tax liability when purchasing shares shortly before the Fund declares a dividend or capital gain.
Multiple Classes. The Marshall Funds have adopted a plan that permits the Fund to offer more than one class of shares. Currently, the Fund offers three classes of shares. All shares of the Fund or class have equal voting rights and will generally vote in the aggregate and not by class. There may be circumstances, however, when shareholders of a particular Marshall Fund or class are entitled to vote on matters affecting that Fund or class. Share classes may have different sales charges and other expenses, which may affect their performance.
Tax Information
Federal Income Tax. The Fund sends you an annual statement of your account activity to assist you in completing your federal, state and local tax returns. Fund distributions of dividends and capital gains are taxable to you whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund. Distributions from the Funds investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest, net short-term capital gains and net gains from foreign currency transactions), if any, generally are taxable to you as ordinary income whether reinvested or received in cash, unless such dividends are qualified dividend income eligible for the reduced rate of tax on long-term capital gains. Currently, the maximum tax rate on ordinary income is 35%, while the maximum tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15%. Fund distributions are expected to be primarily distributions of capital gains.
Redemptions and exchanges of Fund shares are taxable sales.
This section is not intended to be a full discussion of income tax laws. Please consult your own tax advisor regarding federal, state and local tax considerations.
Portfolio Holdings
A description of the Funds policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Funds portfolio securities is available in the Funds SAI.
10 |
ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION |
Marshall Funds, Inc. Information
Management of the Marshall Funds. The Board of Directors governs the Fund. The Board selects and oversees the Adviser, M&I Investment Management Corp. The Adviser manages the Funds assets, including buying and selling portfolio securities. The Advisers address is 1000 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202. The Adviser has entered into a subadvisory contract with BPI Global Asset Management LLP pursuant to which BPI manages the Fund, subject to oversight by the Adviser.
Advisers Background. The Adviser is a registered investment adviser and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, a registered bank holding company headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. As of August 31, 2004, the Adviser had approximately $17.1 billion in assets under management, of which approximately $7 billion is in the Marshall Funds assets, and has managed investments for individuals and institutions since 1973. The Adviser has managed the Marshall Funds since 1992 and managed the Newton Funds (predecessors to some of the Marshall Funds) since 1985.
Sub-Advisers Background. BPI is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to investment companies, corporations, trusts, estates, pension and profit sharing plans, individuals and other institutions located principally in Canada and the United States. As of August 31, 2004, BPI had approximately $4.79 billion in assets under management. BPIs address is Tower Place at the Summit, 1900 Summit Tower Boulevard, Suite 450, Orlando, Florida 32810.
Portfolio Manager. The Fund is managed by Daniel R. Jaworski, founder, Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer of BPI. Prior to founding BPI in March 1997, Mr. Jaworski was a portfolio manager at Lazard Frères & Co. LLC from June 1993 to December 1994, and was a portfolio manager at STI Capital Management from January 1995 to March 1997. Mr. Jaworski received a B.A. degree in Economics and Computer Science from Concordia College and an M.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Minnesota.
Advisory Fees. The Adviser is entitled to receive an annual investment advisory fee equal to 1.00% of the Funds average daily net assets (ADNA).
The Adviser has the discretion to voluntarily waive a portion of its fee. However, any waivers by the Adviser are voluntary and may be terminated at any time in the Advisers sole discretion.
Affiliate Services and Fees. M&I Trust, an affiliate of the Adviser, provides services to the Marshall Funds as custodian of the assets (except for the INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND), shareholder services agent, securities lending agent, sub-transfer agent and administrator directly and through its division, MIS. As compensation for its services as securities lending agent, M&I Trust receives a portion of the Funds revenues from securities lending activities.
M&I Trust is the administrator of the Marshall Funds and UMB Fund Services, Inc. (UMB) is the sub-administrator. As administrator, M&I Trust is entitled to receive fees directly from the Fund in amounts up to a maximum annual percentage of the Funds ADNA as follows:
Maximum Fee |
Funds ADNA |
|
0.100% |
on the first $250 million | |
0.095% |
on the next $250 million | |
0.080% |
on the next $250 million | |
0.060% |
on the next $250 million | |
0.040% |
on the next $500 million | |
0.020% |
on assets in excess of $1.5 billion |
All fees of the sub-administrator are paid by M&I Trust.
M&I Trust receives an annual per-account fee for sub-transfer agency services to trust and institutional accounts maintained on its trust accounting system.
Distributor. Grand Distribution Services, LLC (Grand), a registered broker-dealer and member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., acts as principal distributor of the Funds shares. All fees of the distributor are paid by M&I Trust. Grand and UMB are affiliated entities.
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION |
11 |
|
The Financial Highlights will help you understand the Funds financial performance since inception. Some of the information is presented on a per share basis. Total returns represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains.
The following table has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the Funds independent registered public accounting firm. Their report, together with the Funds financial statements and notes thereto, is included in the Marshall Funds Annual Report dated August 31, 2004, which is available free of charge from the Fund.
Period Ended August 31, |
Net Asset
Period |
Net
Investment Income (Loss) |
Net Realized
and
on
|
Total from
Investment Operations |
Dividends
to Shareholders from Net Investment Income |
Distributions
Net Realized
|
Total
Distributions |
||||||||||||||
2000 (3) |
$ | 13.83 | (0.02 | ) (4) | 4.08 | 4.06 | (0.18 | ) | (1.36 | ) | (1.54 | ) | |||||||||
2001 |
$ | 16.35 | 0.07 | (4) | (4.04 | ) | (3.97 | ) | | (1.61 | ) | (1.61 | ) | ||||||||
2002 (5) |
$ | 10.77 | 0.06 | (4) | (1.46 | ) | (1.40 | ) | | | | ||||||||||
2003 (5) |
$ | 9.37 | 0.08 | (4) | 0.66 | 0.74 | | | | ||||||||||||
2004 (5) |
$ | 10.11 | 0.04 | (4) | 1.02 | 1.06 | (0.06 | ) | | (0.06 | ) |
Ratios to
Average Net Assets |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Period Ended August 31, |
Net
Asset Value, End of Period |
Total
Return (1) |
Expenses
|
Net
Investment Income (Loss) |
Expense
Waiver (2) |
Net Assets,
End of Period (000 Omitted) |
Portfolio
Turnover Rate |
||||||||||||||
2000 (3) |
$ | 16.35 | 28.34 | % | 1.26 | % | (0.12 | )% | 0.02 | % | $ | 134,920 | 225 | % | |||||||
2001 |
$ | 10.77 | (26.19 | )% | 1.21 | % | 0.55 | % | 0.02 | % | $ | 109,367 | 156 | % | |||||||
2002 (5) |
$ | 9.37 | (13.00 | )% | 1.24 | % | 0.59 | % | 0.02 | % | $ | 102,233 | 83 | % | |||||||
2003 (5) |
$ | 10.11 | 7.90 | % | 1.29 | % | 0.90 | % | 0.02 | % | $ | 116,761 | 171 | % | |||||||
2004 (5) |
$ | 11.11 | 10.52 | % | 1.25 | % | 0.36 | % | 0.02 | % | $ | 242,089 | 137 | % |
(1) | Based on net asset value. |
(2) | This voluntary expense decrease is reflected in both the expense and net investment income (loss) ratios. |
(3) | Reflects operations for the period from September 1, 1999 (start of performance) to August 31, 2000. |
(4) | Per share information is based on average shares outstanding. |
(5) | Effective September 1, 2001, the Fund adopted the provisions of the revised American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) Audit and Accounting Guide for Investment Companies which requires the disclosure of the per share effect of redemption fees. Redemption fees consisted of the following per share amounts: |
Per Share Amount
|
|||||||||
Fund |
2002
|
2003
|
2004
|
||||||
International Stock Fund |
$ | 0.01 | $ | 0.01 | $ | 0.00 |
Periods prior to September 1, 2001 have not been restated to reflect this change.
12 |
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS |
Notes
13
A Statement of Additional Information (SAI) dated December 31, 2004 is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Additional information about the Funds investments is contained in the Funds SAI and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders as they become available. The Annual Reports Investment Commentaries discuss market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Funds performance during its last fiscal year.
To obtain the SAI, Annual Report, Semi-Annual Report, and other information, free of charge, and to make inquiries, write to or call MIS at 1-414-287-8555 or at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).
You may write to the SEC Public Reference Room at the regular mailing address or the e-mail address below and ask them to mail you information about the Fund, including the SAI. They will charge you a fee for this duplicating service. You can also visit the SEC Public Reference Room and review and copy documents while you are there. For more information about the operation of the Public Reference Room, call the SEC at the telephone number below.
Public Reference Section
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549-0102
publicinfo@sec.gov
1-202-942-8090
Reports and other information about the Fund are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SECs Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
Marshall Investor Services
P.O. Box 1348
Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348
1-414-287-8555
1-800-236-FUND (3863)
TDD: Speech and Hearing Impaired Services
1-800-209-3520
Internet address: http://www.marshallfunds.com
Grand Distribution Services, LLC
Distributor |
Investment Company Act File No. 811-58433 |
14 |
FOR MORE INFORMATION |
The Marshall Funds Family
Prospectus
The Institutional Class of Shares
(Class I)
DECEMBER 31, 2004
| Marshall Money Market Fund |
| Marshall Government Money Market Fund |
As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
|
The Institutional Class of Shares | |
(Class I) |
1 | ||
2 | ||
3 | ||
4 | ||
5 | ||
7 | ||
10 | ||
12 | ||
14 | ||
15 | ||
16 | ||
17 |
Shares of Marshall Funds, Inc. (Marshall Funds) are not bank deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates. Shares of the Marshall Funds, like shares of all mutual funds, are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency, and may lose value.
Risk/Return Summary |
|
The Marshall Funds offer investment opportunities to a wide range of investors, from investors with short-term goals who wish to take little investment risk to investors with long-term goals willing to bear the risks of the stock market for potentially greater rewards. The Marshall Funds are managed by the investment professionals at M&I Investment Management Corp. (Adviser).
Risk/Return Summary of Mutual Funds
Money Market Funds
Marshall Money Market Fund
Marshall Government Money Market Fund
Principal Risks of the Funds
Debt
Securities Risks |
Government
Obligations Risks |
|||
Marshall Money Market Fund |
þ | |||
Marshall Government Money Market Fund |
þ | þ |
A complete description of these risks can be found in the Main Risks of Investing in the Funds section.
RISK/RETURN SUMMARY | 1 |
Risk/Return Summary (cont.)
Goal: To provide current income consistent with stability of principal.
Strategy: Fund assets are invested in high quality, short-term money market instruments. In order to produce income that minimizes volatility, the Adviser uses a bottom-up approach which evaluates debt securities of individual companies against the context of broader market factors such as the cyclical trend in interest rates, the shape of the yield curve and debt security supply factors.
An investment in the Fund is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks and liquidity risks.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Institutional Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and an average of money funds with similar objectives. Indices and averages are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 2001 - 2003)
The year-to-date return as of the quarter ended
Total Returns
Best quarter (3rd quarter, 2000) |
1.66 | % | |
Worst quarter (4th quarter, 2003) |
0.24 | % |
7-Day Net Yield (as of 12/31/03) (1) : |
0.98 | % |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03
1 Year
|
Since 04/03/00
inception |
|||||
Fund |
1.08 | % | 3.22 | % | ||
LMMFI (2) |
0.62 | % | 2.73 | % | ||
MFRA (3) |
0.63 | % | 2.68 | % |
(1) | Investors may call the Fund to learn the current 7-Day Net Yield at 1-800-236-FUND (3863). |
(2) | The Lipper Money Market Funds Index (LMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(3) | The iMoney Net, Inc. (formerly, IBC Financial Data) Money Fund Report Averages (MFRA) is an average of money funds with investment objectives similar to that of the Fund. |
2 |
RISK/RETURN SUMMARY |
Risk/Return Summary (cont.)
Marshall Government Money Market Fund
Goal: To provide current income consistent with stability of principal.
Strategy: Fund assets are invested in high quality, short-term money market instruments. The Fund invests at least 80% of its assets in obligations issued and/or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or by its agencies or instrumentalities, and in repurchase agreements secured by such obligations. In order to produce income that minimizes volatility, the Adviser uses a bottom-up approach, which evaluates debt securities against the context of broader market factors such as the cyclical trend in interest rates, the shape of the yield curve and debt security supply factors.
The Fund invests in the securities of U.S. Government-sponsored entities including the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac), the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBs). Not all U.S. Government-sponsored entities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government. Examples of entities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government include Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and FHLBs. These entities, however, are supported through federal subsidies, loans or other benefits. The Fund also may invest in U.S. Government-sponsored entities which are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, such as the Government National Mortgage Association. Finally, the Fund may invest in a few governmental entities which have no explicit financial support, but which are regarded as having implied support because the federal government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit System and the Financing Corporation.
An investment in the Fund is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks, call risks and liquidity risks.
Annual Total Returns: A performance bar chart and total return information for the Fund have not been provided because the Fund has not been in operation for a full calendar year.
RISK/RETURN SUMMARY | 3 |
|
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Institutional Class of Shares of the Funds.
(2) | The Adviser voluntarily waived a portion of the management fee. The Adviser may terminate this voluntary waiver at any time. The management fees paid by the Government Money Market Fund and Money Market Fund (after the voluntary waivers) were 0.03% and 0.11%, respectively, for the fiscal period ended August 31, 2004. |
(3) | Other Expenses are estimates for the fiscal year ending August 31, 2005. |
The purpose of this table is to assist an investor in understanding the various costs and expenses that a shareholder of the Funds will bear either directly or indirectly. Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company (M&I Trust) and its affiliates receive advisory, custodial, and administrative fees for the services they provide to the Funds or shareholders, as applicable. For more complete descriptions of the various costs and expenses, see Marshall Funds, Inc. Information. Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Marshall Funds with the cost of investing in other funds.
The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in each of the Funds for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that each of the Funds operating expenses are before waivers as shown in the table and remain the same. Although your actual costs and returns may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
Government Money
Market Fund |
Money Market
Fund |
|||||
1 Year |
$ | 38 | $ | 25 | ||
3 Years |
$ | 119 | $ | 77 | ||
5 Years |
$ | | $ | 135 | ||
10 Years |
$ | | $ | 306 |
The above example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater than those shown.
4 |
FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUNDS |
Main Risks of Investing in the Funds |
|
Debt Securities Risks. Debt securities are subject to interest rate risks, credit risks, call risks and liquidity risks, which are more fully described below.
What About Bond Ratings?
When the Funds invest in bonds and other debt securities and/or convertible securities, some will be rated in the lowest investment grade category (e.g., BBB or Baa). Bonds rated BBB by Standard & Poors Corporation or Baa by Moodys Investors Services have speculative characteristics. Unrated bonds will be determined by the Adviser to be of like quality and may have greater risk (but a potentially higher yield) than comparably rated bonds. If a bond is downgraded, the Adviser will reevaluate the bond and determine whether or not the bond is an acceptable investment.
Interest Rate Risks. Prices of fixed income securities rise and fall in response to changes in the interest rate paid by similar securities. Generally, when interest rates rise, prices of fixed income securities fall. However, market factors, such as the demand for particular fixed income securities, may cause the price of certain fixed income securities to fall while the prices of other securities rise or remain unchanged. Interest rate changes have a greater effect on the price of fixed income securities with longer durations. Duration measures the price sensitivity of a fixed income security to changes in interest rates.
Credit Risks.
Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer will default on a security by failing to pay interest or principal when due. If an issuer defaults, a Fund may lose money.
Many fixed income securities receive credit ratings from services such as Standard & Poors and Moodys Investors Service. These services assign ratings to securities by assessing the likelihood of issuer default. Lower credit ratings correspond to higher credit risk. If a security has not received a rating, the Fund must rely entirely upon the Advisers credit assessment.
Fixed income securities generally compensate for greater credit risk by paying interest at a higher rate. The difference between the yield of a security and the yield of a U.S. Treasury security with a comparable maturity (the spread) measures the additional interest paid for risk. Spreads may increase generally in response to adverse economic or market conditions. A securitys spread may also increase if the securitys rating is lowered, or the security is perceived to have an increased credit risk. An increase in the spread will cause the price of the security to decline.
Credit risk includes the possibility that a party to a transaction involving a Fund will fail to meet its obligations. This could cause the Fund to lose the benefit of the transaction or prevent the Fund from selling or buying other securities to implement its investment strategy.
Call Risks. Some of the securities in which the Funds invest may be redeemed by the issuer before maturity (or called). This will most likely happen when interest rates are declining. If this occurs, a Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds in securities that pay a lower interest rate, which may decrease the Funds yield.
Liquidity Risks. Trading opportunities are more limited for fixed income securities that have not received any credit ratings, have received ratings below investment grade or are not widely held.
These features may make it more difficult to sell or buy a security at a favorable price or time. Consequently, a Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on the Funds performance. Infrequent trading of securities may also lead to an increase in their price volatility.
Liquidity risk also refers to the possibility that a Fund may not be able to sell a security or close out an investment contract when it wants to. If this happens, the Fund will be required to continue to hold the security or keep the position open, and the Fund could incur losses.
Government Obligations Risks. For Fund investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so by law. As a result, there is risk that
INVESTING RISKS | 5 |
Main Risks of Investing in the Funds (cont.)
these entities will default on a financial obligation. For instance, securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Maes) are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States, while securities issued by the Fannie Maes and the Freddie Macs are supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government. Moreover, securities issued by the Student Loan Marketing Association (Sallie Maes) are supported only by the credit of that agency.
6 |
INVESTING RISKS |
Securities Descriptions |
|
In implementing the Funds investment objectives, the Funds may invest in the following securities. Some of these securities involve special risks, which are described under Main Risks of Investing in the Marshall Funds. The GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND, which has adopted a non-fundamental policy to invest at least 80% of its assets in U.S. Government securities, will provide shareholders with at least 60 days notice of any change in this policy.
Marshall Money
Market Fund |
Marshall
Government Money Market Fund |
|||
Corporate Debt Securities |
ü | |||
Fixed Rate Debt Securities |
ü | ü | ||
Floating Rate Debt Securities |
ü | ü | ||
Treasury Securities |
ü | |||
Commercial Paper |
ü | |||
Demand Instruments |
ü | |||
Bank Instruments |
ü | |||
Funding Agreements |
ü | |||
Repurchase Agreements |
ü | ü | ||
Agency Securities |
ü |
Securities
Agency Securities. Agency securities are issued or guaranteed by a federal agency or other government sponsored entity acting under federal authority. Some government entities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Such entities include the Government National Mortgage Association, Small Business Administration, Farm Credit System Financial Assistance Corporation, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Financing Bank, General Services Administration, and Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority Bonds.
Other government entities receive support through federal subsidies, loans or other benefits. For example, the U.S. Treasury is authorized to purchase specified amounts of securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and the Federal National Mortgage Association in support of such obligations.
A few government entities have no explicit financial support, but are regarded as having implied support because the federal government sponsors their activities. Such entities include the Farm Credit System and the Financing Corporation.
Investors regard agency securities as having low credit risks, but not as low as Treasury securities.
The Fund treats mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by a government sponsored entity as if issued or guaranteed by a federal agency. Although such a guarantee protects against credit risks, it does not reduce the market and prepayment risks.
Bank Instruments. Bank instruments are unsecured interest-bearing deposits with banks. Bank instruments include bank accounts, time deposits, certificates of deposit and bankers acceptances. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by U.S. branches of foreign banks are referred to as
SECURITIES DESCRIPTIONS | 7 |
Securities Descriptions (cont.)
Yankee dollar instruments. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by non-U.S. branches of U.S. or foreign banks are commonly referred to as Eurodollar instruments.
Commercial Paper. Commercial paper represents an issuers obligation with a maturity of less than nine months. Companies typically issue commercial paper to pay for current expenditures. Most issuers constantly reissue their commercial paper and use the proceeds (or bank loans) to repay maturing paper. If the issuer cannot continue to obtain liquidity in this fashion, its commercial paper may default. The short maturity of commercial paper reduces both the interest rate and credit risks as compared to other debt securities of the same issuer.
Demand Instruments. Demand instruments are corporate debt securities that the issuer must repay upon demand. Other demand instruments require a third party, such as a dealer or bank, to repurchase the security for its face value upon demand. The Funds treat demand instruments as short-term securities, even though their stated maturity may extend beyond one year.
Fixed Income Securities. Fixed income securities pay interest, dividends or distributions at a specified rate. The rate may be a fixed percentage of the principal or adjusted periodically. In addition, the issuer of a fixed income security must repay the principal amount of the security, normally within a specified time. Fixed income securities provide more regular income than equity securities. However, the returns on fixed income securities are limited and normally do not increase with the issuers earnings. This limits the potential appreciation of fixed income securities as compared to equity securities.
A securitys yield measures the annual income earned on a security as a percentage of its price. A securitys yield will increase or decrease depending upon whether it costs less (a discount) or more (a premium) than the principal amount. If the issuer may redeem the security before its scheduled maturity, the price and yield on a discount or premium security may change based upon the probability of an early redemption. Securities with higher risks generally have higher yields.
The following describes the types of fixed income securities in which the Funds may invest:
Corporate Debt Securities. Corporate debt securities are fixed income securities issued by businesses. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most prevalent types of corporate debt securities. The credit risks of corporate debt securities vary widely among issuers.
Fixed Rate Debt Securities. Debt securities that pay a fixed interest rate over the life of the security and have a long-term maturity may have many characteristics of short-term debt. For example, the market may treat fixed rate/long-term securities as short-term debt when a securitys market price is close to the call or redemption price, or if the security is approaching its maturity date when the issuer is more likely to call or redeem the debt.
As interest rates change, the market prices of fixed rate debt securities are generally more volatile than the prices of floating rate debt securities. As interest rates rise, the prices of fixed rate debt securities fall, and as interest rates fall, the prices of fixed rate debt securities rise. For example, a bond that pays a fixed interest rate of 10% is more valuable to investors when prevailing interest rates are lower; therefore, this value is reflected in a higher price, or a premium. Conversely, if interest rates are over 10%, the bond is less attractive to investors, and sells at a lower price, or a discount.
Floating Rate Debt Securities. The interest rate paid on floating rate debt securities is reset periodically (e.g., every 90 days) to a predetermined index rate. Commonly used indices include: 90-day or 180-day Treasury bill rate; one month or three month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR); commercial paper rates; or the prime rate of
8 | SECURITIES DESCRIPTIONS |
Securities Descriptions (cont.)
interest of a bank. The prices of floating rate debt securities are not as sensitive to changes in interest rates as fixed rate debt securities because they behave like shorter-term securities and their interest rate is reset periodically.
Funding Agreements. Funding Agreements (Agreements) are investment instruments issued by U.S. insurance companies. Pursuant to such Agreements, a Fund may make cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance companys general or separate accounts. The insurance company then credits guaranteed interest to a Fund. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against an Agreement for expense and service costs allocable to it, and the charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. The purchase price paid for an Agreement becomes part of the general assets of the issuer, and the Agreement is paid from the general assets of the issuer. A Fund will only purchase Agreements from issuers that meet quality and credit standards established by the Adviser. Generally, Agreements are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the issuing insurance companies, and an active secondary market in Agreements does not currently exist. Also, a Fund may not have the right to receive the principal amount of an Agreement from the insurance company on seven days notice or less. Therefore, Agreements are typically considered to be illiquid investments.
Investment Ratings. The securities in which the Funds invest must be rated in one of the two highest short-term rating categories by one or more Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations (NRSROs) or be of comparable quality to securities having such ratings.
Repurchase Agreements. Repurchase agreements are transactions in which a Fund buys a security from a dealer or bank and agrees to sell the security back at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The repurchase price exceeds the sale price, reflecting a Funds return on the transaction. This return is unrelated to the interest rate on the underlying security. A Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with banks and other recognized financial institutions, such as securities dealers, deemed creditworthy by the Adviser.
The Funds custodian will take possession of the securities subject to repurchase agreements. The Adviser and custodian will monitor the value of the underlying security each day to ensure that the value of the security always equals or exceeds the repurchase price.
Repurchase agreements are subject to credit risks.
Treasury Securities. Treasury securities are direct obligations of the federal government of the United States. Treasury securities are generally regarded as having the lowest credit risks.
SECURITIES DESCRIPTIONS | 9 |
|
What Do Shares Cost? You can buy the Institutional Class of Shares of a Fund at net asset value (NAV), without a sales charge, on any day the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open for business. The NYSE is closed on most national holidays and Good Friday. When a Fund receives your transaction request in proper form, it is processed at the next determined NAV. The Funds NAV is determined daily at 4:00 p.m. (Central Time). In calculating the Funds NAV, the Funds portfolios are valued using amortized cost.
What Is the Investment Minimum? To open an account with the Funds, your first investment must be at least $10 million. The minimum investment amount to add to your existing account is $100,000. An account may be opened with a smaller amount as long as the minimum is reached within 90 days. An institutional investors minimum investment is calculated by combining all accounts it maintains with the Fund. In special circumstances, these minimums may be waived or lowered at the Funds discretion.
How Do I Purchase Shares? You may purchase shares directly from the Funds by completing and mailing the account application and sending your payment to the Fund by check or wire. In connection with opening an account, you will be requested to provide information that will be used by the Funds to verify your identity, as described in more detail under Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account below.
You may also purchase shares of a Fund through a broker/dealer, investment professional or financial institution (Authorized Dealers). Some Authorized Dealers may charge a transaction fee for this service. If you purchase shares of a Fund through a program of services offered or administered by an Authorized Dealer or other service provider, you should read the program materials, including information relating to fees, in conjunction with the Funds Prospectus. Certain features of a Fund may not be available or may be modified in connection with the program of services provided.
Purchase orders for the Funds must be received by 4:00 p.m. (Central Time) in order for shares to be purchased at that days NAV. For purchase orders that are received after 3:00 p.m. but before 4:00 p.m. (Central Time), Marshall Investor Services (MIS) will use its best efforts to process such purchase orders that day; however, there is no guarantee that MIS will be able to do so. All purchase orders received in proper form and accepted by 4:00 p.m. (Central Time) will receive that days NAV and dividend, regardless of when the order is processed. Each Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase request. It is the responsibility of MIS, any Authorized Dealer or other service provider that has entered into an agreement with the Funds or its administrator to promptly submit purchase orders to the Funds. You are not the owner of Fund shares (and therefore will not receive dividends) until payment for the shares is received.
In order to purchase shares, you must reside in a jurisdiction where Fund shares may lawfully be offered for sale. In addition, you must have a valid tax identification number.
Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account. The Funds are required to comply with various anti-money laundering laws and regulations. To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions, including mutual funds, to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. Consequently, when you open an account, the Funds are required to obtain certain personal information, including your full name, address, date of birth, social security number and other information that will allow the Funds to identify you. The Funds may also ask for other identifying documents or information.
10 |
HOW TO BUY SHARES |
How to Buy Shares (cont.)
If you do not provide this information, the Funds may be unable to open an account for you and your purchase order will not be in proper form. In the event the Funds are unable to verify your identity from the information provided, the Funds may, without prior notice to you, close your account within five business days and redeem your shares at the NAV next determined after the account is closed. Any delay in processing your order due to your failure to provide all required information will affect the purchase price you receive for your shares. The Funds are not liable for fluctuations in value experienced as a result of such delays in processing. If at any time the Funds detect suspicious behavior or if certain account information matches government lists of suspicious persons, the Funds may determine not to open an account, may reject additional purchases, may close an existing account, may file a suspicious activity report or may take other appropriate action.
Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table
Minimum Investments
| To open an Account - $10 million |
| To add to an Account - $100,000 |
Phone
| Once you have opened an account and if you authorized telephone privileges in your account application or by subsequently completing an authorization form, you may purchase additional shares by calling MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863). |
Wire
| Notify MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863). |
| Then wire the money to: |
M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank
ABA Number 075000051
Credit to: Marshall Funds, Deposit Account, Account Number 27480
Further credit to: The Institutional Class of Shares [Identify name of Fund]
Re: [Shareholder name and account number]
| If a new account, fax completed account application to MIS at 1-414-287-8511. |
| Mail a completed account application to the Fund at the following address: |
Marshall Investor Services
P.O. Box 1348
Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348
| Your bank may charge a fee for wiring funds. Wire orders are accepted only on days when the Funds and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business. |
HOW TO BUY SHARES | 11 |
How to Redeem and Exchange Shares
How Do I Redeem Shares? You may redeem your Fund shares by telephone and by wire/electronic transfer. You should note that redemptions will be made only on days when a Fund computes its NAV. When your redemption request is received in proper form, it is processed at the next determined NAV. Telephone or written requests for redemptions must be received in proper form as described below and can be made through MIS.
Redemption requests for the Funds must be received by 4:00 p.m. (Central Time) in order for shares to be redeemed at that days NAV. For redemption requests that are received after 3:00 p.m. but before 4:00 p.m. (Central Time), MIS will use its best efforts to process such redemption requests that day; however, there is no guarantee that MIS will be able to do so. All redemption requests received in proper form and accepted by 4:00 p.m. (Central Time) will receive that days NAV, regardless of when the request is processed. Redemption proceeds will normally be wired the following business day, but in no event more than seven days, after the request is made.
You may be charged a transaction fee if you redeem shares through an Authorized Dealer or Service provider, other than MIS or Marshall & Iisley Trust Company N.A.
Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table
Phone
* | Contact MIS at 1-800-236-FUND(3863). |
| If you have authorized the telephone redemption privilege in your account application or by a subsequent authorization form, you may redeem shares by telephone. |
Wire/Electronic Transfer
| Upon written request, redemption proceeds can be directly deposited by Electronic Funds Transfer or wired directly to a domestic commercial bank previously designated by you in your account application or by subsequent form. |
| Wires of redemption proceeds will only be made on days on which the Funds and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business. |
| Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee imposed by the bank receiving the wire. |
12 |
HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES |
Additional Conditions for Redemptions |
|
Limitations on Redemption Proceeds . Redemption proceeds normally are wired within one business day after receiving a request in proper form. However, delivery of payment may be delayed up to seven days:
| to allow you purchase payment to clear; |
| during periods of market volatility; or |
| when a shareholders trade activity or amount adversely impacts the Funds ability to manage its assets. |
You will not accrue interest or dividends on uncashed checks from a Fund. If those checks are undeliverable and returned to a Fund, the proceeds will be reinvested in shares of the Funds that were redeemed.
Corporate Resolutions . Corporations, trusts and institutional organizations are required to furnish evidence of the authority of persons designated on the account application to effect transactions on behalf of the organizations.
Redemption in Kind . The Funds have reserved the right to pay the redemption price in whole or in part by a distribution of a Funds portfolio securities. This means that the Funds are obligated to pay share redemptions to any one shareholder in cash only up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Funds net assets represented by such share class during any 90-day period. Generally, any share redemption payment greater than this amount will be paid in cash unless the Board of Directors of the Marshall Funds (Board) determines that payment should be in kind.
Exchange Privilege . You may exchange the Institutional Class of Shares of a Fund for the Institutional Class of Shares of any of the other Marshall Funds free of charge, provided you meet the investment minimum of the Fund. An exchange is treated as a redemption and a subsequent purchase, and is therefore a taxable transaction.
Signatures must be guaranteed if you request an exchange into another Fund with a different shareholder registration. Your signature can be guaranteed by any federally insured financial institution (such as a bank or credit union) or a broker/dealer that is a domestic stock exchange member, but not by a notary public. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time.
Frequent Traders . The Funds management or the Adviser may determine from the amount, frequency and pattern of exchanges that a shareholder is engaged in excessive trading that is detrimental to the Fund or its other shareholders. Such short-term or excessive trading into and out of the Fund may harm all shareholders by disrupting investment strategies, increasing brokerage, administrative and other expenses, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders.
The Board has approved policies that seek to discourage frequent purchases and redemptions and curb the disruptive effects of frequent trading (Market Timing Policy). Pursuant to the Market Timing Policy, a Fund may decline to accept an application or may reject a purchase request, including an exchange, from a market timer or an investor who, in the sole discretion of the Adviser, has a pattern of short-term or excessive trading or whose trading has been or may be disruptive to the Fund. The Funds, the Adviser and affiliates thereof are prohibited from entering into arrangements with any shareholder or other person to permit frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares.
Each Fund monitors and enforces its market timing policy through:
| the termination of a shareholders purchase and/or exchange privileges; and |
| selective monitoring of trade activity. |
While the Funds seek to detect and deter market timing activity, a Fund may not be able to detect excessive trading practices with respect to shares held through omnibus accounts.
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR REDEMPTIONS | 13 |
|
Confirmation and Account Statements. You will receive confirmation of purchases, redemptions and exchanges. In addition, you will receive periodic statements reporting all account activity, including, dividends and capital gains paid. You may request photocopies of historical confirmations from prior years. The Funds may charge a fee for this service.
Dividends and Capital Gains . Dividends of the Funds are declared daily and paid monthly. You will receive dividends declared subsequent to the issuance of your shares until the day your shares are redeemed.
In addition, the Funds pay capital gains, if any, at least annually. Neither of the Funds expects to realize any capital gains or losses. If capital gains or losses were to occur, they could result in an increase or decrease in a Funds dividends. Your dividends and capital gains distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares, unless you elect cash payments. If you elect cash payments and the payment is returned as undeliverable, your cash payment will be reinvested in Fund shares and your distribution option will convert to automatic reinvestment. If any distribution check remains uncashed for six months, the check amount will be reinvested in shares and you will not accrue any interest or dividends on this amount prior to the reinvestment.
What is a Dividend and Capital Gain?
A dividend is the money paid to shareholders that a mutual fund has earned from the income on its investments. A capital gain distribution is the money paid to shareholders from a Funds profit derived from the sale of an investment, such as a stock or bond.
Multiple Classes . The Marshall Funds have adopted a plan that permits each Fund to offer more than one class of shares. Currently the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND offers two classes of shares and the MONEY MARKET FUND offers three classes of shares. All shares of each Fund or class have equal voting rights and will generally vote in the aggregate and not by Fund or class. There may be circumstances, however, when shareholders of a particular Fund or class are entitled to vote on matters affecting that Fund or class. Share classes may have different sales charges and other expenses, which may affect their performance.
Tax Information
Federal Income Tax. The Funds send you an annual statement of your account activity to assist you in completing your federal, state and local tax returns. Fund distributions of dividends and capital gains are taxable to you whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund. Distributions from the Funds investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest, net short-term capital gains, and net gains from foreign currency transactions), if any, generally are taxable to you as ordinary income whether reinvested or received in cash, unless such dividends are qualified dividend income eligible for the reduced rate of tax on long-term capital gains. Currently, the maximum tax rate on ordinary income is 35%, while the maximum tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15%. Fund distributions for the Funds are expected to be primarily distributions of dividends.
Redemptions and exchanges of Fund shares are taxable sales.
This section is not intended to be a full discussion of income tax laws. Please consult your own tax advisor regarding federal, state and local tax considerations.
Portfolio Holdings
A description of the Funds policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Funds portfolio securities is available in the Funds SAI.
14 |
ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION |
Marshall Funds, Inc. Information
Management of the Marshall Funds . The Board of Directors governs the Funds. The Board selects and oversees the Adviser, M&I Investment Management Corp. The Adviser manages each Funds assets, including buying and selling portfolio securities. The Advisers address is 1000 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.
Advisers Background . The Adviser is a registered investment adviser and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, a registered bank holding company head-quartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. As of August 31, 2004, the Adviser had approximately $17.1 billion in assets under management, of which approximately $7 billion is in the Marshall Funds assets, and has managed investments for individuals and institutions since 1973. The Adviser has managed the Funds since 1992 and managed the Newton Funds (predecessors to some of the Marshall Funds) since 1985.
Portfolio Manager . The Funds are managed by Richard M. Rokus, a vice president of the Adviser. Mr. Rokus has managed the MONEY MARKET FUND since January 1, 1994 and the GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND since May 2004, and has been employed by the Adviser since January 1993. Mr. Rokus also manages the Marshall Short-Term Income Fund, a series of the Marshall Funds not discussed in this Prospectus. Mr. Rokus is a Chartered Financial Analyst and holds a B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin-Whitewater.
Advisory Fees . The Adviser is entitled to receive an annual investment advisory fee equal to a percentage of each Funds average daily net assets (ADNA) as follows:
Fund |
Advisory
Fee |
||
Money Market Fund |
0.15 | % | |
Government Money Market Fund |
0.20 | % |
The Adviser has the discretion to voluntarily waive a portion of its fee. However, any waivers by the Adviser are voluntary and may be terminated at any time in the Advisers sole discretion.
Affiliate Services and Fees . M&I Trust, an affiliate of the Adviser, provides services to the Marshall Funds as custodian of the assets, shareholder services agent, securities lending agent, sub-transfer agent and administrator directly and through its division, MIS. The annual custody fees are 0.02% on the first $250 million of assets held plus 0.01% of assets exceeding $250 million, calculated based on each Funds ADNA.
M&I Trust is the administrator of the Funds and UMB Fund Services, Inc. (UMB) is the sub-administrator. As administrator, M&I Trust is entitled to receive fees directly from the Funds in amounts up to a maximum annual percentage of the aggregate ADNA of all money market funds of the Marshall Funds as follows:
Maximum
|
Funds ADNA |
|||
0.100% |
on the first $250 million | |||
0.095% |
on the next $250 million | |||
0.080% |
on the next $250 million | |||
0.060% |
on the next $250 million | |||
0.040% |
on the next $500 million | |||
0.020% |
on assets in excess of $1.5 billion |
All fees of the sub-administrator are paid by M&I Trust.
M&I Trust receives an annual per-account fee for sub-transfer agency services to trust and institutional accounts maintained on its trust accounting system.
Distributor . Grand Distribution Services, LLC (Grand), a registered broker-dealer and member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., acts as principal distributor of the Funds shares. All fees of the distributor are paid by M&I Trust. Grand and UMB are affiliated entities.
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION | 15 |
Financial Highlights Institutional Class of Shares
The Financial Highlights will help you understand the Funds financial performance since inception. Some of the information is presented on a per share basis. Total returns represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Fund, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains.
The following table has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the Funds independent registered public accounting firm. Their report, together with the Funds financial statements and notes thereto, is included in the Marshall Funds Annual Report dated August 31, 2004, which is available free of charge from the Funds.
Period Ended August 31, |
Net asset
value, beginning of period |
Net
investment income (loss) |
Total from
investment operations |
Dividends to
shareholders from net investment income |
Total
distributions |
Net asset
value, end of period |
Total
return (1) |
Ratios to Average Net Assets
|
Net assets,
end of period (000 omitted) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Expenses
|
Net investment
income (loss) |
Expense
waiver (2) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Government Money Market Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2004 (6) |
$ | 1.00 | 0.00 | 0.00 | 0.00 | 0.00 | $ | 1.00 | 0.28 | % (7) | 0.20 | % (5) | 1.18 | % (5) | 0.17 | % (5) | $ | 64,212 | ||||||||||||||
Money Market Fund |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 (4) |
$ | 1.00 | 0.03 | 0.03 | (0.03 | ) | (0.03 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 2.63 | % | 0.24 | % (5) | 6.51 | % (5) | 0.05 | % (5) | $ | 141,909 | ||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 1.00 | 0.05 | 0.05 | (0.05 | ) | (0.05 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 5.58 | % | 0.21 | % | 4.98 | % | 0.05 | % | $ | 914,693 | ||||||||||||
2002 |
$ | 1.00 | 0.02 | 0.02 | (0.02 | ) | (0.02 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 2.25 | % | 0.20 | % | 2.24 | % | 0.04 | % | $ | 910,196 | ||||||||||||
2003 |
$ | 1.00 | 0.01 | 0.01 | (0.01 | ) | (0.01 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 1.30 | % | 0.20 | % | 1.26 | % | 0.03 | % | $ | 1,302,242 | ||||||||||||
2004 |
$ | 1.00 | 0.01 | (3) | 0.01 | (0.01 | ) | (0.01 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 1.01 | % | 0.20 | % | 1.01 | % | 0.04 | % | $ | 1,532,640 |
(1) | Based on net asset value. |
(2) | This voluntary expense decrease is reflected in both the expense and net investment income (loss) ratios. |
(3) | Per share information is based on average shares outstanding. |
(4) | Reflects operations for the period from April 3, 2000 (start of performance) to August 31, 2000. |
(5) | Computed on an annualized basis. |
(6) | Reflects operations for the period from May 28, 2004 (start of performance) to August 31, 2004. |
(7) | Not annualized for periods less than a year. |
16 |
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS |
A Statement of Additional Information (SAI) dated December 31, 2004 is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Additional information about the Funds investments is contained in the Funds SAI and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders as they become available.
To obtain the SAI, Annual Report, Semi-Annual Report, and other information, free of charge, and to make inquiries, write to or call MIS at 1-414-287-8555 or at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).
You may write to the SEC Public Reference Room at the regular mailing address or the e-mail address below and ask them to mail you information about the Funds, including the SAI. They will charge you a fee for this duplicating service. You can also visit the SEC Public Reference Room and review and copy documents while you are there. For more information about the operation of the Public Reference Room, call the SEC at the telephone number below.
Public Reference Section
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549-0102
publicinfo@sec.gov
1-202-942-8090
Reports and other information about the Funds are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SECs Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
Marshall Investor Services
P.O. Box 1348
Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348
1-414-287-8555
1-800-236-FUND (3863)
TDD: Speech and Hearing Impaired Services
1-800-209-3520
Internet address: http://www.marshallfunds.com
Grand Distribution Services, LLC Distributor |
Investment Company Act File No. 811-58433 |
FOR MORE INFORMATION | 17 |
|
Marshall Money Market Fund The Investor Class of Shares |
|
(Class Y) |
1 | ||
2 | ||
3 | ||
4 | ||
6 | ||
9 | ||
12 | ||
14 | ||
15 | ||
16 |
Shares of Marshall Funds, Inc. (Marshall Funds) are not bank deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by, M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank or any of its affiliates. Shares of the Marshall Funds, like shares of all mutual funds, are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency, and may lose value.
As with all mutual funds, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Prospectus
December 31, 2004
Risk/Return Profile |
|
Goal: To provide current income consistent with stability of principal.
Strategy: Fund assets are invested in high quality, short-term money market instruments. In order to produce income that minimizes volatility, M&I Investment Management Corp. (the Adviser) uses a bottom-up approach which evaluates debt securities of individual companies against the context of broader market factors such as the cyclical trend in interest rates, the shape of the yield curve and debt security supply factors.
An investment in the Fund is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. In addition, the Fund is subject to credit risks, interest rate risks and liquidity risks.
Fund Performance: The following return information illustrates how the performance of the Funds Investor Class of Shares can vary, which is one indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. The information also provides some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing how the Funds average annual returns compare with returns of an index of funds with similar investment objectives and an average of money funds with similar objectives. Indices and averages are unmanaged and are not available for direct investment. Please keep in mind that past performance does not represent how the Fund will perform in the future. The information assumes that you reinvested all dividends and distributions.
Annual Total Returns (calendar years 1994-2003)
Total Returns |
The year to-date return as of the quarter ended September 30, 2004 was 0.62% | ||||
Best quarter |
(4th quarter, 2000) |
1.60 | % | ||
Worst quarter |
(4th quarter, 2003) |
0.18 | % |
7-Day Net Yield (as of 12/31/03) (1) : |
0.73 | % |
Average Annual Total Returns through 12/31/03
1 Year
|
5 Year
|
10 Year
|
|||||||
Fund |
0.83 | % | 3.52 | % | 4.35 | % | |||
LMMFI (2) |
0.62 | % | 3.26 | % | 4.08 | % | |||
MFRA (3) |
0.63 | % | 3.20 | % | 4.03 | % |
(1) | Investors may call the Fund to learn the current 7-day Net Yield at 1-800-236-FUND (3683). |
(2) | The Lipper Money Market Funds Index (LMMFI) is an average of the 30 largest mutual funds in this Lipper category. The LMMFI reflects the deduction of expenses associated with mutual funds, such as investment management fees, but is not adjusted to reflect sales charges or taxes. |
(3) | The iMoney Net, Inc. (formerly, IBC Financial Data) Money Fund Report Averages TM (MFRA) is an average of money funds with investment objectives similar to that of the Fund. |
RISK/RETURN PROFILE | 1 |
|
Fees and Expenses of the Fund |
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Investor Class of Shares of the Fund.
(1) | Although not contractually obligated to do so, the Adviser waived certain amounts. The net expenses the Fund actually paid for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004 are shown below. |
Total Actual Annual Fund Operating Expenses (after waivers) |
0.45 | % | |
|
|
(2) | The Adviser voluntarily waived a portion of the management fee. The Adviser may terminate this voluntary waiver at any time. The management fee paid by the Fund (after the voluntary waiver) is 0.11% for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004. |
(3) | Other Expenses include a shareholder servicing fee of 0.25%. |
The purpose of this table is to assist an investor in understanding the various costs and expenses that a shareholder of the Fund will bear either directly or indirectly. Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. (M&I Trust), an affiliate of the Adviser, and its affiliates receive advisory, custodial, shareholder services and administrative fees for the services they provide to the Fund or shareholders, as applicable. For more complete descriptions of the various costs and expenses, see Marshall Funds, Inc. Information. Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee.
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other funds.
The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Funds operating expenses are before waivers as shown in the table and remain the same. Although your actual costs and returns may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:
1 Year |
$ | 50 | |
3 Years |
$ | 157 | |
5 Years |
$ | 274 | |
10 Years |
$ | 616 |
The above example should not be considered a representation of past or future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater than those shown.
2 |
FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE FUND |
Main Risks of Investing in the Fund |
|
Debt Securities Risks. Debt Securities are subject to interest rate risks, credit risks, call risks and liquidity risks, which are more fully described below.
Interest Rate Risks. Prices of fixed income securities rise and fall in response to changes in the interest rate paid by similar securities. Generally, when interest rates rise, prices of fixed income securities fall. However, market factors, such as the demand for particular fixed income securities, may cause the price of certain fixed income securities to fall while the prices of other securities rise or remain unchanged. Interest rate changes have a greater effect on the price of fixed income securities with longer durations. Duration measures the price sensitivity of a fixed income security to changes in interest rates.
Credit Risks. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer will default on a security by failing to pay interest or principal when due. If an issuer defaults, the Fund may lose money.
Many fixed income securities receive credit ratings from services such as Standard & Poors and Moodys Investors Service. These services assign ratings to securities by assessing the likelihood of issuer default. Lower credit ratings correspond to higher credit risk. If a security has not received a rating, the Fund must rely entirely upon the Advisers credit assessment.
Fixed income securities generally compensate for greater credit risk by paying interest at a higher rate. The difference between the yield of a security and the yield of a U.S. Treasury security with a comparable maturity (the spread) measures the additional interest paid for risk. Spreads may increase generally in response to adverse economic or market conditions. A securitys spread may also increase if the securitys rating is lowered, or the security is perceived to have an increased credit risk. An increase in the spread will cause the price of the security to decline.
Credit risk includes the possibility that a party to a transaction involving the Fund will fail to meet its obligations. This could cause the Fund to lose the benefit of the transaction or prevent the Fund from selling or buying other securities to implement its investment strategy.
Call Risks. Some of the securities in which the Fund invests may be redeemed by the issuer before maturity (or called). This will most likely happen when interest rates are declining. If this occurs, the Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds in securities that pay a lower interest rate, which may decrease the Funds yield.
Liquidity Risks. Trading opportunities are more limited for fixed income securities that have not received any credit ratings, have received ratings below investment grade or are not widely held.
These features may make it more difficult to sell or buy a security at a favorable price or time. Consequently, the Fund may have to accept a lower price to sell a security, sell other securities to raise cash or give up an investment opportunity, any of which could have a negative effect on the Funds performance. Infrequent trading of securities may also lead to an increase in their price volatility.
Liquidity risk also refers to the possibility that the Fund may not be able to sell a security or close out an investment contract when it wants to. If this happens, the Fund will be required to continue to hold the security or keep the position open, and the Fund could incur losses.
MAIN RISKS OF INVESTING IN THE FUND | 3 |
|
Securities Descriptions |
In implementing the Funds investment objective, the Fund may invest in the following securities. Some of these securities involve special risks, which are described under Main Risks of Investing in the Fund.
Bank Instruments. Bank instruments are unsecured interest-bearing deposits with banks. Bank instruments include bank accounts, time deposits, certificates of deposit and bankers acceptances. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by U.S. branches of foreign banks are referred to as Yankee dollar instruments. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by non-U.S. branches of U.S. or foreign banks are commonly referred to as Eurodollar instruments.
Commercial Paper. Commercial paper represents an issuers obligation with a maturity of less than nine months. Companies typically issue commercial paper to pay for current expenditures. Most issuers constantly reissue their commercial paper and use the proceeds (or bank loans) to repay maturing paper. If the issuer cannot continue to obtain liquidity in this fashion, its commercial paper may default. The short maturity of commercial paper reduces both the interest rate and credit risks as compared to other debt securities of the same issuer.
Demand Instruments. Demand instruments are corporate debt securities that the issuer must repay upon demand. Other demand instruments require a third party, such as a dealer or bank, to repurchase the security for its face value upon demand. The Fund treats demand instruments as short-term securities, even though their stated maturity may extend beyond one year.
Fixed Income Securities. Fixed income securities pay interest, dividends or distributions at a specified rate. The rate may be a fixed percentage of the principal or adjusted periodically. In addition, the issuer of a fixed income security must repay the principal amount of the security, normally within a specified time. Fixed income securities provide more regular income than equity securities. However, the returns on fixed income securities are limited and normally do not increase with the issuers earnings. This limits the potential appreciation of fixed income securities as compared to equity securities.
A securitys yield measures the annual income earned on a security as a percentage of its price. A securitys yield will increase or decrease depending upon whether it costs less (a discount) or more (a premium) than the principal amount.
If the issuer may redeem the security before its scheduled maturity, the price and yield on a discount or premium security may change based upon the probability of an early redemption. Securities with higher risks generally have higher yields.
The following describes the types of fixed income securities in which the Fund may invest:
Corporate Debt Securities. Corporate debt securities are fixed income securities issued by businesses. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most prevalent types of corporate debt securities. The credit risks of corporate debt securities vary widely among issuers.
Fixed Rate Debt Securities. Debt securities that pay a fixed interest rate over the life of the security and have a long-term maturity may have many characteristics of short-term debt. For example, the market may treat fixed rate/long-term securities as short-term debt when a securitys market price is close to the call or redemption price, or if the security is approaching its maturity date when the issuer is more likely to call or redeem the debt.
As interest rates change, the market prices of fixed rate debt securities are generally more volatile than the prices of floating rate debt securities. As interest rates rise, the prices of fixed rate debt securities fall, and as interest rates fall, the prices of fixed rate debt securities rise. For example, a bond that pays a fixed interest rate of 10% is more valuable to investors when prevailing interest rates are lower; therefore, this value is reflected in a higher price, or a premium. Conversely, if interest rates are over 10%, the bond is less attractive to investors, and sells at a lower price, or a discount.
Floating Rate Debt Securities. The interest rate paid on floating rate debt securities is reset periodically (e.g., every 90 days) to a predetermined index rate. Commonly used indices include: 90-day or 180-day Treasury bill rate; one month or three month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR); commercial paper rates; or the prime rate of interest of a bank. The prices of floating rate debt securities are not as sensitive to changes in interest rates as fixed rate debt securities because they behave like shorter-term securities and their interest rate is reset periodically.
Funding Agreements. Funding Agreements (Agreements) are investment instruments issued by U.S. insurance companies. Pursuant to such Agreements, the Fund may make cash
4 |
SECURITIES DESCRIPTIONS |
Securities Descriptions (cont.)
contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance companys general or separate accounts. The insurance company then credits guaranteed interest to the Fund. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against an Agreement for expense and service costs allocable to it, and the charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. The purchase price paid for an Agreement becomes part of the general assets of the issuer, and the Agreement is paid from the general assets of the issuer. The Fund will only purchase Agreements from issuers that meet quality and credit standards established by the Adviser. Generally, Agreements are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the issuing insurance companies, and an active secondary market in Agreements does not currently exist. Also, the Fund may not have the right to receive the principal amount of an Agreement from the insurance company on seven days notice or less. Therefore, Agreements are typically considered to be illiquid investments.
Investment Ratings. The securities in which the Fund invests must be rated in one of the two highest short-term rating categories by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations or be of comparable quality to securities having such ratings.
Repurchase Agreements. Repurchase agreements are transactions in which the Fund buys a security from a dealer or bank and agrees to sell the security back at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The repurchase price exceeds the sale price, reflecting the Funds return on the transaction. This return is unrelated to the interest rate on the underlying security. The Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with banks and other recognized financial institutions, such as securities dealers, deemed creditworthy by the Adviser.
The Funds custodian will take possession of the securities subject to repurchase agreements. The Adviser and custodian will monitor the value of the underlying security each day to ensure that the value of the security always equals or exceeds the repurchase price.
Repurchase agreements are subject to credit risks.
SECURITIES DESCRIPTION | 5 |
|
What Do Shares Cost? You can buy the Investor Class of Shares of the Fund at net asset value (NAV), without a sales charge, on any day the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open for business. The NYSE is closed on most national holidays and Good Friday. When the Fund receives your transaction request in proper form, it is processed at the next determined NAV. The NAV for the Fund is determined daily at 4:00 p.m. (Central Time). In calculating NAV, the Funds portfolio is valued using amortized cost.
Keep in mind that Authorized Dealers, as defined below, may charge you fees for their services in connection with your share transactions.
What Is the Investment Minimum? To open an account with the Fund, your first investment must be at least $1,000. However, you can add to your existing Marshall Funds account directly or through the Funds Systematic Investment Program for as little as $50. An account may be opened with a smaller amount as long as the minimum is reached within 90 days. In special circumstances, these minimums may be waived or lowered at the Funds discretion.
How Do I Purchase Shares? You may purchase shares directly from the Fund by completing and mailing the account application and sending your payment to the Fund by check or wire. In connection with opening an account, you will be requested to provide information that will be used by the Fund to verify your identity, as described in more detail under Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account below.
Trust customers of M&I Trust may purchase shares by contacting their trust account officer. You may purchase shares through a broker/dealer, investment professional or financial institution (Authorized Dealers). Some Authorized Dealers may charge a transaction fee for this service. In connection with opening an account, you will be required to provide information that will be used to verify your identity. If you purchase shares of the Fund through a program of services offered or administered by an Authorized Dealer or other service provider, you should read the program materials, including information relating to fees, in conjunction with the Funds Prospectus. Certain features of the Fund may not be available or may be modified in connection with the program of services provided. Once you have opened an account with an Authorized Dealer, you may purchase additional Fund shares by contacting Marshall Investor Services (MIS) at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).
Your purchase order must be received by 4:00 p.m. (Central Time) in order for shares to be purchased at that days NAV. For purchase orders that are received after 3:00 p.m. but before 4:00 p.m. (Central Time), MIS will use its best efforts to process such purchase orders that day; however, there is no guarantee that MIS will be able to do so. All purchase orders received in proper form and accepted by 4:00 p.m. (Central Time) will receive that days NAV and dividend, regardless of when the order is processed. The Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase request. It is the responsibility of MIS, any Authorized Dealer or other service provider that has entered into an agreement with the Fund or As administrative or shareholder services agent to promptly submit purchase orders to the Fund. You are not the owner of Fund shares (and therefore will not receive dividends) until payment for the shares is received.
In order to purchase shares, you must reside in a jurisdiction where Fund shares may lawfully be offered for sale. In addition, you must have a valid Social Security or tax identification number.
Important Information About Procedures for Opening a New Account. The Fund is required to comply with various anti-money laundering laws and regulations. To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions, including mutual funds, to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. Consequently, when you open an account, the Fund is required to obtain certain personal information, including your full name, address, date of birth, social security number and other information that will allow the Fund to identify you. The Fund may also ask for other identifying documents or information.
If you do not provide this information, the Fund may be unable to open an account for you and your purchase order will not be in proper form. In the event the Fund is unable to verify your identity from the information provided, it may, without prior notice to you, close your account within five business days and redeem your shares at the NAV next determined after the account is closed. Any delay in processing your order due to your failure to provide all required information will affect the purchase price you receive for your shares. The Fund is not liable for fluctuations in value experienced as a result of such delays in processing. If at any time the Fund detects suspicious behavior or if certain account information matches government lists of suspicious persons, the Fund may determine not to open an account, may reject additional purchases, may close an existing account, may file a suspicious activity report or may take other appropriate action.
6 |
HOW TO BUY SHARES |
Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table |
|
|
Minimum Investments: |
| To open an Account - $1,000 |
| To add to an Account (including through a Systematic Investment Program) - $50 |
|
Phone 1-800-236-FUND (3863) |
| Contact MIS. |
| Complete an application for a new account. |
| If you authorized telephone privileges on your account application or by subsequently completing an authorization form, you may purchase additional shares or exchange shares from another Marshall Fund having an identical shareholder registration. |
|
| To open an account, send your completed account application and check payable to Marshall Funds to the following address: |
Marshall Investor Services
P.O. Box 1348
Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348
| To add to your existing Fund Account, send in your check, payable to Marshall Funds, to the same address. Indicate your Fund account number on the check. |
|
In Person |
| Bring in your completed account application (for new accounts) and a check payable to Marshall Funds Monday Friday, 8:00 a.m. 5:00 p.m. (Central Time), to: |
Marshall Investor Services
1000 North Water Street, 13th Floor
Milwaukee, WI 53202
FUND PURCHASE EASY REFERENCE TABLE | 7 |
Fund Purchase Easy Reference Table (cont.)
|
Wire |
| Notify MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863). |
| Then wire the money to: |
M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank
ABA Number 075000051
Credit to: Marshall Funds, Deposit Account, Account Number 27480
Further credit to: The Investor Class of Shares Marshall Money Market Fund
Re: [Shareholder name and account number]
| If a new account, fax completed application to MIS at 1-414-287-8511. |
| Mail a completed account application to the Fund at the address above under Mail. |
| Your bank may charge a fee for wiring funds. Wire orders are accepted only on days when the Fund and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business. |
|
Systematic Investment Program |
| You can have money automatically withdrawn from your checking account ($50 minimum) on predetermined dates and invest it in the Fund at the next Fund share price determined after MIS receives the order. |
| The $1,000 minimum investment requirement is waived for investors purchasing shares through the Systematic Investment Program. |
| Call MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) to apply for this program. |
|
Marshall Funds OnLine SM |
| You may purchase Fund shares via the Internet through Marshall Funds OnLine SM at http://www.marshallfunds.com. See Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM in the Account and Share Information section. |
|
Additional Information About Checks and Automated Clearing House (ACH) Transactions Used to Purchase Shares |
| If your check or ACH purchase does not clear, your purchase will be canceled and you will be charged a $15 fee. |
| If you purchase shares by check or ACH, you may not be able to receive proceeds from a redemption for up to seven days. |
| All checks should be made payable to the Marshall Funds. |
8 |
FUND PURCHASE EASY REFERENCE TABLE |
How to Redeem and Exchange Shares |
|
How Do I Redeem Shares? You may redeem your Fund shares by several methods, described below under the Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table. You should note that redemptions will be made only on days when the Fund computes its NAV. When your redemption request is received in proper form, it is processed at the next determined NAV.
Trust customers of M&I Trust should contact their account officer to make redemption requests. Telephone or written requests for redemptions must be received in proper form as described below and can be made through MIS or any Authorized Dealer. It is the responsibility of MIS, any Authorized Dealer or other service provider to promptly submit redemption requests to the Fund if you request a wire transferred redemption to occur the same day.
Redemption requests for the Fund must be received by 4:00 p.m. (Central Time) in order for shares to be redeemed at that days NAV. For redemption requests that are received after 3:00 p.m. but before 4:00 p.m. (Central Time), MIS will use its best efforts to process such redemption requests that day; however, there is no guarantee that MIS will be able to do so. All redemption requests received in proper form and accepted by 4:00 p.m. (Central Time) will receive that days NAV, regardless of when the request is processed. Redemption proceeds will normally be wired the following business day, but in no event more than seven days, after the request is made.
Will I Be Charged a Fee for Redemptions? You may be charged a transaction fee if you redeem Fund shares through an Authorized Dealer or other service provider (other than MIS or M&I Trust), or if you are redeeming by wire. Consult your Authorized Dealer or service provider for more information, including applicable fees.
Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table
|
Phone 1-800-236-FUND (3863) (Except Retirement Accounts, which must be done in writing) |
| Contact MIS. |
| If you have authorized the telephone redemption privilege in your account application or by a subsequent authorization form, you may redeem shares by telephone. If you are a customer of an authorized broker/dealer, you must contact your account representative. |
|
| Send in your written request to the following address, indicating your name, the Fund name, your account number, and the number of shares or the dollar amount you want to redeem to: |
Marshall Investor Services
P.O. Box 1348
Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348
| If you want to redeem shares held in certificate form, you must properly endorse the share certificates and send them by registered or certified mail. Additional documentation may be required from corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. |
| For additional assistance, call MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863). |
HOW TO REDEEM AND EXCHANGE SHARES | 9 |
Fund Redemption Easy Reference Table (cont.)
|
In Person |
| Bring in the written redemption request with the information described in Mail above Monday Friday, 8:00 a.m. 5:00 p.m. (Central Time), to: |
Marshall Investor Services
1000 North Water Street, 13th Floor
Milwaukee, WI, 53202
| The proceeds from the redemptions will be sent to you in the form of a check or by wire. |
|
Wire/Electronic Transfer |
| Upon written request, redemption proceeds can be directly deposited by Electronic Funds Transfer or wired directly to a domestic commercial bank previously designated by you in your account application or by subsequent form. |
| Wires of redemption proceeds will only be made on days on which the Fund and the Federal Reserve wire system are open for business. |
| Wire-transferred redemptions may be subject to an additional fee. |
|
Systematic Withdrawal Program |
| If you have a Fund account balance of at least $10,000, you can have predetermined amounts of at least $100 automatically redeemed from your Fund account on predetermined dates on a monthly or quarterly basis. |
| Contact MIS to apply for this program. |
|
Marshall Funds OnLine SM |
| You may redeem Fund shares via the Internet through Marshall Funds OnLine SM at http://www.marshallfunds.com. See Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM in Account and Share Information section. |
|
Checkwriting |
| You can redeem shares of the Fund by writing a check in an amount of at least $250. You must have completed the checkwriting section of your account application and the attached signature card, or have completed a subsequent application form. The Fund will then provide you with the checks. |
| Your check is treated as a redemption order for Fund shares equal to the amount of the check. |
| A check for an amount in excess of your available Fund account balance will be returned marked insufficient funds. |
| Checks cannot be used to close your Fund account balance. |
| Checks deposited or cashed through foreign banks or financial institutions may be subject to local bank charges |
10 |
FUND REDEMPTION EASY REFERENCE TABLE |
Additional Conditions for Redemptions |
|
Signature Guarantees. In the following instances, you must have a signature guarantee on written redemption requests:
| when you want a redemption to be sent to an address other than the one you have on record with the Fund; |
| when you want the redemption payable to someone other than the shareholder of record; or |
| when your redemption is to be sent to an address of record that was changed within the last 30 days. |
Your signature can be guaranteed by any federally insured financial institution (such as a bank or credit union) or a broker/dealer that is a domestic stock exchange member, but not by a notary public.
Limitations on Redemption Proceeds. Redemption proceeds normally are wired within one business day after receiving a request in proper form. However, delivery of payment may be delayed up to seven days:
| to allow your purchase payment to clear; |
| during periods of market volatility; or |
| when a shareholders trade activity or amount adversely impacts the Funds ability to manage its assets. |
You will not accrue interest or dividends on uncashed checks from the Fund. If those checks are undeliverable and returned to the Fund, the proceeds will be reinvested in shares of the Fund.
Corporate Resolutions. Corporations, trusts and institutional organizations are required to furnish evidence of the authority of persons designated on the account application to effect transactions on behalf of the organizations.
Redemption in Kind. The Fund has reserved the right to pay the redemption price in whole or in part by a distribution of the Funds portfolio securities. This means that the Fund is obligated to pay share redemptions to any one shareholder in cash only up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the Funds net assets represented by such share class during any 90-day period. Generally, any share redemption payment greater than this amount will be paid in cash unless the Board determines that payment should be in kind.
Exchange Privilege. You may exchange the Investor Class of Shares of the Fund for the Investor Class of Shares of any of the other Marshall Funds free of charge, provided you meet the investment minimum of the Fund. An exchange is treated as a redemption and a subsequent purchase, and is therefore a taxable transaction.
Signatures must be guaranteed if you request an exchange into another Fund with a different shareholder registration. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time.
Exchanges by Telephone. If you have completed the telephone authorization section on your account application or an authorization form obtained through MIS, you may telephone instructions to MIS to exchange between Fund accounts that have identical shareholder registrations. Customers of broker/dealers, financial institutions or service providers should contact their account representatives. Telephone exchange instructions must be received before the close of trading on the NYSE, generally 3:00 p.m. (Central Time), for shares to be exchanged at the NAV calculated that day and to receive a dividend of the Fund into which you exchange, if applicable.
The Fund will record your telephone instructions. The Fund will not be liable for losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions as long as reasonable security procedures are followed. You will be notified of changes to telephone transaction privileges.
Frequent Traders. The Funds management or the Adviser may determine from the amount, frequency and pattern of exchanges that a shareholder is engaged in excessive trading that is detrimental to the Fund or its other shareholders. Such short-term or excessive trading into and out of the Fund may harm all shareholders by disrupting investment strategies, increasing brokerage, administrative and other expenses, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders.
The Board has approved policies that seek to discourage frequent purchases and redemptions and curb the disruptive effects of frequent trading (Market Timing Policy). Pursuant to the Market Timing Policy, the Fund may decline to accept an application or may reject a purchase request, including an exchange, from a market timer or an investor who, in the sole discretion of the Adviser, has a pattern of short-term or excessive trading or whose trading has been or may be disruptive to the Fund. The Fund, the Adviser and affiliates thereof are prohibited from entering into arrangements with any shareholder or other person to permit frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares.
The Fund monitors and enforces its market timing policy through:
| the termination of a shareholders purchase and/or exchange privileges; and |
| selective monitoring of trade activity. |
While the Fund seeks to detect and deter market timing activity, it may not be able to detect excessive trading practices with respect to shares held through omnibus accounts.
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR REDEMPTIONS | 11 |
|
Account and Share Information |
Fund Transactions Through Marshall Funds OnLine SM . If you have previously established an account with the Fund, and have signed an OnLine SM Agreement, you may purchase, redeem or exchange shares through the Marshall Funds Internet Site on the World Wide Web at http://www.marshall-funds.com (the Web Site). You may also check your Fund account balance(s) and historical transactions through the Web Site. You cannot, however, establish a new Fund account through the Web Siteyou may only establish a new Fund account under the methods described in the How to Buy Shares section.
Trust customers of M&I Trust should contact their account officer for information on the availability of transactions on the Web Site.
You should contact MIS at 1-800-236-FUND (3863) to get started. MIS will provide instructions on how to create and activate your Personal Identification Number (PIN). If you forget or lose your PIN number, contact MIS.
Online Conditions. Because of security concerns and costs associated with maintaining the Web Site, purchases, redemptions and exchanges through the Web Site are subject to the following daily minimum and maximum transaction amounts:
Minimum
|
Maximum
|
|||
Purchases: |
$50 | $100,000 | ||
Redemptions: |
By ACH: $50 | By ACH: $50,000 | ||
By wire: $1,000 | By wire: $ 50,000 | |||
Exchanges: |
$50 | $100,000 |
Your transactions through the Web Site are effective at the time they are received by the Fund, and are subject to all of the conditions and procedures described in this Prospectus.
You may not change your address of record, registration or wiring instructions through the Web Site. The Web Site privilege may be modified at any time, but you will be notified in writing of any termination of the privilege.
Online Risks. If you utilize the Web Site for account histories or transactions, you should be aware that the Internet is an unsecured, unstable, unregulated and unpredictable environment. Your ability to use the Web Site for transactions is dependent upon the Internet and equipment, software, systems, data and services provided by various vendors and third parties (including telecommunications carriers, equipment manufacturers, firewall providers and encryption system providers). While the Fund and its service providers have established certain security procedures, the Fund and its transfer agent cannot assure you that inquiries or trading activity will be completely secure. There may also be delays, malfunctions or other inconveniences generally associated with this medium. There may be times when the Web Site is unavailable for Fund transactions, which may be due to the Internet or the actions or omissions of a third partyshould this happen, you should consider purchasing, redeeming or exchanging shares by another method. The Marshall Funds, its transfer agent and MIS are not responsible for any such delays or malfunctions, and are not responsible for wrongful acts by third parties, as long as reasonable security procedures are followed.
Confirmations and Account Statements. You will receive confirmation of purchases, redemptions and exchanges (except for systematic program transactions). In addition, you will receive periodic statements reporting all account activity, including systematic program transactions, dividends and capital gains paid. You may request photocopies of historical confirmations from prior years. The Fund may charge a fee for this service.
Dividends and Capital Gains. Dividends of the Fund are declared daily and paid monthly. You will receive dividends declared subsequent to the issuance of your shares until the day your shares are redeemed.
In addition, the Fund pays capital gains, if any, at least annually. The Fund does not expect to realize any capital gains or losses. If capital gains or losses were to occur, they could result in an increase or decrease in the Funds dividends. Your dividends and capital gains distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares, unless you elect cash payments. If you elect cash payments and the payment is returned as undeliverable, your cash payment will be reinvested in Fund shares and your distribution option will convert to automatic reinvestment. If any distribution check remains uncashed for six months, the check amount will be reinvested in shares and you will not accrue any interest or dividends on this amount prior to the reinvestment.
Shares may be redeemed or exchanged based on either a dollar amount or number of shares. If you are redeeming or
12 |
ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION |
Account and Share Information (cont.)
exchanging based upon number of Fund shares, you must redeem or exchange enough shares to meet the minimum dollar amounts described above, but not so much as to exceed the maximum dollar amounts.
Accounts with Low Balances. Due to the high cost of maintaining accounts with low balances, the Fund may redeem shares in your account and pay you the proceeds if your account balance falls below the required minimum value of $1,000. Before shares are redeemed to close an account, you will be notified in writing and allowed 30 days to purchase additional shares to meet the minimum account balance requirement.
What is a Dividend and Capital Gain? A dividend is the money paid to shareholders that a mutual fund has earned from the income on its investments. A capital gain distribution is the money paid to shareholders from the Funds profit derived from the sale of an investment, such as a stock or bond.
Multiple Classes. The Marshall Funds have adopted a plan that permits the Fund to offer more than one class of shares. Currently, the Fund offers three classes of shares. All shares of the Fund or class have equal voting rights and will generally vote in the aggregate and not by class. There may be circumstances, however, when shareholders of a particular Marshall Fund or class are entitled to vote on matters affecting that Fund or class. Share classes may have different sales charges and other expenses, which may affect their performance.
Tax Information
Federal Income Tax. The Fund sends you an annual statement of your account activity to assist you in completing your federal, state and local tax returns. Fund distributions of dividends and capital gains are taxable to you whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund. Distributions from the Funds investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest, net short-term capital gains and net gains from foreign currency transactions), if any, generally are taxable to you as ordinary income whether reinvested or received in cash, unless such dividends are qualified dividend income eligible for the reduced rate of tax on long-term capital gains. Currently, the maximum tax rate on ordinary income is 35%, while the maximum tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15%. Fund distributions are expected to be primarily distributions of dividends.
Redemptions and exchanges of Fund shares are taxable sales.
This section is not intended to be a full discussion of income tax laws. Please consult your own tax advisor regarding federal, state and local tax considerations.
Portfolio Holdings
A description of the Funds policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Funds portfolio securities is available in the Funds SAI.
ACCOUNT AND SHARE INFORMATION | 13 |
Marshall Funds, Inc. Information
Management of the Marshall Funds. The Board of Directors governs the Fund. The Board selects and oversees the Adviser, M&I Investment Management Corp. The Adviser manages the Funds assets, including buying and selling portfolio securities. The Advisers address is 1000 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.
Advisers Background. The Adviser is a registered investment adviser and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, a registered bank holding company head quartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. As of August 31, 2004, the Adviser had approximately $17.1 billion in assets under management, of which approximately $7 billion is in the Marshall Funds assets, and has managed investments for individuals and institutions since 1973. The Adviser has managed the Marshall Funds since 1992 and managed the Newton Funds (predecessors to some of the Marshall Funds) since 1985.
Portfolio Manager. The Fund is managed by Richard M. Rokus, a vice president of the Adviser. Mr. Rokus has managed the Fund since January 1, 1994 and has been employed by the Adviser since January 1993. Mr. Rokus also manages the Marshall Government Money Market Fund and the Marshall Short-Term Income Fund, other portfolios of the Marshall Funds not discussed in this Prospectus. Mr. Rokus is a Chartered Financial Analyst and holds a B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin-Whitewater.
Advisory Fees. The Adviser is entitled to receive an annual investment advisory fee equal to 0.15% of the Funds average daily net assets (ADNA).
The Adviser has the discretion to voluntarily waive a portion of its fee. However, any waivers by the Adviser are voluntary and may be terminated at any time in the Advisers sole discretion.
Affiliate Services and Fees. M&I Trust, an affiliate of the Adviser, provides services to the Marshall Funds as custodian of the assets, shareholder services agent, securities lending agent, sub-transfer agent and administrator directly and through its division, MIS. The annual custody fee is 0.02% on the first $250 million of assets held plus 0.01% of assets exceeding $250 million, calculated based on the Funds ADNA. M&I Trust is entitled to receive shareholder services fees directly from the Fund in amounts up to a maximum annual percentage of 0.25% of the Funds ADNA. As shareholder services agent, M&I Trust has the discretion to waive a portion of its fees. However, any waivers of shareholder services fees are voluntary and may be terminated at any time in its sole discretion.
M&I Trust is the administrator of the Fund and UMB Fund Services, Inc. (UMB) is the sub-administrator. As administrator, M&I Trust is entitled to receive fees directly from the Fund in amounts up to a maximum annual percentage of the aggregate ADNA of all money market funds of the Marshall Funds as follows:
Maximum Fee |
Funds ADNA |
|
0.100% |
on the first $250 million | |
0.095% |
on the next $250 million | |
0.080% |
on the next $250 million | |
0.060% |
on the next $250 million | |
0.040% |
on the next $500 million | |
0.020% |
on assets in excess of $1.5 billion |
All fees of the sub-administrator are paid by M&I Trust.
M&I Trust receives an annual per-account fee for sub-transfer agency services to trust and institutional accounts maintained on its trust accounting system.
Distributor. Grand Distribution Services, LLC (Grand), a registered broker-dealer and member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., acts as principal distributor of the Funds shares. All fees of the distributor are paid by M&I Trust. Grand and UMB are affiliated entities.
14 | MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. INFORMATION |
|
The Financial Highlights will help you understand the Funds financial performance for the last five fiscal years. Some of the information is presented on a per share basis. Total returns represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund, assuming reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains.
The following table has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the Funds independent registered public accounting firm. Their report, together with the Funds financial statements and notes thereto, is included in the Marshall Funds Annual Report dated August 31, 2004, which is available free of charge from the Fund.
Distributions to
Shareholders from Net Investment Income |
Ratios to Average Net Assets
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Year Ended
|
Net Asset
Value, Beginning of Period |
Net
Investment Income (Loss) |
Total from
Investment Operations |
Total
Distributions |
Net Asset
Value, End of Period |
Total
Return (1) |
Expenses
|
Net
Investment Income (Loss) |
Expense
Waiver (2) |
Net Assets,
End of Period (000 Omitted) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
2000 |
$ | 1.00 | 0.06 | 0.06 | (0.06 | ) | (0.06 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 5.88 | % | 0.44 | % | 5.73 | % | 0.16 | % | $ | 1,776,669 | ||||||||||||
2001 |
$ | 1.00 | 0.05 | 0.05 | (0.05 | ) | (0.05 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 5.32 | % | 0.46 | % | 5.22 | % | 0.05 | % | $ | 1,697,200 | ||||||||||||
2002 |
$ | 1.00 | 0.02 | 0.02 | (0.02 | ) | (0.02 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 1.99 | % | 0.45 | % | 1.95 | % | 0.04 | % | $ | 1,857,948 | ||||||||||||
2003 |
$ | 1.00 | 0.01 | 0.01 | (0.01 | ) | (0.01 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 1.05 | % | 0.45 | % | 1.04 | % | 0.03 | % | $ | 1,889,427 | ||||||||||||
2004 |
$ | 1.00 | 0.01 | (3) | 0.01 | (0.01 | ) | (0.01 | ) | $ | 1.00 | 0.76 | % | 0.45 | % | 0.76 | % | 0.04 | % | $ | 2,123,605 |
(1) | Based on net asset value. |
(2) | This voluntary expense decrease is reflected in both the expense and net investment income (loss) ratios shown. |
(3) | Per share information is based on average shares outstanding. |
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS | 15 |
A Statement of Additional Information (SAI) dated December 31, 2004 is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Additional information about the Funds investments is contained in the Funds SAI and Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders as they become available.
To obtain the SAI, Annual Report, Semi-Annual Report, and other information, free of charge, and to make inquiries, write to or call Marshall Investor Services at 1-414-287-8555 or at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).
You may write to the SEC Public Reference Room at the regular mailing address or the e-mail address below and ask them to mail you information about the Fund, including the SAI. They will charge you a fee for this duplicating service. You can also visit the SEC Public Reference Room and review and copy documents while you are there. For more information about the operation of the Public Reference Room, call the SEC at the telephone number below.
Public Reference Section
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549-0102
publicin.fo@sec.gov
1-202-942-8090
Reports and other information about the Fund are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SECs Internet site at http://www.sec.gov.
Marshall Investor Services
P.O. Box 1348
Milwaukee, WI 53201-1348
1-414-287-8555
1-800-236-FUND (3863)
TDD: Speech and Hearing Impaired Services
1-800-209-3520
Internet address: http://www.marshallfunds.com
Grand Distribution Services, LLC Distributor |
Investment Company Act File No. 811-58433 |
16 |
Marshall Funds, Inc.
Statement of Additional Information
Investor Class of Shares
(Class Y)
December 31, 2004
Equity Funds | Income Funds | |
Marshall Equity Income Fund |
Marshall Government Income Fund |
|
Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund |
|
Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund |
Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund |
|
Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
Marshall Short-Term Income Fund |
|
Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund |
||
Marshall International Stock Fund |
Money Market Funds | |
Marshall Money Market Fund |
||
Marshall Government Money Market Fund |
||
Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund |
This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a Prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Investor Class of Shares Prospectus for the Marshall Funds listed above (each, a Fund and collectively, the Funds) dated December 31, 2004. This SAI incorporates by reference the financial statements from the Funds August 31, 2004 Annual Report. You may obtain the Prospectus and Annual Report without charge by calling Marshall Investor Services (MIS) at 1-800-236-FUND (3863), or you can visit the Marshall Funds Internet site on the World Wide Web at http://www.marshallfunds.com .
P.O. Box 1348
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-1348
GRAND DISTRIBUTION SERVICES, LLC
Distributor
(Class Y Shares)
Table of Contents
Page
|
||
1 | ||
2 | ||
4 | ||
20 | ||
20 | ||
24 | ||
26 | ||
26 | ||
27 | ||
27 | ||
31 | ||
33 | ||
49 | ||
49 | ||
1 | ||
Back Cover |
Marshall Funds, Inc. (Corporation) is an open-end, management investment company that was established as a Wisconsin corporation on July 31, 1992.
The Funds are diversified portfolios of the Corporation. The Corporation may offer separate series of shares representing interests in separate portfolios of securities, and the shares in any one portfolio may be offered in separate classes. Currently, the Corporation consists of thirteen separate series, all of which are discussed in this SAI.
The Board of Directors of the Corporation (Board) has established certain classes of shares with respect to each Fund as follows:
Fund |
Advisor Class of
Shares (Class A) |
Investor Class of
Shares (Class Y) |
Institutional Class
of Shares (Class I) |
|||
Equity Income Fund |
Ö | Ö | ||||
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
Ö | Ö | ||||
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
Ö | Ö | ||||
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
Ö | Ö | ||||
Small Cap Growth Fund |
Ö | Ö | ||||
International Stock Fund |
Ö | Ö | Ö | |||
Government Income Fund |
Ö | Ö | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
Ö | Ö | ||||
Intermediate Tax-Free Fund |
Ö | |||||
Short-Term Income Fund |
Ö | Ö | ||||
Money Market Fund |
Ö | Ö | Ö | |||
Government Money Market Fund |
Ö | Ö | ||||
Tax-Free Money Market Fund |
Ö |
This SAI relates to the Investor Class of Shares only. The Funds investment adviser is M&I Investment Management Corp. (Adviser). The International Stock Fund s sub-adviser is BPI Global Asset Management LLP (BPI or Sub-Adviser). This SAI contains additional information about the Corporation and the Funds. This SAI uses the same terms as defined in the Prospectus.
The definitions of the terms series and class in the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, Chapter 180 of the Wisconsin Statutes (WBCL) differ from the meanings assigned to those terms in the Prospectus and this SAI. The Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation reconcile this inconsistency
B-1
in terminology, and provide that the Prospectus and SAI may define these terms consistently with the use of those terms under the WBCL.
SECURITIES IN WHICH THE FUNDS INVEST
Following is a table that indicates which types of securities are a(n):
| P = Principal investment of a Fund; (shaded in chart) |
| A = Acceptable (but not principal) investment of a Fund; or |
| N = Not an acceptable investment of a Fund. |
EQUITY FUNDS
Securities |
Equity
Income |
Large-Cap
Growth & Income |
Mid-Cap
Value |
Mid-Cap
Growth |
Small-Cap
Growth |
International
Stock |
||||||
American Depositary Receipts 1 |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Asset-Backed Securities 2 |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Bank Instruments 3 |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Borrowing |
A | A | A | A | A | A 4 | ||||||
Common Stock |
P | P | P | P | P | P | ||||||
Common Stock of Foreign Companies |
A | A | A | A | A | P | ||||||
Convertible Securities |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Debt Obligations 5 |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Derivative Contracts and Securities |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
European Depositary Receipts |
N | N | N | N | N | A | ||||||
Fixed Rate Debt Obligations |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Floating Rate Debt Obligations |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Foreign Currency Hedging Transactions |
N | N | N | N | N | A | ||||||
Foreign Currency Transactions |
N | N | N | N | N | A | ||||||
Foreign Securities 6 |
A | A | A | A | A | P | ||||||
Forward Commitments, When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Futures and Options Transactions |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Global Depositary Receipts |
N | N | N | N | N | A | ||||||
Illiquid and Restricted Securities 7 |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Lending of Portfolio Securities |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Mortgage-Backed Securities |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Preferred Stocks |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Prime Commercial Paper 8 |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Repurchase Agreements |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Reverse Repurchase Agreements |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Securities of Other Investment Companies |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
SWAP Transactions |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
U.S. Government Securities |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Variable Rate Demand Notes |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Warrants |
A | A | A | A | A | A |
B-2
INCOME FUNDS AND MONEY MARKET FUNDS
Securities |
Government
Income |
Intermediate
Bond |
Intermediate Tax-Free |
Short-
Term Income |
Money
Market |
Government
Money Market |
Tax-Free
Money Market |
|||||||
Asset-Backed Securities 2 |
P | A | A | P | A | A | A | |||||||
Bank Instruments 3 |
A | A | A | A | P | A | P | |||||||
Borrowing |
A | A | A | A | A | A | A | |||||||
Callable Securities |
N | N | N | N | A | A | N | |||||||
Debt Obligations |
P | P | P | P | P | P | P | |||||||
Demand Master Notes |
N | A | N | A | P | P | P | |||||||
Derivative Contracts and Securities |
A | A | A | A | A | A | A | |||||||
Dollar Rolls |
P | A | A | A | N | N | N | |||||||
Fixed Rate Debt Obligations |
P | P | P | P | P | P | P | |||||||
Floating Rate Debt Obligations |
A | A | P | A | P | P | P | |||||||
Foreign Money Market Instruments |
A | A | A | A | A | A | A | |||||||
Foreign Securities 6 |
A | A | N | A | N | N | N | |||||||
Forward Commitments, When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions |
A | A | A | A | A | A | N | |||||||
Funding Agreements |
A | A | A | A | P | A | A | |||||||
Futures and Options Transactions |
A | A | A | A | N | N | N | |||||||
Guaranteed Investment Contracts |
N | N | N | N | A | A | A | |||||||
Illiquid and Restricted Securities 7 |
A | A | A | A | A | A | A | |||||||
Lending of Portfolio Securities |
A | A | A | A | A | A | A | |||||||
Mortgage-Backed Securities |
P | A | N | A | A | A | A | |||||||
Municipal Leases |
A | A | A | A | N | N | N | |||||||
Municipal Securities |
A | A | P | A | N | N | N | |||||||
Participation Interests |
N | N | A | N | A | A | A | |||||||
Prime Commercial Paper 8 |
A | A | A | A | P | A | P | |||||||
Repurchase Agreements |
A | A | A | A | P | P | A | |||||||
Reverse Repurchase Agreements |
A | A | A | A | A 9 | A 9 | A 9 | |||||||
Securities of Other Investment Companies |
A | A | A | A | A | A | A | |||||||
SWAP Transactions |
A | A | A | A | N | N | N | |||||||
U.S. Government Securities |
P | A | A | A | A | P | A | |||||||
Variable Rate Demand Notes |
A | A | A | A | A | A | P | |||||||
Zero Coupon Securities |
N | N | N | N | N | A | N |
1. | All Funds may invest up to 20% of their respective assets in American Depository Receipts; however, the International Stock Fund has no limit. |
2. | The Equity Funds and Income Funds may invest in asset-backed securities rated, at the time of purchase, in the top four rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (NRSRO) (i.e., securities rated AAA, AA, A or BBB by Standard & Poors Corporation (S&P) and Fitch Ratings (Fitch) and Aaa, Aa, A or Baa by Moodys Investors Service (Moodys)), or if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. The Money Market Funds will invest in only the short-term tranches, which will generally have a maturity not exceeding 397 days. Only the Income Funds expect that they might exceed 5% of their respective net assets in these securities. |
B-3
3. | The Equity Funds and Money Market Funds may purchase foreign bank instruments. The Equity Funds (except the International Stock Fund ) are limited to 5% of total assets. The Income Funds may invest in foreign bank instruments, although they do not presently intend to do so. |
4. | The International Stock Fund may borrow money to purchase securities, a strategy that involves purchasing securities in amounts that exceed the amount it has invested in the underlying securities. The excess exposure increases the risks associated with the underlying securities and tends to exaggerate the effect of changes in the value of its portfolio securities and consequently on the Funds net asset value (NAV). The Fund may pledge more than 5% of its total assets to secure such borrowings. |
5. | Must be issued by U.S. corporations and rated in the top four categories by an NRSRO or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. |
6. | The Equity Funds (except the International Stock Fund ) may only invest up to 5% of their respective net assets in foreign securities other than American Depositary Receipts (ADRs). |
7. | All Funds may invest up to 15% of their respective assets in illiquid securities except for the Money Market Funds , which are limited to 10%. |
8. | The Small-Cap Growth Fund may purchase commercial paper rated investment grade by an NRSRO or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. The other Funds may purchase commercial paper rated in the two highest rating categories by an NRSRO or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. |
9. | During the period any reverse repurchase agreements are outstanding, but only to the extent necessary to assure completion of the reverse repurchase agreements, the Money Market Funds will restrict the purchase of portfolio instruments to money market instruments maturing on or before the expiration date of the reverse repurchase agreement. |
SECURITIES DESCRIPTIONS, TECHNIQUES AND RISKS
As used in this section, the term Adviser means Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable.
Agency Securities are issued or guaranteed by a federal agency or other government sponsored entity acting under federal authority. Some government entities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Other government entities receive support through federal subsidies, loans or other benefits. A few government entities have no explicit financial support, but are regarded as having implied support because the federal government sponsors their activities. Investors regard agency securities as having low credit risks, but not as low as Treasury securities.
A Fund treats mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by a government sponsored entity as if issued or guaranteed by a federal agency. Although such a guarantee protects against credit risks, it does not reduce the market and prepayment risks.
Asset-Backed Securities are issued by non-governmental entities and carry no direct or indirect government guarantee. Asset-backed securities represent an interest in a pool of assets such as car loans and credit card receivables. Almost any type of fixed income assets (including other fixed income securities) may be used to create an asset-backed security. However, most asset-backed securities involve consumer or commercial debts with maturities of less than ten years. Asset-backed securities may take the form of commercial paper or notes, in addition to pass-through certificates or asset-backed bonds. Asset-backed securities may also resemble some types of collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs).
Payments on asset-backed securities depend upon assets held by the issuer and collections of the underlying loans. The value of these securities depends on many factors, including changing interest rates, the availability of information about the pool and its structure, the credit quality of the underlying assets, the markets perception of the servicer of the pool and any credit enhancement provided. Also, these securities may be subject to prepayment risk.
Bank Instruments are unsecured interest-bearing deposits with banks. Bank instruments include bank accounts, time deposits, certificates of deposit and bankers acceptances. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by non-U.S. branches of U.S. or foreign banks are commonly referred to as Eurodollar instruments. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by U.S. branches of foreign banks are referred to as Yankee dollar instruments.
The Funds will invest in bank instruments that have been issued by banks and savings and loans that have capital, surplus and undivided profits of over $100 million or whose principal amount is insured
B-4
by the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which are administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Securities that are credit-enhanced with a banks irrevocable letter of credit or unconditional guaranty will also be treated as bank instruments.
Foreign Bank and Money Market Instruments . Eurodollar Certificates of Deposit (ECDs), Yankee dollar Certificates of Deposit (YCDs) and Eurodollar Time Deposits (ETDs) are all U.S. dollar denominated certificates of deposit. ECDs are issued by, and ETDs are deposits of, foreign banks or foreign branches of U.S. banks. YCDs are issued in the U.S. by branches and agencies of foreign banks. Europaper is dollar-denominated commercial paper and other short-term notes issued in the U.S. by foreign issuers.
ECDs, ETDs, YCDs and Europaper have many of the same risks as other foreign securities. Examples of these risks include economic and political developments that may adversely affect the payment of principal or interest, foreign withholding or other taxes on interest income, difficulties in obtaining or enforcing a judgment against the issuing bank and the possible impact of interruptions in the flow of international currency transactions. Also, the issuing banks or their branches are not necessarily subject to the same regulatory requirements that apply to domestic banks, such as reserve requirements, loan limitations, examinations, accounting, auditing, recordkeeping and the public availability of information. These factors will be carefully considered by the Adviser in selecting these investments.
Borrowing . The Funds may borrow money from banks or through reverse repurchase agreements in amounts up to one-third of total assets (net assets for the Money Market Funds, Short-Term Income Fund and Intermediate Bond Fund ), and pledge some assets as collateral. A Fund that borrows will pay interest on borrowed money and may incur other transaction costs. These expenses could exceed the income received or capital appreciation realized by the Fund from any securities purchased with borrowed money. With respect to borrowings, the Funds are required to maintain continuous asset coverage equal to 300% of the amount borrowed. If the coverage declines to less than 300%, a Fund must sell sufficient portfolio securities to restore the coverage even if it must sell the securities at a loss.
Commercial Paper and Restricted and Illiquid Securities . Commercial paper represents an issuers draft or note with a maturity of less than nine months. Companies typically issue commercial paper to fund current expenditures. Most issuers constantly reissue their commercial paper and use the proceeds (or bank loans) to repay maturing paper. Commercial paper may default if the issuer cannot continue to obtain financing in this fashion. The short maturity of commercial paper reduces both the interest rate and credit risk as compared to other debt securities of the same issuer.
The Funds may invest in commercial paper issued under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (1933 Act). By law, the sale of Section 4(2) commercial paper is restricted and is generally sold only to institutional investors, such as the Funds. A Fund purchasing Section 4(2) commercial paper must agree to purchase the paper for investment purposes only and not with a view to public distribution. Section 4(2) commercial paper is normally resold to other institutional investors through investment dealers who make a market in Section 4(2) commercial paper and, thus, provide liquidity.
The Funds believe that Section 4(2) commercial paper and certain other restricted securities which meet the Boards criteria for liquidity are quite liquid. Thus, Section 4(2) commercial paper and restricted securities which are deemed liquid, will not be subject to the Funds investment limitation applicable to restricted securities.
Concentration (The Equity Income Fund). The Equity Income Fund has adopted a fundamental investment policy which prohibits the Fund from investing more than 25% of its assets in the securities of companies in any one industry. For purposes of this policy, the Adviser determines industry classifications in accordance with the SECs Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Codes. While the Fund may be heavily invested in a single market sector like financial services, it will not invest more than 25% of its assets in securities of companies in any one industry or subsector. Industries or subsectors include, among others, diversified banks, diversified financial services companies, real estate investment trusts, and thrift and mortgage companies.
Convertible Securities are fixed income securities that a Fund has the option to exchange for equity securities at a specified conversion price. The option allows a Fund to realize additional returns if the market price of the equity securities exceeds the conversion price. For example, if a Fund holds fixed income securities convertible into shares of common stock at a conversion price of $10 per share, and the shares have a market value of $12, a Fund could realize an additional $2 per share by converting the fixed income securities.
B-5
To compensate for the value of the conversion option, convertible securities have lower yields than comparable fixed income securities. In addition, the conversion price exceeds the market value of the underlying equity securities at the time a convertible security is issued. Thus, convertible securities may provide lower returns than non-convertible fixed income securities or equity securities depending upon changes in the price of the underlying equity securities. However, convertible securities permit a Fund to realize some of the potential appreciation of the underlying equity securities with less risk of losing its initial investment.
A Fund treats convertible securities as both fixed income and equity securities for purposes of its investment policies and limitations, because of their unique characteristics.
Corporate Debt Securities are fixed income securities issued by businesses. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most common types of corporate debt securities. The credit risks of corporate debt securities vary widely among issuers.
Credit Enhancement . Certain acceptable investments may be credit-enhanced by a guaranty, letter of credit or insurance. The Adviser may evaluate a security based, in whole or in part, upon the financial condition of the party providing the credit enhancement (the credit enhancer). The bankruptcy, receivership or default of the credit enhancer will adversely affect the quality and marketability of the underlying security.
For diversification purposes, credit-enhanced securities will not be treated as having been issued by the credit enhancer, unless a Fund has invested more than 10% of its assets in securities issued, guaranteed or otherwise credit-enhanced by the credit enhancer. In such cases, the securities will be treated as having been issued both by the issuer and the credit enhancer.
Credit Quality. The fixed income securities in which a Fund invests will be rated at least investment grade by an NRSRO. Investment grade securities are those that have received one of an NRSROs four highest ratings. Securities receiving the fourth highest rating (Baa by Moodys or BBB by S&P or Fitch) have speculative characteristics, and changes in the market or the economy are more likely to affect the ability of the issuer to repay its obligations when due. The Adviser will evaluate downgraded securities and will sell any security determined not to be an acceptable investment. The Money Market Funds are subject to Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (1940 Act), and will follow the credit quality requirements of the Rule.
Demand Features . The Funds may purchase securities subject to a demand feature, which may take the form of a put or standby commitment. Demand features permit a Fund to demand payment of the value of the security (plus any accrued interest) from either the issuer of the security or a third-party. Demand features help make a security more liquid, although an adverse change in the financial health of the provider of a demand feature (such as bankruptcy) will negatively affect the liquidity of the security. Other events may also terminate a demand feature, in which case liquidity is also affected.
Demand Master Notes are short-term borrowing arrangements between a corporation or government agency and an institutional lender (such as a Fund) payable upon demand by either party. A party may demand full or partial payment, and the notice period for demand typically ranges from one to seven days. Many master notes give a Fund the option of increasing or decreasing the principal amount of the master note on a daily or weekly basis within certain limits. Demand master notes usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest.
Depositary Receipts . ADRs are receipts, issued by a U.S. bank, that represent an interest in shares of a foreign-based corporation. ADRs provide a way to buy shares of foreign-based companies in the U.S. rather than in overseas markets. European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs) are receipts issued by foreign banks or trust companies, or foreign branches of U.S. banks that represent an interest in shares of either a foreign or U.S. corporation. Depositary receipts may not be denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities into which they may be converted, and are subject to currency risks. Depositary receipts involve many of the same risks of investing directly in foreign securities.
B-6
Derivative Contracts are financial instruments that require payments based upon changes in the values of designated (or underlying) securities, currencies, commodities, financial indices or other assets. Some derivative contracts (such as futures, forwards and options) require payments relating to a future trade involving the underlying asset. Other derivative contracts (such as swaps) require payments relating to the income or returns from the underlying asset. The other party to a derivative contract is referred to as a counterparty.
Many derivative contracts are traded on securities or commodities exchanges, in which case the exchange sets all the terms of the contract except for the price. Investors make payments due under their contracts through the exchange. Most exchanges require investors to maintain margin accounts through their brokers to cover their potential obligations to the exchange. Parties to the contract make (or collect) daily payments to the margin accounts to reflect losses (or gains) in the value of their contracts. This protects investors against potential defaults by the counterparty.
Trading contracts on an exchange also allows investors to close out their contracts by entering into offsetting contracts. For example, a Fund could close out an open contract to buy an asset at a future date by entering into an offsetting contract to sell the same asset on the same date. If the offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, a Fund realizes a gain; if it is less, a Fund realizes a loss. Exchanges may limit the amount of open contracts permitted at any one time. Such limits may prevent a Fund from closing out a position. If this happens, a Fund will be required to keep the contract open (even if it is losing money on the contract), and to make any payments required under the contract (even if it has to sell portfolio securities at unfavorable prices to do so). The inability to close out a contract could also harm a Fund by preventing it from disposing of or trading any assets it has been using to secure its obligations under the contract.
A Fund may also trade derivative contracts over-the-counter (OTC) in transactions negotiated directly between a Fund and the counterparty. OTC contracts do not necessarily have standard terms, so they cannot be directly offset with other OTC contracts. In addition, OTC contracts with more specialized terms may be more difficult to price than exchange traded contracts.
Depending upon how a Fund uses derivative contracts and the relationships between the market value of a derivative contract and the underlying asset, derivative contracts may increase or decrease a Funds exposure to market and currency risks, and may also expose a Fund to liquidity and leverage risks. OTC contracts also expose a Fund to credit risks in the event that a counterparty defaults on the contract.
Dollar Rolls are transactions where a Fund sells mortgage-backed securities with a commitment to buy similar, but not identical, mortgage-backed securities on a future date at a lower price. Normally, one or both securities involved are to be announced mortgage-backed securities. Dollar rolls are subject to interest rate risks and credit risks. These transactions may create leverage risks.
Duration is a measure of volatility in the price of a bond prior to maturity. Volatility is the magnitude of the change in the price of a bond relative to a change in the market interest rate. Volatility is based upon a bonds coupon rate, maturity date and the level of market yields of similar bonds. Generally, bonds with lower coupons or longer maturities will be more volatile than bonds with higher coupons or shorter maturities. Duration combines these variables into a single measure of price sensitivity to interest rate changes. For example, if interest rates decline by 1%, the market value of a portfolio with a duration of five years would rise by approximately 5%. Conversely, if interest rates increase by 1%, the market value of the portfolio would decline by approximately 5%.
Equity Securities are the fundamental unit of ownership in a company. The following describes the types of equity securities in which the Equity Funds invest:
Common Stocks are the most prevalent type of equity security. Common stockholders are entitled to the net value of the issuers earnings and assets after the issuer pays its creditors
B-7
and any preferred stockholders. As a result, changes in an issuers earnings directly influence the value of its common stock.
Common Stocks of Foreign Companies are equity securities issued by a corporation domiciled outside of the United States that trade on a domestic securities exchange.
Preferred Stocks have the right to receive specified dividends or distributions before the payment of dividends or distributions on common stock. Some preferred stocks also participate in dividends and distributions paid on common stock. Preferred stocks may provide for the issuer to redeem the stock on a specified date. A Fund holding redeemable preferred stock may treat it as a fixed income security.
Warrants provide an option to buy the issuers stock or other equity securities at a specified price. A Fund holding a warrant may buy the designated shares by paying the exercise price before the warrant expires. Warrants may become worthless if the price of the stock does not rise above the exercise price by the stated expiration date. Rights are the same as warrants, except they are typically issued to existing stockholders.
Fixed Income Securities generally pay interest at either a fixed or floating rate and provide more regular income than equity securities. However, the returns on fixed income securities are limited and normally do not increase with the issuers earnings. This limits the potential appreciation of fixed income securities as compared to equity securities. Fixed-rate securities and floating rate securities react differently as prevailing interest rates change.
Callable Securities . Certain fixed income securities in which the Funds invest are callable at the option of the issuer. Callable securities are subject to call risks.
Fixed Rate Debt Securities . Debt securities that pay a fixed interest rate over the life of the security and have a long-term maturity may have many characteristics of short-term debt. For example, the market may treat fixed-rate/long-term securities as short-term debt when a securitys market price is close to the call or redemption price, or if the security is approaching its maturity date when the issuer is more likely to call or redeem the debt.
As interest rates change, the market prices of fixed-rate debt securities are generally more volatile than the prices of floating rate debt securities. As interest rates rise, the prices of fixed-rate debt securities fall, and as interest rates fall, the prices of fixed-rate debt securities rise. For example, a bond that pays a fixed interest rate of 10% is more valuable to investors when prevailing interest rates are lower; this value is reflected in higher price, or a premium. Conversely, if interest rates are over 10%, the bond is less attractive to investors, and sells at a lower price, or a discount.
Floating Rate Debt Securities . The interest rate paid on floating rate debt securities is reset periodically (e.g., every 90 days) to a predetermined index rate. Commonly used indices include 90-day or 180-day Treasury bill rate; one month or three month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR); commercial paper rates; or the prime rate of interest of a bank. The prices of floating rate debt securities are not as sensitive to changes in interest rates as fixed rate debt securities because they behave like shorter-term securities and their interest rate is reset periodically.
Foreign Currency Transactions are generally used to obtain foreign currencies to settle securities transactions. They can also be used as a hedge to protect assets against adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates or regulations. When a Fund uses foreign currency exchanges as a hedge, it may also limit potential gain that could result from an increase in the value of such currencies. A Fund may be affected either favorably or unfavorably by fluctuations in the relative rates of exchange between the currencies of different nations.
Exchange-Traded Futures Contracts are used for the purchase or sale of foreign currencies (Foreign Currency Futures) and will be used to hedge against anticipated changes in exchange
B-8
rates that might adversely affect the value of a Funds portfolio securities or the prices of securities that a Fund intends to purchase in the future. The successful use of Foreign Currency Futures depends on the ability to forecast currency exchange rate movements correctly. Should exchange rates move in an unexpected manner, a Fund may not achieve the anticipated benefits of Foreign Currency Futures or may realize losses.
Foreign Currency Hedging Transactions are used to protect against foreign currency exchange rate risks. These transactions include forward foreign currency exchange contracts, foreign currency futures contracts and purchasing put or call options on foreign currencies.
Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts (Forward Contracts) are used to minimize the risks associated with changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. They are used to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a foreign security. A Forward Contract is a commitment to purchase or sell a specific currency for an agreed price at a future date.
If the Adviser believes a foreign currency will decline against the U.S. dollar, a Forward Contract may be used to sell an amount of the foreign currency approximating the value of a Funds security that is denominated in the foreign currency. The success of this hedging strategy is highly uncertain due to the difficulties of predicting the values of foreign currencies, of precisely matching Forward Contract amounts, and because of the constantly changing value of the securities involved. A Fund will not enter into Forward Contracts for hedging purposes in a particular currency in an amount in excess of a Funds assets denominated in that currency. Conversely, if the Adviser believes that the U.S. dollar will decline against a foreign currency, a Forward Contract may be used to buy that foreign currency for a fixed dollar amount, which is known as cross-hedging.
In these transactions, a Fund will segregate assets with a market value equal to the amount of the foreign currency purchased. Therefore, a Fund will always have cash, cash equivalents or high quality debt securities available to cover Forward Contracts or to limit any potential risk. The segregated assets will be priced daily.
Forward Contracts may limit potential gain from a positive change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. Unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in poorer overall performance for a Fund than if it had not engaged in such contracts.
Purchasing and Writing Put and Call Options on foreign currencies are used to protect a Funds portfolio against declines in the U.S. dollar value of foreign portfolio securities and against increases in the dollar cost of foreign securities to be acquired. Writing an option on foreign currency constitutes only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the premium received. A Fund could lose money if it is required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates. If exchange rate movements are adverse to a Funds position, a Fund may forfeit the entire amount of the premium as well as incur related transaction costs. These options are traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges or OTC.
Foreign Securities are equity or fixed income securities that are issued by a corporation or issuer domiciled outside of the United States that trade on a foreign securities exchange or in a foreign market.
Funding Agreements (Agreements) are investment instruments issued by U.S. insurance companies. Pursuant to such Agreements, a Fund may make cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance companys general or separate accounts. The insurance company then credits guaranteed interest to a Fund. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against an Agreement for expense and service costs allocable to it, and the charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. The purchase price paid for an Agreement becomes part of the general assets of the issuer, and the
B-9
Agreement is paid from the general assets of the issuer. The Money Market Funds will only purchase Agreements from issuers that meet quality and credit standards established by the Adviser. Generally, Agreements are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the issuing insurance companies, and an active secondary market in Agreements does not currently exist. Also, the Money Market Funds may not have the right to receive the principal amount of an Agreement from the insurance company on seven days notice or less. Therefore, Agreements are typically considered to be illiquid investments.
Futures and Options Transactions . As a means of reducing fluctuations in its NAV, a Fund may buy and sell futures contracts and options on futures contracts, and buy put and call options on portfolio securities and securities indices to hedge its portfolio. A Fund may also write covered put and call options on portfolio securities to attempt to increase its current income or to hedge its portfolio. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract or option at any particular time. A Funds ability to establish and close out futures and options positions depends on this secondary market.
Call Options on Financial and Stock Index Futures Contracts . A Fund may write (sell) listed and OTC call options on financial and stock index futures contracts to hedge its portfolio. When a Fund writes a call option on a futures contract, it undertakes to sell a futures contract at the fixed price at any time during the life of the option. As stock prices fall or market interest rates rise, causing the prices of futures to go down, a Funds obligation to sell a futures contract costs less to fulfill, causing the value of the Funds call option position to increase. In other words, as the underlying futures price goes down below the strike price, the buyer of the option has no reason to exercise the call, so that a Fund keeps the premium received for the option. This premium can substantially offset the drop in value of the Funds portfolio securities.
Prior to the expiration of a call written by a Fund, or exercise of it by the buyer, the Fund may close out the option by buying an identical option. If the hedge is successful, the cost of the second option will be less than the premium received by the Fund for the initial option. The net premium income of the Fund will then substantially offset the decrease in value of the hedged securities.
A Fund may buy a listed call option on a financial or stock index futures contract to hedge against decreases in market interest rates or increases in stock price. A Fund will use these transactions to purchase portfolio securities in the future at price levels existing at the time it enters into the transaction. When a Fund purchases a call on a financial futures contract, it receives in exchange for the payment of a cash premium the right, but not the obligation, to enter into the underlying futures contract at a strike price determined at the time the call was purchased, regardless of the comparative market value of such futures position at the time the option is exercised. The holder of a call option has the right to receive a long (or buyers) position in the underlying futures contract. As market interest rates fall or stock prices increase, the value of the underlying futures contract will normally increase, resulting in an increase in value of a Funds option position. When the market price of the underlying futures contract increases above the strike price plus premium paid, a Fund could exercise its option and buy the futures contract below market price. Prior to the exercise or expiration of the call option, a Fund could sell an identical call option and close out its position. If the premium received upon selling the offsetting call is greater than the premium originally paid, a Fund has completed a successful hedge.
Futures Contracts . A futures contract is a commitment by two parties under which one party agrees to make delivery of an asset (seller) and another party agrees to take delivery of the asset at a certain time in the future. A futures contract may involve a variety of assets,
B-10
including commodities (such as oil, wheat or corn) or a financial asset (such as a security). A Fund may purchase and sell financial futures contracts to hedge against anticipated changes in the value of its portfolio without necessarily buying or selling the securities. Although some financial futures contracts call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities, in most cases these obligations are closed out before the settlement date. The closing of a futures contract is accomplished by purchasing or selling an identical offsetting futures contract. Other financial futures contracts call for cash settlements.
A Fund may purchase and sell stock index futures contracts to hedge against anticipated price changes with respect to any stock index traded on a recognized stock exchange or board of trade. A stock index futures contract is an agreement in which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the price of the original contract and the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract. No physical delivery of the underlying securities in the index is made. Settlement is made in cash upon termination of the contract.
Limitation on Open Futures Positions. A Fund will not maintain open positions in futures contracts it has sold or call options it has written on futures contracts if together the value of the open positions exceeds the current market value of the Funds portfolio plus or minus the unrealized gain or loss on those open positions, adjusted for the correlation of volatility between the hedged securities and the futures contracts. If this limitation is exceeded at any time, the Fund will take prompt action to close out a sufficient number of open contracts to bring its open futures and options positions within this limitation.
Margin In Futures Transactions. Since a Fund does not pay or receive money upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract, it is required to deposit an amount of initial margin in cash, U.S. government securities or highly-liquid debt securities as a good faith deposit. The margin is returned to a Fund upon termination of the contract. Initial margin in futures transactions does not involve borrowing to finance the transactions.
As the value of the underlying futures contract changes daily, a Fund pays or receives cash, called variation margin, equal to the daily change in value of the futures contract. This process is known as marking to market. Variation margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by a Fund. It may be viewed as settlement between the Fund and the broker of the amount one would owe the other if the futures contract expired. When a Fund purchases futures contracts, an amount of cash and/or cash equivalents, equal to the underlying commodity value of the futures contracts (less any related margin deposits), will be deposited in a segregated account with the Funds custodian to collateralize the position and insure that the use of futures contracts is unleveraged. A Fund is also required to deposit and maintain margin when it writes call options on futures contracts.
A Fund will not enter into a futures contract or purchase an option thereon for other than hedging purposes if immediately thereafter the initial margin deposits for futures contracts held by it, plus premiums paid by it for open options on futures contracts, would exceed 5% of the market value of its net assets, after taking into account the unrealized profits and losses on those contracts it has entered into. However, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in computing such 5%.
Over-the-Counter Options are two-party contracts with price and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller. In contrast, exchange-traded options are third-party contracts with standardized strike prices and expiration dates and are purchased from a clearing corporation. Exchange-traded options have a continuous liquid market while OTC options may not. A Fund may generally purchase and write OTC options on portfolio securities or securities indices in negotiated transactions with the buyers or writers of the options when options on the Funds
B-11
portfolio securities or securities indices are not traded on an exchange. A Fund purchases and writes options only with investment dealers and other financial institutions deemed creditworthy by the Adviser.
Purchasing Put and Call Options on Securities. A Fund may purchase put options on portfolio securities to protect against price movements in the Funds portfolio. A put option gives a Fund, in return for a premium, the right to sell the underlying security to the writer (seller) at a specified price during the term of the option. A Fund may purchase call options on securities acceptable for purchase to protect against price movements by locking in on a purchase price for the underlying security. A call option gives a Fund, in return for a premium, the right to buy the underlying security from the seller at a specified price during the term of the option.
Put Options on Financial and Stock Index Futures Contracts . A Fund may purchase listed put options on financial and stock index futures contracts to protect portfolio securities against decreases in value. Unlike entering directly into a futures contract, which requires the purchaser to buy a financial instrument on a set date at a specified price, the purchase of a put option on a futures contract entitles (but does not obligate) its purchaser to decide on or before a future date whether to assume a short position at the specified price.
Generally, if the hedged portfolio securities decrease in value during the term of an option, the related futures contracts will also decrease in value and the option will increase in value. In such an event, a Fund will normally close out its option by selling an identical option. If the hedge is successful, the proceeds received by the Fund upon the sale of the second option will be large enough to offset both the premium paid by a Fund for the original option plus the decrease in value of the hedged securities.
Alternatively, a Fund may exercise its put option to close out the position. To do so, it would simultaneously enter into a futures contract of the type underlying the option (for a price less than the strike price of the option) and exercise the option. The Fund would then deliver the futures contract in return for payment of the strike price. If a Fund neither closes out nor exercises an option, the option will expire on the date provided in the option contract, and only the premium paid for the contract will be lost.
A Fund may also write (sell) listed put options on financial or stock index futures contracts to hedge its portfolio against a decrease in market interest rates or an increase in stock prices. A Fund will use these transactions to purchase portfolio securities in the future at price levels existing at the time it enters into the transaction. When a Fund sells a put on a futures contract, it receives a cash premium in exchange for granting to the buyer of the put the right to receive from the Fund, at the strike price, a short position in such futures contract. This is so even though the strike price upon exercise of the option is greater than the value of the futures position received by such holder. As market interest rates decrease or stock prices increase, the market price of the underlying futures contract normally increases. When the underlying futures contract increases, the buyer of the put option has less reason to exercise the put because the buyer can sell the same futures contract at a higher price in the market. If the value of the underlying futures position is not such that exercise of the option would be profitable to the option holder, the option will generally expire without being exercised. The premium received by a Fund can then be used to offset the higher prices of portfolio securities to be purchased in the future.
In order to avoid the exercise of an option sold by it, generally a Fund will cancel its obligation under the option by entering into a closing purchase transaction, unless it is determined to be in the Funds interest to deliver the underlying futures position. A closing purchase transaction consists of the purchase by a Fund of an option having the same term as the option sold by the
B-12
Fund, and has the effect of canceling the Funds position as a seller. The premium which a Fund will pay in executing a closing purchase transaction may be higher than the premium received when the option was sold, depending in large part upon the relative price of the underlying futures position at the time of each transaction. If the hedge is successful, the cost of buying the second option will be less than the premium received by a Fund for the initial option.
Stock Index Options. A Fund may purchase or sell put or call options on stock indices listed on national securities exchanges or traded in the OTC market. A stock index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the stocks included in the index. Upon the exercise of the option, the holder of a call option has the right to receive, and the writer of a put option has the obligation to deliver, a cash payment equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option. The effectiveness of purchasing stock index options will depend upon the extent to which price movements in a Funds portfolio correlate with price movements of the stock index selected. The value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock. Accordingly, successful use by a Fund of options on stock indices will be subject to the Adviser correctly predicting movements in the directions of the stock market generally or of a particular industry. This requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the price of individual stocks.
Writing Covered Call and Put Options on Securities. A Fund may write covered call and put options to generate income and thereby protect against price movements in the Funds portfolio securities. As the writer of a call option, a Fund has the obligation, upon exercise of the option during the option period, to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price. A Fund may only sell call options either on securities held in its portfolio or on securities which it has the right to obtain without payment of further consideration (or has segregated cash or U.S. government securities in the amount of any additional consideration). As the writer of a put option, a Fund has the obligation to purchase a security from the purchaser of the option upon the exercise of the option. In the case of put options, a Fund will segregate cash or U.S. Treasury obligations with a value equal to or greater than the exercise price of the underlying securities.
Risks . When a Fund uses futures and options on futures as hedging devices, there is a risk that the prices of the securities or foreign currency subject to the futures contracts may not correlate perfectly with the prices of the securities or currency in the Funds portfolio. This may cause the futures contract and any related options to react differently to market changes than the portfolio securities or foreign currency. In addition, the Adviser could be incorrect in its expectations about the direction or extent of market factors such as stock price movements or foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. In these events, a Fund may lose money on the futures contract or option.
When a Fund purchases futures contracts, an amount of cash and cash equivalents, equal to the underlying commodity value of the futures contracts (less any related margin deposits), will be deposited in a segregated account with the Funds custodian or the broker, to collateralize the position and thereby insure that the use of such futures contract is unleveraged. When a Fund sells futures contracts, it will either own or have the right to receive the underlying future or security, or will make deposits to collateralize the position as discussed above.
Lending of Portfolio Securities . In order to generate additional income, a Fund may lend portfolio securities. When a Fund lends portfolio securities, it will receive either cash or liquid securities as collateral from the borrower. A Fund will reinvest cash collateral in short-term liquid securities that qualify as an otherwise acceptable investment for the Fund. If the market value of the loaned securities
B-13
increases, the borrower must furnish additional collateral to a Fund. During the time portfolio securities are on loan, the borrower pays a Fund any dividends or interest paid on such securities. Loans are subject to termination at the option of a Fund or the borrower. A Fund may pay reasonable administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan and may pay a negotiated portion of the interest earned on the cash or equivalent collateral to a securities lending agent or broker. The Funds currently lend their portfolio securities through Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. (M&I Trust), as agent. The Funds and M&I Trust have received an order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) that permits M&I Trust to charge, and the Funds to pay, market-based compensation for M&I Trusts services as securities lending agent.
Securities Lending Risks. When a Fund lends its portfolio securities, it may not be able to get them back from the borrower on a timely basis. If this occurs, the Fund may lose certain investment opportunities. A Fund is also subject to the risks associated with the investments of cash collateral, usually fixed income securities risk. Dividends received by the Funds on the loaned securities are not treated as qualified dividends for tax purposes.
Leverage Risks . Leverage risk is created when an investment exposes the Funds to a level of risk that exceeds the amount invested. Changes in the value of such an investment magnify the Funds risk of loss and potential for gain.
Mortgage-Backed Securities represent interests in pools of mortgages. The underlying mortgages normally have similar interest rates, maturities and other terms. Mortgages may have fixed or adjustable interest rates. Interests in pools of adjustable rate mortgages are known as ARMs.
Mortgage-backed securities come in a variety of forms. Many have extremely complicated terms. The simplest form of mortgage-backed securities is a pass-through certificate. Holders of pass-through certificates receive a pro rata share of the payments from the underlying mortgages. Holders also receive a pro rata share of any prepayments, so they assume all the prepayment risk of the underlying mortgages.
CMOs are complicated instruments that allocate payments and prepayments from an underlying pass-through certificate among holders of different classes of mortgage-backed securities. This creates different prepayment and market risks for each CMO class.
In addition, CMOs may allocate interest payments to one class (Interest Only or IOs) and principal payments to another class (Principal Only or POs). POs increase in value when prepayment rates increase. In contrast, IOs decrease in value when prepayments increase, because the underlying mortgages generate less interest payments. However, IOs prices tend to increase when interest rates rise (and prepayments fall), making IOs a useful hedge against market risk.
Generally, homeowners have the option to prepay their mortgages at any time without penalty. Homeowners frequently refinance high rate mortgages when mortgage rates fall. This results in the prepayment of mortgage-backed securities, which deprives holders of the securities of the higher yields. Conversely, when mortgage rates increase, prepayments due to refinancings decline. This extends the life of mortgage-backed securities with lower yields. As a result, increases in prepayments of premium mortgage-backed securities, or decreases in prepayments of discount mortgage-backed securities, may reduce their yield and price.
This relationship between interest rates and mortgage prepayments makes the price of mortgage-backed securities more volatile than most other types of fixed income securities with comparable credit risks. Mortgage-backed securities tend to pay higher yields to compensate for this volatility. CMOs may include planned amortization classes (PACs) and targeted amortization classes (TACs). PACs and TACs are issued with companion classes. PACs and TACs receive principal payments and prepayments at a specified rate. The companion classes receive principal payments and any prepayments in excess of this rate. In addition, PACs will receive the companion classes share of principal payments
B-14
if necessary to cover a shortfall in the prepayment rate. This helps PACs and TACs to control prepayment risk by increasing the risk to their companion classes.
Another variant allocates interest payments between two classes of CMOs. One class (Floaters) receives a share of interest payments based upon a market index such as LIBOR. The other class (Inverse Floaters) receives any remaining interest payments from the underlying mortgages. Floater classes receive more interest (and Inverse Floater classes receive correspondingly less interest) as interest rates rise. This shifts prepayment and market risks from the Floater to the Inverse Floater class, reducing the price volatility of the Floater class and increasing the price volatility of the Inverse Floater class.
CMOs must allocate all payments received from the underlying mortgages to some class. To capture any unallocated payments, CMOs generally have an accrual (Z) class. Z classes do not receive any payments from the underlying mortgages until all other CMO classes have been paid off. Once this happens, holders of Z class CMOs receive all payments and prepayments. Similarly, real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs) (offerings of multiple class mortgage-backed securities which qualify and elect treatment as such under provisions of the Code) have residual interests that receive any mortgage payments not allocated to another REMIC class.
The degree of increased or decreased prepayment risk depends upon the structure of the CMOs. Z classes, IOs, POs and Inverse Floaters are among the most volatile investment grade fixed income securities currently traded in the United States. However, the actual returns on any type of mortgage-backed security depends upon the performance of the underlying pool of mortgages, which no one can predict and will vary among pools.
Prepayment Risks . Unlike traditional fixed income securities, which pay a fixed rate of interest until maturity (when the entire principal amount is due), payments on mortgage backed securities include both interest and a partial payment of principal. Partial payment of principal may be comprised of scheduled principal payments as well as unscheduled payments from the voluntary prepayment, refinancing or foreclosure of the underlying loans. These unscheduled prepayments of principal create risks that can adversely affect a Fund holding mortgage backed securities. For example, when interest rates decline, the values of mortgage backed securities generally rise. However, when interest rates decline, unscheduled prepayments can be expected to accelerate, and a Fund would be required to reinvest the proceeds of the prepayments at the lower interest rates then available. Unscheduled prepayments would also limit the potential for capital appreciation on mortgage backed securities. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the values of mortgage backed securities generally fall. Since rising interest rates typically result in decreased prepayments, this could lengthen the average lives of mortgage backed securities, and cause their value to decline more than traditional fixed income securities.
Municipal Securities are fixed income securities issued by states, counties, cities and other political subdivisions and authorities. Although most municipal securities are exempt from federal income tax, municipalities may also issue taxable securities. Tax-exempt securities are generally classified by their source of payment.
General obligation bonds are supported by the issuers full faith and credit. The issuer must levy and collect taxes sufficient to pay principal and interest on the bonds. However, the issuers authority to levy additional taxes may be limited by its charter or state law.
Special revenue bonds are payable solely from specific revenues received by the issuer. The revenues may consist of specific taxes, assessments, tolls, fees or other types of municipal revenues. For example, a municipality may issue bonds to build a toll road, and pledge the tolls to repay the bonds. Bondholders could not collect from the municipalitys general taxes
B-15
or revenues. Therefore, any shortfall in the tolls normally would result in a default on the bonds.
Private activity bonds are special revenue bonds used to finance private entities. For example, a municipality may issue bonds to finance a new factory to improve its local economy. The municipality would lend the proceeds to the company using the factory, and the company would agree to make loan payments sufficient to repay the bonds. The bonds would be payable solely from the companys loan payments, not from any other revenues of the municipality. Therefore, any default on the loan normally would result in a default on the bonds.
The interest on many types of private activity bonds is subject to the federal alternative minimum tax (AMT). The Funds may invest in bonds subject to the federal AMT.
Anticipation notes are securities issued in anticipation of the receipt of taxes, grants, bond proceeds or other municipal revenues. For example, many municipalities collect property taxes once a year. Such municipalities may issue tax anticipation notes to fund their operations prior to collecting these taxes. The issuers then repay the tax anticipation notes at the end of their fiscal year, either with collected taxes or proceeds from newly issued notes or bonds.
Tax increment financing bonds are payable from increases in taxes or other revenues attributable to projects financed by the bonds. For example, a municipality may issue these bonds to redevelop a commercial area. The tax increment financing bonds would be payable solely from any increase in sales taxes collected from merchants in the area. The bonds could default if merchants sales, and related tax collections, failed to increase as anticipated.
Municipal Securities include:
| TRANs: tax and revenue anticipation notes issued to finance working capital needs in anticipation of receiving taxes or other revenues; |
| TANs: tax anticipation notes issued to finance working capital needs in anticipation of receiving taxes; |
| RANs: revenue anticipation notes issued to finance working capital needs in anticipation of receiving revenues; |
| BANs: bond anticipation notes that are intended to be refinanced through a later issuance of longer-term bonds; |
| municipal commercial paper and other short-term notes; |
| variable rate demand notes; |
| industrial development bonds; |
| municipal bonds (including bonds having serial maturities and pre-refunded bonds) and leases; |
| construction loan notes insured by the Federal Housing Administration and financed by Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) or Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA); and |
| participation, trust and partnership interests in any of the foregoing obligations. |
Municipal Leases . A Fund may purchase participation interests that represent an undivided proportional interest in lease payments by a governmental or nonprofit entity. The lease payments and other rights under the lease provide for and secure payments on the certificates. Lease obligations may be limited by a municipal charter or the nature of the appropriation for
B-16
the lease. In particular, lease obligations may be subject to periodic appropriation. If the entity does not appropriate funds for future lease payments, the entity cannot be compelled to make such payments. Furthermore, a lease may provide that the participants cannot accelerate lease obligations upon default. The participants would only be able to enforce lease payments as they became due. In the event of a default or failure of appropriation, it is unlikely that the participants would be able to obtain an acceptable substitute source of payment unless the participation interests are credit enhanced.
The Adviser must consider the following factors in determining the liquidity of municipal lease securities: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (2) the volatility of quotations and trade prices for the security; (3) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of potential purchasers; (4) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; (5) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades; (6) the rating of the security and the financial condition and prospects of the issuer of the security; (7) such other factors as may be relevant to a Funds ability to dispose of the security; (8) whether the lease can be terminated by the lessee; (9) the potential recovery, if any, from a sale of the leased property upon termination of the lease; (10) the lessees general credit strength; (11) the likelihood that the lessee will discontinue appropriating funding for the leased property because the property is no longer deemed essential to its operations; and (12) any credit enhancement or legal recourse provided upon an event of non-appropriation or other termination of the lease.
Variable Rate Municipal Securities . Variable interest rates generally reduce changes in the market value of municipal securities from their original purchase prices. Accordingly, as interest rates decrease or increase, the potential for capital appreciation or depreciation is less for variable rate municipal securities than for fixed rate obligations. Many municipal securities with variable interest rates purchased by a Fund are subject to repayment of principal (usually within seven days) on the Funds demand. For purposes of determining a Funds average maturity, the maturities of these variable rate demand municipal securities (including participation interests) are the longer of the periods remaining until the next readjustment of their interest rates or the periods remaining until their principal amounts can be recovered by exercising the right to demand payment. The terms of these variable rate demand instruments require payment of principal and accrued interest from the issuer of the municipal obligations, the issuer of the participation interests or a guarantor of either issuer.
Geographic Diversification of the Intermediate Tax-Free Fund s investments is achieved by purchasing issues of municipal securities representative of various areas of the U.S. and general obligations of states, cities and school districts as well as some revenue issues which meet the Funds acceptable quality criteria.
Repurchase Agreements and Reverse Repurchase Agreements. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which a Fund buys a security from a dealer or bank and agrees to sell the security back at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The repurchase price exceeds the sale price, reflecting an agreed upon interest rate effective for the period the buyer owns the security subject to repurchase. The agreed upon interest rate is unrelated to the interest rate on that security. The Adviser will continually monitor the value of the underlying security to ensure that the value of the security always equals or exceeds the repurchase price. A Funds custodian is required to take possession of the securities subject to repurchase agreements. These securities are marked to market daily. To the extent that the original seller defaults and does not repurchase the securities from a Fund, the Fund could receive less than the repurchase price on any sale of such securities. In the event that such a defaulting seller files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, disposition of such securities by a Fund might be delayed pending court action. The Funds believe that, under the procedures normally in effect for custody of the portfolio securities subject to repurchase agreements, a court of competent
B-17
jurisdiction would rule in favor of the Funds and allow retention or disposition of such securities. The Funds will only enter into repurchase agreements with banks and other recognized financial institutions, such as broker/dealers, which are deemed by the Adviser to be creditworthy.
Reverse repurchase agreement transactions are similar to borrowing cash. In a reverse repurchase agreement, a Fund sells a portfolio security to another person, such as a financial institution, broker or dealer, in return for a percentage of the instruments market value in cash, and agrees that on a stipulated date in the future the Fund will repurchase the portfolio security at a price equal to the original sale price plus interest. A Fund may use reverse repurchase agreements for liquidity and for avoiding a sale of portfolio instruments at a time when the sale may be deemed disadvantageous.
When effecting reverse repurchase agreements, liquid assets of a Fund, in a dollar amount sufficient to make payment for the obligations to be purchased, are segregated on the trade date. These securities are marked to market daily and maintained until the transaction is settled.
Risks Related to Company Size. Generally, the smaller the market capitalization of a company, the fewer the number of shares traded daily, the less liquid its stock and the more volatile its price. Market capitalization is determined by multiplying the number of its outstanding shares by the current market price per share.
Companies with smaller market capitalizations also tend to have unproven track records, a limited product or service base and limited access to capital. These factors also increase risks and make these companies more likely to fail than companies with larger market capitalizations.
Swap Transactions. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange (swap) the returns (or differentials in rates of return) on particular securities, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The returns to be swapped are generally calculated with respect to a return on a notional dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, or in a basket of securities representing a particular index. For example, a $10 million LIBOR swap would require one party to pay the equivalent of the LIBOR on $10 million principal amount in exchange for the right to receive the equivalent of a fixed rate of interest on $10 million principal amount. Neither party to the swap would actually advance $10 million to the other.
The Funds will usually enter into swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out), with a Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Funds obligations over their entitlements with respect to each interest rate swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and the Funds will segregate liquid assets in an aggregate NAV at least equal to the accrued excess, if any, on each business day. If a Fund enters into a swap on other than a net basis, the Fund will segregate liquid assets in the full amount accrued on a daily basis of the Funds obligations with respect to the swap. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.
The Funds expect to enter into swap transactions primarily to hedge against changes in the price of other portfolio securities. For example, a Fund may hedge against changes in the market value of a fixed rate security by entering into a swap that requires the Fund to pay the same or a lower fixed rate of interest on a notional principal amount equal to the principal amount of the security in exchange for a variable rate of interest based on a market index. Interest accrued on the hedged note would then equal or exceed the Funds obligations under the swap, while changes in the market value of the swap would largely offset any changes in the market value of the note. The Funds may also enter into swaps to preserve or enhance a return or spread on a portfolio security. The Funds do not intend to use these transactions in a speculative manner.
The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. The Adviser has determined that, as a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid. Interest rate caps and floors are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been developed
B-18
and, accordingly, they are less liquid than other swaps. To the extent swaps, caps or floors are determined by the Adviser to be illiquid, they will be included in a Funds limitation on investments in illiquid securities. To the extent a Fund sells caps and floors, it will maintain in a segregated account cash and/or U.S. government securities having an aggregate NAV at least equal to the full amount, accrued on a daily basis, of the Funds obligations with respect to caps and floors.
The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of a Fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these investment techniques were not utilized. Moreover, even if the Adviser is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that the swap position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the portfolio security being hedged. Swap transactions do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to a default on an interest rate swap is limited to the NAV of the swap together with the net amount of interest payments owed to a Fund by the defaulting party. A default on a portfolio security hedged by an interest rate swap would also expose a Fund to the risk of having to cover its net obligations under the swap with income from other portfolio securities.
Temporary Investments. There may be times when market conditions warrant a defensive position (this rarely applies to the Money Market Funds) . During these market conditions, each of the Funds may temporarily invest without limit in short-term debt obligations (money market instruments). These investments include commercial paper, bank instruments, U.S. government obligations, repurchase agreements, securities of other investment companies investing in short-term debt securities, and foreign short-term debt securities (with respect to the International Stock Fund ).
Treasury Securities are direct obligations of the federal government of the United States. Investors regard Treasury securities as having the lowest credit risk.
Warrants give a Fund the option to buy the issuers stock or other equity securities at a specified price. The Fund may buy the designated shares by paying the exercise price before the warrant expires. Warrants may become worthless if the price of the stock does not rise above the exercise price by the expiration date. Rights are the same as warrants, except they are typically issued to existing stockholders.
When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions. These transactions are made to secure what is considered to be an advantageous price or yield. Settlement dates may be a month or more after entering into these transactions, and the market values of the securities purchased may vary from the purchase prices. Other than normal transaction costs, no fees or expenses are incurred. However, liquid assets of a Fund are segregated on the Funds records on the trade date in an amount sufficient to make payment for the securities to be purchased. These assets are marked to market daily and are maintained until the transaction has been settled.
Zero Coupon Securities . Zero coupon securities do not pay interest or principal until final maturity, unlike debt securities that provide periodic payments of interest (referred to as a coupon payment). Investors buy zero coupon securities at a price below the amount payable at maturity. The difference between the purchase price and the amount paid at maturity represents interest on the zero coupon security. Investors must wait until maturity to receive interest and principal, which increases the interest rate and credit risks of a zero coupon security.
B-19
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES
| Marshall Equity Income Fund: to provide capital appreciation and above-average dividend income. |
| Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund: to provide capital appreciation. |
| Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund: to provide capital appreciation. |
| Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund: to provide capital appreciation. |
| Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund: to provide capital appreciation. |
| Marshall International Stock Fund: to provide capital appreciation. |
| Marshall Government Income Fund: to provide current income. |
| Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund: to maximize total return consistent with current income. |
| Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund: to provide a high level of current income that is exempt from federal income tax and is consistent with preservation of capital. |
| Marshall Short-Term Income Fund: to maximize total return consistent with current income. |
| Marshall Money Market Fund: to provide current income consistent with stability of principal. |
| Marshall Government Money Market Fund: to provide current income with stability of principal. |
| Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund: to provide current income exempt from federal income tax consistent with stability of principal. |
The investment objectives of the Funds may not be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.
FUNDAMENTAL LIMITATIONS
The following investment limitations are fundamental and cannot be changed for a Fund unless authorized by the majority of the outstanding voting securities of that Fund, as defined by the 1940 Act.
Selling Short and Buying on Margin
The Funds will not sell any securities short or purchase any securities on margin, but may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities. A deposit or payment by a Fund of initial or variation margin in connection with futures contracts, forward contracts or related options transactions is not considered the purchase of a security on margin.
Issuing Senior Securities and Borrowing Money
The Funds will not issue senior securities except that each Fund may borrow money, directly or through reverse repurchase agreements, in amounts up to one-third of the value of its total assets (net assets in the case of the Money Market Funds, Short-Term Income Fund and Intermediate Bond Fund ) including the amounts borrowed; and except to the extent that a Fund is permitted to enter into futures contracts, options or forward contracts. Except for the International Stock Fund , a Fund will not borrow money or engage in reverse repurchase agreements for investment leverage, but rather as a temporary, extraordinary, or emergency measure or to facilitate management of its portfolio by
B-20
enabling the Fund to meet redemption requests when the liquidation of portfolio securities is deemed to be inconvenient or disadvantageous. Except for the International Stock Fund , a Fund will not purchase any securities while any borrowings in excess of 5% of its total assets are outstanding.
Pledging Assets
The Funds will not mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate any assets except to secure permitted borrowings. In those cases, each Fund may pledge assets having a market value not exceeding the lesser of the dollar amounts borrowed or 15% of the value of its total assets at the time of the pledge. For purposes of this limitation, the following are not deemed to be pledges: (1) margin deposits for the purchase and sale of futures contracts and related options; and (2) segregation of collateral arrangements made in connection with options activities, forward contracts or the purchase of securities on a when-issued basis.
Lending Cash or Securities
The Funds will not lend any of their assets except portfolio securities. Except for the International Stock Fund, loans may not exceed one-third of the value of a Funds total assets. This shall not prevent a Fund from purchasing or holding U.S. government obligations, money market instruments, variable rate demand notes, bonds, debentures, notes, certificates of indebtedness, or other debt securities, entering into repurchase agreements, or engaging in other transactions where permitted by the Funds investment goal, policies, and limitations.
Investing in Commodities
The Funds will not purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts, or commodity futures contracts. However, except for the Money Market Funds , Intermediate Bond Fund and Short-Term Income Fund , a Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts and related options, and the International Stock Fund may also enter into forward contracts and related options.
Investing in Real Estate
The Funds will not purchase or sell real estate, including limited partnership interests, although a Fund may invest in the securities of companies whose business involves the purchase or sale of real estate or in securities which are secured by real estate or which represent interests in real estate.
Diversification of Investments
With respect to securities comprising 75% of the value of its total assets, a Fund will not purchase securities issued by any one issuer (other than cash, cash items or securities issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States or its agencies or instrumentalities and repurchase agreements collateralized by such securities) if as a result more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of that issuer or if it would own more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer.
Under this limitation, the Intermediate Tax-Free Fund will consider each governmental subdivision, including states and the District of Columbia, territories, possessions of the United States, or their political subdivisions, agencies, authorities, instrumentalities, or similar entities, a separate issuer if its assets and revenues are separate from those of the governmental body creating it and the security is backed only by its own assets and revenues. Industrial developments bonds backed only by the assets and revenues of a non-governmental user are considered to be issued solely by that user. If in the case of an industrial development bond or government-issued security, a governmental or some other entity guarantees the security, such guarantee would be considered a separate security issued by the guarantor, subject to a limit on investments in the guarantor of 10% of total assets.
B-21
Concentration of Investments
(Intermediate Tax-Free Fund only)
The Intermediate Tax-Free Fund will not invest 25% or more of the value of its total assets in any one industry, except for temporary defensive purposes, the Fund may invest 25% or more of the value of its total assets in cash or cash items, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies, or instrumentalities, and repurchase agreements collateralized by such securities. In addition, the Intermediate Tax-Free Fund may invest more than 25% of the value of its total assets in obligations issued by any state, territory, or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia or any of their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions, including tax-exempt project notes guaranteed by the U.S. government, regardless of the location of the issuing municipality. This policy applies to securities which are related in such a way that an economic, business, or political development affecting one security would also affect the other securities (such as securities paid from revenues from selected projects in transportation, public works, education, or housing).
(All Other Funds)
A Fund will not invest 25% or more of its total assets in any one industry. However, investing in U.S. government securities (and domestic bank instruments for the Money Market Funds ) shall not be considered investments in any one industry.
Underwriting
A Fund will not underwrite any issue of securities, except as it may be deemed to be an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the sale of restricted (the term restricted does not apply to the Intermediate Tax-Free Fund ) securities which the Fund may purchase pursuant to its investment goal, policies and limitations.
Tax Exempt Obligations
The Tax-Free Money Market Fund invests, under normal circumstances, its assets so that at least 80% of the annual interest income that the Fund distributes will be exempt from federal income tax (including the federal alternative minimum tax).
NON-FUNDAMENTAL LIMITATIONS
The following investment limitations are non-fundamental and, therefore, may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. Shareholders will be notified before any material change in these limitations becomes effective.
Investing in Illiquid and Restricted Securities
The Funds will not invest more than 15% (10% for the Money Market Funds ) of the value of their net assets in illiquid securities, including repurchase agreements providing for settlement in more than seven days after notice, non-negotiable fixed time deposits with maturities over seven days, OTC options, guaranteed investment contracts, and certain restricted securities not determined by the Board to be liquid (including certain municipal leases).
Purchasing Securities to Exercise Control
The Funds will not purchase securities of a company for the purpose of exercising control or management.
Investing in Securities of Other Investment Companies
Each Fund will limit its investment in other investment companies to no more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any investment company, will invest no more than 5% of total assets in any one investment company, and will invest no more than 10% of its total assets in investment companies in
B-22
general, unless permitted to exceed these limits by an exemptive order of the SEC. The Funds will purchase securities of closed-end investment companies only in open market transactions involving only customary brokers commissions. However, these limitations are not applicable if the securities are acquired in a merger, consolidation, reorganization or acquisition of assets. The Money Market Funds will limit their investments in other investment companies to those of money market funds having investment objectives and policies similar to their own.
Asset Coverage (Government Money Market Fund Only)
In order to secure its obligations in connection with special transactions, the Fund will either own the underlying assets or set aside readily marketable securities with a value that equals or exceeds the Funds obligations. Unless the Fund has other readily marketable assets to set aside, it cannot trade assets used to secure such obligations without terminating a special transaction. This may cause the Fund to miss favorable trading opportunities or to realize losses on special transactions.
Investing in Options
Except for bona fide hedging purposes, a Fund may not invest more than 5% of the value of its net assets in the sum of (a) premiums on open option positions on futures contracts, plus (b) initial margin deposits on futures contracts.
A Fund will not purchase put options or write call options on securities unless the securities are held in the Funds portfolio or unless the Fund is entitled to them in deliverable form without further payment or has segregated liquid assets in the amount of any further payment.
A Fund will not write call options in excess of 25% of the value of its total assets.
Regulatory Compliance
The Money Market Funds may follow non-fundamental operational policies that are more restrictive than their fundamental investment limitations, as set forth in the Prospectus and this SAI, in order to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including the provisions of and regulations under the 1940 Act. In particular, the Money Market Funds will comply with the various requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, which regulates money market mutual funds. For example, Rule 2a-7 generally prohibits the investment of more than 5% of the total assets of any of the Money Market Funds in the securities of any one issuer, although the Money Market Funds fundamental investment limitation only requires such 5% diversification with respect to 75% of the Funds assets. The Money Market Funds will also determine the effective maturity of their investments, as well as their ability to consider a security as having received the requisite short-term ratings by NRSROs, according to Rule 2a-7. The Money Market Funds may change these operational policies to reflect changes in the laws and regulations without shareholder approval.
Except with respect to borrowing money, if a percentage limitation is adhered to at the time of investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from any change in value or net assets will not result in a violation of such restriction. For purposes of its policies and limitations, the Fund considers instruments (such as certificates of deposit and demand and time deposits) issued by a U.S. branch of a domestic bank or savings and loan having capital, surplus, and undivided profits in excess of $100,000,000 at the time of investment to be cash items.
OTHER INVESTMENT POLICIES
Pursuant to Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act, each Fund (except the Equity Income Fund , Intermediate Tax-Free Fund and Money Market Funds ) has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy to invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, in the types of securities and investments suggested by its name. Each such Fund will provide its shareholders with at least 60 days prior notice of any changes to such policy as required by Rule 35d-1.
B-23
USE OF THE AMORTIZED COST METHOD (MONEY MARKET FUNDS ONLY)
The Board has decided that the best method for determining the value of portfolio instruments for the Money Market Funds is amortized cost. Under this method, portfolio instruments are valued at the acquisition cost as adjusted for amortization of premium or accumulation of discount rather than at current market value.
The Money Market Funds use of the amortized cost method of valuing portfolio instruments depends on their compliance with the provisions of Rule 2a-7 promulgated by the SEC under the 1940 Act. Under the Rule, the Board must establish procedures reasonably designed to stabilize the NAV per share, as computed for purposes of distribution and redemption, at $1.00 per share, taking into account current market conditions and the Funds investment goals.
Under the Rule, the Money Market Funds are permitted to purchase instruments which are subject to demand features or standby commitments. As defined by the Rule, a demand feature entitles a Fund to receive the principal amount of the instrument from the issuer or a third party on (1) no more than 30 days notice or (2) at specified intervals not exceeding 397 days on no more than 30 days notice. A standby commitment entitles a Fund to achieve same-day settlement and to receive an exercise price equal to the amortized cost of the underlying instrument plus accrued interest at the time of exercise.
The Money Market Funds acquire instruments subject to demand features and standby commitments to enhance the instruments liquidity. The Funds treat demand features and standby commitments as part of the underlying instruments, because the Funds do not acquire them for speculative purposes and cannot transfer them separately from the underlying instruments. Therefore, although the Funds define demand features and standby commitments as puts, the Funds do not consider them to be corporate investments for purposes of their investment policies.
Monitoring Procedures. The Boards procedures include monitoring the relationship between the amortized cost value per share and the NAV per share based upon available indications of market value. The Board will decide what, if any, steps should be taken if there is a difference of more than 0.5 of 1% between the two values. The Board will take any steps they consider appropriate (such as redemption in kind or shortening the average portfolio maturity) to minimize any material dilution or other unfair results arising from differences between the two methods of determining NAV.
Investment Restrictions. The Rule requires that the Money Market Funds limit their investments to instruments that, in the opinion of the Board, present minimal credit risks and have received the requisite rating from one or more NRSROs. If the instruments are not rated, the Board must determine that they are of comparable quality. The Rule also requires the Funds to maintain a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity (not more than 90 days) appropriate to the objective of maintaining a stable NAV of $1.00 per share. In addition, no instrument with a remaining maturity of more than 397 days can be purchased by the Funds.
Should the disposition of a portfolio security result in a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of more than 90 days, the Money Market Funds will invest their available cash to reduce the average maturity to 90 days or less as soon as possible. Shares of investment companies purchased by the Funds will meet these same criteria and will have investment policies consistent with the Rule.
Under the amortized cost method of valuation, neither the amount of daily income nor the NAV is affected by any unrealized appreciation or depreciation of the portfolio. In periods of declining interest rates, the indicated daily yield on shares of the Money Market Funds , computed based upon amortized cost valuation, may tend to be higher than a similar computation made by using a method of valuation based upon market prices and estimates. In periods of rising interest rates, the indicated daily
B-24
yield on shares of the Funds computed the same way may tend to be lower than a similar computation made by using a method of calculation based upon market prices and estimates.
MARKET VALUES (ALL OTHER FUNDS)
Market values of portfolio securities are determined as follows:
| for equity securities, at the last sale price in the market in which they are primarily traded (either a national securities exchange or the OTC market), if available; |
| in the absence of recorded sales for equity securities, at the mean between the last closing bid and asked prices; |
| for bonds and other fixed income securities, at the mean between bid and asked prices as furnished by an independent pricing service, except that fixed income securities with remaining maturities of less than 60 days at the time of purchase may be valued at amortized cost; |
| for short-term obligations, at the mean between bid and asked prices as furnished by an independent pricing service, except that short-term obligations with remaining maturities of less than 60 days at the time of purchase may be valued at amortized cost or at fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board; |
| in the absence of a market quote for fixed income securities that have been fully paid down, par value will be used to price the security; and |
| for all other securities, at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board. |
Prices provided by independent pricing services may be determined without relying exclusively on quoted prices and may consider institutional trading in similar groups of securities, yield, quality, stability, risk, coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics and other market data or factors.
A Fund values futures contracts and options at their market values established by the exchanges on which they are traded at the close of trading on such exchanges. Options traded in the OTC market are valued according to the mean between the last bid and the last asked price for the option as provided by an investment dealer or other financial institution that deals in the option. The Board may determine in good faith that another method of valuing such investments is necessary to appraise their fair market value.
Any securities or other assets for which market valuations are not readily available or are deemed to be inaccurate are valued at fair value as determined in good faith and in accordance with procedures approved by the Board. The Board has established and appointed a Pricing Committee, which is responsible for determinations of fair value. See Committees of the Board. In determining fair value, the Pricing Committee must take into account all information available and any factors it deems appropriate.
TRADING IN FOREIGN SECURITIES
Trading in foreign securities may be completed at times which vary from the closing of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). In computing its NAV, the International Stock Fund values foreign securities at the latest closing price on the principal exchange on which they are traded immediately prior to the closing of the NYSE. Certain foreign currency exchange rates may also be determined at the latest rate prior to the closing of the NYSE. Foreign securities quoted in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at current rates. Occasionally, events that affect these values and exchange rates may occur between the times at which they are determined and the closing of the NYSE. If it is determined, based upon certain triggers, that the closing price of a foreign security held by the Fund is unreliable, such security will be priced using factors provided by an independent pricing service approved by the Board
B-25
(Factors). If an appropriate Factor is not available for pricing of the security, the security will be priced at the latest closing price on the principal exchange on which it is traded.
Except under certain circumstances described in the Prospectus, shares are sold at a public offering price (i.e., their NAV) on days the NYSE is open for business. The procedure for purchasing shares is explained in the Prospectus under How to Buy Shares.
On September 1, 2004, Grand Distribution Services, LLC, located at 803 West Michigan Street, Suite A, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233 (the Distributor), became the principal distributor of the Funds shares. Under a Distribution Agreement with the Funds and M&I Trust, the Distributor offers the Funds shares on a continuous, best-efforts basis.
Edgewood Services, Inc. (Edgewood) served as the Funds principal distributor through the end of the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004.
SHAREHOLDER SERVICES
M&I Trust, through its division MIS, is the shareholder servicing agent for the Funds. As such, MIS provides shareholder services which include, but are not limited to, distributing Prospectuses and other information, providing shareholder assistance, and communicating or facilitating purchases and redemption of shares.
The Funds may pay M&I Trust for providing shareholder services and maintaining shareholder accounts. M&I Trust may select others to perform these services for their customers and may pay them fees.
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004, the Investor Class of Shares of the Funds paid the following shareholder services fees:
Fund |
Shareholder Services Fee Paid/
Shareholder Services Fee Waived |
|
Equity Income Fund |
$901,633/$0 | |
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
$665,645/$0 | |
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
$942,349/$0 | |
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
$589,914/$0 | |
Small-Cap Growth Fund |
$308,662/$0 | |
International Stock Fund |
$573,239/$0 | |
Government Income Fund |
$71,947/$827,499 | |
Intermediate Bond Fund |
$126,828/$1,458,512 | |
Intermediate Tax-Free Fund |
$20,064/$230,739 | |
Short-Term Income Fund |
$30,512/$350,878 | |
Money Market Fund |
$5,221,348/$0 | |
Government Money Market Fund (1) |
$46,347/$0 | |
Tax-Free Money Market Fund (2) |
N/A |
(1) | The fees paid by the Fund are for the period from May 17, 2004, the date on which the Fund began operations, to August 31, 2004, the end of the Funds fiscal year. |
(2) | The fee information is not provided for this Fund because it began operations after the last fiscal year covered by this SAI. |
B-26
SUPPLEMENTAL PAYMENTS
Investment professionals may be paid fees out of the assets of the Distributor and/or M&I Trust (but not out of Fund assets). The Distributor and/or M&I Trust may be reimbursed by the Adviser or its affiliates.
Investment professionals receive such fees for providing distribution-related or shareholder services such as sponsoring sales, providing sales literature, conducting training seminars for employees, and engineering sales-related computer software programs and systems. Also, authorized dealers may be paid cash or promotional incentives, such as reimbursement of certain expenses relating to attendance at informational meetings about the Funds or other special events at recreational-type facilities, or items of material value. These payments will be based upon the amount of shares the authorized dealer or financial institution sells or may sell and/or upon the type and nature of sales or marketing support furnished by the authorized dealer or financial institution.
EXCHANGING SECURITIES FOR SHARES
You may contact the Funds to request a purchase of shares in an exchange for securities you own. The Funds reserve the right to determine whether to accept your securities and the minimum market value to accept. The Funds will value your securities in the same manner as it values its assets. This exchange is treated as a sale of your securities for federal tax purposes.
REDEMPTION IN KIND
Although the Funds intend to pay share redemptions in cash, the Funds reserve the right, as described below, to pay the redemption price in whole or in part by a distribution of a Funds portfolio securities.
Because the Corporation has elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, the Funds are obligated to pay share redemptions to any one shareholder in cash only up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Funds net assets represented by such share class during any 90-day period.
Any share redemption payment greater than this amount will be in cash unless the Board determines that payment should be in kind. In such a case, a Fund will pay all or a portion of the remainder of the redemption in portfolio securities, valued in the same way as the Fund determines its NAV. The portfolio securities will be selected in a manner that the Board deems fair and equitable and, to the extent available, such securities will be readily marketable.
Redemption in kind is not as liquid as a cash redemption. If redemption is made in kind, shareholders would incur transaction costs in selling the portfolio securities received, and the proceeds of such sales, when made, may be more or less than the value on the redemption date.
In addition, the Funds have adopted procedures, consistent with SEC guidelines, to permit redemption in kind to an affiliate.
VOTING AND DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS
Shareholders of each Fund are entitled: (i) to one vote per full share of common stock; (ii) to distributions declared by the Board; and (iii) upon liquidation of the Corporation, to participate ratably in the assets of the Fund available for distribution. Each share of a Fund gives the shareholder one vote in the election of Directors and other matters submitted to shareholders for vote and is entitled to participate equally in dividends and capital gains distributions by the Fund. All shares of each Fund or class in the Corporation have equal voting rights, except that only shares of a particular Fund or class are entitled to vote on matters affecting that Fund or class. Consequently, the holders of more than 50% of the Corporations shares of common stock voting for the election of Directors can elect the
B-27
entire Board, and, in such event, the holders of the Corporations remaining shares voting for the election of Directors will not be able to elect any person or persons to the Board.
The WBCL permits registered investment companies, such as the Corporation, to operate without an annual meeting of shareholders under specified circumstances if an annual meeting is not required by the 1940 Act. The Corporations By-laws provide that each Director shall hold office for a period of five years or until his or her successor is duly elected at the next annual meeting of shareholders. Consequently, the Corporation holds annual meetings of shareholders to elect Directors every five years, unless more frequent meetings are required by the 1940 Act, the Corporations Articles of Incorporation or By-laws. Directors may be removed by the shareholders at a special meeting. A special meeting of the shareholders may be called by the Board upon written request of shareholders owning at least 10% of the Corporations outstanding voting shares.
The shares are redeemable and are transferable. All shares issued and sold by the Corporation will be fully paid and nonassessable except as provided in the WBCL Section 180.0622(2)(b). Under Section 180.0622(2)(b) of the WBCL, holders of common stock are liable up to the amount equal to the par value of the common stock owned by holders of common stock for all debts owing to the Corporations employees for services performed for the Corporation, but not exceeding six months service in any one case. Certain Wisconsin courts have interpreted par value to mean the full amount paid upon the purchase of shares of common stock. Fractional shares of common stock entitle the holder to the same rights as whole shares of common stock except the right to receive a certificate evidencing such fractional shares.
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
As of November 30, 2004, the following shareholders owned of record or are known by the Corporation to own of record or beneficially more than 5% of a Funds outstanding Investor Class of Shares:
Fund |
Name and Address |
Number of
Shares |
Percent
of Class |
||||
Equity Income Fund |
Vallee* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
12,500,037.40 | 49 | % | |||
Mitra & Co.* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
11,423,478.95 | 44 | % | ||||
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
Mitra & Co.* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations, P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
10,358,122.73 | 52 | % | |||
Vallee* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
6,260,144.41 | 32 | % |
B-28
Fund |
Name and Address |
Number of
Shares |
Percent
of Class |
||||
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
Mitra & Co.* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
22,826,738.09 | 62 | % | |||
Vallee* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
7,608,668.04 | 21 | % | ||||
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
Mitra & Co.* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
9,879,657.16 | 69 | % | |||
Vallee* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
3,118,428.39 | 22 | % | ||||
Small-Cap Growth Fund |
Mitra & Co.* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
5,659,931.46 | 56 | % | |||
Vallee* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
3,550,828.54 | 36 | % | ||||
International Stock Fund |
Vallee* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
9,043,924.19 | 48 | % | |||
Mitra & Co.* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
8,166,497.66 | 43 | % | ||||
Government Income Fund |
Mitra & Co.* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
19,254,384.99 | 50 | % |
B-29
Fund |
Name and Address |
Number of Shares |
Percent
of Class |
||||
Vallee* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
13,566,236.76 | 35 | % | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
Mitra & Co.* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
35,519,499.30 | 53 | % | |||
Vallee* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
27,996,519.28 | 42 | % | ||||
Intermediate Tax-Free Fund |
Vallee* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
7,462,898.82 | 84 | % | |||
Mitra & Co.* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
849,396.12 | 9 | % | ||||
Short-Term Income Fund |
Vallee* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
9,732,370.07 | 56 | % | |||
Mitra & Co.* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
5,778,159.54 | 33 | % | ||||
Money Market Fund |
Maril and Co.* Attn. ACM Department-TR14 1000 N. Water Street Milwaukee, WI 53202-6648 |
1,598,054,106.00 | 73 | % | |||
M&I SCC Milwaukee c/o M&I Support Services Corp. P.O. Box 1119 Appleton, WI 54912-1119 |
143,328,154.15 | 6 | % |
B-30
Fund |
Name and Address |
Number of
Shares |
Percent
of Class |
||||
Government Money Market Fund |
M&I Custody of Nevada Inc.* Custodian FBO Anchor Investment Corporation 3993 Howard Hughes Pkwy., Suite 100 Las Vegas, NV 89109-5967 |
40,191,209.16 | 40 | % | |||
M&I Custody of Nevada Inc.* Custodian FBO ICB Investment Corp. 3993 Howard Hughes Pkwy., Suite 100 Las Vegas, NV 89109-5967 |
4,524,616.31 | 6 | % | ||||
Tax-Free Money Market Fund |
Maril and Co.* Attn. ACM Department-TR14 1000 N. Water Street Milwaukee, WI 53202-6648 |
95,696,170.66 | 97 | % |
* | The Corporation believes that this entity, the holder of record of these shares, is not the beneficial owner of such shares. |
Any person that beneficially owns more than 25% of the outstanding shares of a Fund or a class may be considered a controlling person of such Fund or class. Shareholders with a controlling interest could affect the outcome of proxy voting or the direction of management of a Fund.
As of November 30, 2004, the current officers and Directors of the Corporation, as a group, owned less than 1% of any class of each Funds outstanding shares.
WHAT ARE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES?
This section is not intended to be a full discussion of income tax laws. Please consult your own tax advisor regarding federal, state or local tax considerations.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX
Each Fund intends to meet requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code) applicable to regulated investment companies. If these requirements are not met, it will not receive special tax treatment and will be subject to federal corporate income tax.
Each Fund will be treated as a single, separate entity for federal income tax purposes so that income earned and capital gains and losses realized by the Corporations other portfolios will be separate from those realized by each Fund.
To the extent a Fund is unable to use its losses, it may be entitled to a loss carry-forward, which may reduce the taxable income or gain that the Fund would realize and to which the shareholder would be subject in the future.
The dividends received deduction for corporations will apply to ordinary income distributions to the extent the distribution represents amounts that would qualify for the dividends received deduction to the Equity Funds if the Equity Funds were a regular corporation, and to the extent designated by the
B-31
Equity Funds as so qualifying. No portion of any income dividends paid by the other Funds is eligible for the dividends received deduction available to corporations.
Distributions from the Funds investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest, net short-term capital gains, and net gains from foreign currency transactions), if any, generally are taxable to you as ordinary income whether reinvested or received in cash, unless such dividends are qualified dividend income eligible for the reduced rate of tax on long-term capital gains. Currently, the maximum tax rate on ordinary income is 35%, while the maximum tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15%.
Under the Tax Reform Act of 1986, distributions representing net interest earned on certain private activity municipal bonds may be included in calculating the federal individual AMT or the federal AMT for corporations. Dividends of the Intermediate Tax-Free Fund representing net interest income earned on some temporary investments and any realized net short-term gains are taxed as ordinary income.
FOREIGN INVESTMENTS
If a Fund purchases foreign securities, its investment income may be subject to foreign withholding or other taxes that could reduce the return on these securities. Tax treaties between the United States and foreign countries, however, may reduce or eliminate the amount of foreign taxes to which the Fund would be subject. The effective rate of foreign tax cannot be predicted since the amount of Fund assets to be invested within various countries is uncertain. However, the Corporation intends to operate so as to qualify for treaty-reduced tax rates when applicable.
Distributions from a Fund may be based on estimates of book income for the year. Book income generally consists solely of the income generated by the securities in the portfolio, whereas tax-basis income includes, in addition, gains or losses attributable to currency fluctuation. Due to differences in the book and tax treatment of fixed income securities denominated in foreign currencies, it is difficult to project currency effects on an interim basis. Therefore, to the extent that currency fluctuations cannot be anticipated, a portion of distributions to shareholders could later be designated as a return of capital, rather than income, for income tax purposes, which may be of particular concern to simple trusts.
If a Fund invests in the stock of certain foreign corporations, they may constitute Passive Foreign Investment Companies (PFIC), and the Fund may be subject to federal income taxes upon disposition of PFIC investments.
If more than 50% of the value of a Funds assets at the end of the tax year is represented by stock or securities of foreign corporations, the Fund will qualify for certain Code provisions that allow its shareholders to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction on their U.S. income tax returns. The Code may limit a shareholders ability to claim a foreign tax credit. Shareholders who elect to deduct their portion of the Funds foreign taxes rather than take the foreign tax credit must itemize deductions on their income tax returns. The Corporation expects that only the International Stock Fund will qualify for these Code provisions.
STATE AND LOCAL TAXES
Distributions representing net interest received on tax-exempt municipal securities are not necessarily free from income taxes of any state or local taxing authority. State laws differ on this issue, and you should consult your tax adviser for specific details regarding the status of your account under state and local tax laws, including treatment of distributions as income or return of capital.
B-32
CAPITAL GAINS
Capital gains, when realized by the Funds, could result in an increase in distributions. Capital losses could result in a decrease in distributions. When a Fund realizes net long-term capital gains, it will distribute them at least once every 12 months.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The Board is responsible for managing the Corporations business affairs and for exercising all the Corporations powers, except those reserved for the shareholders. Directors of the Corporation, together with information regarding their age, address, business experience during the past five years, and other information are shown in the following table. Pursuant to the Corporations By-Laws, a Director holds office for a period of five years or until his or her successor is duly elected at the next annual meeting of shareholders. Each Director with an asterisk (*) is deemed to be an interested person, as defined in the 1940 Act. Current Directors who are not considered to be interested persons of the Funds are referred to in this SAI as independent directors. The Corporation, which currently consists of thirteen separate portfolios or funds, is the only investment company in the Fund Complex.
I NTERESTED D IRECTORS
Name, Age and Address |
Position(s) Held with the
|
Term of
Length of
|
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years |
Number of
Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director |
Other
Directorships Held by Director |
|||||
John M. Blaser* Age: 48 1000 North Water Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 |
Director and President | 2004-2009; since May 1999 | Vice President of the Adviser and Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company (M&I Trust) since 1998. | 13 | None | |||||
Kenneth C. Krei* Age: 55 770 North Water Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 |
Director | 2004-2009; since July 2004 | Director and Chief Executive Officer of the Adviser since July 2003; Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of M&I Trust since July 2003; Senior Vice President of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (a bank holding company) since July 2003; Director of M&I Brokerage Services, Inc. and M&I Insurance Services, Inc.; Executive Vice President, Investment Advisors at Fifth Third Bancorp from 2001 to 2003; Executive Vice President, Investment and Insurance Services at Old Kent Financial Corporation from 1998 to 2001. | 13 | None |
* | Mr. Blaser is an interested person of the Corporation (as defined in the 1940 Act) due to the positions that he holds with the Corporation, the Adviser and M&I Trust. Mr. Krei is an interested person of the Corporation due to the positions that he holds with the Adviser, M&I Trust and Marshall & Ilsley Corporation. |
B-33
I NDEPENDENT D IRECTORS
Name, Age and Address |
Position(s) Held with the Corporation |
Term of
Length of
|
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years |
Number of
Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director |
Other
Directorships Held by Director |
|||||
Benjamin M. Cutler Age: 61 6600 E. Bluebird Lane Paradise Valley, AZ 85253 |
Independent Director | 2004-2009; since July 2004 | Chairman, Assurant Health (a health insurer), and Executive Vice President, Assurant, Inc. (an insurance company) since 2002; President and CEO, Fortis Health (a health insurer) from 1996 to 2003. | 13 | None | |||||
John DeVincentis Age: 70 13821 12 th Street Racine, WI 53406 |
Independent Director | 2004-2009; since October 1993 | Independent financial consultant; retired, formerly Senior Vice President of Finance, In-Sink-Erator Division of Emerson Electric Corp. (an electrical products manufacturer) from 1972 to 1993. | 13 | None | |||||
John A. Lubs Age: 57 1251 First Avenue Chippewa Falls, WI 54729 |
Independent Director | 2004-2009; since July 2004 | Vice Chairman, Mason Companies, Inc. (a footwear distributor) since October 2004; President and Chief Operating Officer, Mason Companies, Inc., from 1990 to 2004. | 13 | None | |||||
James Mitchell Age: 56 2808 Range Line Circle Mequon, WI 53092 |
Independent Director | 2004-2009; since March 1999 | Chief Executive Officer, NOG, Inc. (a metal processing and consulting company) since 1999; Chairman, Ayrshire Precision Engineering (a precision machining company) since 1992; Group Vice President of Citation Corporation (a general manufacturing company) from 1996 to 1999; Chief Executive Officer of Interstate Forging Industries (a forging company) from 1984 to 1999. | 13 | None | |||||
Barbara J. Pope Age: 56 115 South La Salle St., Suite 2285 Chicago, IL 60603 |
Independent Director |
2004-2009; since March 1999 |
President of Barbara J. Pope, P.C. (a financial consulting firm) since 1992; President of Sedgwick Street Fund LLC (a private investment partnership) since 1996; prior to 1992, Tax Partner, Price Waterhouse. | 13 | None |
OFFICERS
The officers of the Corporation are elected annually by the Board and hold the same position with all of the Funds of the Corporation. Each officer holds office for one year and until the election and qualification of his or her successor. The address of each officer is 1000 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202. Officers of the Corporation, together with information as to their principal business occupation during the past five years and certain other information, are shown in the following table.
B-34
P RINCIPAL O FFICERS
Name and Age |
Position(s) Held with the Corporation |
Term of Office and Length of Time
|
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years |
|||
John D. Boritzke Age: 47 |
Vice President | Re-elected by the Board annually; since October 2001 | Vice President of the Adviser and M&I Trust since 1993. | |||
Joseph P. Bree Age: 31 |
Treasurer | Re-elected by the Board annually; since September 2002 | Assistant Vice President and Senior Financial Analyst of the Adviser since February 2001; associate with Barclays Global Investors (a financial service firm) from March 2000 to February 2001; associate with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (an investment adviser) from May 1996 to March 2000. | |||
William A. Frazier Age: 48 |
Vice President | Re-elected by the Board annually; since October 2001 | Vice President of the Adviser and M&I Trust since 1985. | |||
Daniel L. Kaminski Age: 47 |
Secretary | Re-elected by the Board annually; since April 2004 | Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Adviser and M&I Trust since November 2003; Secretary of the Adviser and M&I Trust since February 2004; Vice President, Project Management, M&I Support Services Corp. (operations subsidiary of bank holding company) from January 2002 to December 2003; Vice President, Corporate Finance, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (a bank holding company) from January 1991 to December 2001. | |||
Cheryl A. Johnson Age: 50 |
Chief Compliance Officer | Re-elected by the Board annually; since October 2004 | Vice President of the Adviser and M&I Trust since September 2004; Lead Consultant, Law Department, Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company (NML) from June 2003 to 2004; Senior Attorney, Law Department, NML from August 2001 to May 2003; Associate Attorney with Quarles & Brady LLP (a law firm) from 1993 to 2001. |
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
The standing committees of the Board are the Audit Committee and the Nominating Committee. These committees are comprised solely of independent directors.
Board Committee |
Committee Members |
Committee Functions |
Meetings Held During
Last Fiscal Year |
|||
Audit |
John DeVincentis (Chair) Benjamin M. Cutler (1) John A. Lubs (1) James Mitchell Barbara J. Pope |
The Board has adopted a written charter of the Audit Committee pursuant to which the Audit Committee retains the independent auditors to audit the financial statements of each Fund; meets with the independent auditors periodically to review the results of the audits and reports their results to the full Board; evaluates the independence of the auditors; and preapproves, or establishes preapproval policies and procedures concerning, all audit and non-audit services provided to the Funds. | Two | |||
Nominating |
John DeVincentis Benjamin M. Cutler (1) John A. Lubs (1) James Mitchell Barbara J. Pope |
The Nominating Committee identifies, evaluates, selects and nominates, or recommends for nomination, candidates for the Board. It also may set standards or qualifications for directors. | Three |
(1) | Duane E. Dingmann, who retired as a Director of the Corporation effective July 27, 2004, was a member of the Audit Committee during most of the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004. Mr. Cutler and Mr. Lubs became members of the Audit and Nominating Committees effective October 25, 2004. |
B-35
The Nominating Committee may consider candidates for the Board submitted by shareholders if a vacancy were to exist. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee may do so by submitting the appropriate information about the candidate to the Corporations Secretary.
The Board has also established a Pricing Committee, which is not a committee of the Board. The Pricing Committee is responsible for monitoring the valuation of Fund securities and other investments; and, as required, determining the fair value of securities for which market quotations are not readily available, after consideration of all relevant factors, which determinations are subsequently reported to the full Board. The Pricing Committee meets as necessary and is comprised of members of the Adviser and UMB Fund Services, Inc. (UMBFS), the Funds sub-administrator.
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
The following table shows the fees paid to the independent directors by the Corporation for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004. The Corporation does not pay any fees to its interested directors or officers. Neither the Corporation nor the Funds maintain any deferred compensation, pension or retirement plans, and no pension or retirement benefits are accrued as Corporation or Fund expenses.
Name |
Aggregate
Compensation From each Fund |
Pension or Retirement
Benefits Accrued as Part of Each Funds Expenses |
Estimated
Annual Benefits Upon Retirement |
Total Compensation from
Funds and Fund Complex Paid to Directors (1) |
|||||||||
Benjamin M. Cutler (2) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | |||||
John DeVincentis |
$ | 2,000 | (4) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 24,000 | ||||
Duane E. Dingmann (3) |
$ | 2,000 | (4) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 24,000 | ||||
John A. Lubs (2) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | |||||
James Mitchell |
$ | 2,000 | (4) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 24,000 | ||||
Barbara J. Pope |
$ | 2,000 | (4) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 24,000 |
(1) | The Marshall Funds consist of one open-end registered investment company consisting of 13 portfolios, 12 of which were in operation during fiscal 2004. |
(2) | Mr. Cutler and Mr. Lubs were elected to the Board on July 27, 2004 and accordingly did not receive any compensation with respect to fiscal 2004. |
(3) | Mr. Dingmann retired from the Board on July 27, 2004. |
(4) | Each Fund pays a pro rata share of the total compensation received by each independent director. |
B-36
BOARD OWNERSHIP OF SHARES IN THE FUND AND IN THE MARSHALL FUNDS FAMILY OF INVESTMENT COMPANIES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2003
Name of Director (1) |
Fund Name |
Dollar Range of Shares Owned in Fund (2) |
Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares Owned in Marshall Funds Family of Investment Companies |
|||
John M. Blaser |
Equity Income Large-Cap G&I Mid-Cap Growth Mid-Cap Value Small-Cap Growth International Stock Intermediate Bond |
$50,001-$100,000 $10,001-$50,000 $10,001-$50,000 $10,001-$50,000 over $100,000 $50,001-$100,000 $10,001-$50,000 |
over $100,000 | |||
Benjamin M. Cutler |
N/A | None | None | |||
John DeVincentis |
Mid-Cap Growth Mid-Cap Value Small-Cap Growth Money Market |
$10,001-$50,000 $10,001-$50,000 $10,001-$50,000 $50,001-$100,000 |
over $100,000 | |||
Kenneth C. Krei |
Money Market Intermediate Tax-Free |
$1-$10,000 over $100,000 |
over $100,000 | |||
John A. Lubs |
N/A | None | None | |||
James Mitchell |
Mid-Cap Value Small-Cap Growth International Stock Money Market |
over $100,000 $10,001-$50,000 $10,001-$50,000 over $100,000 |
over $100,000 | |||
Barbara J. Pope |
Large-Cap G&I Mid-Cap Value Mid-Cap Growth Small-Cap Growth Money Market |
$1-$10,000 $10,001-$50,000 $1-$10,000 $10,001-$50,000 $50,001-$100,000 |
$50,001-$100,000 |
(1) | Share ownership information is provided for the current Directors of the Corporation. Mr. Cutler, Mr. Krei and Mr. Lubs were first elected to the Board on July 27, 2004. |
(2) | Dollar range of shares owned in any Fund that is not identified in this table is None. |
ADVISER TO THE FUNDS
The Funds investment adviser is M&I Investment Management Corp., a Wisconsin corporation headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. The Adviser conducts investment research and makes investment decisions for the Funds. The Adviser provides investment management services for investment companies, financial institutions, individuals, corporations and not-for-profit organizations, and is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC. The Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (M&I Corp.), a bank holding company headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. The Adviser shall not be liable to the Corporation, the Funds, or any shareholder of the
B-37
Funds for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding, or sale of any security, or for anything done or omitted by it, except acts or omissions involving willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties imposed upon it by its contract with the Corporation. Because of the internal controls maintained by the Advisers affiliates to restrict the flow of non-public information, Fund investments are typically made without any knowledge of the lending relationships affiliates of the Adviser may have from time to time with an issuer.
As compensation for its advisory services under the investment advisory agreement with the Corporation, each of the Funds pays the Adviser, on a monthly basis, an annual management fee based on the percentage of the average daily net asset value of the Fund (ADNA) as follows:
Fund |
Annual Fee as%
of ADNA |
|
Equity Income Fund |
0.75 | |
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
0.75 | |
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
0.75 | |
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
0.75 | |
Small Cap Growth Fund |
1.00 | |
International Stock Fund |
1.00 | |
Government Income Fund |
0.75 | |
Intermediate Bond Fund |
0.60 | |
Intermediate Tax-Free Fund |
0.60 | |
Short-Term Income Fund |
0.60 | |
Money Market Fund |
0.15 | |
Government Money Market Fund |
0.20 | |
Tax-Free Money Market Fund |
0.20 |
From time to time, the Adviser may voluntarily waive any portion of its management fee for a Fund.
B-38
For the fiscal periods ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Adviser was entitled to receive the following advisory fees and waived the indicated amounts:
Advisory Fee/ Advisory Fee Waived |
||||||
Fund |
For the fiscal year ended August 31 |
|||||
2004
|
2003
|
2002
|
||||
Equity Income Fund |
$2,765,597/$0 | $2,478,700/$0 | $2,872,655/$0 | |||
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
$2,054,401/$0 | $1,862,454/$0 | $2,639,560/$0 | |||
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
$2,881,390/$0 | $1,649,924/$0 | $1,566,354/$0 | |||
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
$1,801,043/$0 | $1,555,284/$0 | $2,175,526/$0 | |||
Small-Cap Growth Fund |
$1,281,914/$0 | $789,737/$0 | $1,054,601/$0 | |||
International Stock Fund |
$4,135,034/$70,001 | $2,880,327/$70,000 | $3,323,055/$70,000 | |||
Government Income Fund |
$2,736,611/$364,881 | $2,864,544/$381,939 | $2,845,707/$379,428 | |||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
$3,842,012/$384,201 | $3,857,879/$385,788 | $3,784,225/$378,422 | |||
Intermediate Tax-Free Fund |
$601,927/$270,867 | $646,865/$291,089 | $623,743/$280,684 | |||
Short-Term Income Fund |
$930,760/$527,431 | $795,059/$450,534 | $754,851/$427,749 | |||
Money Market Fund |
$5,071,678/$1,184,885 | $4,801,790/$960,358 | $4,597,139/$1,098,213 | |||
Government Money Market Fund (1) |
$61,825/$53,895 | N/A | N/A | |||
Tax-Free Money Market Fund (2) |
N/A | N/A | N/A |
(1) | The fees paid by the Fund are for the period from May 17, 2004, the date on which the Fund began operations, to August 31, 2004, the end of the Funds fiscal year. |
(2) | The fee information is not provided for this Fund because it began operations after the last fiscal year covered by this SAI. |
SUB-ADVISER TO INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND
BPI, headquartered in Orlando, Florida, is the sub-adviser to the International Stock Fund . It is the Advisers responsibility to select a sub-adviser for the International Stock Fund that has distinguished itself in its area of expertise in asset management and to review the sub-advisers performance. The Adviser provides investment management evaluation services by performing initial due diligence on BPI and thereafter by monitoring BPIs performance through quantitative and qualitative analysis, as well as periodic in-person, telephonic and written consultations with BPI. In evaluating BPI, the Adviser considers, among other factors, BPIs level of expertise; relative performance and consistency of performance over a minimum period of time; level of adherence to investment discipline or philosophy; personnel, facilities and financial strength; and quality of service and client communications. The Adviser has the responsibility for communicating performance expectations and evaluations to BPI and ultimately recommending to the Corporations Board whether BPIs contract should be renewed, modified or terminated. The Adviser provides written reports to the Board regarding the results of its evaluation and monitoring functions. The Adviser is also responsible for conducting all operations of the International Stock Fund , except those operations contracted to BPI, the custodian, the transfer agent and the administrator. Although BPIs activities are subject to oversight by the Board and officers of the Corporation, neither the Board, the officers, nor the Adviser evaluates the investment merits of BPIs individual security selections. BPI has complete discretion to purchase, manage and sell portfolio securities for the International Stock Fund , subject to the International Stock Fund s investment goal, policies and limitations. For its services under the subadvisory contract, BPI receives a fee at the annual rate of 0.40% of the International Stock Fund s average daily net assets. BPI is paid by the Adviser and not by the International Stock Fund , and BPI will furnish to the Adviser such investment advice, statistical and other factual information as requested by the Adviser. BPI provides portfolio management services for investment companies,
B-39
corporations, trusts, estates, pension and profit sharing plans, individuals, and other institutions located principally in Canada and the United States, and is an investment adviser registered with the SEC. BPI is a Delaware limited liability partnership between CI Global Holdings USA, Inc. (CI Holdings USA) as a 51% partner, and JBS Advisors, Inc. (JBS) as a 49% partner. CI Holdings USA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of CI Global Holdings, Inc., which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of CI Mutual Funds, Inc. CI Mutual Funds, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of CI Fund Management, Inc., a publicly-traded company located in Toronto, Ontario, Canada. JBS is owned by BPIs portfolio managers and its President.
For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 the Adviser paid BPI $1,654,014, $1,152,141 and $1,329,122, respectively.
BOARD REVIEW OF ADVISORY AND SUBADVISORY CONTRACTS
As required by the 1940 Act, the Corporations Board has reviewed the investment advisory contract and sub-advisory contract on behalf of the Funds. The Boards decision to approve these contracts reflects the exercise of its business judgment on whether to approve a new contract or continue the existing arrangements, as applicable. The Board bases its ultimate decisions to approve advisory and sub-advisory contracts on the totality of the circumstances and factors the Board deems relevant, and with a view to past and future long-term considerations. During its review of these contracts, the Board considered many factors, among the most material of which are the following: the investment objectives and long term performance of the Funds, where applicable; the management philosophy, personnel, and processes used by the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser; the preferences and expectations of the Funds shareholders and their relative sophistication, where applicable; the continuing state of competition in the mutual fund industry; comparable fees in the mutual fund industry; and the range and quality of services provided or expected to be provided to the Funds and their shareholders by the Advisers affiliates in addition to investment advisory services.
In assessing the Advisers and Sub-Advisers performance of their obligations, the Board also considers whether there has occurred a circumstance or event that would constitute a reason for it to not renew an advisory contract. In this regard, the Board was mindful of the potential disruptions of the operations of the Funds and various risks, uncertainties and other effects that could occur as a result of a decision to terminate or not renew the advisory contract. In particular, the Board recognizes that the determination by M&I Trust of the appropriateness of the Funds for the investment of fiduciary assets as well as the decisions by the Funds retail and institutional shareholders to invest in the Funds are based on the strength of the Advisers industry standing and reputation and on the expectation that the Adviser will have a continuing role in providing advisory services to the Funds.
The Board also considers the compensation and benefits received or to be received by the Adviser. This includes fees received or to be received for services provided to the Funds by other entities in the M&I organization and research services received or to be received by the Adviser from brokers that execute fund trades, as well as advisory fees. In this regard, the Board is aware that various courts have interpreted provisions of the 1940 Act and have indicated in their decisions that the following factors may be relevant in determining the Advisers compensation: the nature and quality of the services provided by the Adviser, including the performance of the Funds; the profitability to the Adviser of providing the services; the extent to which the Adviser may realize economies of scale as the Funds grow larger; any indirect benefits that may accrue to the Adviser and its affiliates as a result of the Advisers relationship with the Funds; performance and expenses of comparable funds; and the extent to which the independent Board members are fully informed about all facts bearing on the Advisers service and fee. The Board is aware of these factors and takes them into account in its review and approval of the Funds advisory and sub-advisory contracts.
The Board considers and weighs these circumstances in light of its substantial accumulated experience in governing the Funds and working with the Adviser and M&I Trust on matters relating to the Funds, and
B-40
is assisted in its deliberations by the advice of independent legal counsel. In this regard, the Board requests and receives a significant amount of information about the Funds and the Adviser and its affiliates. The Adviser provides much of this information at each regular meeting of the Board, and furnishes additional reports in connection with the meetings at which the Boards formal review of the advisory and sub-advisory contracts occurs. In between regularly scheduled meetings, the Board may receive information on particular matters as the need arises. Thus, the Boards evaluation of an advisory and sub-advisory contract is informed by reports covering such matters as the investment philosophy, personnel, and processes utilized by the Adviser and Sub-Adviser; the short- and long-term performance of the Funds (in absolute terms as well as in relationship to its particular investment program and certain competitor or peer group funds), and comments on the reasons for performance; the Funds expenses (including the advisory fee itself and the overall expense structure of the Funds, both in absolute terms and relative to similar and/or competing funds, with due regard for contractual or voluntary expense limitations); the use and allocation of brokerage commissions derived from trading the Funds portfolio securities; the nature and extent of the advisory and other services provided to the Funds by the Adviser and its affiliates; compliance and audit reports concerning the Funds and the Adviser and the service providers that service the Funds; and relevant developments in the mutual fund industry and how the Funds and/or its service providers are responding to them.
The Board also receives financial information about the Adviser and its affiliates, including reports on the compensation and benefits the Adviser and its affiliates derive from their relationships with the Funds. These reports cover not only the fees under the advisory contracts, but also fees received by the Advisers affiliate, M&I Trust, for providing other services to the Funds under separate contracts (e.g., for serving as the Funds administrator, custodian and shareholder services agent). The reports also discuss any indirect benefit the Adviser may derive from its receipt of research services from brokers who execute fund trades.
VOTING PROXIES ON FUND PORTFOLIO SECURITIES
The Board has delegated the authority to vote proxies on the securities held in the Funds portfolios to the Adviser. The Board has also approved the Advisers policies and procedures for voting the proxies, which are described below. Due to the Funds proposed investments in fixed income securities, the Adviser does not anticipate voting proxies on behalf of the Income Funds or Money Market Funds .
Proxy Voting Policies
The Advisers general policy is to cast proxy votes in a manner that, in the best judgment of the Adviser, is in the best economic interests of the Advisers clients with respect to the potential economic return on the clients investments. Generally, this will mean voting for proposals that the Adviser believes will improve the management of a company; increase the rights or preferences of the voted securities; and/or increase the chance that a premium offer would be made for the company or for the voted securities.
The following examples illustrate how these general policies may apply to proposals submitted by a companys board of directors. However, whether the Adviser supports or opposes a proposal will always depend on the specific circumstances described in the proxy statement and other available information.
On routine matters, generally the Adviser will vote for proposals to approve independent auditors; election of directors in uncontested elections; increases in authorized common shares for stock dividends, stock splits or general issuance, unless proposed as an anti-takeover action; share repurchase programs that institute or renew open market share repurchase programs in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.
On matters of corporate governance, generally the Adviser will vote for proposals to permit a simple majority of shareholders to approve acquisitions of a controlling interest of issuers; eliminate classified or staggered boards of directors; eliminate cumulative voting and preemptive rights; and proposals to opt-out of state takeover statutes. The Adviser will generally vote against the adoption of super-majority
B-41
voting provisions that require greater than a two-thirds shareholder approval to change the corporate charter or bylaws or to approve mergers and acquisitions; fair price amendments that are linked to a super-majority provision and do not permit a takeover unless an arbitrary fair price is offered to all shareholders; proposals that would create different classes of stock with unequal voting rights, such as dual class exchange offers and dual class recapitalizations; and proposals that do not allow replacement of existing members of the board of directors.
On matters relating to management compensation, generally the Adviser will vote for stock incentive plans that align the recipients interests with the interests of shareholders without creating undue dilution and other compensation plans that are consistent with standard business practices; and against proposals that would permit, for example, the repricing of outstanding options without substantial justification.
On matters relating to corporate transactions, the Adviser will vote proxies relating to proposed mergers, capital reorganizations, and similar transactions in accordance with the general policy, based upon its analysis of the proposed transaction. The Adviser will vote proxies in contested elections of directors in accordance with the general policy, based upon its analysis of the opposing slates and their respective proposed business strategies. Some transactions may also involve proposed changes to the companys corporate governance, capital structure or management compensation. The Adviser will vote on such changes based on its evaluation of the proposed transaction or contested election, even if such a vote may be contrary to its general practice for similar proposals made outside the context of such a proposed transaction or change in the board.
The Adviser generally votes against proposals submitted by shareholders without the favorable recommendation of a companys board. The Adviser believes that a companys board should manage its business and policies, and that shareholders who seek specific changes should strive to convince the board of their merits or seek direct representation on the board.
In addition, the Adviser will not vote if it determines that the consequences or costs outweigh the potential benefit of voting.
Proxy Voting Procedures
The Adviser has appointed a Proxy Officer who has the authority to direct the vote on proposals that require case-by-case determinations or where there has been a recommendation not to vote in accordance with a predetermined policy. The Proxy Officer reports to the Trust Investment Committee of M&I Trust.
In the event that a portfolio manager of the Adviser concludes that the interests of a Fund require that a proxy be voted on a proposal in a manner that differs from the proxy voting guidelines, the manager may request that the Proxy Officer consider voting on the proposal other than according to the guidelines, provided that the request is accompanied by a written explanation of the reasons for the request and a description of any relationship with the party proposing the matter to the shareholders. Upon such a request, the Proxy Officer may vary from the voting guidelines if the Proxy Officer determines that voting on the proposal according to the guidelines would be expected to impact adversely the current or potential market value of the issuers securities or to affect adversely the best interests of the client. In determining the vote on any proposal pursuant to such a request, the Proxy Officer shall not consider any benefit other than the best interests of the client.
The Advisers proxy voting procedures permit the Trust Investment Committee to develop and revise further procedures to assist the Adviser in the voting of proxies, which may include the use of a third party vendor for purposes of recommendations on particular shareholder votes being solicited or for the voting of proxies, or to override the directions provided in such guidelines, whenever necessary to comply with the proxy voting policies.
B-42
Conflicts of Interest
The Adviser addresses potential material conflicts of interest by having a predetermined voting policy. For those proposals that require case-by-case determinations, or in instances where special circumstances may require varying from the predetermined policy, the Proxy Officer will determine the vote in the best interests of the Advisers clients, without consideration of any benefit to the Adviser, its affiliates, its employees, its other clients, customers, service providers or any other party.
Proxy Voting Record
Each Funds proxy voting record for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge, either upon request, by calling toll free, 1-800-236-FUND (3863), or by accessing the SECs website at http://www.sec.gov .
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE POLICY
The Funds do not provide or permit others to provide information about the Funds portfolio holdings to any third party on a selective basis, except as permitted by the Corporations policy regarding disclosure of portfolio holdings (Disclosure Policy). This Disclosure Policy also applies to the Adviser and M&I Trust. Pursuant to the Disclosure Policy, the Corporation may disclose information about the Funds portfolio holdings only in the following circumstances:
| As required by SEC regulations, the Corporation will disclose the portfolio holdings of each Fund as of the end of the first and third fiscal quarters by filing Form N-Q with the SEC and as of the end of the second and fourth fiscal quarters by filing Form N-CSR with the SEC; |
| The Adviser may disclose Fund portfolio holdings in regulatory filings and in cases where the legitimate business purposes of the Funds are served by such disclosure, such as disclosures to service providers in connection with the fulfillment of their duties to the Funds and Corporation; |
| The Funds portfolio holdings as of each month end are disclosed to certain approved institutional data bases, generally no earlier than five days of month end; |
| Disclosure of portfolio holdings as of a particular month end (other than fiscal- or calendar-quarter end) may be made in response to inquiries from consultants or prospective clients; and |
| Portfolio holdings of the Funds as of a particular month end may be provided to portfolio managers of M&I Trust in connection with presentations to M&I Trusts existing clients. |
The Corporation is prohibited from entering into any other arrangements to disclose information regarding the Funds portfolio securities without prior approval of the Board. The Adviser and M&I Trust place restrictions on the use of portfolio holdings information disclosed to any of the third parties described above to ensure that the information remains confidential. No compensation or other consideration may be received by the Funds, the Adviser or M&I Trust in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings in accordance with this policy. The Funds Chief Compliance Officer monitors compliance with the Disclosure Policy and reports any violations to the Board.
The Board will review any disclosures of Fund portfolio holdings outside of the permitted disclosures described above on a quarterly basis to ensure that disclosure of information about portfolio holdings is in the best interest of Fund shareholders and to address any conflicts between the interests of Fund shareholders and those of the Adviser or any other Fund affiliate.
B-43
BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS
As used in this section, the term Adviser means Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable.
The Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Funds and for the placement of the Funds securities business, the negotiation of the charges to be paid on such transactions, and the allocation of portfolio brokerage and principal business. Trades may be done with brokers, dealers and, on occasion, issuers. Remuneration for trades may include commissions, commission-equivalent charges, dealer spreads, mark-ups and mark-downs.
In executing transactions on behalf of the Funds, the Adviser has no obligation to deal with any particular broker or dealer. Rather, the Adviser seeks to obtain the best qualitative execution. The best net price is an important factor, but the Adviser also considers the full range and quality of a brokers services, as described below. Recognizing the value of the range of services, the Funds may not pay the lowest commission or spread available on any particular transaction.
Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Section 28(e)), permits an investment advisor, under certain circumstances, to cause an account to pay a broker who supplies brokerage and research services a commission or commission-equivalent charge for effecting a transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker would have charged for effecting the transaction. Brokerage and research services include:
| furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing, purchasing, or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; |
| furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, sectors, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts; and |
| effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance, settlement and custody). |
In selecting brokers, the Adviser considers quality of investment research and brokerage services; communication of such information; trade execution pricing, capability and efficiency; and the appropriateness of the commission rate. Investment research services utilized by the Adviser include economic forecasts, industry analysis, individual company or issuer analysis and opinion, and investment strategy. In ensuring that the commission to be paid is fair compensation for the nature of the trade and the quality of the execution provided by the broker/dealer, the Adviser considers the commission rates paid by investment institutions of similar size. While the Adviser negotiates similar commission rates with all brokers and dealers, if the Adviser believes favorable prices and efficient execution is available from more than one broker or dealer, the Adviser may give consideration to placing trades with those brokers or dealers who furnish investment research and other brokerage services. The Adviser believes that the research information received in this manner provides the Funds with benefits by supplementing the research otherwise available to the Funds.
The Adviser places portfolio transactions for other advisory accounts in addition to the Funds. Research services furnished by firms through which the Funds effect their securities transactions may be used by the Adviser in servicing all of their accounts; that is, not all of such services may be used by the Adviser in connection with the Funds. The Adviser believes it is not possible to measure separately the benefits from research services received by each of the accounts (including the Funds) managed by them. Because the volume and nature of the trading activities of the accounts are not uniform, the amount of commissions in excess of those charged by another broker (if any) paid by each account for brokerage and research services will vary. The Adviser believes any such costs to the Funds, however, will not be disproportionate to the benefits received by the Funds on a continuing basis and, to the extent that receipt of these services may supplant services for which the Adviser might otherwise have paid, it would tend to reduce their expenses. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004, aggregate total commissions with brokers to whom
B-44
transactions were directed based on research services provided were $2,756,701 on transactions with an aggregate principal value of $847,967,117.
The Adviser generally seeks to allocate portfolio transactions equitably whenever concurrent decisions are made to purchase or sell securities by the Funds and other advisory accounts. There can be no assurance that a particular purchase or sale opportunity will be allocated to a Fund. In making allocations between the Funds and between a Fund and other advisory accounts, certain factors considered by the Adviser are the respective investment objectives, the relative size of portfolio holdings of the same or comparable securities, the availability of cash for investment, and the size of investment commitments generally held.
For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Funds paid the following brokerage commissions:
Brokerage Commissions Paid
|
|||||||||
Fund |
For the fiscal year ended August 31 |
||||||||
2004
|
2003
|
2002
|
|||||||
Equity Income Fund |
$ | 871,205 | $ | 706,615 | $ | 721,730 | |||
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
$ | 817,006 | $ | 650,894 | $ | 550,330 | |||
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
$ | 673,880 | $ | 413,547 | $ | 470,890 | |||
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
$ | 2,090,182 | $ | 1,037,203 | $ | 1,215,322 | |||
Small-Cap Growth Fund |
$ | 1,891,179 | $ | 1,476,747 | $ | 1,067,771 | |||
International Stock Fund |
$ | 1,639,484 | $ | 1,791,964 | $ | 1,210,489 | |||
Government Income Fund |
N/A | N/A | N/A | ||||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
N/A | N/A | N/A | ||||||
Intermediate Tax-Free Fund |
N/A | N/A | N/A | ||||||
Short-Term Income Fund |
N/A | N/A | N/A | ||||||
Money Market Fund |
N/A | N/A | N/A | ||||||
Government Money Market Fund |
N/A | N/A | N/A | ||||||
Tax-Free Money Market Fund (1) |
N/A | N/A | N/A |
N/A - Not applicable
(1) | The fee information is not provided for this Fund because it began operations after the last fiscal year covered by this SAI. |
Unless otherwise noted below, during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004, the Funds did not acquire securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act):
Fund |
Regular Broker or Dealer (or Parent) Issuer |
Value of Securities Owned (as of 8/31/04) |
|||
Equity Income Fund |
JP Morgan Chase & Co. Wachovia Securities LLC Citigroup, Inc. |
$
$ $ |
15,115,285
12,034,760 17,457,951 |
||
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
Citigroup, Inc. Goldman Sachs Group Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. JP Morgan Chase & Co. Lehman Brothers, Inc. Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. State Street Bank & Trust Co. |
$
$ $ $ $ $ $ |
5,489,034
1,596,846 1,937,582 2,452,693 1,532,331 1,805,631 1,506,457 |
B-45
Fund |
Regular Broker or Dealer (or Parent) Issuer |
Value of Securities Owned (as of 8/31/04) |
|||
International Stock Fund |
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC UBS AG |
$
$ |
6,266,401
6,478,706 |
||
Government Income Fund | Credit Suisse First Boston LLC | $ | 1,122,921 | ||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
Goldman Sachs Group Lehman Brothers, Inc. Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. Credit Suisse First Boston LLC Citigroup, Inc. UBS AG JP Morgan Chase & Co. |
$
$ $ $ $ $ $ $ |
6,253,660
3,026,423 6,975,675 5,847,289 5,553,905 28,332,305 8,480,934 450,550 |
||
Short-Term Income Fund |
Deutsche Bank Alex Brown, Inc. Goldman Sachs Group JP Morgan Chase & Co. Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. Credit Suisse First Boston LLC Bank of New York, Inc. Wachovia Securities LLC |
$
$ $ $ $ $ $ $ |
1,493,919
1,896,766 3,530,435 1,993,050 2,883,374 3,090,451 1,091,562 5,686,019 |
||
Money Market Fund |
Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. Deutsche Bank Alex Brown, Inc. Credit Suisse First Boston LLC Goldman Sachs Group JP Morgan Chase & Co. Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. Wachovia Securities LLC Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. Lehman Brothers, Inc. State Street Bank & Trust Co. |
$
$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ |
100,000,000
100,000,000 100,053,033 100,057,893 53,040,468 20,000,000 150,000,000 100,000,000 60,000,000 109,462,602 |
CODE OF ETHICS RESTRICTIONS ON PERSONAL TRADING
As required by the SECs rules, the Funds, the Adviser, BPI and the Distributor have adopted codes of ethics. These codes govern securities trading activities of investment personnel, Fund Directors and certain other employees (Access Persons). Although the codes permit Access Persons to trade in securities, including those that the Funds could buy, they also contain significant safeguards designed to protect the Funds and their shareholders from abuses in this area, such as requirements to obtain prior approval for, and to report, particular transactions.
ADMINISTRATOR
M&I Trust is the administrator of the Funds. As administrator, M&I Trust is entitled to receive fees directly from the Funds in amounts up to a maximum annual percentage of each Funds ADNA with
B-46
respect to the Equity Funds and Income Funds and the aggregate ADNA of all the Money Market Funds as follows:
Maximum Fee |
Funds ADNA |
|
0.100% |
on the first $250 million | |
0.095% |
on the next $250 million | |
0.080% |
on the next $250 million | |
0.060% |
on the next $250 million | |
0.040% |
on the next $500 million | |
0.020% |
on assets in excess of $1.5 billion |
The aggregate fees paid by the Money Market Funds are allocated to each Fund based on its assets.
For the fiscal periods ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the administrator was paid the following fees:
Administrative Fee Paid
|
|||||||||
Fund |
For the fiscal year ended August 31 |
||||||||
2004
|
2003
|
2002
|
|||||||
Equity Income Fund |
$ | 362,809 | $ | 326,469 | $ | 376,369 | |||
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
$ | 272,724 | $ | 248,138 | $ | 346,844 | |||
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
$ | 377,476 | $ | 219,889 | $ | 208,827 | |||
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
$ | 239,991 | $ | 207,371 | $ | 287,817 | |||
Small-Cap Growth Fund |
$ | 128,191 | $ | 78,974 | $ | 105,460 | |||
International Stock Fund |
$ | 405,328 | $ | 286,128 | $ | 328,190 | |||
Government Income Fund |
$ | 359,137 | $ | 375,342 | $ | 372,956 | |||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
$ | 599,768 | $ | 601,884 | $ | 592,063 | |||
Intermediate Tax-Free Fund |
$ | 100,321 | $ | 107,811 | $ | 103,957 | |||
Short-Term Income Fund |
$ | 155,127 | $ | 132,510 | $ | 125,808 | |||
Money Market Fund |
$ | 1,413,723 | $ | 1,377,739 | $ | 1,350,452 | |||
Government Money Market Fund (1) |
$ | 6,204 | N/A | N/A | |||||
Tax-Free Money Market Fund (2) |
N/A | N/A | N/A |
N/A - Not applicable
(1) | The fees paid by the Fund are for the period from May 17, 2004, the date on which the Fund began operations, to August 31, 2004, the end of the Funds fiscal year. |
(2) | The fee information is not provided for this Fund because it began operations after the last fiscal year covered by this SAI. |
The administrator may choose voluntarily to reimburse a portion of its fee at any time.
The functions performed by the administrator include, but are not limited to the following:
| preparation, filing and maintenance of the Corporations governing documents, minutes of Board meetings and shareholder meetings; |
| preparation and filing with the SEC and state regulatory authorities, the Corporations registration statement and all amendments, and any other documents required for the Funds to make a continuous offering of their shares; |
| preparation, negotiation and administration of contracts on behalf of a Fund; |
| supervision of the preparation of financial reports; |
| preparation and filing of federal and state tax returns; |
| assistance with the design, development and operation of a Fund; and |
| providing advice to the Funds and the Board. |
B-47
SUB-ADMINISTRATOR
On September 1, 2004, UMBFS became the Funds sub-administrator pursuant to the Sub-Administration Agreement with the administrator. Under the Sub-Administration Agreement, the functions performed by UMBFS include and relate to, but are not limited to, the following:
| review and filing with the SEC and state regulatory authorities of the Corporations registration statement and all amendments, and any other documents required for the Funds to make a continuous offering of their shares; |
| drafting and reviewing of the Funds annual and semi-annual reports; |
| various services relating to the shareholder and Board meetings, such as preparing and obtaining executed authorized signatures, attendance at Board meetings and drafting of proxy materials; |
| obtaining CUSIPS, NASDAQ symbols, and IRS tax identification numbers; |
| coordination and facilitation of external audits by the Corporations independent auditors and regulatory examinations of the Corporation; |
| follow-up on any issues surrounding reporting of performance for the Funds; and |
| preparation of the Corporations tax returns. |
For its services, UMBFS receives from the administrator with respect to each of the Funds (other than the Money Market Funds ), in addition to a monthly multi-class fee of $200 per class and out-of-pocket expenses, the asset based fees pursuant to the following schedule:
Average Net Assets |
Basis Points
(Domestic) |
Basis Points
(International) |
||
Up to $200 million |
.90 basis points | 3.00 basis points | ||
Next $200 million |
.85 basis points | 2.50 basis points | ||
Next $200 million |
.75 basis points | 2.00 basis points | ||
Next $200 million |
.65 basis points | 1.75 basis points | ||
Next $200 million |
.55 basis points | 1.50 basis points | ||
Next $200 million |
.45 basis points | 1.25 basis points | ||
Over $1.2 billion |
.35 basis points | 1.00 basis points |
With respect to the Money Market Funds , UMBFS will receive from the administrator, in addition to a monthly multi-class fee of $200 per class and out-of-pocket expenses, the asset based fees computed as of month-end on combined net assets pursuant to the following schedule:
Average Net Assets |
Basis Points |
|
Up to $250 million |
.55 basis points | |
Next $250 million |
.50 basis points | |
Next $250 million |
.45 basis points | |
Over $750 million |
.30 basis points |
Federated Services Company (Federated) served as the Funds sub-administrator until August 31, 2004. As sub-administrator, Federated was entitled to receive fees from the administrator equal to 50% of the fees the administrator was entitled to receive under the Administrative Agreement with the Corporation dated January 1, 2000. Federated performed services substantially similar to the services currently provided by UMBFS.
For the fiscal periods ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the administrator paid Federated $2,210,400, $2,208,968 and $2,624,911, respectively, under the Sub-Administrative Services Agreement.
B-48
TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT
Boston Financial Data Services, Inc., 2 Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts, maintains all necessary shareholder records. For its services, the transfer agent receives a fee based on the size, type and number of accounts and transactions made by shareholders. The fee is based on the level of the Funds average net assets for the period plus out-of-pocket expenses.
M&I Trust provides sub-transfer agency services to the Funds. In exchange for these services, the Funds pay M&I Trust a per account fee and out-of-pocket expenses.
CUSTODIAN (ALL FUNDS EXCEPT THE INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND)
M&I Trust, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, a subsidiary of M&I Corp., is a custodian for the securities and cash of the Funds. For its services as custodian, M&I Trust receives an annual fee, payable monthly, based on a percentage of a Funds average aggregate daily net assets.
CUSTODIAN TO THE INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND
Investors Bank & Trust Company (IBT), 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts, is a custodian for the securities and cash of the International Stock Fund .
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The independent registered public accounting firm for the Funds, Ernst & Young LLP, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts, conducts its audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), which require it to plan and perform its audits to provide reasonable assurance about whether the Funds financial statements and financial highlights are free of material misstatements.
From time to time, the yield and total return of the Investor Class of Shares of a Fund may be quoted in advertisements, shareholder reports or other communications to shareholders. Performance information is generally available by calling the Funds (toll free) at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).
Other than with respect to the Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund , which did not commence operations until after the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004, the financial statements for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004 are incorporated herein by reference from the Funds Investor Class of Shares Annual Report dated August 31, 2004 (for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004) and the Semi-Annual Report dated February 29, 2004 (for the semi-annual period ended February 29, 2004) (File Nos. 33-48907 and 811-58433). A copy of the Annual Report and the Semi-Annual Report for a Fund may be obtained without charge by contacting MIS at the address located on the back cover of the SAI or by calling MIS at 1-414-287-8555 or 1-800-236-FUND (3863).
B-49
STANDARD AND POORS LONG TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
Issue credit ratings are based in varying degrees, on the following considerations:
| Likelihood of paymentcapacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; |
| Nature of and provisions of the obligation; and |
| Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors rights. |
The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above.
AAA An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poors. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA An obligation rated AA differs from the highest rated obligations only in small degree. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC, CC, and C Obligations rated BB, B, CCC, CC and C are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
BB An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligors inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligors capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
C The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.
A-1
D An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poors believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
PLUS (+) OR MINUS (-):The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
c The c subscript is used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuers bonds are deemed taxable.
p The letter p indicates that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.
* Continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poors receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows.
r The r highlights derivative, hybrid, and certain other obligations that Standard & Poors believes may experience high volatility or high variability in expected returns as a result of noncredit risks. Examples of such obligations are securities with principal or interest return indexed to equities, commodities, or currencies; certain swaps and options; and interest-only and principal-only mortgage securities. The absence of an r symbol should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will exhibit no volatility or variability in total return.
N.R. Not rated.
Debt obligations of issuers outside the United States and its territories are rated on the same basis as domestic corporate and municipal issues. The ratings measure the creditworthiness of the obligor but do not take into account currency exchange and related uncertainties.
MOODYS LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS
Moodys long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.
AAA Obligations rated AAA are judged to be of the highest quality with minimal credit risk.
Aa Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A Obligations rated A are considered as upper-medium-grade obligations and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
A-2
Ca Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
Note: Moodys appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
FITCHS INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM RATINGS
The following ratings scale applies to both foreign currency and local currency ratings, in addition to Enhanced and Unenhanced ratings.
AAA Highest credit quality. AAA ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA Very high credit quality. AA ratings denote a very low expectation of credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A High credit quality. Single A ratings denote a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than for higher ratings.
BBB Good credit quality. BBB ratings indicate that there is currently a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity, This is the lowest investment-grade category.
BB Speculative. BB ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities in this category are not investment grade.
B Highly speculative. B ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
CCC, CC, C High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments. A CC rating indicates that default of some kind appears probable. C ratings signal imminent default.
DDD, DD, D Default. Entities rated in this category have defaulted on some or all of their obligations. Entities rated DDD have the highest prospect for resumption of performance or continued operation with or without a formal reorganization process (the potential for recovery estimated to be about 90%100% of outstanding amounts & accrued interest). Entities rated DD and D are generally undergoing a formal reorganization or liquidation process; those rated DD are likely to satisfy a higher portion of their outstanding obligations (potential recoveries in the range of 50%90%), while entities rated D have a poor prospect of repaying all obligations (below 50%).
(While expected recovery values are highly speculative and cannot be estimated with any precision, the above percentages are meant to serve as general guidelines.)
A-3
Notes to Long-Term ratings:
| + or - may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the AAA Long-Term rating category, to categories below CCC. |
| NR indicated that Fitch does not publicly rate the issuer or issue in question. |
| Withdrawn : A rating is withdrawn when Fitch deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced. |
| Rating Watch and Rating Outlook : Ratings are placed on Rating Watch or Rating Outlook to indicate that there is a reasonable likelihood of a rating change as well as the likely direction of such change. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively shorter period (12 months), than Rating Outlook (beyond 1 to 2 years). Indicators are designated as Positive , indicating a potential upgrade, Negative , for a potential downgrade, or Evolving , if ratings may be raised, lowered, or maintained. |
STANDARD AND POORS COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS
A Standard & Poors commercial paper rating is a current opinion of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from A for the highest-quality obligations to D for the lowest. These categories are as follows:
A-1 This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.
A-2 Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated A-1.
A-3 Issues carrying this designation have an adequate capacity for timely payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.
B Issues rated B are regarded as having only speculative capacity for timely payment.
C This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a doubtful capacity for payment.
D Debt rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when interest payments of principal payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poors believes such payments will be made during such grace period.
STANDARD & POORS DUAL RATINGS DEFINITIONS
Standard & Poors assigns dual ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure. The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term debt rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the commercial paper rating symbols for the put option (for example, AAA/A-1+). With short-term demand debt, Standard & Poors note rating symbols are used with the commercial paper rating symbols (for example, SP-1+/A-1+).
MOODYS SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS
Moodys short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.
A-4
Moodys employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
P-1 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
NP Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
FITCHS INTERNATIONAL SHORT-TERM RATINGS
The following ratings scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings, in addition to both Enhanced and Unenhanced ratings. A Short-Term rating has a time horizon of less than 12 months for most obligations, or up to 3 years for U.S. Public Finance securities, and thus places greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner.
F-1 Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added + to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F-2 Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.
F-3 Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.
B Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
D Default. Denotes actual or imminent default on payment.
Notes to Short-Term ratings:
NR indicates that Fitch does not publicly rate the particular issue or issuer.
+ may be appended to a F1 rating to denote relative status within the category.
Withdrawn: A rating is withdrawn when Fitch deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.
Rating Watch and Rating Outlook: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch or Ratings Outlook to indicate that there is reasonable likelihood of a rating change as well as the likely direction of such change. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively shorter period (12 months), than Rating Outlook (beyond 1 to 2 years).
Indicators are designated as Positive , indicating a potential upgrade, Negative , for a potential downgrade, or Evolving , if ratings may be raised, lowered, or maintained.
Expected Ratings , denoted by an (EXP) suffix, are preliminary ratings that are usually contingent upon the receipt of final documents conforming to information already received.
Short-Term Note/Demand Ratings: Occasionally, two short term ratings may be combined; the first rating reflects the likelihood of full and timely payment of principal and interest as scheduled over the short term, while second rating reflects the likelihood of full payment of purchase price to the bondholder in the event of a put (full repayment demanded).
A-5
STANDARD AND POORS MUNICIPAL BOND RATINGS
Issue credit ratings are based in varying degrees, on the following considerations:
| Likelihood of paymentcapacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; |
| Nature of and provisions of the obligation; and |
| Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors rights. |
The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above.
AAA An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poors. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA An obligation rated AA differs from the highest rated obligations only in small degree. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC, CC, and C Obligations rated BB, B, CCC, CC and C are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
BB An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligors inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligors capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
C The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.
D An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poors believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating
A-6
also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
PLUS (+) OR MINUS (-):The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
c The c subscript is used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuers bonds are deemed taxable.
p The letter p indicates that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.
* Continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poors receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows.
r The r highlights derivative, hybrid, and certain other obligations that Standard & Poors believes may experience high volatility or high variability in expected returns as a result of noncredit risks. Examples of such obligations are securities with principal or interest return indexed to equities, commodities, or currencies; certain swaps and options; and interest-only and principal-only mortgage securities. The absence of an r symbol should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will exhibit no volatility or variability in total return.
N.R. Not rated.
Debt obligations of issuers outside the United States and its territories are rated on the same basis as domestic corporate and municipal issues. The ratings measure the creditworthiness of the obligor but do not take into account currency exchange and related uncertainties.
MOODYS MUNICIPAL LONG-TERM RATINGS
Municipal Ratings are opinions of the investment quality of issuers and issues in the US municipal and tax-exempt markets. As such, these ratings incorporate Moodys assessment of the default probability and loss severity of these issuers and issues. The default and loss content for Moodys municipal long-term rating scale differs from Moodys general long-term rating scale.
Municipal Ratings are based upon the analysis of four primary factors relating to municipal finance: economy, debt, finances, and administration/management strategies. Each of the factors is evaluated individually and for its effect on the other factors in the context of the municipalitys ability to repay its debt.
Aaa Issuers or issues rated Aaa demonstrate the strongest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
Aa Issuers or issues rated Aa demonstrate very strong creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
A Issuers or issues rated A present above-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
Baa Issuers or issues rated Baa represent average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
Ba Issuers or issues rated Ba demonstrate below-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
A-7
B Issuers or issues rated B demonstrate weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
Caa Issuers or issues rate Caa demonstrate very weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
Ca Issuers or issues rated Ca demonstrate extremely weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
C Issuers or issues rated C demonstrate the weakest creditworthiness relative to other US Municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
Note: Moodys appends numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 to each generic-rating category from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the issuer or obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
STANDARD AND POORS MUNICIPAL NOTE RATINGS
Notes: A Standard and Poors note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment:
| Amortization schedulethe larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note. |
| Source of paymentthe more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note. |
| Note rating symbols are as follows: |
SP-1 Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service are given a plus (+) designation.
SP-2 Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
SP-3 Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
MOODYS SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS
There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.
MIG 1 This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2 This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
MIG 3 This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
SG This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
A-8
MOODYS DEMAND OBLIGATION RATINGS
In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moodys evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moodys evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (demand feature), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating.
When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1.
VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issues specific structural or credit features.
VMIG-1 This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG-2 This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG-3 This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
SG This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
A-9
Marshall Equity Income Fund
Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund
Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund
Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund
Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund
Marshall International Stock Fund
Marshall Government Income Fund
Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund
Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund
Marshall Short-Term Income Fund
Marshall Money Market Fund
Marshall Government Money Market Fund
Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund
1000 North Water Street P.O. Box 1348 Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-1348 |
||
Distributor:
Grand Distribution Services, LLC |
803 West Michigan Street, Suite A Milwaukee, WI 53233 |
|
Adviser to all Funds:
M&I Investment Management Corp. |
1000 North Water Street Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 |
|
Sub-Adviser to Marshall International Stock Fund:
BPI Global Asset Management LLP |
1900 Summit Tower Boulevard Suite 450 Orlando, Florida 32810 |
|
Custodian (except Marshall International Stock Fund) and Administrator:
Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. |
1000 North Water Street Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 |
|
Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent:
Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. |
2 Heritage Drive Quincy, MA 02171 |
|
Sub-Administrator and Portfolio Accounting Services (except
UMB Fund Services, Inc. |
803 West Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 |
|
Custodian and Portfolio Accounting Services Agent for
Investors Bank & Trust Company |
200 Clarendon Street Boston, MA 02116 |
|
Shareholder Servicing Agent:
Marshall Investor Services, a division of Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. |
P.O. Box 1348 Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-1348 |
|
Legal Counsel:
Bell, Boyd & Lloyd LLC |
Three First National Plaza 70 West Madison Street, Suite 3300 Chicago, Illinois 60602-4207 |
|
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm:
Ernst & Young LLP |
200 Clarendon Street Boston, MA 02116-5072 |
Marshall Investor Services
1000 North Water Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
414-287-8555 or 1-800-236-FUND (3863)
TDD: Speech and Hearing Impaired Services
1-800-236-209-3520
Internet address: http:www.marshallfunds.com
Marshall Funds, Inc.
Statement of Additional Information
Advisor Class of Shares
(Class A)
December 31, 2004
Equity Funds | Income Funds | |
Marshall Equity Income Fund |
Marshall Government Income Fund |
|
Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund |
|
Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund |
Marshall Short-Term Income Fund |
|
Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
||
Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund |
||
Marshall International Stock Fund |
Money Market Fund | |
Marshall Money Market Fund |
This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a Prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Advisor Class of Shares Prospectus for the Marshall Funds listed above (each, a Fund and collectively, the Funds) dated December 31, 2004. This SAI incorporates by reference the financial statements from the Funds August 31, 2004 Annual Report. You may obtain the Prospectus and Annual Report without charge by calling Marshall Investor Services (MIS) at 1-800-236-FUND (3863), or you can visit the Marshall Funds Internet site on the World Wide Web at http://www.marshallfunds.com .
P.O. Box 1348
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-1348
GRAND DISTRIBUTION SERVICES, LLC
Distributor
(Class A Shares)
Table of Contents
Page
|
||
1 | ||
1 | ||
4 | ||
19 | ||
19 | ||
22 | ||
24 | ||
24 | ||
26 | ||
28 | ||
29 | ||
31 | ||
47 | ||
47 | ||
1 | ||
Back Cover |
Marshall Funds, Inc. (Corporation) is an open-end, management investment company that was established as a Wisconsin corporation on July 31, 1992.
The Funds are diversified portfolios of the Corporation. The Corporation may offer separate series of shares representing interests in separate portfolios of securities, and the shares in any one portfolio may be offered in separate classes. Currently, the Corporation consists of thirteen separate series, ten of which are discussed in this SAI.
The Board of Directors of the Corporation (Board) has established certain classes of shares with respect to each Fund as follows:
Fund |
Advisor Class of
Shares (Class A) |
Investor Class of
Shares (Class Y) |
Institutional Class of Shares (Class I) |
|||
Equity Income Fund |
Ö | Ö | ||||
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
Ö | Ö | ||||
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
Ö | Ö | ||||
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
Ö | Ö | ||||
Small Cap Growth Fund |
Ö | Ö | ||||
International Stock Fund |
Ö | Ö | Ö | |||
Government Income Fund |
Ö | Ö | ||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
Ö | Ö | ||||
Short-Term Income Fund |
Ö | Ö | ||||
Money Market Fund |
Ö | Ö | Ö |
This SAI relates to the Advisor Class of Shares only. The Funds investment adviser is M&I Investment Management Corp. (Adviser). The International Stock Fund s sub-adviser is BPI Global Asset Management LLP (BPI or Sub-Adviser). This SAI contains additional information about the Corporation and the Funds. This SAI uses the same terms as defined in the Prospectus.
The definitions of the terms series and class in the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, Chapter 180 of the Wisconsin Statutes (WBCL) differ from the meanings assigned to those terms in the Prospectus and this SAI. The Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation reconcile this inconsistency in terminology, and provide that the Prospectus and SAI may define these terms consistently with the use of those terms under the WBCL.
SECURITIES IN WHICH THE FUNDS INVEST
Following is a table that indicates which types of securities are a(n):
| P = Principal investment of a Fund; (shaded in chart) |
| A = Acceptable (but not principal) investment of a Fund; or |
| N = Not an acceptable investment of a Fund. |
B-1
EQUITY FUNDS
Securities |
Equity
Income |
Large-Cap
Growth & Income |
Mid-Cap
Value |
Mid-Cap
Growth |
Small-Cap
Growth |
International
Stock |
||||||
American Depositary Receipts 1 |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Asset-Backed Securities 2 |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Bank Instruments 3 |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Borrowing |
A | A | A | A | A | A 4 | ||||||
Common Stock |
P | P | P | P | P | P | ||||||
Common Stock of Foreign Companies |
A | A | A | A | A | P | ||||||
Convertible Securities |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Debt Obligations 5 |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Derivative Contracts and Securities |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
European Depositary Receipts |
N | N | N | N | N | A | ||||||
Fixed Rate Debt Obligations |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Floating Rate Debt Obligations |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Foreign Currency Hedging Transactions |
N | N | N | N | N | A | ||||||
Foreign Currency Transactions |
N | N | N | N | N | A | ||||||
Foreign Securities 6 |
A | A | A | A | A | P | ||||||
Forward Commitments, When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Futures and Options Transactions |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Global Depositary Receipts |
N | N | N | N | N | A | ||||||
Illiquid and Restricted Securities 7 |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Lending of Portfolio Securities |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Mortgage-Backed Securities |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Preferred Stocks |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Prime Commercial Paper 8 |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Repurchase Agreements |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Reverse Repurchase Agreements |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Securities of Other Investment Companies |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
SWAP Transactions |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
U.S. Government Securities |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Variable Rate Demand Notes |
A | A | A | A | A | A | ||||||
Warrants |
A | A | A | A | A | A |
B-2
INCOME FUNDS AND MONEY MARKET FUND
Securities |
Government
Income |
Intermediate
Bond |
Short-Term
Income |
Money
Market |
||||
Asset-Backed Securities 2 |
P | A | P | A | ||||
Bank Instruments 3 |
A | A | A | P | ||||
Borrowing |
A | A | A | A | ||||
Callable Securities |
N | N | N | A | ||||
Debt Obligations |
P | P | P | P | ||||
Demand Master Notes |
N | A | A | P | ||||
Derivative Contracts and Securities |
A | A | A | A | ||||
Dollar Rolls |
P | A | A | N | ||||
Fixed Rate Debt Obligations |
P | P | P | P | ||||
Floating Rate Debt Obligations |
A | A | A | P | ||||
Foreign Money Market Instruments |
A | A | A | A | ||||
Foreign Securities 6 |
A | A | A | N | ||||
Forward Commitments, When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions |
A | A | A | A | ||||
Funding Agreements |
A | A | A | P | ||||
Futures and Options Transactions |
A | A | A | N | ||||
Guaranteed Investment Contracts |
N | N | N | A | ||||
Illiquid and Restricted Securities 7 |
A | A | A | A | ||||
Lending of Portfolio Securities |
A | A | A | A | ||||
Mortgage-Backed Securities |
P | A | A | A | ||||
Municipal Leases |
A | A | A | N | ||||
Municipal Securities |
A | A | A | N | ||||
Participation Interests |
N | N | N | A | ||||
Prime Commercial Paper 8 |
A | A | A | P | ||||
Repurchase Agreements |
A | A | A | P | ||||
Reverse Repurchase Agreements |
A | A | A | A 9 | ||||
Securities of Other Investment Companies |
A | A | A | A | ||||
SWAP Transactions |
A | A | A | N | ||||
U.S. Government Securities |
P | A | A | A | ||||
Variable Rate Demand Notes |
A | A | A | A |
1. | All Funds may invest up to 20% of their respective assets in American Depository Receipts; however, the International Stock Fund has no limit. |
2. | The Equity Funds and Income Funds may invest in asset-backed securities rated, at the time of purchase, in the top four rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (NRSRO) (i.e., securities rated AAA, AA, A or BBB by Standard & Poors Corporation (S&P) and Fitch Ratings (Fitch) and Aaa, Aa, A or Baa by Moodys Investors Service (Moodys)), or if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. The Money Market Fund will invest in only the short-term tranches, which will generally have a maturity not exceeding 397 days. Only the Income Funds expect that they might exceed 5% of their respective net assets in these securities. |
3. | The Equity Funds and Money Market Fund may purchase foreign bank instruments. The Equity Funds (except the International Stock Fund ) are limited to 5% of total assets. The Income Funds may invest in foreign bank instruments, although they do not presently intend to do so. |
4. |
The International Stock Fund may borrow money to purchase securities, a strategy that involves purchasing securities in amounts that exceed the amount it has invested in the underlying securities. The excess exposure increases the risks associated with the underlying |
B-3
securities and tends to exaggerate the effect of changes in the value of its portfolio securities and consequently on the Funds net asset value (NAV). The Fund may pledge more than 5% of its total assets to secure such borrowings. |
5. | Must be issued by U.S. corporations and rated in the top four categories by an NRSRO or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. |
6. | The Equity Funds (except the International Stock Fund ) may only invest up to 5% of their respective net assets in foreign securities other than American Depositary Receipts (ADRs). |
7. | All Funds may invest up to 15% of their respective assets in illiquid securities except for the Money Market Fund , which is limited to 10%. |
8. | The Small-Cap Growth Fund may purchase commercial paper rated investment grade by an NRSRO or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. The other Funds may purchase commercial paper rated in the two highest rating categories by an NRSRO or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. |
9. | During the period any reverse repurchase agreements are outstanding, but only to the extent necessary to assure completion of the reverse repurchase agreements, the Money Market Fund will restrict the purchase of portfolio instruments to money market instruments maturing on or before the expiration date of the reverse repurchase agreement. |
SECURITIES DESCRIPTIONS, TECHNIQUES AND RISKS
As used in this section, the term Adviser means Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable.
Agency Securities are issued or guaranteed by a federal agency or other government sponsored entity acting under federal authority. Some government entities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Other government entities receive support through federal subsidies, loans or other benefits. A few government entities have no explicit financial support, but are regarded as having implied support because the federal government sponsors their activities. Investors regard agency securities as having low credit risks, but not as low as Treasury securities.
A Fund treats mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by a government sponsored entity as if issued or guaranteed by a federal agency. Although such a guarantee protects against credit risks, it does not reduce the market and prepayment risks.
Asset-Backed Securities are issued by non-governmental entities and carry no direct or indirect government guarantee. Asset-backed securities represent an interest in a pool of assets such as car loans and credit card receivables. Almost any type of fixed income assets (including other fixed income securities) may be used to create an asset-backed security. However, most asset-backed securities involve consumer or commercial debts with maturities of less than ten years. Asset-backed securities may take the form of commercial paper or notes, in addition to pass-through certificates or asset-backed bonds. Asset-backed securities may also resemble some types of collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs).
Payments on asset-backed securities depend upon assets held by the issuer and collections of the underlying loans. The value of these securities depends on many factors, including changing interest rates, the availability of information about the pool and its structure, the credit quality of the underlying assets, the markets perception of the servicer of the pool and any credit enhancement provided. Also, these securities may be subject to prepayment risk.
Bank Instruments are unsecured interest-bearing deposits with banks. Bank instruments include bank accounts, time deposits, certificates of deposit and bankers acceptances. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by non-U.S. branches of U.S. or foreign banks are commonly referred to as Eurodollar instruments. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by U.S. branches of foreign banks are referred to as Yankee dollar instruments.
The Funds will invest in bank instruments that have been issued by banks and savings and loans that have capital, surplus and undivided profits of over $100 million or whose principal amount is insured by the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which are administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Securities that are credit-enhanced with a banks irrevocable letter of credit or unconditional guaranty will also be treated as bank instruments.
B-4
Foreign Bank and Money Market Instruments . Eurodollar Certificates of Deposit (ECDs), Yankee dollar Certificates of Deposit (YCDs) and Eurodollar Time Deposits (ETDs) are all U.S. dollar denominated certificates of deposit. ECDs are issued by, and ETDs are deposits of, foreign banks or foreign branches of U.S. banks. YCDs are issued in the U.S. by branches and agencies of foreign banks. Europaper is dollar-denominated commercial paper and other short-term notes issued in the U.S. by foreign issuers.
ECDs, ETDs, YCDs and Europaper have many of the same risks as other foreign securities. Examples of these risks include economic and political developments that may adversely affect the payment of principal or interest, foreign withholding or other taxes on interest income, difficulties in obtaining or enforcing a judgment against the issuing bank and the possible impact of interruptions in the flow of international currency transactions. Also, the issuing banks or their branches are not necessarily subject to the same regulatory requirements that apply to domestic banks, such as reserve requirements, loan limitations, examinations, accounting, auditing, recordkeeping and the public availability of information. These factors will be carefully considered by the Adviser in selecting these investments.
Borrowing . The Funds may borrow money from banks or through reverse repurchase agreements in amounts up to one-third of total assets (net assets for the Money Market Fund, Short-Term Income Fund and Intermediate Bond Fund ), and pledge some assets as collateral. A Fund that borrows will pay interest on borrowed money and may incur other transaction costs. These expenses could exceed the income received or capital appreciation realized by a Fund from any securities purchased with borrowed money. With respect to borrowings, the Funds are required to maintain continuous asset coverage equal to 300% of the amount borrowed. If the coverage declines to less than 300%, a Fund must sell sufficient portfolio securities to restore the coverage even if it must sell the securities at a loss.
Commercial Paper and Restricted and Illiquid Securities . Commercial paper represents an issuers draft or note with a maturity of less than nine months. Companies typically issue commercial paper to fund current expenditures. Most issuers constantly reissue their commercial paper and use the proceeds (or bank loans) to repay maturing paper. Commercial paper may default if the issuer cannot continue to obtain financing in this fashion. The short maturity of commercial paper reduces both the market and credit risk as compared to other debt securities of the same issuer.
The Funds may invest in commercial paper issued under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (1933 Act). By law, the sale of Section 4(2) commercial paper is restricted and is generally sold only to institutional investors, such as the Funds. A Fund purchasing Section 4(2) commercial paper must agree to purchase the paper for investment purposes only and not with a view to public distribution. Section 4(2) commercial paper is normally resold to other institutional investors through investment dealers who make a market in Section 4(2) commercial paper and, thus, provide liquidity.
The Funds believe that Section 4(2) commercial paper and certain other restricted securities which meet the Boards criteria for liquidity are quite liquid. Thus, Section 4(2) commercial paper and restricted securities which are deemed liquid, will not be subject to the Funds investment limitation applicable to restricted securities.
Concentration (The Equity Income Fund). The Equity Income Fund has adopted a fundamental investment policy which prohibits the Fund from investing more than 25% of its assets in the securities of companies in any one industry. For purposes of this policy, the Adviser determines industry classifications in accordance with the SECs Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Codes. While the Fund may be heavily invested in a single market sector like financial services, it will not invest more than 25% of its assets in securities of companies in any one industry or subsector. Industries or subsectors include, among others, diversified banks, diversified financial services companies, real estate investment trusts, and thrift and mortgage companies.
Convertible Securities are fixed income securities that a Fund has the option to exchange for equity securities at a specified conversion price. The option allows a Fund to realize additional returns if the market price of the equity securities exceeds the conversion price. For example, if a Fund holds fixed income securities convertible into shares of common stock at a conversion price of $10 per share, and the shares have a market value of $12, a Fund could realize an additional $2 per share by converting the fixed income securities.
To compensate for the value of the conversion option, convertible securities have lower yields than comparable fixed income securities. In addition, the conversion price exceeds the market value of the underlying equity securities at the time a convertible security is issued. Thus, convertible securities may provide lower returns than non-convertible fixed income securities or equity securities depending upon changes in the price of the underlying equity securities. However, convertible securities permit a
B-5
Fund to realize some of the potential appreciation of the underlying equity securities with less risk of losing its initial investment.
A Fund treats convertible securities as both fixed income and equity securities for purposes of its investment policies and limitations, because of their unique characteristics.
Corporate Debt Securities are fixed income securities issued by businesses. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most common types of corporate debt securities. The credit risks of corporate debt securities vary widely among issuers.
Credit Enhancement . Certain acceptable investments may be credit-enhanced by a guaranty, letter of credit or insurance. The Adviser may evaluate a security based, in whole or in part, upon the financial condition of the party providing the credit enhancement (the credit enhancer). The bankruptcy, receivership or default of the credit enhancer will adversely affect the quality and marketability of the underlying security.
For diversification purposes, credit-enhanced securities will not be treated as having been issued by the credit enhancer, unless a Fund has invested more than 10% of its assets in securities issued, guaranteed or otherwise credit-enhanced by the credit enhancer. In such cases, the securities will be treated as having been issued both by the issuer and the credit enhancer.
Credit Quality. The fixed income securities in which a Fund invests will be rated at least investment grade by an NRSRO. Investment grade securities are those that have received one of an NRSROs four highest ratings. Securities receiving the fourth highest rating (Baa by Moodys or BBB by S&P or Fitch) have speculative characteristics, and changes in the market or the economy are more likely to affect the ability of the issuer to repay its obligations when due. The Adviser will evaluate downgraded securities and will sell any security determined not to be an acceptable investment. The Money Market Fund is subject to Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (1940 Act), and will follow the credit quality requirements of the Rule.
Demand Features . The Funds may purchase securities subject to a demand feature, which may take the form of a put or standby commitment. Demand features permit a Fund to demand payment of the value of the security (plus any accrued interest) from either the issuer of the security or a third-party. Demand features help make a security more liquid, although an adverse change in the financial health of the provider of a demand feature (such as bankruptcy) will negatively affect the liquidity of the security. Other events may also terminate a demand feature, in which case liquidity is also affected.
Demand Master Notes are short-term borrowing arrangements between a corporation or government agency and an institutional lender (such as a Fund) payable upon demand by either party. A party may demand full or partial payment, and the notice period for demand typically ranges from one to seven days. Many master notes give a Fund the option of increasing or decreasing the principal amount of the master note on a daily or weekly basis within certain limits. Demand master notes usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest.
Depositary Receipts . ADRs are receipts, issued by a U.S. bank, that represent an interest in shares of a foreign-based corporation. ADRs provide a way to buy shares of foreign-based companies in the U.S. rather than in overseas markets. European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs) are receipts issued by foreign banks or trust companies, or foreign branches of U.S. banks that represent an interest in shares of either a foreign or U.S. corporation. Depositary receipts may not be denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities into which they may be converted, and are subject to currency risks. Depositary receipts involve many of the same risks of investing directly in foreign securities.
Derivative Contracts are financial instruments that require payments based upon changes in the values of designated (or underlying) securities, currencies, commodities, financial indices or other assets. Some derivative contracts (such as futures, forwards and options) require payments relating to a future trade involving the underlying asset. Other derivative contracts (such as swaps) require payments relating to the income or returns from the underlying asset. The other party to a derivative contract is referred to as a counterparty.
B-6
Many derivative contracts are traded on securities or commodities exchanges, in which case the exchange sets all the terms of the contract except for the price. Investors make payments due under their contracts through the exchange. Most exchanges require investors to maintain margin accounts through their brokers to cover their potential obligations to the exchange. Parties to the contract make (or collect) daily payments to the margin accounts to reflect losses (or gains) in the value of their contracts. This protects investors against potential defaults by the counterparty.
Trading contracts on an exchange also allows investors to close out their contracts by entering into offsetting contracts. For example, a Fund could close out an open contract to buy an asset at a future date by entering into an offsetting contract to sell the same asset on the same date. If the offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, a Fund realizes a gain; if it is less, a Fund realizes a loss. Exchanges may limit the amount of open contracts permitted at any one time. Such limits may prevent a Fund from closing out a position. If this happens, a Fund will be required to keep the contract open (even if it is losing money on the contract), and to make any payments required under the contract (even if it has to sell portfolio securities at unfavorable prices to do so). The inability to close out a contract could also harm a Fund by preventing it from disposing of or trading any assets it has been using to secure its obligations under the contract.
A Fund may also trade derivative contracts over-the-counter (OTC) in transactions negotiated directly between a Fund and the counterparty. OTC contracts do not necessarily have standard terms, so they cannot be directly offset with other OTC contracts. In addition, OTC contracts with more specialized terms may be more difficult to price than exchange traded contracts.
Depending upon how a Fund uses derivative contracts and the relationships between the market value of a derivative contract and the underlying asset, derivative contracts may increase or decrease a Funds exposure to market and currency risks, and may also expose a Fund to liquidity and leverage risks. OTC contracts also expose a Fund to credit risks in the event that a counterparty defaults on the contract.
Dollar Rolls are transactions where a Fund sells mortgage-backed securities with a commitment to buy similar, but not identical, mortgage-backed securities on a future date at a lower price. Normally, one or both securities involved are to be announced mortgage-backed securities. Dollar rolls are subject to interest rate risks and credit risks. These transactions may create leverage risks.
Duration is a measure of volatility in the price of a bond prior to maturity. Volatility is the magnitude of the change in the price of a bond relative to a change in the market interest rate. Volatility is based upon a bonds coupon rate, maturity date and the level of market yields of similar bonds. Generally, bonds with lower coupons or longer maturities will be more volatile than bonds with higher coupons or shorter maturities. Duration combines these variables into a single measure of price sensitivity to interest rate changes. For example, if interest rates decline by 1%, the market value of a portfolio with a duration of five years would rise by approximately 5%. Conversely, if interest rates increase by 1%, the market value of the portfolio would decline by approximately 5%.
Equity Securities are the fundamental unit of ownership in a company. The following describes the types of equity securities in which the Equity Funds may invest:
Common Stocks are the most prevalent type of equity security. Common stockholders are entitled to the net value of the issuers earnings and assets after the issuer pays its creditors and any preferred stockholders. As a result, changes in an issuers earnings directly influence the value of its common stock.
Common Stocks of Foreign Companies are equity securities issued by a corporation domiciled outside of the United States that trade on a domestic securities exchange.
B-7
Preferred Stocks have the right to receive specified dividends or distributions before the payment of dividends or distributions on common stock. Some preferred stocks also participate in dividends and distributions paid on common stock. Preferred stocks may provide for the issuer to redeem the stock on a specified date. A Fund holding redeemable preferred stock may treat it as a fixed income security.
Warrants provide an option to buy the issuers stock or other equity securities at a specified price. A Fund holding a warrant may buy the designated shares by paying the exercise price before the warrant expires. Warrants may become worthless if the price of the stock does not rise above the exercise price by the stated expiration date. Rights are the same as warrants, except they are typically issued to existing stockholders.
Fixed Income Securities generally pay interest at either a fixed or floating rate and provide more regular income than equity securities. However, the returns on fixed income securities are limited and normally do not increase with the issuers earnings. This limits the potential appreciation of fixed income securities as compared to equity securities. Fixed-rate securities and floating rate securities react differently as prevailing interest rates change.
Callable Securities. Certain fixed income securities in which the Money Market Fund invests are callable at the option of the issuer. Callable securities are subject to call risks.
Fixed Rate Debt Securities . Debt securities that pay a fixed interest rate over the life of the security and have a long-term maturity may have many characteristics of short-term debt. For example, the market may treat fixed-rate/long-term securities as short-term debt when a securitys market price is close to the call or redemption price, or if the security is approaching its maturity date when the issuer is more likely to call or redeem the debt.
As interest rates change, the market prices of fixed-rate debt securities are generally more volatile than the prices of floating rate debt securities. As interest rates rise, the prices of fixed-rate debt securities fall, and as interest rates fall, the prices of fixed-rate debt securities rise. For example, a bond that pays a fixed interest rate of 10% is more valuable to investors when prevailing interest rates are lower; this value is reflected in higher price, or a premium. Conversely, if interest rates are over 10%, the bond is less attractive to investors, and sells at a lower price, or a discount.
Floating Rate Debt Securities . The interest rate paid on floating rate debt securities is reset periodically (e.g., every 90 days) to a predetermined index rate. Commonly used indices include 90-day or 180-day Treasury bill rate; one month or three month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR); commercial paper rates; or the prime rate of interest of a bank. The prices of floating rate debt securities are not as sensitive to changes in interest rates as fixed rate debt securities because they behave like shorter-term securities and their interest rate is reset periodically.
Foreign Currency Transactions are generally used to obtain foreign currencies to settle securities transactions. They can also be used as a hedge to protect assets against adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates or regulations. When a Fund uses foreign currency exchanges as a hedge, it may also limit potential gain that could result from an increase in the value of such currencies. A Fund may be affected either favorably or unfavorably by fluctuations in the relative rates of exchange between the currencies of different nations.
Exchange-Traded Futures Contracts are used for the purchase or sale of foreign currencies (Foreign Currency Futures) and will be used to hedge against anticipated changes in exchange rates that might adversely affect the value of a Funds portfolio securities or the prices of securities that a Fund intends to purchase in the future. The successful use of Foreign Currency Futures depends on the ability to forecast currency exchange rate movements correctly. Should exchange rates move in an unexpected manner, a Fund may not achieve the anticipated benefits of Foreign Currency Futures or may realize losses.
B-8
Foreign Currency Hedging Transactions are used to protect against foreign currency exchange rate risks. These transactions include forward foreign currency exchange contracts, foreign currency futures contracts and purchasing put or call options on foreign currencies.
Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts (Forward Contracts) are used to minimize the risks associated with changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. They are used to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a foreign security. A Forward Contract is a commitment to purchase or sell a specific currency for an agreed price at a future date.
If the Adviser believes a foreign currency will decline against the U.S. dollar, a Forward Contract may be used to sell an amount of the foreign currency approximating the value of a Funds security that is denominated in the foreign currency. The success of this hedging strategy is highly uncertain due to the difficulties of predicting the values of foreign currencies, of precisely matching Forward Contract amounts, and because of the constantly changing value of the securities involved. A Fund will not enter into Forward Contracts for hedging purposes in a particular currency in an amount in excess of a Funds assets denominated in that currency. Conversely, if the Adviser believes that the U.S. dollar will decline against a foreign currency, a Forward Contract may be used to buy that foreign currency for a fixed dollar amount, which is known as cross-hedging.
In these transactions, a Fund will segregate assets with a market value equal to the amount of the foreign currency purchased. Therefore, a Fund will always have cash, cash equivalents or high quality debt securities available to cover Forward Contracts or to limit any potential risk. The segregated assets will be priced daily.
Forward Contracts may limit potential gain from a positive change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. Unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in poorer overall performance for a Fund than if it had not engaged in such contracts.
Purchasing and Writing Put and Call Options on foreign currencies are used to protect a Funds portfolio against declines in the U.S. dollar value of foreign portfolio securities and against increases in the dollar cost of foreign securities to be acquired. Writing an option on foreign currency constitutes only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the premium received. A Fund could lose money if it is required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates. If exchange rate movements are adverse to a Funds position, a Fund may forfeit the entire amount of the premium as well as incur related transaction costs. These options are traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges or OTC.
Foreign Securities are equity or fixed income securities that are issued by a corporation or issuer domiciled outside of the United States that trade on a foreign securities exchange or in a foreign market.
Funding Agreements (Agreements) are investment instruments issued by U.S. insurance companies. Pursuant to such Agreements, a Fund may make cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance companys general or separate accounts. The insurance company then credits guaranteed interest to a Fund. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against an Agreement for expense and service costs allocable to it, and the charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. The purchase price paid for an Agreement becomes part of the general assets of the issuer, and the Agreement is paid from the general assets of the issuer. The Money Market Fund will only purchase Agreements from issuers that meet quality and credit standards established by the Adviser. Generally, Agreements are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the issuing insurance companies, and an active secondary market in Agreements does not currently exist. Also, the Money Market Fund may not have the right to receive the principal amount of an Agreement from the
B-9
insurance company on seven days notice or less. Therefore, Agreements are typically considered to be illiquid investments.
Futures and Options Transactions . As a means of reducing fluctuations in its NAV, a Fund may buy and sell futures contracts and options on futures contracts, and buy put and call options on portfolio securities and securities indices to hedge its portfolio. A Fund may also write covered put and call options on portfolio securities to attempt to increase its current income or to hedge its portfolio. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract or option at any particular time. A Funds ability to establish and close out futures and options positions depends on this secondary market.
Call Options on Financial and Stock Index Futures Contracts . A Fund may write (sell) listed and OTC call options on financial and stock index futures contracts to hedge its portfolio. When a Fund writes a call option on a futures contract, it undertakes to sell a futures contract at the fixed price at any time during the life of the option. As stock prices fall or market interest rates rise, causing the prices of futures to go down, a Funds obligation to sell a futures contract costs less to fulfill, causing the value of the Funds call option position to increase. In other words, as the underlying futures price goes down below the strike price, the buyer of the option has no reason to exercise the call, so that a Fund keeps the premium received for the option. This premium can substantially offset the drop in value of the Funds portfolio securities.
Prior to the expiration of a call written by a Fund, or exercise of it by the buyer, the Fund may close out the option by buying an identical option. If the hedge is successful, the cost of the second option will be less than the premium received by the Fund for the initial option. The net premium income of the Fund will then substantially offset the decrease in value of the hedged securities.
A Fund may buy a listed call option on a financial or stock index futures contract to hedge against decreases in market interest rates or increases in stock price. A Fund will use these transactions to purchase portfolio securities in the future at price levels existing at the time it enters into the transaction. When a Fund purchases a call on a financial futures contract, it receives in exchange for the payment of a cash premium the right, but not the obligation, to enter into the underlying futures contract at a strike price determined at the time the call was purchased, regardless of the comparative market value of such futures position at the time the option is exercised. The holder of a call option has the right to receive a long (or buyers) position in the underlying futures contract. As market interest rates fall or stock prices increase, the value of the underlying futures contract will normally increase, resulting in an increase in value of a Funds option position. When the market price of the underlying futures contract increases above the strike price plus premium paid, a Fund could exercise its option and buy the futures contract below market price. Prior to the exercise or expiration of the call option, a Fund could sell an identical call option and close out its position. If the premium received upon selling the offsetting call is greater than the premium originally paid, a Fund has completed a successful hedge.
Futures Contracts . A futures contract is a commitment by two parties under which one party agrees to make delivery of an asset (seller) and another party agrees to take delivery of the asset at a certain time in the future. A futures contract may involve a variety of assets, including commodities (such as oil, wheat or corn) or a financial asset (such as a security). A Fund may purchase and sell financial futures contracts to hedge against anticipated changes in the value of its portfolio without necessarily buying or selling the securities. Although some financial futures contracts call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities, in most cases these obligations are closed out before the settlement date. The closing of a futures
B-10
contract is accomplished by purchasing or selling an identical offsetting futures contract. Other financial futures contracts call for cash settlements.
A Fund may purchase and sell stock index futures contracts to hedge against anticipated price changes with respect to any stock index traded on a recognized stock exchange or board of trade. A stock index futures contract is an agreement in which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the price of the original contract and the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract. No physical delivery of the underlying securities in the index is made. Settlement is made in cash upon termination of the contract.
Limitation on Open Futures Positions. A Fund will not maintain open positions in futures contracts it has sold or call options it has written on futures contracts if together the value of the open positions exceeds the current market value of the Funds portfolio plus or minus the unrealized gain or loss on those open positions, adjusted for the correlation of volatility between the hedged securities and the futures contracts. If this limitation is exceeded at any time, the Fund will take prompt action to close out a sufficient number of open contracts to bring its open futures and options positions within this limitation.
Margin In Futures Transactions. Since a Fund does not pay or receive money upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract, it is required to deposit an amount of initial margin in cash, U.S. government securities or highly-liquid debt securities as a good faith deposit. The margin is returned to a Fund upon termination of the contract. Initial margin in futures transactions does not involve borrowing to finance the transactions.
As the value of the underlying futures contract changes daily, a Fund pays or receives cash, called variation margin, equal to the daily change in value of the futures contract. This process is known as marking to market. Variation margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by a Fund. It may be viewed as settlement between the Fund and the broker of the amount one would owe the other if the futures contract expired. When a Fund purchases futures contracts, an amount of cash and/or cash equivalents, equal to the underlying commodity value of the futures contracts (less any related margin deposits), will be deposited in a segregated account with the Funds custodian to collateralize the position and insure that the use of futures contracts is unleveraged. A Fund is also required to deposit and maintain margin when it writes call options on futures contracts.
A Fund will not enter into a futures contract or purchase an option thereon for other than hedging purposes if immediately thereafter the initial margin deposits for futures contracts held by it, plus premiums paid by it for open options on futures contracts, would exceed 5% of the market value of its net assets, after taking into account the unrealized profits and losses on those contracts it has entered into. However, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in computing such 5%.
Over-the-Counter Options are two-party contracts with price and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller. In contrast, exchange-traded options are third-party contracts with standardized strike prices and expiration dates and are purchased from a clearing corporation. Exchange-traded options have a continuous liquid market while OTC options may not. A Fund may generally purchase and write OTC options on portfolio securities or securities indices in negotiated transactions with the buyers or writers of the options when options on the Funds portfolio securities or securities indices are not traded on an exchange. A Fund purchases and writes options only with investment dealers and other financial institutions deemed creditworthy by the Adviser.
Purchasing Put and Call Options on Securities. A Fund may purchase put options on portfolio securities to protect against price movements in the Funds portfolio. A put option
B-11
gives a Fund, in return for a premium, the right to sell the underlying security to the writer (seller) at a specified price during the term of the option. A Fund may purchase call options on securities acceptable for purchase to protect against price movements by locking in on a purchase price for the underlying security. A call option gives a Fund, in return for a premium, the right to buy the underlying security from the seller at a specified price during the term of the option.
Put Options on Financial and Stock Index Futures Contracts . A Fund may purchase listed put options on financial and stock index futures contracts to protect portfolio securities against decreases in value. Unlike entering directly into a futures contract, which requires the purchaser to buy a financial instrument on a set date at a specified price, the purchase of a put option on a futures contract entitles (but does not obligate) its purchaser to decide on or before a future date whether to assume a short position at the specified price.
Generally, if the hedged portfolio securities decrease in value during the term of an option, the related futures contracts will also decrease in value and the option will increase in value. In such an event, a Fund will normally close out its option by selling an identical option. If the hedge is successful, the proceeds received by the Fund upon the sale of the second option will be large enough to offset both the premium paid by a Fund for the original option plus the decrease in value of the hedged securities.
Alternatively, a Fund may exercise its put option to close out the position. To do so, it would simultaneously enter into a futures contract of the type underlying the option (for a price less than the strike price of the option) and exercise the option. The Fund would then deliver the futures contract in return for payment of the strike price. If a Fund neither closes out nor exercises an option, the option will expire on the date provided in the option contract, and only the premium paid for the contract will be lost.
A Fund may also write (sell) listed put options on financial or stock index futures contracts to hedge its portfolio against a decrease in market interest rates or an increase in stock prices. A Fund will use these transactions to purchase portfolio securities in the future at price levels existing at the time it enters into the transaction. When a Fund sells a put on a futures contract, it receives a cash premium in exchange for granting to the buyer of the put the right to receive from the Fund, at the strike price, a short position in such futures contract. This is so even though the strike price upon exercise of the option is greater than the value of the futures position received by such holder. As market interest rates decrease or stock prices increase, the market price of the underlying futures contract normally increases. When the underlying futures contract increases, the buyer of the put option has less reason to exercise the put because the buyer can sell the same futures contract at a higher price in the market. If the value of the underlying futures position is not such that exercise of the option would be profitable to the option holder, the option will generally expire without being exercised. The premium received by a Fund can then be used to offset the higher prices of portfolio securities to be purchased in the future.
In order to avoid the exercise of an option sold by it, generally a Fund will cancel its obligation under the option by entering into a closing purchase transaction, unless it is determined to be in the Funds interest to deliver the underlying futures position. A closing purchase transaction consists of the purchase by a Fund of an option having the same term as the option sold by the Fund, and has the effect of canceling the Funds position as a seller. The premium which a Fund will pay in executing a closing purchase transaction may be higher than the premium received when the option was sold, depending in large part upon the relative price of the underlying futures position at the time of each transaction. If the hedge is successful, the cost of buying the second option will be less than the premium received by a Fund for the initial option.
B-12
Stock Index Options. A Fund may purchase or sell put or call options on stock indices listed on national securities exchanges or traded in the OTC market. A stock index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the stocks included in the index. Upon the exercise of the option, the holder of a call option has the right to receive, and the writer of a put option has the obligation to deliver, a cash payment equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option. The effectiveness of purchasing stock index options will depend upon the extent to which price movements in a Funds portfolio correlate with price movements of the stock index selected. The value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock. Accordingly, successful use by a Fund of options on stock indices will be subject to the Adviser correctly predicting movements in the directions of the stock market generally or of a particular industry. This requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the price of individual stocks.
Writing Covered Call and Put Options on Securities. A Fund may write covered call and put options to generate income and thereby protect against price movements in the Funds portfolio securities. As the writer of a call option, a Fund has the obligation, upon exercise of the option during the option period, to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price. A Fund may only sell call options either on securities held in its portfolio or on securities which it has the right to obtain without payment of further consideration (or has segregated cash or U.S. government securities in the amount of any additional consideration). As the writer of a put option, a Fund has the obligation to purchase a security from the purchaser of the option upon the exercise of the option. In the case of put options, a Fund will segregate cash or U.S. Treasury obligations with a value equal to or greater than the exercise price of the underlying securities.
Risks . When a Fund uses futures and options on futures as hedging devices, there is a risk that the prices of the securities or foreign currency subject to the futures contracts may not correlate perfectly with the prices of the securities or currency in the Funds portfolio. This may cause the futures contract and any related options to react differently to market changes than the portfolio securities or foreign currency. In addition, the Adviser could be incorrect in its expectations about the direction or extent of market factors such as stock price movements or foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. In these events, a Fund may lose money on the futures contract or option.
When a Fund purchases futures contracts, an amount of cash and cash equivalents, equal to the underlying commodity value of the futures contracts (less any related margin deposits), will be deposited in a segregated account with the Funds custodian or the broker, to collateralize the position and thereby insure that the use of such futures contract is unleveraged. When a Fund sells futures contracts, it will either own or have the right to receive the underlying future or security, or will make deposits to collateralize the position as discussed above.
Lending of Portfolio Securities . In order to generate additional income, a Fund may lend portfolio securities. When a Fund lends portfolio securities, it will receive either cash or liquid securities as collateral from the borrower. A Fund will reinvest cash collateral in short-term liquid securities that qualify as an otherwise acceptable investment for the Fund. If the market value of the loaned securities increases, the borrower must furnish additional collateral to a Fund. During the time portfolio securities are on loan, the borrower pays a Fund any dividends or interest paid on such securities. Loans are subject to termination at the option of a Fund or the borrower. A Fund may pay reasonable administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan and may pay a negotiated portion of the interest earned on the cash or equivalent collateral to a securities lending agent or broker. The Funds currently lend their portfolio securities through Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. (M&I Trust), as agent. The Funds and M&I Trust have received an order from the Securities and Exchange
B-13
Commission (SEC) that permits M&I Trust to charge, and the Funds to pay, market-based compensation for M&I Trusts services as securities lending agent.
Securities Lending Risks. When a Fund lends its portfolio securities, it may not be able to get them back from the borrower on a timely basis. If this occurs, the Fund may lose certain investment opportunities. A Fund is also subject to the risks associated with the investments of cash collateral, usually fixed income securities risk. Dividends received by the Funds on the loaned securities are not treated as qualified dividends for tax purposes.
Mortgage-Backed Securities represent interests in pools of mortgages. The underlying mortgages normally have similar interest rates, maturities and other terms. Mortgages may have fixed or adjustable interest rates. Interests in pools of adjustable rate mortgages are known as ARMs.
Mortgage-backed securities come in a variety of forms. Many have extremely complicated terms. The simplest form of mortgage-backed securities is a pass-through certificate. Holders of pass-through certificates receive a pro rata share of the payments from the underlying mortgages. Holders also receive a pro rata share of any prepayments, so they assume all the prepayment risk of the underlying mortgages.
CMOs are complicated instruments that allocate payments and prepayments from an underlying pass-through certificate among holders of different classes of mortgage-backed securities. This creates different prepayment and market risks for each CMO class.
In addition, CMOs may allocate interest payments to one class (Interest Only or IOs) and principal payments to another class (Principal Only or POs). POs increase in value when prepayment rates increase. In contrast, IOs decrease in value when prepayments increase, because the underlying mortgages generate less interest payments. However, IOs prices tend to increase when interest rates rise (and prepayments fall), making IOs a useful hedge against market risk.
Generally, homeowners have the option to prepay their mortgages at any time without penalty. Homeowners frequently refinance high rate mortgages when mortgage rates fall. This results in the prepayment of mortgage-backed securities, which deprives holders of the securities of the higher yields. Conversely, when mortgage rates increase, prepayments due to refinancings decline. This extends the life of mortgage-backed securities with lower yields. As a result, increases in prepayments of premium mortgage-backed securities, or decreases in prepayments of discount mortgage-backed securities, may reduce their yield and price.
This relationship between interest rates and mortgage prepayments makes the price of mortgage-backed securities more volatile than most other types of fixed income securities with comparable credit risks. Mortgage-backed securities tend to pay higher yields to compensate for this volatility.
CMOs may include planned amortization classes (PACs) and targeted amortization classes (TACs). PACs and TACs are issued with companion classes. PACs and TACs receive principal payments and prepayments at a specified rate. The companion classes receive principal payments and any prepayments in excess of this rate. In addition, PACs will receive the companion classes share of principal payments if necessary to cover a shortfall in the prepayment rate. This helps PACs and TACs to control prepayment risk by increasing the risk to their companion classes.
Another variant allocates interest payments between two classes of CMOs. One class (Floaters) receives a share of interest payments based upon a market index such as LIBOR. The other class (Inverse Floaters) receives any remaining interest payments from the underlying mortgages. Floater classes receive more interest (and Inverse Floater classes receive correspondingly less interest) as interest rates rise. This shifts prepayment and market risks from the Floater to the Inverse Floater class, reducing the price volatility of the Floater class and increasing the price volatility of the Inverse Floater class.
B-14
CMOs must allocate all payments received from the underlying mortgages to some class. To capture any unallocated payments, CMOs generally have an accrual (Z) class. Z classes do not receive any payments from the underlying mortgages until all other CMO classes have been paid off. Once this happens, holders of Z class CMOs receive all payments and prepayments. Similarly, real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs) (offerings of multiple class mortgage-backed securities which qualify and elect treatment as such under provisions of the Code) have residual interests that receive any mortgage payments not allocated to another REMIC class.
The degree of increased or decreased prepayment risk depends upon the structure of the CMOs. Z classes, IOs, POs and Inverse Floaters are among the most volatile investment grade fixed income securities currently traded in the United States. However, the actual returns on any type of mortgage-backed security depends upon the performance of the underlying pool of mortgages, which no one can predict and will vary among pools.
Municipal Securities are fixed income securities issued by states, counties, cities and other political subdivisions and authorities. Although most municipal securities are exempt from federal income tax, municipalities may also issue taxable securities. Tax-exempt securities are generally classified by their source of payment.
General obligation bonds are supported by the issuers full faith and credit. The issuer must levy and collect taxes sufficient to pay principal and interest on the bonds. However, the issuers authority to levy additional taxes may be limited by its charter or state law.
Special revenue bonds are payable solely from specific revenues received by the issuer. The revenues may consist of specific taxes, assessments, tolls, fees or other types of municipal revenues. For example, a municipality may issue bonds to build a toll road, and pledge the tolls to repay the bonds. Bondholders could not collect from the municipalitys general taxes or revenues. Therefore, any shortfall in the tolls normally would result in a default on the bonds.
Private activity bonds are special revenue bonds used to finance private entities. For example, a municipality may issue bonds to finance a new factory to improve its local economy. The municipality would lend the proceeds to the company using the factory, and the company would agree to make loan payments sufficient to repay the bonds. The bonds would be payable solely from the companys loan payments, not from any other revenues of the municipality. Therefore, any default on the loan normally would result in a default on the bonds.
The interest on many types of private activity bonds is subject to the federal alternative minimum tax (AMT). The Funds may invest in bonds subject to the federal AMT.
Anticipation notes are securities issued in anticipation of the receipt of taxes, grants, bond proceeds or other municipal revenues. For example, many municipalities collect property taxes once a year. Such municipalities may issue tax anticipation notes to fund their operations prior to collecting these taxes. The issuers then repay the tax anticipation notes at the end of their fiscal year, either with collected taxes or proceeds from newly issued notes or bonds.
Tax increment financing bonds are payable from increases in taxes or other revenues attributable to projects financed by the bonds. For example, a municipality may issue these bonds to redevelop a commercial area. The tax increment financing bonds would be payable solely from any increase in sales taxes collected from merchants in the area. The bonds could default if merchants sales, and related tax collections, failed to increase as anticipated.
Municipal Securities include:
| TRANs: tax and revenue anticipation notes issued to finance working capital needs in anticipation of receiving taxes or other revenues; |
B-15
| TANs: tax anticipation notes issued to finance working capital needs in anticipation of receiving taxes; |
| RANs: revenue anticipation notes issued to finance working capital needs in anticipation of receiving revenues; |
| BANs: bond anticipation notes that are intended to be refinanced through a later issuance of longer-term bonds; |
| municipal commercial paper and other short-term notes; |
| variable rate demand notes; |
| industrial development bonds; |
| municipal bonds (including bonds having serial maturities and pre-refunded bonds) and leases; |
| construction loan notes insured by the Federal Housing Administration and financed by Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) or Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA); and |
| participation, trust and partnership interests in any of the foregoing obligations. |
Municipal Leases . A Fund may purchase participation interests that represent an undivided proportional interest in lease payments by a governmental or nonprofit entity. The lease payments and other rights under the lease provide for and secure payments on the certificates. Lease obligations may be limited by a municipal charter or the nature of the appropriation for the lease. In particular, lease obligations may be subject to periodic appropriation. If the entity does not appropriate funds for future lease payments, the entity cannot be compelled to make such payments. Furthermore, a lease may provide that the participants cannot accelerate lease obligations upon default. The participants would only be able to enforce lease payments as they became due. In the event of a default or failure of appropriation, it is unlikely that the participants would be able to obtain an acceptable substitute source of payment unless the participation interests are credit enhanced.
The Adviser must consider the following factors in determining the liquidity of municipal lease securities: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (2) the volatility of quotations and trade prices for the security; (3) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of potential purchasers; (4) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; (5) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades; (6) the rating of the security and the financial condition and prospects of the issuer of the security; (7) such other factors as may be relevant to a Funds ability to dispose of the security; (8) whether the lease can be terminated by the lessee; (9) the potential recovery, if any, from a sale of the leased property upon termination of the lease; (10) the lessees general credit strength; (11) the likelihood that the lessee will discontinue appropriating funding for the leased property because the property is no longer deemed essential to its operations; and (12) any credit enhancement or legal recourse provided upon an event of non-appropriation or other termination of the lease.
Variable Rate Municipal Securities . Variable interest rates generally reduce changes in the market value of municipal securities from their original purchase prices. Accordingly, as interest rates decrease or increase, the potential for capital appreciation or depreciation is less for variable rate municipal securities than for fixed rate obligations. Many municipal securities with variable interest rates purchased by a Fund are subject to repayment of principal (usually within seven days) on the Funds demand. For purposes of determining a Funds average maturity, the maturities of these variable rate demand municipal securities (including
B-16
participation interests) are the longer of the periods remaining until the next readjustment of their interest rates or the periods remaining until their principal amounts can be recovered by exercising the right to demand payment. The terms of these variable rate demand instruments require payment of principal and accrued interest from the issuer of the municipal obligations, the issuer of the participation interests or a guarantor of either issuer.
Repurchase Agreements and Reverse Repurchase Agreements. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which a Fund buys a security from a dealer or bank and agrees to sell the security back at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The repurchase price exceeds the sale price, reflecting an agreed upon interest rate effective for the period the buyer owns the security subject to repurchase. The agreed upon interest rate is unrelated to the interest rate on that security. The Adviser will continually monitor the value of the underlying security to ensure that the value of the security always equals or exceeds the repurchase price. A Funds custodian is required to take possession of the securities subject to repurchase agreements. These securities are marked to market daily. To the extent that the original seller defaults and does not repurchase the securities from a Fund, the Fund could receive less than the repurchase price on any sale of such securities. In the event that such a defaulting seller files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, disposition of such securities by a Fund might be delayed pending court action. The Funds believe that, under the procedures normally in effect for custody of the portfolio securities subject to repurchase agreements, a court of competent jurisdiction would rule in favor of the Funds and allow retention or disposition of such securities. The Funds will only enter into repurchase agreements with banks and other recognized financial institutions, such as broker/dealers, which are deemed by the Adviser to be creditworthy.
Reverse repurchase agreement transactions are similar to borrowing cash. In a reverse repurchase agreement, a Fund sells a portfolio security to another person, such as a financial institution, broker or dealer, in return for a percentage of the instruments market value in cash, and agrees that on a stipulated date in the future the Fund will repurchase the portfolio security at a price equal to the original sale price plus interest. A Fund may use reverse repurchase agreements for liquidity and for avoiding a sale of portfolio instruments at a time when the sale may be deemed disadvantageous.
When effecting reverse repurchase agreements, liquid assets of a Fund, in a dollar amount sufficient to make payment for the obligations to be purchased, are segregated on the trade date. These securities are marked to market daily and maintained until the transaction is settled.
Risks Related to Company Size. Generally, the smaller the market capitalization of a company, the fewer the number of shares traded daily, the less liquid its stock and the more volatile its price. Market capitalization is determined by multiplying the number of its outstanding shares by the current market price per share.
Companies with smaller market capitalizations also tend to have unproven track records, a limited product or service base and limited access to capital. These factors also increase risks and make these companies more likely to fail than companies with larger market capitalizations.
Swap Transactions. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange (swap) the returns (or differentials in rates of return) on particular securities, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The returns to be swapped are generally calculated with respect to a return on a notional dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, or in a basket of securities representing a particular index. For example, a $10 million LIBOR swap would require one party to pay the equivalent of the LIBOR on $10 million principal amount in exchange for the right to receive the equivalent of a fixed rate of interest on $10 million principal amount. Neither party to the swap would actually advance $10 million to the other.
The Funds will usually enter into swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out), with a Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Funds obligations over their entitlements with respect to each
B-17
interest rate swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and the Funds will segregate liquid assets in an aggregate NAV at least equal to the accrued excess, if any, on each business day. If a Fund enters into a swap on other than a net basis, the Fund will segregate liquid assets in the full amount accrued on a daily basis of the Funds obligations with respect to the swap. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.
The Funds expect to enter into swap transactions primarily to hedge against changes in the price of other portfolio securities. For example, a Fund may hedge against changes in the market value of a fixed rate security by entering into a swap that requires the Fund to pay the same or a lower fixed rate of interest on a notional principal amount equal to the principal amount of the security in exchange for a variable rate of interest based on a market index. Interest accrued on the hedged note would then equal or exceed the Funds obligations under the swap, while changes in the market value of the swap would largely offset any changes in the market value of the note. The Funds may also enter into swaps to preserve or enhance a return or spread on a portfolio security. The Funds do not intend to use these transactions in a speculative manner.
The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. The Adviser has determined that, as a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid. Interest rate caps and floors are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than other swaps. To the extent swaps, caps or floors are determined by the Adviser to be illiquid, they will be included in a Funds limitation on investments in illiquid securities. To the extent a Fund sells caps and floors, it will maintain in a segregated account cash and/or U.S. government securities having an aggregate NAV at least equal to the full amount, accrued on a daily basis, of the Funds obligations with respect to caps and floors.
The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of a Fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these investment techniques were not utilized. Moreover, even if the Adviser is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that the swap position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the portfolio security being hedged.
Swap transactions do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to a default on an interest rate swap is limited to the NAV of the swap together with the net amount of interest payments owed to a Fund by the defaulting party. A default on a portfolio security hedged by an interest rate swap would also expose a Fund to the risk of having to cover its net obligations under the swap with income from other portfolio securities.
Temporary Investments. There may be times when market conditions warrant a defensive position (this rarely applies to the Money Market Fund) . During these market conditions, each of the Funds may temporarily invest without limit in short-term debt obligations (money market instruments). These investments include commercial paper, bank instruments, U.S. government obligations, repurchase agreements, securities of other investment companies investing in short-term debt securities, and foreign short-term debt securities (with respect to the International Stock Fund ).
Treasury Securities are direct obligations of the federal government of the United States. Investors regard Treasury securities as having the lowest credit risk.
Warrants give a Fund the option to buy the issuers stock or other equity securities at a specified price. The Fund may buy the designated shares by paying the exercise price before the warrant expires. Warrants may become worthless if the price of the stock does not rise above the exercise price by the expiration date. Rights are the same as warrants, except they are typically issued to existing stockholders.
B-18
When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions. These transactions are made to secure what is considered to be an advantageous price or yield. Settlement dates may be a month or more after entering into these transactions, and the market values of the securities purchased may vary from the purchase prices. Other than normal transaction costs, no fees or expenses are incurred. However, liquid assets of a Fund are segregated on the Funds records on the trade date in an amount sufficient to make payment for the securities to be purchased. These assets are marked to market daily and are maintained until the transaction has been settled.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES
| Marshall Equity Income Fund: to provide capital appreciation and above-average dividend income. |
| Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund: to provide capital appreciation. |
| Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund: to provide capital appreciation. |
| Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund: to provide capital appreciation. |
| Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund: to provide capital appreciation. |
| Marshall International Stock Fund: to provide capital appreciation. |
| Marshall Government Income Fund: to provide current income. |
| Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund: to maximize total return consistent with current income. |
| Marshall Short-Term Income Fund: to maximize total return consistent with current income. |
| Marshall Money Market Fund: to provide current income consistent with stability of principal. |
The investment objectives of the Funds may not be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.
FUNDAMENTAL LIMITATIONS
The following investment limitations are fundamental and cannot be changed for a Fund unless authorized by the majority of the outstanding voting securities of that Fund, as defined by the 1940 Act.
Selling Short and Buying on Margin
The Funds will not sell any securities short or purchase any securities on margin, but may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities. A deposit or payment by a Fund of initial or variation margin in connection with futures contracts, forward contracts or related options transactions is not considered the purchase of a security on margin.
Issuing Senior Securities and Borrowing Money
The Funds will not issue senior securities except that each Fund may borrow money, directly or through reverse repurchase agreements, in amounts up to one-third of the value of its total assets (net assets in the case of the Money Market Fund, Short-Term Income Fund and Intermediate Bond Fund ) including the amounts borrowed; and except to the extent that a Fund is permitted to enter into futures contracts, options or forward contracts. Except for the International Stock Fund , a Fund will not borrow money or engage in reverse repurchase agreements for investment leverage, but rather as a temporary, extraordinary, or emergency measure or to facilitate management of its portfolio by enabling the Fund to meet redemption requests when the liquidation of portfolio securities is deemed to
B-19
be inconvenient or disadvantageous. Except for the International Stock Fund , a Fund will not purchase any securities while any borrowings in excess of 5% of its total assets are outstanding.
Pledging Assets
The Funds will not mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate any assets except to secure permitted borrowings. In those cases, each Fund may pledge assets having a market value not exceeding the lesser of the dollar amounts borrowed or 15% of the value of its total assets at the time of the pledge. For purposes of this limitation, the following are not deemed to be pledges: (1) margin deposits for the purchase and sale of futures contracts and related options; and (2) segregation of collateral arrangements made in connection with options activities, forward contracts or the purchase of securities on a when-issued basis.
Lending Cash or Securities
The Funds will not lend any of their assets except portfolio securities. Except for the International Stock Fund, loans may not exceed one-third of the value of a Funds total assets. This shall not prevent a Fund from purchasing or holding U.S. government obligations, money market instruments, variable rate demand notes, bonds, debentures, notes, certificates of indebtedness, or other debt securities, entering into repurchase agreements, or engaging in other transactions where permitted by the Funds investment goal, policies, and limitations.
Investing in Commodities
The Funds will not purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts, or commodity futures contracts. However, except for the Intermediate Bond Fund , the Short-Term Income Fund and the Money Market Fund , a Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts and related options, and the International Stock Fund may also enter into forward contracts and related options.
Investing in Real Estate
The Funds will not purchase or sell real estate, including limited partnership interests, although a Fund may invest in the securities of companies whose business involves the purchase or sale of real estate or in securities which are secured by real estate or which represent interests in real estate.
Diversification of Investments
With respect to securities comprising 75% of the value of its total assets, a Fund will not purchase securities issued by any one issuer (other than cash, cash items or securities issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States or its agencies or instrumentalities and repurchase agreements collateralized by such securities) if as a result more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of that issuer or if it would own more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer.
Concentration of Investments
A Fund will not invest 25% or more of its total assets in any one industry. However, investing in U.S. government securities (and domestic bank instruments for the Money Market Fund ) shall not be considered investments in any one industry.
Underwriting
A Fund will not underwrite any issue of securities, except as it may be deemed to be an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the sale of restricted securities which the Fund may purchase pursuant to its investment goal, policies and limitations.
B-20
NON-FUNDAMENTAL LIMITATIONS
The following investment limitations are non-fundamental and, therefore, may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. Shareholders will be notified before any material change in these limitations becomes effective.
Investing in Illiquid and Restricted Securities
The Funds will not invest more than 15% (10% for the Money Market Fund ) of the value of their net assets in illiquid securities, including repurchase agreements providing for settlement in more than seven days after notice, non-negotiable fixed time deposits with maturities over seven days, OTC options, guaranteed investment contracts, and certain restricted securities not determined by the Board to be liquid (including certain municipal leases).
Purchasing Securities to Exercise Control
The Funds will not purchase securities of a company for the purpose of exercising control or management.
Investing in Securities of Other Investment Companies
Each Fund will limit its investment in other investment companies to no more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any investment company, will invest no more than 5% of total assets in any one investment company, and will invest no more than 10% of its total assets in investment companies in general, unless permitted to exceed these limits by an exemptive order of the SEC. The Funds will purchase securities of closed-end investment companies only in open market transactions involving only customary brokers commissions. However, these limitations are not applicable if the securities are acquired in a merger, consolidation, reorganization or acquisition of assets. The Money Market Fund will limit its investments in other investment companies to those of money market funds having investment objectives and policies similar to its own.
Investing in Options
Except for bona fide hedging purposes, a Fund may not invest more than 5% of the value of its net assets in the sum of (a) premiums on open option positions on futures contracts, plus (b) initial margin deposits on futures contracts.
A Fund will not purchase put options or write call options on securities unless the securities are held in the Funds portfolio or unless the Fund is entitled to them in deliverable form without further payment or has segregated liquid assets in the amount of any further payment.
A Fund will not write call options in excess of 25% of the value of its total assets.
Regulatory Compliance
The Money Market Fund may follow non-fundamental operational policies that are more restrictive than its fundamental investment limitations, as set forth in the Prospectus and this SAI, in order to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including the provisions of and regulations under the 1940 Act. In particular, the Money Market Fund will comply with the various requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, which regulates money market mutual funds. For example, Rule 2a-7 generally prohibits the investment of more than 5% of the Money Market Fund s total assets in the securities of any one issuer, although the Money Market Fund s fundamental investment limitation only requires such 5% diversification with respect to 75% of its assets. The Money Market Fund will also determine the effective maturity of its investments, as well as its ability to consider a security as having received the requisite short-term ratings by NRSROs, according to Rule 2a-7. The Money Market Fund may change these operational policies to reflect changes in the laws and regulations without shareholder approval.
B-21
Except with respect to borrowing money, if a percentage limitation is adhered to at the time of investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from any change in value or net assets will not result in a violation of such restriction. For purposes of its policies and limitations, the Fund considers instruments (such as certificates of deposit and demand and time deposits) issued by a U.S. branch of a domestic bank or savings and loan having capital, surplus, and undivided profits in excess of $100,000,000 at the time of investment to be cash items.
OTHER INVESTMENT POLICIES
Pursuant to Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act, each Fund (except the Equity Income Fund and the Money Market Fund ) has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy to invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, in the types of securities and investments suggested by its name. Each such Fund will provide its shareholders with at least 60 days prior notice of any changes to such policy as required by Rule 35d-1.
USE OF THE AMORTIZED COST METHOD (MONEY MARKET FUND ONLY)
The Board has decided that the best method for determining the value of portfolio instruments for the Money Market Fund is amortized cost. Under this method, portfolio instruments are valued at the acquisition cost as adjusted for amortization of premium or accumulation of discount rather than at current market value.
The Money Market Fund s use of the amortized cost method of valuing portfolio instruments depends on its compliance with the provisions of Rule 2a-7 promulgated by the SEC under the 1940 Act. Under the Rule, the Board must establish procedures reasonably designed to stabilize the NAV per share, as computed for purposes of distribution and redemption, at $1.00 per share, taking into account current market conditions and the Funds investment goal.
Under the Rule, the Money Market Fund is permitted to purchase instruments which are subject to demand features or standby commitments. As defined by the Rule, a demand feature entitles the Fund to receive the principal amount of the instrument from the issuer or a third party on (1) no more than 30 days notice or (2) at specified intervals not exceeding 397 days on no more than 30 days notice. A standby commitment entitles the Fund to achieve same-day settlement and to receive an exercise price equal to the amortized cost of the underlying instrument plus accrued interest at the time of exercise.
The Money Market Fund acquires instruments subject to demand features and standby commitments to enhance the instruments liquidity. The Fund treats demand features and standby commitments as part of the underlying instruments, because the Fund does not acquire them for speculative purposes and cannot transfer them separately from the underlying instruments. Therefore, although the Fund defines demand features and standby commitments as puts, the Fund does not consider them to be corporate investments for purposes of its investment policies.
Monitoring Procedures. The Boards procedures include monitoring the relationship between the amortized cost value per share and the NAV per share based upon available indications of market value. The Board will decide what, if any, steps should be taken if there is a difference of more than 0.5 of 1% between the two values. The Board will take any steps they consider appropriate (such as redemption in kind or shortening the average portfolio maturity) to minimize any material dilution or other unfair results arising from differences between the two methods of determining NAV.
Investment Restrictions. The Rule requires that the Money Market Fund limit its investments to instruments that, in the opinion of the Board, present minimal credit risks and have received the requisite rating from one or more NRSROs. If the instruments are not rated, the Board must determine that they are of comparable quality. The Rule also requires the Fund to maintain a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity (not more than 90 days) appropriate to the objective of maintaining a stable
B-22
NAV of $1.00 per share. In addition, no instrument with a remaining maturity of more than 397 days can be purchased by the Fund.
Should the disposition of a portfolio security result in a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of more than 90 days, the Money Market Fund will invest its available cash to reduce the average maturity to 90 days or less as soon as possible. Shares of investment companies purchased by the Fund will meet these same criteria and will have investment policies consistent with the Rule.
Under the amortized cost method of valuation, neither the amount of daily income nor the NAV is affected by any unrealized appreciation or depreciation of the portfolio. In periods of declining interest rates, the indicated daily yield on shares of the Money Market Fund , computed based upon amortized cost valuation, may tend to be higher than a similar computation made by using a method of valuation based upon market prices and estimates. In periods of rising interest rates, the indicated daily yield on shares of the Fund computed the same way may tend to be lower than a similar computation made by using a method of calculation based upon market prices and estimates.
MARKET VALUES (ALL OTHER FUNDS)
Market values of portfolio securities are determined as follows:
| for equity securities, at the last sale price in the market in which they are primarily traded (either a national securities exchange or the OTC market), if available; |
| in the absence of recorded sales for equity securities, at the mean between the last closing bid and asked prices; |
| for bonds and other fixed income securities, at the mean between bid and asked prices as furnished by an independent pricing service, except that fixed income securities with remaining maturities of less than 60 days at the time of purchase may be valued at amortized cost; |
| for short-term obligations, at the mean between bid and asked prices as furnished by an independent pricing service, except that short-term obligations with remaining maturities of less than 60 days at the time of purchase may be valued at amortized cost or at fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board; |
| in the absence of a market quote for fixed income securities that have been fully paid down, par value will be used to price the security; and |
| for all other securities, at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board. |
Prices provided by independent pricing services may be determined without relying exclusively on quoted prices and may consider institutional trading in similar groups of securities, yield, quality, stability, risk, coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics and other market data or factors.
A Fund values futures contracts and options at their market values established by the exchanges on which they are traded at the close of trading on such exchanges. Options traded in the OTC market are valued according to the mean between the last bid and the last asked price for the option as provided by an investment dealer or other financial institution that deals in the option. The Board may determine in good faith that another method of valuing such investments is necessary to appraise their fair market value.
Any securities or other assets for which market valuations are not readily available or are deemed to be inaccurate are valued at fair value as determined in good faith and in accordance with procedures approved by the Board. The Board has established and appointed a Pricing Committee, which is responsible for determinations of fair value. See Committees of the Board. In determining fair value, the Pricing Committee must take into account all information available and any factors it deems appropriate.
B-23
TRADING IN FOREIGN SECURITIES
Trading in foreign securities may be completed at times which vary from the closing of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). In computing its NAV, the International Stock Fund values foreign securities at the latest closing price on the principal exchange on which they are traded immediately prior to the closing of the NYSE. Certain foreign currency exchange rates may also be determined at the latest rate prior to the closing of the NYSE. Foreign securities quoted in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at current rates. Occasionally, events that affect these values and exchange rates may occur between the times at which they are determined and the closing of the NYSE. If it is determined, based upon certain triggers, that the closing price of a foreign security held by the Fund is unreliable, such security will be priced using factors provided by an independent pricing service approved by the Board (Factors). If an appropriate Factor is not available for pricing of the security, the security will be priced at the latest closing price on the principal exchange on which it is traded.
Except under certain circumstances described in the Prospectus, shares are sold at a public offering price (i.e., their NAV plus a sales charge, if applicable) on days the NYSE is open for business. The procedure for purchasing shares is explained in the Prospectus under How to Buy Shares.
On September 1, 2004, Grand Distribution Services, LLC, located at 803 West Michigan Street, Suite A, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233 (the Distributor), became the principal distributor of the Funds shares. Under a Distribution Agreement with the Funds and M&I Trust, the Distributor offers the Funds shares on a continuous, best-efforts basis.
Edgewood Services, Inc. (Edgewood) served as the Funds principal distributor through the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004.
12B-1 PLAN
The Corporation has adopted a compensation-type plan for the Advisor Class of Shares of the Funds (Plan Shares) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 promulgated by the SEC pursuant to the 1940 Act (the Plan). The Plan authorizes payments by a Fund in connection with the distribution of its Advisor Class of Shares at an annual rate of 0.25% (0.30% in the case of the Money Market Fund ) of the Funds average daily net asset value. The Plan provides that the Distributor shall act as the distributor of Plan Shares, and it permits the payment of fees to brokers, dealers and administrators for distribution and/or administrative services. The Plan is designed to stimulate brokers, dealers and administrators to provide distribution and/or administrative support services to the Funds and holders of Plan Shares. These services are to be provided by representatives who have knowledge of the shareholders particular circumstances and goals, and include, but are not limited to: (1) providing office space, equipment, telephone facilities, and various personnel, including clerical, supervisory, and computer, as necessary or beneficial to establish and maintain shareholder accounts and records; (2) processing purchase and redemption transactions and automatic investment of client account cash balances; (3) answering client inquiries regarding the Plan Shares; (4) assisting clients in changing dividend options, account designations, and addresses; and (5) providing such other services as the Funds reasonably request. The Distributor may engage in joint distribution activities with respect to multiple Marshall Funds and to the extent the expenses are not allocated to a specific Fund, expenses will be allocated to the Fund based on its net assets.
Other benefits which the Funds hope to achieve through the Plan include, but are not limited to, the following: (1) an efficient and effective administrative system; (2) a more efficient use of assets of holders of Plan Shares by having them rapidly invested in the Funds with a minimum of delay and administrative detail; and (3) an efficient and reliable records system for holders of Plan Shares and prompt responses to shareholder requests and inquiries concerning their accounts.
B-24
By adopting the Plan, the Board expects that the Funds will be able to achieve a more predictable flow of cash for investment purposes and to meet redemptions. This will facilitate more efficient portfolio management and assist the Funds in seeking to achieve their investment objectives. By identifying potential investors in Plan Shares whose needs are served by the Funds objectives and properly servicing these accounts, the Funds may be able to lessen fluctuations in rates of redemptions and sales.
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004, the Advisor Class of Shares of the Funds paid the following fees under the Plan:
Fund |
12b-1 Fee
|
||
Equity Income Fund |
$ | 20,232 | |
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
$ | 19,155 | |
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
$ | 18,114 | |
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
$ | 10,433 | |
Small-Cap Growth Fund |
$ | 11,816 | |
International Stock Fund |
$ | 11,158 | |
Government Income Fund |
$ | 12,748 | |
Intermediate Bond Fund |
$ | 15,499 | |
Short-Term Income Fund |
$ | 6,427 | |
Money Market Fund |
$ | 276,594 |
All of the above amounts paid by the Funds pursuant to the Plan were spent on dealer compensation.
SHAREHOLDER SERVICES
M&I Trust, through its division MIS, is the shareholder servicing agent for the Funds. As such, MIS provides shareholder services which include, but are not limited to, distributing Prospectuses and other information, providing shareholder assistance, and communicating or facilitating purchases and redemption of shares.
The Funds may pay M&I Trust for providing shareholder services and maintaining shareholder accounts. M&I Trust may select others to perform these services for their customers and may pay them fees.
B-25
For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004, the Advisor Class of Shares of the Funds paid the following shareholder services fees:
Fund |
Shareholder Services Fee Paid/
Shareholder Services Fee Waived |
|
Equity Income Fund |
$0/$20,232 | |
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
$0/$19,155 | |
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
$0/$18,114 | |
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
$0/$10,433 | |
Small-Cap Growth Fund |
$0/$11,816 | |
International Stock Fund |
$0/$11,158 | |
Government Income Fund |
$0/$12,749 | |
Intermediate Bond Fund |
$0/$15,499 | |
Short-Term Income Fund |
$0/$6,427 | |
Money Market Fund |
$230,495/$0 |
SUPPLEMENTAL PAYMENTS
Investment professionals may be paid fees out of the assets of the Distributor and/or M&I Trust (but not out of Fund assets). The Distributor and/or M&I Trust may be reimbursed by the Adviser or its affiliates.
Investment professionals receive such fees for providing distribution-related or shareholder services such as sponsoring sales, providing sales literature, conducting training seminars for employees, and engineering sales-related computer software programs and systems. Also, authorized dealers may be paid cash or promotional incentives, such as reimbursement of certain expenses relating to attendance at informational meetings about the Funds or other special events at recreational-type facilities, or items of material value. These payments will be based upon the amount of shares the authorized dealer or financial institution sells or may sell and/or upon the type and nature of sales or marketing support furnished by the authorized dealer or financial institution.
QUANTITY DISCOUNTS AND ACCUMULATED PURCHASES
As described in the Prospectus, larger purchases of the same share class reduce or eliminate the sales charge paid. For example, the Funds will combine all the Advisor Class of Shares purchases made on the same day by the investor, the investors spouse, and the investors children under age 21 when it calculates the sales charge. In addition, the sales charge, if applicable, is reduced for purchases made at one time by a trustee or fiduciary for a single trust estate or a single fiduciary account.
If an additional purchase into the same share class is made, the Funds will consider the previous purchases still invested in the Funds. For example, if a shareholder already owns the Advisor Class of Shares of an Equity Fund having a current value of $40,000 and he purchases $10,000 of additional shares, the sales charge on the additional purchase according to the schedule now in effect would be 4.50%, not 5.75%.
To receive the sales charge reduction, M&I Brokerage Services must be notified by the shareholder in writing or by his investment professional or financial institution at the time the purchase is made that
B-26
the Advisor Class of Shares are already owned or that purchases are being combined. The Funds will reduce or eliminate the sales charge after they confirm the purchases.
CONCURRENT PURCHASES
Shareholders have the privilege of combining concurrent purchases of the same share class of two or more Marshall Funds in calculating the applicable sales charge.
To receive a sales charge reduction or elimination, Marshall Investor Services must be notified by the shareholder in writing or by his/her investment professional or financial institution at the time the concurrent purchases are made. The Funds will reduce or eliminate the sales charge after it confirms the purchases.
LETTER OF INTENT
A shareholder can sign a letter of intent committing to purchase a certain amount of the same share class within a 13-month period in order to combine such purchases in calculating the applicable sales charge. The Funds custodian will hold shares in escrow equal to the maximum applicable sales charge. If the shareholder completes the commitment, the escrowed shares will be released to their account. If the commitment is not completed within 13 months, the custodian will redeem an appropriate number of escrowed shares to pay for the applicable sales charge.
While this letter of intent will not obligate the shareholder to purchase the Advisor Class of Shares, each purchase during the period will be at the sales charge applicable to the total amount intended to be purchased. At the time a letter of intent is established, current balances in accounts in any Advisor Class of Shares of any Fund, excluding money market accounts , will be aggregated to provide a purchase credit towards fulfillment of the letter of intent. The letter may be dated as of a prior date to include any purchase made within the past 90 days. Prior trade prices will not be adjusted.
REINVESTMENT PRIVILEGE
The reinvestment privilege is available for all shares of the Fund within the same share class.
The Advisor Class of Shares shareholders who redeem from the Fund may reinvest the redemption proceeds back into the same share class at the next determined NAV without any sales charge. The original shares must have been subject to a sales charge and the reinvestment must be within 90 days.
In addition, if shares were reinvested through an investment professional or financial institution, the investment professional or financial institution would not be entitled to an advanced payment from M&I Brokerage Services on the reinvested shares, if otherwise applicable. M&I Brokerage Services must be notified by the shareholder in writing or by his investment professional or financial institution of the reinvestment in order to eliminate a sales charge or a contingent deferred sales charge. If the shareholder redeems shares in the Fund, there may be tax consequences.
EXCHANGING SECURITIES FOR SHARES
You may contact the Funds to request a purchase of shares in an exchange for securities you own. The Funds reserve the right to determine whether to accept your securities and the minimum market value to accept. The Funds will value your securities in the same manner as it values its assets. This exchange is treated as a sale of your securities for federal tax purposes.
REDEMPTION IN KIND
Although the Funds intend to pay share redemptions in cash, the Funds reserve the right, as described below, to pay the redemption price in whole or in part by a distribution of a Funds portfolio securities.
Because the Corporation has elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, the Funds are obligated to pay share redemptions to any one shareholder in cash only up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Funds net assets represented by such share class during any 90-day period.
B-27
Any share redemption payment greater than this amount will be in cash unless the Board determines that payment should be in kind. In such a case, a Fund will pay all or a portion of the remainder of the redemption in portfolio securities, valued in the same way as the Fund determines its NAV. The portfolio securities will be selected in a manner that the Board deems fair and equitable and, to the extent available, such securities will be readily marketable.
Redemption in kind is not as liquid as a cash redemption. If redemption is made in kind, shareholders would incur transaction costs in selling the portfolio securities received, and the proceeds of such sales, when made, may be more or less than the value on the redemption date.
In addition, the Funds have adopted procedures, consistent with SEC guidelines, to permit redemption in kind to an affiliate.
VOTING AND DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS
Shareholders of each Fund are entitled: (i) to one vote per full share of common stock; (ii) to distributions declared by the Board; and (iii) upon liquidation of the Corporation, to participate ratably in the assets of the Fund available for distribution. Each share of a Fund gives the shareholder one vote in the election of Directors and other matters submitted to shareholders for vote and is entitled to participate equally in dividends and capital gains distributions by the Fund. All shares of each Fund or class in the Corporation have equal voting rights, except that only shares of a particular Fund or class are entitled to vote on matters affecting that Fund or class. Consequently, the holders of more than 50% of the Corporations shares of common stock voting for the election of Directors can elect the entire Board, and, in such event, the holders of the Corporations remaining shares voting for the election of Directors will not be able to elect any person or persons to the Board.
The WBCL permits registered investment companies, such as the Corporation, to operate without an annual meeting of shareholders under specified circumstances if an annual meeting is not required by the 1940 Act. The Corporations By-laws provide that each Director shall hold office for a period of five years or until his or her successor is duly elected at the next annual meeting of shareholders. Consequently, the Corporation holds annual meetings of shareholders to elect Directors every five years, unless more frequent meetings are required by the 1940 Act, the Corporations Articles of Incorporation or By-laws. Directors may be removed by the shareholders at a special meeting. A special meeting of the shareholders may be called by the Board upon written request of shareholders owning at least 10% of the Corporations outstanding voting shares.
The shares are redeemable and are transferable. All shares issued and sold by the Corporation will be fully paid and nonassessable except as provided in the WBCL Section 180.0622(2)(b). Under Section 180.0622(2)(b) of the WBCL, holders of common stock are liable up to the amount equal to the par value of the common stock owned by holders of common stock for all debts owing to the Corporations employees for services performed for the Corporation, but not exceeding six months service in any one case. Certain Wisconsin courts have interpreted par value to mean the full amount paid upon the purchase of shares of common stock. Fractional shares of common stock entitle the holder to the same rights as whole shares of common stock except the right to receive a certificate evidencing such fractional shares.
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
As of November 30, 2004, the following shareholders owned of record or are known by the Corporation to own of record or beneficially more than 5% of a Funds outstanding Advisor Class of Shares:
B-28
Fund |
Name and Address |
Number of
Shares |
Percent of Class |
||||
International Stock Fund |
Mitra & Co.* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operations P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
30,995.83 | 7 | % | |||
Short-Term Income Fund |
Pershing, LLC* P.O. Box 2052 Jersey City, NJ 07303-2052 |
32,822.76 | 9 | % | |||
Lois M. Johnson TTEE Lois M. Johnson Survivors Trust U/A DTD 11/04/1998 4154 Pine Street Superior, WI 54880-8483 |
24,259.33 | 7 | % | ||||
Emma Mae Wiseley TTEE Emma Mae Wiseley Trust U/A DTD 09/18/1997 101 S. Yucca Street Unit 264 Chandler, AZ 85224-8168 |
22,681.96 | 6 | % | ||||
Money Market Fund |
Omnibus Sweep Taxable* M&I Banks c/o BSS AP Mary Smith P.O. Box 1119 Appleton, WI 54912-1119 |
6,878,865.78 | 7 | % | |||
Matthew J. Zolonwski 2872 Hidden Hollow Road Oshkosh, WI 54904-8479 |
6,398,250.33 | 6 | % |
* | The Corporation believes that this entity, the holder of record of these shares, is not the beneficial owner of such shares. |
Any person that beneficially owns more than 25% of the outstanding shares of a Fund or a class may be considered a controlling person of such Fund or class. Shareholders with a controlling interest could affect the outcome of proxy voting or the direction of management of a Fund.
As of November 30, 2004, the current officers and Directors of the Corporation, as a group, owned less than 1% of any class of each Funds outstanding shares.
WHAT ARE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES?
This section is not intended to be a full discussion of income tax laws. Please consult your own tax advisor regarding federal, state or local tax considerations.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX
Each Fund intends to meet requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code) applicable to regulated investment companies. If these requirements are not met, it will not receive special tax treatment and will be subject to federal corporate income tax.
Each Fund will be treated as a single, separate entity for federal income tax purposes so that income earned and capital gains and losses realized by the Corporations other portfolios will be separate from those realized by each Fund.
B-29
To the extent a Fund is unable to use its losses, it may be entitled to a loss carry-forward, which may reduce the taxable income or gain that the Fund would realize and to which the shareholder would be subject in the future.
The dividends received deduction for corporations will apply to ordinary income distributions to the extent the distribution represents amounts that would qualify for the dividends received deduction to the Equity Funds if the Equity Funds were a regular corporation, and to the extent designated by the Equity Funds as so qualifying. No portion of any income dividends paid by the other Funds is eligible for the dividends received deduction available to corporations.
Distributions from the Funds investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest, net short-term capital gains and net gains from foreign currency transactions), if any, generally are taxable to you as ordinary income whether reinvested or received in cash, unless such dividends are qualified dividend income eligible for the reduced rate of tax on long-term capital gains. Currently, the maximum tax rate on ordinary income is 35%, while the maximum tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15%.
FOREIGN INVESTMENTS
If a Fund purchases foreign securities, its investment income may be subject to foreign withholding or other taxes that could reduce the return on these securities. Tax treaties between the United States and foreign countries, however, may reduce or eliminate the amount of foreign taxes to which the Fund would be subject. The effective rate of foreign tax cannot be predicted since the amount of Fund assets to be invested within various countries is uncertain. However, the Corporation intends to operate so as to qualify for treaty-reduced tax rates when applicable.
Distributions from a Fund may be based on estimates of book income for the year. Book income generally consists solely of the income generated by the securities in the portfolio, whereas tax-basis income includes, in addition, gains or losses attributable to currency fluctuation. Due to differences in the book and tax treatment of fixed income securities denominated in foreign currencies, it is difficult to project currency effects on an interim basis. Therefore, to the extent that currency fluctuations cannot be anticipated, a portion of distributions to shareholders could later be designated as a return of capital, rather than income, for income tax purposes, which may be of particular concern to simple trusts.
If a Fund invests in the stock of certain foreign corporations, they may constitute Passive Foreign Investment Companies (PFIC), and the Fund may be subject to federal income taxes upon disposition of PFIC investments.
If more than 50% of the value of a Funds assets at the end of the tax year is represented by stock or securities of foreign corporations, the Fund will qualify for certain Code provisions that allow its shareholders to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction on their U.S. income tax returns. The Code may limit a shareholders ability to claim a foreign tax credit. Shareholders who elect to deduct their portion of the Funds foreign taxes rather than take the foreign tax credit must itemize deductions on their income tax returns. The Corporation expects that only the International Stock Fund will qualify for these Code provisions.
STATE AND LOCAL TAXES
Distributions representing net interest received on tax-exempt municipal securities are not necessarily free from income taxes of any state or local taxing authority. State laws differ on this issue, and you should consult your tax adviser for specific details regarding the status of your account under state and local tax laws, including treatment of distributions as income or return of capital.
B-30
CAPITAL GAINS
Capital gains, when realized by the Funds, could result in an increase in distributions. Capital losses could result in a decrease in distributions. When a Fund realizes net long-term capital gains, it will distribute them at least once every 12 months.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The Board is responsible for managing the Corporations business affairs and for exercising all the Corporations powers, except those reserved for the shareholders. Directors of the Corporation, together with information regarding their age, address, business experience during the past five years, and other information are shown in the following table. Pursuant to the Corporations By-laws, a Director holds office for a period of five years or until his or her successor is duly elected at the next annual meeting of shareholders. Each Director with an asterisk (*) is deemed to be an interested person, as defined in the 1940 Act. Current Directors who are not considered to be interested persons of the Funds are referred to in this SAI as independent directors. The Corporation, which currently consists of thirteen separate portfolios or funds, is the only investment company in the Fund Complex.
I NTERESTED D IRECTORS
Name, Age and Address |
Position(s) Held with the
|
Term of
|
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years |
Number of
Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director |
Other
Directorships Held by Director |
|||||
John M. Blaser* Age: 48 1000 North Water Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 |
Director and President |
2004-2009; since May 1999 |
Vice President of the Adviser and Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company (M&I Trust) since 1998. | 13 | None | |||||
Kenneth C. Krei* Age: 55 770 North Water Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 |
Director |
2004-2009; since July 2004 |
Director and Chief Executive Officer of the Adviser since July 2003; Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of M&I Trust since July 2003; Senior Vice President of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (a bank holding company) since July 2003; Director of M&I Brokerage Services, Inc. and M&I Insurance Services, Inc.; Executive Vice President, Investment Advisors at Fifth Third Bancorp from 2001 to 2003; Executive Vice President, Investment and Insurance Services at Old Kent Financial Corporation from 1998 to 2001. | 13 | None |
* | Mr. Blaser is an interested person of the Corporation (as defined in the 1940 Act) due to the positions that he holds with the Corporation, the Adviser and M&I Trust. Mr. Krei is an interested person of the Corporation due to the positions that he holds with the Adviser, M&I Trust and Marshall & Ilsley Corporation. |
B-31
I NDEPENDENT D IRECTORS
Name, Age and Address |
Position(s) Held with the Corporation |
Term of
|
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years |
Number of
Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director |
Other
Directorships Held by Director |
|||||
Benjamin M. Cutler Age: 61 6600 E. Bluebird Lane Paradise Valley, AZ 85253 |
Independent Director | 2004-2009; since July 2004 | Chairman, Assurant Health (a health insurer), and Executive Vice President, Assurant, Inc. (an insurance company) since 2002; President and CEO, Fortis Health (a health insurer) from 1996 to 2003. | 13 | None | |||||
John DeVincentis Age: 70 13821 12 th Street Racine, WI 53406 |
Independent Director | 2004-2009; since October 1993 | Independent financial consultant; retired, formerly Senior Vice President of Finance, In-Sink-Erator Division of Emerson Electric Corp. (an electrical products manufacturer) from 1972 to 1993. | 13 | None | |||||
John A. Lubs Age: 57 1251 First Avenue Chippewa Falls, WI 54729 |
Independent Director | 2004-2009; since July 2004 | Vice Chairman, Mason Companies, Inc. (a footwear distributor) since October 2004; President and Chief Operating Officer, Mason Companies, Inc., from 1990 to 2004. | 13 | None | |||||
James Mitchell Age: 56 2808 Range Line Circle Mequon, WI 53092 |
Independent Director | 2004-2009; since March 1999 | Chief Executive Officer, NOG, Inc. (a metal processing and consulting company) since 1999; Chairman, Ayrshire Precision Engineering (a precision machining company) since 1992; Group Vice President of Citation Corporation (a general manufacturing company) from 1996 to 1999; Chief Executive Officer of Interstate Forging Industries (a forging company) from 1984 to 1999. | 13 | None | |||||
Barbara J. Pope Age: 56 115 South La Salle St., Suite 2285 Chicago, IL 60603 |
Independent Director |
2004-2009; since March 1999 |
President of Barbara J. Pope, P.C. (a financial consulting firm) since 1992; President of Sedgwick Street Fund LLC (a private investment partnership) since 1996; prior to 1992, Tax Partner, Price Waterhouse. | 13 | None |
OFFICERS
The officers of the Corporation are elected annually by the Board and hold the same position with all of the Funds of the Corporation. Each officer holds office for one year and until the election and qualification of his or her successor. The address of each officer is 1000 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202. Officers of the Corporation, together with information as to their principal business occupation during the past five years and certain other information, are shown in the following table.
B-32
P RINCIPAL O FFICERS
Name and Age |
Position(s) Held with the Corporation |
Term of Office and Length of Time
|
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years |
|||
John D. Boritzke Age: 47 |
Vice President | Re-elected by the Board annually; since October 2001 | Vice President of the Adviser and M&I Trust since 1993. | |||
Joseph P. Bree Age: 31 |
Treasurer | Re-elected by the Board annually; since September 2002 | Assistant Vice President and Senior Financial Analyst of the Adviser since February 2001; associate with Barclays Global Investors (a financial service firm) from March 2000 to February 2001; associate with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (an investment adviser) from May 1996 to March 2000. | |||
William A. Frazier Age: 48 |
Vice President | Re-elected by the Board annually; since October 2001 | Vice President of the Adviser and M&I Trust since 1985. | |||
Daniel L. Kaminski Age: 47 |
Secretary | Re-elected by the Board annually; since April 2004 | Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Adviser and M&I Trust since November 2003; Secretary of the Adviser and M&I Trust since February 2004; Vice President, Project Management, M&I Support Services Corp. (operations subsidiary of bank holding company) from January 2002 to December 2003; Vice President, Corporate Finance, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (a bank holding company) from January 1991 to December 2001. | |||
Cheryl A. Johnson Age: 50 |
Chief Compliance Officer | Re-elected by the Board annually; since October 2004 | Vice President of the Adviser and M&I Trust since September 2004; Lead Consultant, Law Department, Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company (NML) from June 2003 to 2004; Senior Attorney, Law Department, NML from August 2001 to May 2003; Associate Attorney with Quarles & Brady LLP (a law firm) from 1993 to 2001. |
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
The standing committees of the Board are the Audit Committee and the Nominating Committee. These committees are comprised solely of independent directors.
Board Committee |
Committee Members |
Committee Functions |
Meetings Held During Last Fiscal Year |
|||
Audit |
John DeVincentis (Chair) Benjamin M. Cutler (1) John A. Lubs (1) James Mitchell Barbara J. Pope |
The Board has adopted a written charter of the Audit Committee pursuant to which the Audit Committee retains the independent auditors to audit the financial statements of each Fund; meets with the independent auditors periodically to review the results of the audits and reports their results to the full Board; evaluates the independence of the auditors; and preapproves, or establishes preapproval policies and procedures concerning, all audit and non-audit services provided to the Funds. | Two | |||
Nominating |
John DeVincentis Benjamin M. Cutler (1) John A. Lubs (1) James Mitchell Barbara J. Pope |
The Nominating Committee identifies, evaluates, selects and nominates, or recommends for nomination, candidates for the Board. It also may set standards or qualifications for directors. | Three |
(1) | Duane E. Dingmann, who retired as a Director of the Corporation effective July 27, 2004, was a member of the Audit Committee during most of the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004. Mr. Cutler and Mr. Lubs became members of the Audit and Nominating Committees effective October 25, 2004. |
B-33
The Nominating Committee may consider candidates for the Board submitted by shareholders if a vacancy were to exist. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee may do so by submitting the appropriate information about the candidate to the Corporations Secretary.
The Board has also established a Pricing Committee, which is not a committee of the Board. The Pricing Committee is responsible for monitoring the valuation of Fund securities and other investments; and, as required, determining the fair value of securities for which market quotations are not readily available, after consideration of all relevant factors, which determinations are subsequently reported to the full Board. The Pricing Committee meets as necessary and is comprised of members of the Adviser and UMB Fund Services, Inc. (UMBFS), the Funds sub-administrator.
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
The following table shows the fees paid to the independent directors by the Corporation for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004. The Corporation does not pay any fees to its interested directors or officers. Neither the Corporation nor the Funds maintain any deferred compensation, pension or retirement plans, and no pension or retirement benefits are accrued as Corporation or Fund expenses.
Name |
Aggregate
Compensation From each Fund |
Pension or Retirement
Benefits Accrued as Part of Each Funds Expenses |
Estimated
Annual Benefits Upon Retirement |
Total Compensation from
Funds and Fund Complex Paid to Directors (1) |
|||||||||
Benjamin M. Cutler (2) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | |||||
John DeVincentis |
$ | 2,000 | (4) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 24,000 | ||||
Duane E. Dingmann (3) |
$ | 2,000 | (4) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 24,000 | ||||
John A. Lubs (2) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | |||||
James Mitchell |
$ | 2,000 | (4) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 24,000 | ||||
Barbara J. Pope |
$ | 2,000 | (4) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 24,000 |
(1) | The Marshall Funds consist of one open-end registered investment company consisting of 13 portfolios, 12 of which were in operation during fiscal 2004. |
(2) | Mr. Cutler and Mr. Lubs were elected to the Board on July 27, 2004 and accordingly did not receive any compensation with respect to fiscal 2004. |
(3) | Mr. Dingmann retired from the Board on July 27, 2004. |
(4) | Each Fund pays a pro rata share of the total compensation received by each independent director. |
B-34
BOARD OWNERSHIP OF SHARES IN THE FUND AND IN THE MARSHALL FUNDS FAMILY OF INVESTMENT COMPANIES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2003
Name of Director (1) |
Fund Name |
Dollar Range of Shares Owned in Fund (2) |
Aggregate Dollar
in Marshall Funds Family of Investment Companies |
|||
John M. Blaser |
Equity Income Large-Cap G&I Mid-Cap Growth Mid-Cap Value Small-Cap Growth International Stock Intermediate Bond |
$50,001-$100,000
$10,001-$50,000 $10,001-$50,000 $10,001-$50,000 over $100,000 $50,001-$100,000 $10,001-$50,000 |
over $100,000 | |||
Benjamin M. Cutler | N/A | None | None | |||
John DeVincentis |
Mid-Cap Growth Mid-Cap Value Small-Cap Growth Money Market |
$10,001-$50,000
$10,001-$50,000 $10,001-$50,000 $50,001-$100,000 |
over $100,000 | |||
Kenneth C. Krei |
Money Market Intermediate Tax-Free |
$1-$10,000
over $100,000 |
over $100,000 | |||
John A. Lubs | N/A | None | None | |||
James Mitchell |
Mid-Cap Value Small-Cap Growth International Stock Money Market |
over $100,000
$10,001-$50,000 $10,001-$50,000 over $100,000 |
over $100,000 | |||
Barbara J. Pope |
Large-Cap G&I Mid-Cap Value Mid-Cap Growth Small-Cap Growth Money Market |
$1-$10,000
$10,001-$50,000 $1-$10,000 $10,001-$50,000 $50,001-$100,000 |
$50,001-$100,000 |
(1) | Share ownership information is provided for the current Directors of the Corporation. Mr. Cutler, Mr. Krei and Mr. Lubs were first elected to the Board on July 27, 2004. |
(2) | Dollar range of shares owned in any Fund that is not identified in this table is None. |
ADVISER TO THE FUNDS
The Funds investment adviser is M&I Investment Management Corp., a Wisconsin corporation headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. The Adviser conducts investment research and makes investment decisions for the Funds. The Adviser provides investment management services for investment companies, financial institutions, individuals, corporations and not-for-profit organizations, and is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC. The Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (M&I Corp.), a bank holding company headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. The Adviser shall not be liable to the Corporation, the Funds, or any shareholder of the Funds for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding, or sale of any security, or for
B-35
anything done or omitted by it, except acts or omissions involving willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties imposed upon it by its contract with the Corporation. Because of the internal controls maintained by the Advisers affiliates to restrict the flow of non-public information, Fund investments are typically made without any knowledge of the lending relationships affiliates of the Adviser may have from time to time with an issuer.
As compensation for its advisory services under the investment advisory agreement with the Corporation, each of the Funds pays the Adviser, on a monthly basis, an annual management fee based on the percentage of the average daily net asset value of the Fund (ADNA) as follows:
Fund |
Annual Fee as %
of ADNA |
|
Equity Income Fund |
0.75 | |
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
0.75 | |
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
0.75 | |
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
0.75 | |
Small Cap Growth Fund |
1.00 | |
International Stock Fund |
1.00 | |
Government Income Fund |
0.75 | |
Intermediate Bond Fund |
0.60 | |
Short-Term Income Fund |
0.60 | |
Money Market Fund |
0.15 |
From time to time, the Adviser may voluntarily waive any portion of its management fee for a Fund.
For the fiscal periods ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Adviser was entitled to receive the following advisory fees and waived the indicated amounts:
Fund |
Advisory Fee/ Advisory Fee Waived |
|||||
For the fiscal year ended August 31 |
||||||
2004
|
2003
|
2002
|
||||
Equity Income Fund |
$2,765,597/$0 | $2,478,700/$0 | $2,872,655/$0 | |||
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
$2,054,401/$0 | $1,862,454/$0 | $2,639,560/$0 | |||
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
$2,881,390/$0 | $1,649,924/$0 | $1,566,354/$0 | |||
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
$1,801,043/$0 | $1,555,284/$0 | $2,175,526/$0 | |||
Small-Cap Growth Fund |
$1,281,914/$0 | $789,737/$0 | $1,054,601/$0 | |||
International Stock Fund |
$4,135,034/$70,001 | $2,880,327/$70,000 | $3,323,055/$70,000 | |||
Government Income Fund |
$2,736,611/$364,881 | $2,864,544/$381,939 | $2,845,707/$379,428 | |||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
$3,842,012/$384,201 | $3,857,879/$385,788 | $3,784,225/$378,422 | |||
Short-Term Income Fund |
$930,760/$527,431 | $795,059/$450,534 | $754,851/$427,749 | |||
Money Market Fund |
$5,071,678/$1,184,885 | $4,801,790/$960,358 | $4,597,139/$1,098,213 |
B-36
SUB-ADVISER TO INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND
BPI Global Asset Management LLP, headquartered in Orlando, Florida (BPI), is the sub-adviser to the International Stock Fund . It is the Advisers responsibility to select a sub-adviser for the International Stock Fund that has distinguished itself in its area of expertise in asset management and to review the sub-advisers performance. The Adviser provides investment management evaluation services by performing initial due diligence on BPI and thereafter by monitoring BPIs performance through quantitative and qualitative analysis, as well as periodic in-person, telephonic and written consultations with BPI. In evaluating BPI, the Adviser considers, among other factors, BPIs level of expertise; relative performance and consistency of performance over a minimum period of time; level of adherence to investment discipline or philosophy; personnel, facilities and financial strength; and quality of service and client communications. The Adviser has the responsibility for communicating performance expectations and evaluations to BPI and ultimately recommending to the Corporations Board whether BPIs contract should be renewed, modified or terminated. The Adviser provides written reports to the Board regarding the results of its evaluation and monitoring functions. The Adviser is also responsible for conducting all operations of the International Stock Fund , except those operations contracted to BPI, the custodian, the transfer agent and the administrator. Although BPIs activities are subject to oversight by the Board and officers of the Corporation, neither the Board, the officers, nor the Adviser evaluates the investment merits of BPIs individual security selections. BPI has complete discretion to purchase, manage and sell portfolio securities for the International Stock Fund , subject to the International Stock Fund s investment goal, policies and limitations. For its services under the subadvisory contract, BPI receives a fee at the annual rate of 0.40% of the International Stock Fund s average daily net assets. BPI is paid by the Adviser and not by the International Stock Fund , and BPI will furnish to the Adviser such investment advice, statistical and other factual information as requested by the Adviser. BPI provides portfolio management services for investment companies, corporations, trusts, estates, pension and profit sharing plans, individuals, and other institutions located principally in Canada and the United States, and is an investment adviser registered with the SEC. BPI is a Delaware limited liability partnership between CI Global Holdings USA, Inc. (CI Holdings USA) as a 51% partner, and JBS Advisors, Inc. (JBS) as a 49% partner. CI Holdings USA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of CI Global Holdings, Inc., which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of CI Mutual Funds, Inc. CI Mutual Funds, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of CI Fund Management, Inc., a publicly-traded company located in Toronto, Ontario, Canada. JBS is owned by BPIs portfolio managers and its President.
For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 the Adviser paid BPI $1,654,014, $1,152,141 and $1,329,122, respectively.
BOARD REVIEW OF ADVISORY AND SUBADVISORY CONTRACTS
As required by the 1940 Act, the Corporations Board has reviewed the investment advisory contract and sub-advisory contract on behalf of the Funds. The Boards decision to approve these contracts reflects the exercise of its business judgment on whether to continue the existing arrangements. The Board bases its ultimate decisions to approve advisory and sub-advisory contracts on the totality of the circumstances and factors the Board deems relevant, and with a view to past and future long-term considerations. During its review of these contracts, the Board considered many factors, among the most material of which are the following: the investment objectives and long term performance of the Funds; the management philosophy, personnel, and processes used by the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser; the preferences and expectations of the Funds shareholders and their relative sophistication; the continuing state of competition in the mutual fund industry; comparable fees in the mutual fund industry; and the range and quality of services provided to the Funds and their shareholders by the Advisers affiliates in addition to investment advisory services.
B-37
In assessing the Advisers and Sub-Advisers performance of their obligations, the Board also considers whether there has occurred a circumstance or event that would constitute a reason for it to not renew an advisory contract. In this regard, the Board was mindful of the potential disruptions of the operations of the Funds and various risks, uncertainties and other effects that could occur as a result of a decision to terminate or not renew the advisory contract. In particular, the Board recognizes that the determination by M&I Trust of the appropriateness of the Funds for the investment of fiduciary assets as well as the decisions by the Funds retail and institutional shareholders to invest in the Funds are based on the strength of the Advisers industry standing and reputation and on the expectation that the Adviser will have a continuing role in providing advisory services to the Funds.
The Board also considers the compensation and benefits received by the Adviser. This includes fees received for services provided to the Funds by other entities in the M&I organization and research services received by the Adviser from brokers that execute fund trades, as well as advisory fees. In this regard, the Board is aware that various courts have interpreted provisions of the 1940 Act and have indicated in their decisions that the following factors may be relevant in determining the Advisers compensation: the nature and quality of the services provided by the Adviser, including the performance of the Funds; the profitability to the Adviser of providing the services; the extent to which the Adviser may realize economies of scale as the Funds grow larger; any indirect benefits that may accrue to the Adviser and its affiliates as a result of the Advisers relationship with the Funds; performance and expenses of comparable funds; and the extent to which the independent Board members are fully informed about all facts bearing on the Advisers service and fee. The Board is aware of these factors and takes them into account in its review of the Funds advisory and sub-advisory contracts.
The Board considers and weighs these circumstances in light of its substantial accumulated experience in governing the Funds and working with the Adviser and M&I Trust on matters relating to the Funds, and is assisted in its deliberations by the advice of independent legal counsel. In this regard, the Board requests and receives a significant amount of information about the Funds and the Adviser and its affiliates. The Adviser provides much of this information at each regular meeting of the Board, and furnishes additional reports in connection with the meetings at which the Boards formal review of the advisory and sub-advisory contracts occurs. In between regularly scheduled meetings, the Board may receive information on particular matters as the need arises. Thus, the Boards evaluation of an advisory and sub-advisory contract is informed by reports covering such matters as the investment philosophy, personnel, and processes utilized by the Adviser and Sub-Adviser; the short- and long-term performance of the Funds (in absolute terms as well as in relationship to its particular investment program and certain competitor or peer group funds), and comments on the reasons for performance; the Funds expenses (including the advisory fee itself and the overall expense structure of the Funds, both in absolute terms and relative to similar and/or competing funds, with due regard for contractual or voluntary expense limitations); the use and allocation of brokerage commissions derived from trading the Funds portfolio securities; the nature and extent of the advisory and other services provided to the Funds by the Adviser and its affiliates; compliance and audit reports concerning the Funds and the Adviser and the service providers that service the Funds; and relevant developments in the mutual fund industry and how the Funds and/or its service providers are responding to them.
The Board also receives financial information about the Adviser and its affiliates, including reports on the compensation and benefits the Adviser and its affiliates derive from their relationships with the Funds. These reports cover not only the fees under the advisory contracts, but also fees received by the Advisers affiliate, M&I Trust, for providing other services to the Funds under separate contracts (e.g., for serving as the Funds administrator, custodian, transfer agent and shareholder services agent). The reports also discuss any indirect benefit the Adviser may derive from its receipt of research services from brokers who execute fund trades.
B-38
VOTING PROXIES ON FUND PORTFOLIO SECURITIES
The Board has delegated the authority to vote proxies on the securities held in the Funds portfolios to the Adviser. The Board has also approved the Advisers policies and procedures for voting the proxies, which are described below. Due to the Funds proposed investments in fixed income securities, the Adviser does not anticipate voting proxies on behalf of the Income Funds or Money Market Funds .
Proxy Voting Policies
The Advisers general policy is to cast proxy votes in a manner that, in the best judgment of the Adviser, is in the best economic interests of the Advisers clients with respect to the potential economic return on the clients investments. Generally, this will mean voting for proposals that the Adviser believes will improve the management of a company; increase the rights or preferences of the voted securities; and/or increase the chance that a premium offer would be made for the company or for the voted securities.
The following examples illustrate how these general policies may apply to proposals submitted by a companys board of directors. However, whether the Adviser supports or opposes a proposal will always depend on the specific circumstances described in the proxy statement and other available information.
On routine matters, generally the Adviser will vote for proposals to approve independent auditors; election of directors in uncontested elections; increases in authorized common shares for stock dividends, stock splits or general issuance, unless proposed as an anti-takeover action; share repurchase programs that institute or renew open market share repurchase programs in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.
On matters of corporate governance, generally the Adviser will vote for proposals to permit a simple majority of shareholders to approve acquisitions of a controlling interest of issuers; eliminate classified or staggered boards of directors; eliminate cumulative voting and preemptive rights; and proposals to opt-out of state takeover statutes. The Adviser will generally vote against the adoption of super-majority voting provisions that require greater than a two-thirds shareholder approval to change the corporate charter or bylaws or to approve mergers and acquisitions; fair price amendments that are linked to a super-majority provision and do not permit a takeover unless an arbitrary fair price is offered to all shareholders; proposals that would create different classes of stock with unequal voting rights, such as dual class exchange offers and dual class recapitalizations; and proposals that do not allow replacement of existing members of the board of directors.
On matters relating to management compensation, generally the Adviser will vote for stock incentive plans that align the recipients interests with the interests of shareholders without creating undue dilution and other compensation plans that are consistent with standard business practices; and against proposals that would permit, for example, the repricing of outstanding options without substantial justification.
On matters relating to corporate transactions, the Adviser will vote proxies relating to proposed mergers, capital reorganizations, and similar transactions in accordance with the general policy, based upon its analysis of the proposed transaction. The Adviser will vote proxies in contested elections of directors in accordance with the general policy, based upon its analysis of the opposing slates and their respective proposed business strategies. Some transactions may also involve proposed changes to the companys corporate governance, capital structure or management compensation. The Adviser will vote on such changes based on its evaluation of the proposed transaction or contested election, even if such a vote may be contrary to its general practice for similar proposals made outside the context of such a proposed transaction or change in the board.
B-39
The Adviser generally votes against proposals submitted by shareholders without the favorable recommendation of a companys board. The Adviser believes that a companys board should manage its business and policies, and that shareholders who seek specific changes should strive to convince the board of their merits or seek direct representation on the board.
In addition, the Adviser will not vote if it determines that the consequences or costs outweigh the potential benefit of voting.
Proxy Voting Procedures
The Adviser has appointed a Proxy Officer who has the authority to direct the vote on proposals that require case-by-case determinations or where there has been a recommendation not to vote in accordance with a predetermined policy. The Proxy Officer reports to the Trust Investment Committee of M&I Trust.
In the event that a portfolio manager of the Adviser concludes that the interests of a Fund require that a proxy be voted on a proposal in a manner that differs from the proxy voting guidelines, the manager may request that the Proxy Officer consider voting on the proposal other than according to the guidelines, provided that the request is accompanied by a written explanation of the reasons for the request and a description of any relationship with the party proposing the matter to the shareholders. Upon such a request, the Proxy Officer may vary from the voting guidelines if the Proxy Officer determines that voting on the proposal according to the guidelines would be expected to impact adversely the current or potential market value of the issuers securities or to affect adversely the best interests of the client. In determining the vote on any proposal pursuant to such a request, the Proxy Officer shall not consider any benefit other than the best interests of the client.
The Advisers proxy voting procedures permit the Trust Investment Committee to develop and revise further procedures to assist the Adviser in the voting of proxies, which may include the use of a third party vendor for purposes of recommendations on particular shareholder votes being solicited or for the voting of proxies, or to override the directions provided in such guidelines, whenever necessary to comply with the proxy voting policies.
Conflicts of Interest
The Adviser addresses potential material conflicts of interest by having a predetermined voting policy. For those proposals that require case-by-case determinations, or in instances where special circumstances may require varying from the predetermined policy, the Proxy Officer will determine the vote in the best interests of the Advisers clients, without consideration of any benefit to the Adviser, its affiliates, its employees, its other clients, customers, service providers or any other party.
Proxy Voting Record
Each Funds proxy voting record for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge, either upon request, by calling toll free, 1-800-236-FUND (3863), or by accessing the SECs website at http://www.sec.gov .
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE POLICY
The Funds do not provide or permit others to provide information about the Funds portfolio holdings to any third party on a selective basis, except as permitted by the Corporations policy regarding disclosure of portfolio holdings (Disclosure Policy). This Disclosure Policy also applies to the Adviser and M&I Trust. Pursuant to the Disclosure Policy, the Corporation may disclose information about the Funds portfolio holdings only in the following circumstances:
B-40
| As required by SEC regulations, the Corporation will disclose the portfolio holdings of each Fund as of the end of the first and third fiscal quarters by filing Form N-Q with the SEC and as of the end of the second and fourth fiscal quarters by filing Form N-CSR with the SEC; |
| The Adviser may disclose Fund portfolio holdings in regulatory filings and in cases where the legitimate business purposes of the Funds are served by such disclosure, such as disclosures to service providers in connection with the fulfillment of their duties to the Funds and Corporation; |
| The Funds portfolio holdings as of each month end are disclosed to certain approved institutional data bases, generally no earlier than five days of month end; |
| Disclosure of portfolio holdings as of a particular month end (other than fiscal- or calendar-quarter end) may be made in response to inquiries from consultants or prospective clients; and |
| Portfolio holdings of the Funds as of a particular month end may be provided to portfolio managers of M&I Trust in connection with presentations to M&I Trusts existing clients. |
The Corporation is prohibited from entering into any other arrangements to disclose information regarding the Funds portfolio securities without prior approval of the Board. The Adviser and M&I Trust place restrictions on the use of portfolio holdings information disclosed to any of the third parties described above to ensure that the information remains confidential. No compensation or other consideration may be received by the Funds, the Adviser or M&I Trust in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings in accordance with this policy. The Funds Chief Compliance Officer monitors compliance with the Disclosure Policy and reports any violations to the Board.
The Board will review any disclosures of Fund portfolio holdings outside of the permitted disclosures described above on a quarterly basis to ensure that disclosure of information about portfolio holdings is in the best interest of Fund shareholders and to address any conflicts between the interests of Fund shareholders and those of the Adviser or any other Fund affiliate.
BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS
As used in this section, the term Adviser means Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable.
The Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Funds and for the placement of the Funds securities business, the negotiation of the charges to be paid on such transactions, and the allocation of portfolio brokerage and principal business. Trades may be done with brokers, dealers and, on occasion, issuers. Remuneration for trades may include commissions, commission-equivalent charges, dealer spreads, mark-ups and mark-downs.
In executing transactions on behalf of the Funds, the Adviser has no obligation to deal with any particular broker or dealer. Rather, the Adviser seeks to obtain the best qualitative execution. The best net price is an important factor, but the Adviser also considers the full range and quality of a brokers services, as described below. Recognizing the value of the range of services, the Funds may not pay the lowest commission or spread available on any particular transaction.
Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Section 28(e)), permits an investment advisor, under certain circumstances, to cause an account to pay a broker who supplies brokerage and research services a commission or commission-equivalent charge for effecting a transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker would have charged for effecting the transaction. Brokerage and research services include:
| furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing, purchasing, or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; |
| furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, sectors, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts; and |
B-41
| effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance, settlement and custody). |
In selecting brokers, the Adviser considers quality of investment research and brokerage services; communication of such information; trade execution pricing, capability and efficiency; and the appropriateness of the commission rate. Investment research services utilized by the Adviser include economic forecasts, industry analysis, individual company or issuer analysis and opinion, and investment strategy. In ensuring that the commission to be paid is fair compensation for the nature of the trade and the quality of the execution provided by the broker/dealer, the Adviser considers the commission rates paid by investment institutions of similar size. While the Adviser negotiates similar commission rates with all brokers and dealers, if the Adviser believes favorable prices and efficient execution is available from more than one broker or dealer, the Adviser may give consideration to placing trades with those brokers or dealers who furnish investment research and other brokerage services. The Adviser believes that the research information received in this manner provides the Funds with benefits by supplementing the research otherwise available to the Funds.
The Adviser places portfolio transactions for other advisory accounts in addition to the Funds. Research services furnished by firms through which the Funds effect their securities transactions may be used by the Adviser in servicing all of their accounts; that is, not all of such services may be used by the Adviser in connection with the Funds. The Adviser believes it is not possible to measure separately the benefits from research services received by each of the accounts (including the Funds) managed by them. Because the volume and nature of the trading activities of the accounts are not uniform, the amount of commissions in excess of those charged by another broker (if any) paid by each account for brokerage and research services will vary. The Adviser believes any such costs to the Funds, however, will not be disproportionate to the benefits received by the Funds on a continuing basis and, to the extent that receipt of these services may supplant services for which the Adviser might otherwise have paid, it would tend to reduce their expenses. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004, aggregate total commissions with brokers to whom transactions were directed based on research services provided were $2,756,701 on transactions with an aggregate principal value of $847,967,117.
The Adviser generally seeks to allocate portfolio transactions equitably whenever concurrent decisions are made to purchase or sell securities by the Funds and other advisory accounts. There can be no assurance that a particular purchase or sale opportunity will be allocated to a Fund. In making allocations between the Funds and between a Fund and other advisory accounts, certain factors considered by the Adviser are the respective investment objectives, the relative size of portfolio holdings of the same or comparable securities, the availability of cash for investment, and the size of investment commitments generally held.
B-42
For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Funds paid the following brokerage commissions:
Brokerage Commissions Paid
|
|||||||||
Fund |
For the fiscal year ended August 31 |
||||||||
2004
|
2003
|
2002
|
|||||||
Equity Income Fund |
$ | 871,205 | $ | 706,615 | $ | 721,730 | |||
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
$ | 817,006 | $ | 650,894 | $ | 550,330 | |||
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
$ | 673,880 | $ | 413,547 | $ | 470,890 | |||
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
$ | 2,090,182 | $ | 1,037,203 | $ | 1,215,322 | |||
Small-Cap Growth Fund |
$ | 1,891,179 | $ | 1,476,747 | $ | 1,067,771 | |||
International Stock Fund |
$ | 1,639,484 | $ | 1,791,964 | $ | 1,210,489 | |||
Government Income Fund |
N/A | N/A | N/A | ||||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
N/A | N/A | N/A | ||||||
Short-Term Income Fund |
N/A | N/A | N/A | ||||||
Money Market Fund |
N/A | N/A | N/A |
N/A - Not applicable
Unless otherwise noted below, during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004, the Funds did not acquire securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act):
Fund |
Regular Broker or Dealer (or Parent) Issuer |
Value of Securities Owned (as of 8/31/04) |
|||
Equity Income Fund |
JP Morgan Chase & Co. Wachovia Securities LLC Citigroup, Inc. |
$
$ $ |
15,115,285
12,034,760 17,457,951 |
||
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
Citigroup, Inc. Goldman Sachs Group Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. JP Morgan Chase & Co. Lehman Brothers, Inc. Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. State Street Bank & Trust Co. |
$
$ $ $ $ $ $ |
5,489,034
1,596,846 1,937,582 2,452,693 1,532,331 1,805,631 1,506,457 |
||
International Stock Fund |
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC UBS AG |
$
$ |
6,266,401
6,478,706 |
||
Government Income Fund |
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC | $ | 1,122,921 |
B-43
Fund |
Regular Broker or Dealer (or Parent) Issuer |
Value of Securities Owned (as of 8/31/04) |
|||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
Goldman Sachs Group Lehman Brothers, Inc. Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. Credit Suisse First Boston LLC Citigroup, Inc. UBS AG JP Morgan Chase & Co. |
$
$ $ $ $ $ $ $ |
6,253,660
3,026,423 6,975,675 5,847,289 5,553,905 28,332,305 8,480,934 450,550 |
||
Short-Term Income Fund |
Deutsche Bank Alex Brown, Inc. Goldman Sachs Group JP Morgan Chase & Co. Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. Credit Suisse First Boston LLC Bank of New York, Inc. Wachovia Securities LLC |
$
$ $ $ $ $ $ $ |
1,493,919
1,896,766 3,530,435 1,993,050 2,883,374 3,090,451 1,091,562 5,686,019 |
||
Money Market Fund |
Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. Deutsche Bank Alex Brown, Inc. Credit Suisse First Boston LLC Goldman Sachs Group JP Morgan Chase & Co. Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. Wachovia Securities LLC Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. Lehman Brothers, Inc. State Street Bank & Trust Co. |
$
$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ |
100,000,000
100,000,000 100,053,033 100,057,893 53,040,468 20,000,000 150,000,000 100,000,000 60,000,000 109,462,602 |
CODE OF ETHICS RESTRICTIONS ON PERSONAL TRADING
As required by the SECs rules, the Funds, the Adviser, BPI and the Distributor have adopted codes of ethics. These codes govern securities trading activities of investment personnel, Fund Directors and certain other employees (Access Persons). Although the codes permit Access Persons to trade in securities, including those that the Funds could buy, they also contain significant safeguards designed to protect the Funds and their shareholders from abuses in this area, such as requirements to obtain prior approval for, and to report, particular transactions.
ADMINISTRATOR
M&I Trust is the administrator of the Funds. As administrator, M&I Trust is entitled to receive fees directly from the Funds in amounts up to a maximum annual percentage of each Funds ADNA with respect to the Equity Funds and Income Funds and a maximum annual percentage of aggregate ADNA of all money market funds of the Corporation with respect to the Money Market Fund as follows:
Maximum Fee |
Funds ADNA |
|
0.10% |
on the first $250 million | |
0.095% |
on the next $250 million | |
0.08% |
on the next $250 million | |
0.06% |
on the next $250 million | |
0.04% |
on the next $500 million | |
0.02% |
on assets in excess of $1.5 billion |
B-44
The aggregate fees paid by the money market funds of the Corporation are allocated to each fund based on its assets.
For the fiscal periods ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the administrator was paid the following fees:
Administrative Fee Paid
|
|||||||||
Fund |
For the fiscal year ended August 31 |
||||||||
2004
|
2003
|
2002
|
|||||||
Equity Income Fund |
$ | 362,809 | $ | 326,469 | $ | 376,369 | |||
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
$ | 272,724 | $ | 248,138 | $ | 346,844 | |||
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
$ | 377,476 | $ | 219,889 | $ | 208,827 | |||
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
$ | 239,991 | $ | 207,371 | $ | 287,817 | |||
Small-Cap Growth Fund |
$ | 128,191 | $ | 78,974 | $ | 105,460 | |||
International Stock Fund |
$ | 405,328 | $ | 286,128 | $ | 328,190 | |||
Government Income Fund |
$ | 359,137 | $ | 375,342 | $ | 372,956 | |||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
$ | 599,768 | $ | 601,884 | $ | 592,063 | |||
Short-Term Income Fund |
$ | 155,127 | $ | 132,510 | $ | 125,808 | |||
Money Market Fund |
$ | 1,413,723 | $ | 1,377,739 | $ | 1,350,452 |
N/A - Not applicable
The administrator may choose voluntarily to reimburse a portion of its fee at any time.
The functions performed by the administrator include, but are not limited to the following:
| preparation, filing and maintenance of the Corporations governing documents, minutes of Board meetings and shareholder meetings; |
| preparation and filing with the SEC and state regulatory authorities, the Corporations registration statement and all amendments, and any other documents required for the Funds to make a continuous offering of their shares; |
| preparation, negotiation and administration of contracts on behalf of a Fund; |
| supervision of the preparation of financial reports; |
| preparation and filing of federal and state tax returns; |
| assistance with the design, development and operation of a Fund; and |
| providing advice to the Funds and the Board. |
SUB-ADMINISTRATOR
On September 1, 2004, UMBFS became the Funds sub-administrator pursuant to the Sub-Administration Agreement with the administrator. Under the Sub-Administration Agreement, the functions performed by UMBFS include and relate to, but are not limited to, the following:
| review and filing with the SEC and state regulatory authorities of the Corporations registration statement and all amendments, and any other documents required for the Funds to make a continuous offering of their shares; |
B-45
| drafting and reviewing of the Funds annual and semi-annual reports; |
| various services relating to the shareholder and Board meetings, such as preparing and obtaining executed authorized signatures, attendance at Board meetings and drafting of proxy materials; |
| obtaining CUSIPS, NASDAQ symbols, and IRS tax identification numbers; |
| coordination and facilitation of external audits by the Corporations independent auditors and regulatory examinations of the Corporation; |
| follow-up on any issues surrounding reporting of performance for the Funds; and |
| preparation of the Corporations tax returns. |
For its services, UMBFS receives from the administrator with respect to each of the Funds (other than the Money Market Fund ), in addition to a monthly multi-class fee of $200 per class and out-of-pocket expenses, the asset based fees pursuant to the following schedule:
Average Net Assets |
Basis Points
(Domestic) |
Basis Points
(International) |
||
Up to $200 million |
.90 basis points | 3.00 basis points | ||
Next $200 million |
.85 basis points | 2.50 basis points | ||
Next $200 million |
.75 basis points | 2.00 basis points | ||
Next $200 million |
.65 basis points | 1.75 basis points | ||
Next $200 million |
.55 basis points | 1.50 basis points | ||
Next $200 million |
.45 basis points | 1.25 basis points | ||
Over $1.2 billion |
.35 basis points | 1.00 basis points |
With respect to the Money Market Fund , UMBFS will receive from the administrator, in addition to a monthly multi-class fee of $200 per class and out-of-pocket expenses, the asset based fees pursuant to the following schedule:
Average Net Assets |
Basis Points |
|
Up to $250 million |
.55 basis points | |
Next $250 million |
.50 basis points | |
Next $250 million |
.45 basis points | |
Over $750 million |
.30 basis points |
Federated Services Company (Federated) served as the Funds sub-administrator until August 31, 2004. As sub-administrator, Federated was entitled to receive fees from the administrator equal to 50% of the fees the administrator was entitled to receive under the Administrative Agreement with the Corporation dated January 1, 2000. Federated performed services substantially similar to the services currently provided by UMBFS.
For the fiscal periods ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the administrator paid Federated $2,210,400, $2,208,968 and $2,624,911, respectively, under the Sub-Administrative Services Agreement.
B-46
TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT
Boston Financial Data Services, Inc., 2 Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts, maintains all necessary shareholder records. For its services, the transfer agent receives a fee based on the size, type and number of accounts and transactions made by shareholders. The fee is based on the level of the Funds average net assets for the period plus out-of-pocket expenses.
M&I Trust provides sub-transfer agency services to the Funds. In exchange for these services, the Funds pay M&I Trust a per account fee and out-of-pocket expenses.
CUSTODIAN (ALL FUNDS EXCEPT THE INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND)
M&I Trust, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, a subsidiary of M&I Corp., is a custodian for the securities and cash of the Funds. For its services as custodian, M&I Trust receives an annual fee, payable monthly, based on a percentage of a Funds average aggregate daily net assets.
CUSTODIAN TO THE INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND
Investors Bank & Trust Company (IBT), 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts, is a custodian for the securities and cash of the International Stock Fund .
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The independent registered public accounting firm for the Funds, Ernst & Young LLP, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts, conducts its audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), which require it to plan and perform its audits to provide reasonable assurance about whether the Funds financial statements and financial highlights are free of material misstatements.
From time to time, the yield and total return of the Advisor Class of Shares of a Fund may be quoted in advertisements, shareholder reports or other communications to shareholders. Performance information is generally available by calling the Funds (toll free) at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).
The financial statements for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004 are incorporated herein by reference from the Funds Advisor Class of Shares Annual Report dated August 31, 2004 (for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004) and the Semi-Annual Report dated February 29, 2004 (for the semi-annual period ended February 29, 2004) (File Nos. 33-48907 and 811-58433). A copy of the Annual Report and the Semi-Annual Report for a Fund may be obtained without charge by contacting MIS at the address located on the back cover of the SAI or by calling MIS at 1-414-287-8555 or 1-800-236-FUND (3863).
B-47
STANDARD AND POORS LONG TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
Issue credit ratings are based in varying degrees, on the following considerations:
| Likelihood of paymentcapacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; |
| Nature of and provisions of the obligation; and |
| Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors rights. |
The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above.
AAA An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poors. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA An obligation rated AA differs from the highest rated obligations only in small degree. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC, CC, and C Obligations rated BB, B, CCC, CC and C are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
BB An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligors inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligors capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
C The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.
A-1
D An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poors believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
PLUS (+) OR MINUS (-):The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
c The c subscript is used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuers bonds are deemed taxable.
p The letter p indicates that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.
* Continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poors receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows.
r The r highlights derivative, hybrid, and certain other obligations that Standard & Poors believes may experience high volatility or high variability in expected returns as a result of noncredit risks. Examples of such obligations are securities with principal or interest return indexed to equities, commodities, or currencies; certain swaps and options; and interest-only and principal-only mortgage securities. The absence of an r symbol should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will exhibit no volatility or variability in total return.
N.R. Not rated.
Debt obligations of issuers outside the United States and its territories are rated on the same basis as domestic corporate and municipal issues. The ratings measure the creditworthiness of the obligor but do not take into account currency exchange and related uncertainties.
MOODYS LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS
Moodys long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.
AAA Obligations rated AAA are judged to be of the highest quality with minimal credit risk.
Aa Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A Obligations rated A are considered as upper-medium-grade obligations and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
A-2
Caa Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
Note: Moodys appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
FITCHS INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM RATINGS
The following ratings scale applies to both foreign currency and local currency ratings, in addition to Enhanced and Unenhanced ratings.
AAA Highest credit quality. AAA ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA Very high credit quality. AA ratings denote a very low expectation of credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A High credit quality. Single A ratings denote a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than for higher ratings.
BBB Good credit quality. BBB ratings indicate that there is currently a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity, This is the lowest investment-grade category.
BB Speculative. BB ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities in this category are not investment grade.
B Highly speculative. B ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
CCC, CC, C High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments. A CC rating indicates that default of some kind appears probable. C ratings signal imminent default.
DDD, DD, D Default. Entities rated in this category have defaulted on some or all of their obligations. Entities rated DDD have the highest prospect for resumption of performance or continued operation with or without a formal reorganization process (the potential for recovery estimated to be about 90% - 100% of outstanding amounts & accrued interest). Entities rated DD and D are generally undergoing a formal reorganization or liquidation process; those rated DD are likely to satisfy a higher portion of their outstanding obligations (potential recoveries in the range of 50% - 90%), while entities rated D have a poor prospect of repaying all obligations (below 50%).
A-3
(While expected recovery values are highly speculative and cannot be estimated with any precision, the above percentages are meant to serve as general guidelines.)
Notes to Long-Term ratings:
| + or - may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the AAA Long-Term rating category, to categories below CCC. |
| NR indicated that Fitch does not publicly rate the issuer or issue in question. |
| Withdrawn : A rating is withdrawn when Fitch deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced. |
| Rating Watch and Rating Outlook : Ratings are placed on Rating Watch or Rating Outlook to indicate that there is a reasonable likelihood of a rating change as well as the likely direction of such change. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively shorter period (12 months), than Rating Outlook (beyond 1 to 2 years). Indicators are designated as Positive , indicating a potential upgrade, Negative , for a potential downgrade, or Evolving , if ratings may be raised, lowered, or maintained. |
STANDARD AND POORS COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS
A Standard & Poors commercial paper rating is a current opinion of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from A for the highest-quality obligations to D for the lowest. These categories are as follows:
A-1 This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.
A-2 Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated A-1.
A-3 Issues carrying this designation have an adequate capacity for timely payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.
B Issues rated B are regarded as having only speculative capacity for timely payment.
C This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a doubtful capacity for payment.
D Debt rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when interest payments of principal payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poors believes such payments will be made during such grace period.
STANDARD & POORS DUAL RATINGS DEFINITIONS
Standard & Poors assigns dual ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure. The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term debt rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the commercial paper rating symbols for the put option (for example, AAA/A-1+). With short-term demand debt, Standard & Poors note rating symbols are used with the commercial paper rating symbols (for example, SP-1+/A-1+).
A-4
MOODYS SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS
Moodys short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.
Moodys employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
P-1 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
NP Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
FITCHS INTERNATIONAL SHORT-TERM RATINGS
The following ratings scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings, in addition to both Enhanced and Unenhanced ratings. A Short-Term rating has a time horizon of less than 12 months for most obligations, or up to 3 years for U.S. Public Finance securities, and thus places greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner.
F-1 Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added + to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F-2 Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.
F-3 Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.
B Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
D Default. Denotes actual or imminent default on payment.
Notes to Short-Term ratings:
NR indicates that Fitch does not publicly rate the particular issue or issuer.
+ may be appended to a F1 rating to denote relative status within the category.
Withdrawn: A rating is withdrawn when Fitch deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.
Rating Watch and Rating Outlook: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch or Ratings Outlook to indicate that there is reasonable likelihood of a rating change as well as the likely direction of such change. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively shorter period (12 months), than Rating Outlook (beyond 1 to 2 years).
Indicators are designated as Positive , indicating a potential upgrade, Negative , for a potential downgrade, or Evolving , if ratings may be raised, lowered, or maintained.
A-5
Expected Ratings , denoted by an (EXP) suffix, are preliminary ratings that are usually contingent upon the receipt of final documents conforming to information already received.
Short-Term Note/Demand Ratings: Occasionally, two short term ratings may be combined; the first rating reflects the likelihood of full and timely payment of principal and interest as scheduled over the short term, while second rating reflects the likelihood of full payment of purchase price to the bondholder in the event of a put (full repayment demanded).
STANDARD AND POORS MUNICIPAL BOND RATINGS
Issue credit ratings are based in varying degrees, on the following considerations:
| Likelihood of paymentcapacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; |
| Nature of and provisions of the obligation; and |
| Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors rights. |
The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above.
AAA An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poors. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA An obligation rated AA differs from the highest rated obligations only in small degree. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC, CC, and C Obligations rated BB, B, CCC, CC and C are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
BB An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligors inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligors capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment
A-6
on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
C The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.
D An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poors believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
PLUS (+) OR MINUS (-):The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
c The c subscript is used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuers bonds are deemed taxable.
p The letter p indicates that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.
* Continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poors receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows.
r The r highlights derivative, hybrid, and certain other obligations that Standard & Poors believes may experience high volatility or high variability in expected returns as a result of noncredit risks. Examples of such obligations are securities with principal or interest return indexed to equities, commodities, or currencies; certain swaps and options; and interest-only and principal-only mortgage securities. The absence of an r symbol should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will exhibit no volatility or variability in total return.
N.R. Not rated.
Debt obligations of issuers outside the United States and its territories are rated on the same basis as domestic corporate and municipal issues. The ratings measure the creditworthiness of the obligor but do not take into account currency exchange and related uncertainties.
MOODYS MUNICIPAL LONG-TERM RATINGS
Municipal Ratings are opinions of the investment quality of issuers and issues in the US municipal and tax-exempt markets. As such, these ratings incorporate Moodys assessment of the default probability and loss severity of these issuers and issues. The default and loss content for Moodys municipal long-term rating scale differs from Moodys general long-term rating scale.
Municipal Ratings are based upon the analysis of four primary factors relating to municipal finance: economy, debt, finances, and administration/management strategies. Each of the factors is evaluated individually and for its effect on the other factors in the context of the municipalitys ability to repay its debt.
Aaa Issuers or issues rated Aaa demonstrate the strongest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
A-7
Aa Issuers or issues rated Aa demonstrate very strong creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
A Issuers or issues rated A present above-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
Baa Issuers or issues rated Baa represent average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
Ba Issuers or issues rated Ba demonstrate below-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
B Issuers or issues rated B demonstrate weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
Caa Issuers or issues rate Caa demonstrate very weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
Ca Issuers or issues rated Ca demonstrate extremely weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
C Issuers or issues rated C demonstrate the weakest creditworthiness relative to other US Municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
Note: Moodys appends numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 to each generic-rating category from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the issuer or obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
STANDARD AND POORS MUNICIPAL NOTE RATINGS
Notes: A Standard and Poors note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment:
| Amortization schedulethe larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note. |
| Source of paymentthe more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note. |
Note rating symbols are as follows:
SP-1 Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service are given a plus (+) designation.
SP-2 Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
SP-3 Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
MOODYS SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS
There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.
A-8
MIG 1 This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2 This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
MIG 3 This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
SG This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
MOODYS DEMAND OBLIGATION RATINGS
In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moodys evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moodys evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (demand feature), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating.
When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1.
VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issues specific structural or credit features.
VMIG-1 This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG-2 This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG-3 This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
SG This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
A-9
Marshall Equity Income Fund
Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund
Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund
Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund
Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund
Marshall International Stock Fund
Marshall Government Income Fund
Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund
Marshall Short-Term Income Fund
Marshall Money Market Fund
1000 North Water Street P.O. Box 1348 Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-1348 |
||
Distributor:
Grand Distribution Services, LLC. |
803 West Michigan Street, Suite A Milwaukee, WI 53233 |
|
Adviser to all Funds:
M&I Investment Management Corp. |
1000 North Water Street Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 |
|
Sub-Adviser to Marshall International Stock Fund:
BPI Global Asset Management LLP |
1900 Summit Tower Boulevard Suite 450 Orlando, Florida 32810 |
|
Custodian (except Marshall International Stock Fund) and Administrator:
Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. |
1000 North Water Street Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 |
|
Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent:
Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. |
2 Heritage Drive Quincy, MA 02171 |
|
Sub-Administrator and Portfolio Accounting Services (except Marshall International Stock Fund):
UMB Fund Services, Inc. |
803 West Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 |
|
Custodian and Portfolio Accounting Services Agent for Marshall International Stock Fund:
Investors Bank & Trust Company |
200 Clarendon Street Boston, MA 02116 |
|
Shareholder Servicing Agent:
Marshall Investor Services, a division of Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. |
P.O. Box 1348 Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-1348 |
|
Legal Counsel:
Bell, Boyd & Lloyd LLC |
Three First National Plaza 70 West Madison Street, Suite 3300 Chicago, Illinois 60602-4207 |
|
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm:
Ernst & Young LLP |
200 Clarendon Street Boston, MA 02116-5072 |
Marshall Investor Services
1000 North Water Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
414-287-8555 or 1-800-236-FUND (3863)
TDD: Speech and Hearing Impaired Services
1-800-236-209-3520
Internet address: http:www.marshallfunds.com
Marshall Funds, Inc.
Statement of Additional Information
Institutional Class of Shares
(Class I)
December 31, 2004
Equity Fund | Money Market Funds | |
Marshall International Stock Fund |
Marshall Money Market Fund |
|
Marshall Government Money Market Fund |
This Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a Prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Institutional Class of Shares Prospectus for the Marshall Funds listed above (each, a Fund and collectively, the Funds) dated December 31, 2004. This SAI incorporates by reference the financial statements from the Funds August 31, 2004 Annual Report. You may obtain the Prospectus and Annual Report without charge by calling Marshall Investor Services (MIS) at 1-800-236-FUND (3863), or you can visit the Marshall Funds Internet site on the World Wide Web at http://www.marshallfunds.com .
P.O. Box 1348
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-1348
GRAND DISTRIBUTION SERVICES, LLC
Distributor
(Class I Shares)
Table of Contents
Marshall Funds, Inc. (Corporation) is an open-end, management investment company that was established as a Wisconsin corporation on July 31, 1992.
The Funds are diversified portfolios of the Corporation. The Corporation may offer separate series of shares representing interests in separate portfolios of securities, and the shares in any one portfolio may be offered in separate classes. Currently, the Corporation consists of thirteen separate series, three of which are discussed in this SAI.
The Board of Directors of the Corporation (Board) has established certain classes of shares with respect to each Fund as follows:
Fund |
Advisor Class of
Shares (Class A) |
Investor Class of
Shares (Class Y) |
Institutional Class
of Shares (Class I) |
|||
International Stock Fund |
Ö | Ö | Ö | |||
Money Market Fund |
Ö | Ö | Ö | |||
Government Money Market Fund |
Ö | Ö |
This SAI relates to the Institutional Class of Shares only. The Funds investment adviser is M&I Investment Management Corp. (Adviser). The International Stock Fund s sub-adviser is BPI Global Asset Management LLP (BPI or Sub-Adviser). This SAI contains additional information about the Corporation and the Funds. This SAI uses the same terms as defined in the Prospectus.
The definitions of the terms series and class in the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, Chapter 180 of the Wisconsin Statutes (WBCL) differ from the meanings assigned to those terms in the Prospectus and this SAI. The Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation reconcile this inconsistency in terminology, and provide that the Prospectus and SAI may define these terms consistently with the use of those terms under the WBCL.
SECURITIES IN WHICH THE FUNDS INVEST
For purposes of this section, Assets shall mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. Under normal circumstances, the International Stock Fund will invest at least 80% of its Assets in securities of issuers domiciled in at least three different nations outside the United States, and will invest at least 80% of its Assets in common stocks, preferred stocks and other equity securities.
B-1
Following is a table that indicates which types of securities are a(n):
| P = Principal investment of a Fund; (shaded in chart) |
| A = Acceptable (but not principal) investment of a Fund; or |
| N = Not an acceptable investment of a Fund. |
Securities |
International
Fund |
Money
Fund |
Government
Money Market Fund |
|||
American Depositary Receipts |
A | N | N | |||
Asset-Backed Securities 1 |
A | A | A | |||
Bank Instruments 2 |
A | P | A | |||
Borrowing |
A 3 | A | A | |||
Callable Securities |
N | A | A | |||
Common Stock |
P | N | N | |||
Common Stock of Foreign Companies |
P | N | N | |||
Convertible Securities |
A | N | N | |||
Debt Obligations 4 |
A | P | P | |||
Demand Master Notes |
N | P | P | |||
Derivative Contracts and Securities |
A | A | A | |||
European Depositary Receipts |
A | N | N | |||
Fixed Rate Debt Obligations |
A | P | P | |||
Floating Rate Debt Obligations |
A | P | P | |||
Foreign Currency Hedging Transactions |
A | N | ||||
Foreign Currency Transactions |
A | N | N | |||
Foreign Money Market Instruments |
A | A | A | |||
Foreign Securities |
P | N | N | |||
Forward Commitments, When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions |
A | A | A | |||
Funding Agreements |
N | P | A | |||
Futures and Options Transactions |
A | N | N | |||
Global Depositary Receipts |
A | N | N | |||
Guaranteed Investment Contracts |
N | A | A | |||
Illiquid and Restricted Securities 5 |
A | A | A | |||
Lending of Portfolio Securities |
A | A | A | |||
Mortgage-Backed Securities |
A | A | A | |||
Participation Interests |
N | A | A | |||
Preferred Stocks |
A | N | N | |||
Prime Commercial Paper 6 |
A | P | A | |||
Repurchase Agreements |
A | P | P | |||
Reverse Repurchase Agreements |
A | A 7 | A 7 | |||
Securities of Other Investment Companies |
A | A | A | |||
SWAP Transactions |
A | N | N | |||
U.S. Government Securities |
A | A | P | |||
Variable Rate Demand Notes |
A | A | A | |||
Warrants |
A | N | N | |||
Zero Coupon Securities |
N | N | A |
B-2
1. | The International Stock Fund may invest in asset-backed securities rated, at the time of purchase, in the top four rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (NRSRO) (i.e., securities rated AAA, AA, A or BBB by Standard & Poors Corporation (S&P) and Fitch Ratings (Fitch) and Aaa, Aa, A or Baa by Moodys Investors Service (Moodys)), or if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. The Money Market Funds will invest in only the short-term tranches, which will generally have a maturity not exceeding 397 days. |
2. | The Funds may purchase foreign bank instruments. |
3. | The International Stock Fund may borrow money to purchase securities, a strategy that involves purchasing securities in amounts that exceed the amount it has invested in the underlying securities. The excess exposure increases the risks associated with the underlying securities and tends to exaggerate the effect of changes in the value of its portfolio securities and consequently on the Funds net asset value (NAV). The Fund may pledge more than 5% of its total assets to secure such borrowings. |
4. | Must be issued by U.S. corporations and rated in the top four categories by an NRSRO or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. |
5. | The International Stock Fund may invest up to 15% of its assets in illiquid securities, while the Money Market Funds are limited to 10% of their respective assets. |
6. | The Funds may purchase commercial paper rated in the two highest rating categories by an NRSRO or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser to be of comparable quality. |
7. | During the period any reverse repurchase agreements are outstanding, but only to the extent necessary to assure completion of the reverse repurchase agreements, the Money Market Funds will restrict the purchase of portfolio instruments to money market instruments maturing on or before the expiration date of the reverse repurchase agreement. |
SECURITIES DESCRIPTIONS, TECHNIQUES AND RISKS
As used in this section, the term Adviser means Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable.
Agency Securities are issued or guaranteed by a federal agency or other government sponsored entity acting under federal authority. Some government entities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Other government entities receive support through federal subsidies, loans or other benefits. A few government entities have no explicit financial support, but are regarded as having implied support because the federal government sponsors their activities. Investors regard agency securities as having low credit risks, but not as low as Treasury securities.
The Government Money Market Fund treats mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by a government sponsored entity as if issued or guaranteed by a federal agency. Although such a guarantee protects against credit risks, it does not reduce the market and prepayment risks.
Asset-Backed Securities are issued by non-governmental entities and carry no direct or indirect government guarantee. Asset-backed securities represent an interest in a pool of assets such as car loans and credit card receivables. Almost any type of fixed income assets (including other fixed income securities) may be used to create an asset-backed security. However, most asset-backed securities involve consumer or commercial debts with maturities of less than ten years. Asset-backed securities may take the form of commercial paper or notes, in addition to pass-through certificates or asset-backed bonds. Asset-backed securities may also resemble some types of collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs).
Payments on asset-backed securities depend upon assets held by the issuer and collections of the underlying loans. The value of these securities depends on many factors, including changing interest rates, the availability of information about the pool and its structure, the credit quality of the underlying assets, the markets perception of the servicer of the pool and any credit enhancement provided. Also, these securities may be subject to prepayment risk.
Bank Instruments are unsecured interest-bearing deposits with banks. Bank instruments include bank accounts, time deposits, certificates of deposit and bankers acceptances. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by non-U.S. branches of U.S. or foreign banks are commonly referred to as Eurodollar instruments. Instruments denominated in U.S. dollars and issued by U.S. branches of foreign banks are referred to as Yankee dollar instruments.
The Funds will invest in bank instruments that have been issued by banks and savings and loans that have capital, surplus and undivided profits of over $100 million or whose principal amount is insured
B-3
by the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which are administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Securities that are credit-enhanced with a banks irrevocable letter of credit or unconditional guaranty will also be treated as bank instruments.
Foreign Bank and Money Market Instruments . Eurodollar Certificates of Deposit (ECDs), Yankee dollar Certificates of Deposit (YCDs) and Eurodollar Time Deposits (ETDs) are all U.S. dollar denominated certificates of deposit. ECDs are issued by, and ETDs are deposits of, foreign banks or foreign branches of U.S. banks. YCDs are issued in the U.S. by branches and agencies of foreign banks.
ECDs, ETDs, YCDs and Europaper have many of the same risks as other foreign securities. Examples of these risks include economic and political developments that may adversely affect the payment of principal or interest, foreign withholding or other taxes on interest income, difficulties in obtaining or enforcing a judgment against the issuing bank and the possible impact of interruptions in the flow of international currency transactions. Also, the issuing banks or their branches are not necessarily subject to the same regulatory requirements that apply to domestic banks, such as reserve requirements, loan limitations, examinations, accounting, auditing, recordkeeping and the public availability of information. These factors will be carefully considered by the Adviser in selecting these investments.
Borrowing . The Funds may borrow money from banks or through reverse repurchase agreements in amounts up to one-third of total assets (net assets for the Money Market Funds ), and pledge some assets as collateral. A Fund that borrows will pay interest on borrowed money and may incur other transaction costs. These expenses could exceed the income received or capital appreciation realized by the Fund from any securities purchased with borrowed money. With respect to borrowings, the Funds are required to maintain continuous asset coverage equal to 300% of the amount borrowed. If the coverage declines to less than 300%, a Fund must sell sufficient portfolio securities to restore the coverage even if it must sell the securities at a loss.
Commercial Paper and Restricted and Illiquid Securities . Commercial paper represents an issuers draft or note with a maturity of less than nine months. Companies typically issue commercial paper to fund current expenditures. Most issuers constantly reissue their commercial paper and use the proceeds (or bank loans) to repay maturing paper. Commercial paper may default if the issuer cannot continue to obtain financing in this fashion. The short maturity of commercial paper reduces both the interest rate and credit risk as compared to other debt securities of the same issuer.
The Funds may invest in commercial paper issued under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (1933 Act). By law, the sale of Section 4(2) commercial paper is restricted and is generally sold only to institutional investors, such as the Funds. A Fund purchasing Section 4(2) commercial paper must agree to purchase the paper for investment purposes only and not with a view to public distribution. Section 4(2) commercial paper is normally resold to other institutional investors through investment dealers who make a market in Section 4(2) commercial paper and, thus, provide liquidity.
The Funds believe that Section 4(2) commercial paper and certain other restricted securities which meet the Boards criteria for liquidity are quite liquid. Thus, Section 4(2) commercial paper and restricted securities which are deemed liquid, will not be subject to the Funds investment limitation applicable to restricted securities.
Convertible Securities are fixed income securities that a fund has the option to exchange for equity securities at a specified conversion price. The option allows the fund to realize additional returns if the market price of the equity securities exceeds the conversion price. For example, if the fund holds fixed income securities convertible into shares of common stock at a conversion price of $10 per share, and the shares have a market value of $12, the fund could realize an additional $2 per share by converting the fixed income securities.
To compensate for the value of the conversion option, convertible securities have lower yields than comparable fixed income securities. In addition, the conversion price exceeds the market value of the underlying equity securities at the time a convertible security is issued. Thus, convertible securities
B-4
may provide lower returns than non-convertible fixed income securities or equity securities depending upon changes in the price of the underlying equity securities. However, convertible securities permit a fund to realize some of the potential appreciation of the underlying equity securities with less risk of losing its initial investment.
The International Stock Fund treats convertible securities as both fixed income and equity securities for purposes of its investment policies and limitations, because of their unique characteristics.
Corporate Debt Securities are fixed income securities issued by businesses. Notes, bonds, debentures and commercial paper are the most common types of corporate debt securities. The credit risks of corporate debt securities vary widely among issuers.
Credit Enhancement . Certain acceptable investments may be credit-enhanced by a guaranty, letter of credit or insurance. The Adviser may evaluate a security based, in whole or in part, upon the financial condition of the party providing the credit enhancement (the credit enhancer). The bankruptcy, receivership or default of the credit enhancer will adversely affect the quality and marketability of the underlying security.
For diversification purposes, credit-enhanced securities will not be treated as having been issued by the credit enhancer, unless a Fund has invested more than 10% of its assets in securities issued, guaranteed or otherwise credit-enhanced by the credit enhancer. In such cases, the securities will be treated as having been issued both by the issuer and the credit enhancer.
Credit Quality. The fixed income securities in which a Fund invests will be rated at least investment grade by an NRSRO. Investment grade securities are those that have received one of an NRSROs four highest ratings. Securities receiving the fourth highest rating (Baa by Moodys or BBB by S&P or Fitch) have speculative characteristics, and changes in the market or the economy are more likely to affect the ability of the issuer to repay its obligations when due. The Adviser will evaluate downgraded securities and will sell any security determined not to be an acceptable investment. The Money Market Funds are subject to Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (1940 Act), and will follow the credit quality requirements of the Rule.
Demand Features . The Funds may purchase securities subject to a demand feature, which may take the form of a put or standby commitment. Demand features permit a Fund to demand payment of the value of the security (plus any accrued interest) from either the issuer of the security or a third-party. Demand features help make a security more liquid, although an adverse change in the financial health of the provider of a demand feature (such as bankruptcy) will negatively affect the liquidity of the security. Other events may also terminate a demand feature, in which case liquidity is also affected.
Demand Master Notes are short-term borrowing arrangements between a corporation or government agency and an institutional lender (such as a Fund) payable upon demand by either party. A party may demand full or partial payment, and the notice period for demand typically ranges from one to seven days. Many master notes give a Fund the option of increasing or decreasing the principal amount of the master note on a daily or weekly basis within certain limits. Demand master notes usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest.
Depositary Receipts . American Depository Receipts (ADRs) are receipts, issued by a U.S. bank, that represent an interest in shares of a foreign-based corporation. ADRs provide a way to buy shares of foreign-based companies in the U.S. rather than in overseas markets. European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs) are receipts issued by foreign banks or trust companies, or foreign branches of U.S. banks that represent an interest in shares of either a foreign or U.S. corporation. Depositary receipts may not be denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities into which they may be converted, and are subject to currency risks. Depositary receipts involve many of the same risks of investing directly in foreign securities.
Derivative Contracts are financial instruments that require payments based upon changes in the values of designated (or underlying) securities, currencies, commodities, financial indices or other assets. Some derivative contracts (such as futures, forwards and options) require payments relating to a future trade involving the underlying asset. Other derivative contracts (such as swaps) require payments
B-5
relating to the income or returns from the underlying asset. The other party to a derivative contract is referred to as a counterparty.
Many derivative contracts are traded on securities or commodities exchanges, in which case the exchange sets all the terms of the contract except for the price. Investors make payments due under their contracts through the exchange. Most exchanges require investors to maintain margin accounts through their brokers to cover their potential obligations to the exchange. Parties to the contract make (or collect) daily payments to the margin accounts to reflect losses (or gains) in the value of their contracts. This protects investors against potential defaults by the counterparty.
Trading contracts on an exchange also allows investors to close out their contracts by entering into offsetting contracts. For example, a Fund could close out an open contract to buy an asset at a future date by entering into an offsetting contract to sell the same asset on the same date. If the offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, a Fund realizes a gain; if it is less, a Fund realizes a loss. Exchanges may limit the amount of open contracts permitted at any one time. Such limits may prevent a Fund from closing out a position. If this happens, a Fund will be required to keep the contract open (even if it is losing money on the contract), and to make any payments required under the contract (even if it has to sell portfolio securities at unfavorable prices to do so). The inability to close out a contract could also harm a Fund by preventing it from disposing of or trading any assets it has been using to secure its obligations under the contract.
A Fund may also trade derivative contracts over-the-counter (OTC) in transactions negotiated directly between a Fund and the counterparty. OTC contracts do not necessarily have standard terms, so they cannot be directly offset with other OTC contracts. In addition, OTC contracts with more specialized terms may be more difficult to price than exchange traded contracts.
Depending upon how a Fund uses derivative contracts and the relationships between the market value of a derivative contract and the underlying asset, derivative contracts may increase or decrease a Funds exposure to market and currency risks, and may also expose a Fund to liquidity and leverage risks. OTC contracts also expose a Fund to credit risks in the event that a counterparty defaults on the contract.
Duration is a measure of volatility in the price of a bond prior to maturity. Volatility is the magnitude of the change in the price of a bond relative to a change in the market interest rate. Volatility is based upon a bonds coupon rate, maturity date and the level of market yields of similar bonds. Generally, bonds with lower coupons or longer maturities will be more volatile than bonds with higher coupons or shorter maturities. Duration combines these variables into a single measure of price sensitivity to interest rate changes. For example, if interest rates decline by 1%, the market value of a portfolio with a duration of five years would rise by approximately 5%. Conversely, if interest rates increase by 1%, the market value of the portfolio would decline by approximately 5%.
Equity Securities are the fundamental unit of ownership in a company. The following describes the types of equity securities in which the International Stock Fund may invest:
Common Stocks are the most prevalent type of equity security. Common stockholders are entitled to the net value of the issuers earnings and assets after the issuer pays its creditors and any preferred stockholders. As a result, changes in an issuers earnings directly influence the value of its common stock.
Common Stocks of Foreign Companies are equity securities issued by a corporation domiciled outside of the United States that trade on a domestic securities exchange.
Preferred Stocks have the right to receive specified dividends or distributions before the payment of dividends or distributions on common stock. Some preferred stocks also participate in dividends and distributions paid on common stock. Preferred stocks may provide
B-6
for the issuer to redeem the stock on a specified date. The Fund may treat such redeemable preferred stock as a fixed income security.
Warrants provide an option to buy the issuers stock or other equity securities at a specified price. If the Fund holds a warrant, it may buy the designated shares by paying the exercise price before the warrant expires. Warrants may become worthless if the price of the stock does not rise above the exercise price by the stated expiration date. Rights are the same as warrants, except they are typically issued to existing stockholders.
Fixed Income Securities generally pay interest at either a fixed or floating rate and provide more regular income than equity securities. However, the returns on fixed income securities are limited and normally do not increase with the issuers earnings. This limits the potential appreciation of fixed income securities as compared to equity securities. Fixed rate securities and floating rate securities react differently as prevailing interest rates change.
Callable Securities . Certain fixed income securities in which the Money Market Funds invest are callable at the option of the issuer. Callable securities are subject to call risks.
Fixed Rate Debt Securities . Debt securities that pay a fixed interest rate over the life of the security and have a long-term maturity may have many characteristics of short-term debt. For example, the market may treat fixed rate/long-term securities as short-term debt when a securitys market price is close to the call or redemption price, or if the security is approaching its maturity date when the issuer is more likely to call or redeem the debt.
As interest rates change, the market prices of fixed rate debt securities are generally more volatile than the prices of floating rate debt securities. As interest rates rise, the prices of fixed rate debt securities fall, and as interest rates fall, the prices of fixed rate debt securities rise. For example, a bond that pays a fixed interest rate of 10% is more valuable to investors when prevailing interest rates are lower; this value is reflected in higher price, or a premium. Conversely, if interest rates are over 10%, the bond is less attractive to investors, and sells at a lower price, or a discount.
Floating Rate Debt Securities . The interest rate paid on floating rate debt securities is reset periodically (e.g., every 90 days) to a predetermined index rate. Commonly used indices include 90-day or 180-day Treasury bill rate; one month or three month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR); commercial paper rates; or the prime rate of interest of a bank. The prices of floating rate debt securities are not as sensitive to changes in interest rates as fixed rate debt securities because they behave like shorter-term securities and their interest rate is reset periodically.
Foreign Currency Transactions are generally used to obtain foreign currencies to settle securities transactions. They can also be used as a hedge to protect assets against adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates or regulations. When the International Stock Fund uses foreign currency exchanges as a hedge, it may also limit potential gain that could result from an increase in the value of such currencies. The Fund may be affected either favorably or unfavorably by fluctuations in the relative rates of exchange between the currencies of different nations.
Exchange-Traded Futures Contracts are used for the purchase or sale of foreign currencies (Foreign Currency Futures) and will be used to hedge against anticipated changes in exchange rates that might adversely affect the value of the Funds portfolio securities or the prices of securities that the Fund intends to purchase in the future. The successful use of Foreign Currency Futures depends on the ability to forecast currency exchange rate movements correctly. Should exchange rates move in an unexpected manner, the Fund may not achieve the anticipated benefits of Foreign Currency Futures or may realize losses.
Foreign Currency Hedging Transactions are used to protect against foreign currency exchange rate risks. These transactions include forward foreign currency exchange contracts, foreign currency futures contracts and purchasing put or call options on foreign currencies.
B-7
Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts (Forward Contracts) are used to minimize the risks associated with changes in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. They are used to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a foreign security. A Forward Contract is a commitment to purchase or sell a specific currency for an agreed price at a future date.
If the Adviser believes a foreign currency will decline against the U.S. dollar, a Forward Contract may be used to sell an amount of the foreign currency approximating the value of the Funds security that is denominated in the foreign currency. The success of this hedging strategy is highly uncertain due to the difficulties of predicting the values of foreign currencies, of precisely matching Forward Contract amounts, and because of the constantly changing value of the securities involved. The Fund will not enter into Forward Contracts for hedging purposes in a particular currency in an amount in excess of the Funds assets denominated in that currency. Conversely, if the Adviser believes that the U.S. dollar will decline against a foreign currency, a Forward Contract may be used to buy that foreign currency for a fixed dollar amount, which is known as cross-hedging.
In these transactions, the Fund will segregate assets with a market value equal to the amount of the foreign currency purchased. Therefore, the Fund will always have cash, cash equivalents or high quality debt securities available to cover Forward Contracts or to limit any potential risk. The segregated assets will be priced daily.
Forward Contracts may limit potential gain from a positive change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. Unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in poorer overall performance for the Fund than if it had not engaged in such contracts.
Purchasing and Writing Put and Call Options on foreign currencies are used to protect the Funds portfolio against declines in the U.S. dollar value of foreign portfolio securities and against increases in the dollar cost of foreign securities to be acquired. Writing an option on foreign currency constitutes only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the premium received. The Fund could lose money if it is required to purchase or sell foreign currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates. If exchange rate movements are adverse to the Funds position, the Fund may forfeit the entire amount of the premium as well as incur related transaction costs. These options are traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges or OTC.
Foreign Securities are equity or fixed income securities that are issued by a corporation or issuer domiciled outside of the United States that trade on a foreign securities exchange or in a foreign market.
Funding Agreements (Agreements), are investment instruments issued by U.S. insurance companies. Pursuant to such Agreements, a Fund may make cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance companys general or separate accounts. The insurance company then credits guaranteed interest to a Fund. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against an Agreement for expense and service costs allocable to it, and the charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. The purchase price paid for an Agreement becomes part of the general assets of the issuer, and the Agreement is paid from the general assets of the issuer. The Money Market Funds will only purchase Agreements from issuers that meet quality and credit standards established by the Adviser. Generally, Agreements are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the issuing insurance companies, and an active secondary market in Agreements does not currently exist. Also, the Money Market Funds may not have the right to receive the principal amount of an Agreement from the insurance company on seven days notice or less. Therefore, Agreements are typically considered to be illiquid investments.
Futures and Options Transactions . As a means of reducing fluctuations in its NAV, the International Stock Fund may buy and sell futures contracts and options on futures contracts, and
B-8
buy put and call options on portfolio securities and securities indices to hedge its portfolio. The Fund may also write covered put and call options on portfolio securities to attempt to increase its current income or to hedge its portfolio. There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract or option at any particular time. The Funds ability to establish and close out futures and options positions depends on this secondary market.
Call Options on Financial and Stock Index Futures Contracts . The Fund may write (sell) listed and OTC call options on financial and stock index futures contracts to hedge its portfolio. When the Fund writes a call option on a futures contract, it undertakes to sell a futures contract at the fixed price at any time during the life of the option. As stock prices fall or market interest rates rise, causing the prices of futures to go down, the Funds obligation to sell a futures contract costs less to fulfill, causing the value of the Funds call option position to increase. In other words, as the underlying futures price goes down below the strike price, the buyer of the option has no reason to exercise the call, so that the Fund keeps the premium received for the option. This premium can substantially offset the drop in value of the Funds portfolio securities.
Prior to the expiration of a call written by the Fund, or exercise of it by the buyer, the Fund may close out the option by buying an identical option. If the hedge is successful, the cost of the second option will be less than the premium received by the Fund for the initial option. The net premium income of the Fund will then substantially offset the decrease in value of the hedged securities.
The Fund may buy a listed call option on a financial or stock index futures contract to hedge against decreases in market interest rates or increases in stock price. The Fund will use these transactions to purchase portfolio securities in the future at price levels existing at the time it enters into the transaction. When the Fund purchases a call on a financial futures contract, it receives in exchange for the payment of a cash premium the right, but not the obligation, to enter into the underlying futures contract at a strike price determined at the time the call was purchased, regardless of the comparative market value of such futures position at the time the option is exercised. The holder of a call option has the right to receive a long (or buyers) position in the underlying futures contract. As market interest rates fall or stock prices increase, the value of the underlying futures contract will normally increase, resulting in an increase in value of the Funds option position. When the market price of the underlying futures contract increases above the strike price plus premium paid, the Fund could exercise its option and buy the futures contract below market price. Prior to the exercise or expiration of the call option, the Fund could sell an identical call option and close out its position. If the premium received upon selling the offsetting call is greater than the premium originally paid, the Fund has completed a successful hedge.
Futures Contracts . A futures contract is a commitment by two parties under which one party agrees to make delivery of an asset (seller) and another party agrees to take delivery of the asset at a certain time in the future. A futures contract may involve a variety of assets, including commodities (such as oil, wheat or corn) or a financial asset (such as a security). The Fund may purchase and sell financial futures contracts to hedge against anticipated changes in the value of its portfolio without necessarily buying or selling the securities. Although some financial futures contracts call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities, in most cases these obligations are closed out before the settlement date. The closing of a futures contract is accomplished by purchasing or selling an identical offsetting futures contract. Other financial futures contracts call for cash settlements.
The Fund may purchase and sell stock index futures contracts to hedge against anticipated price changes with respect to any stock index traded on a recognized stock exchange or board of trade. A stock index futures contract is an agreement in which two parties agree to take or
B-9
make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the price of the original contract and the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract. No physical delivery of the underlying securities in the index is made. Settlement is made in cash upon termination of the contract.
Limitation on Open Futures Positions. The Fund will not maintain open positions in futures contracts it has sold or call options it has written on futures contracts if together the value of the open positions exceeds the current market value of the Funds portfolio plus or minus the unrealized gain or loss on those open positions, adjusted for the correlation of volatility between the hedged securities and the futures contracts. If this limitation is exceeded at any time, the Fund will take prompt action to close out a sufficient number of open contracts to bring its open futures and options positions within this limitation.
Margin In Futures Transactions. Since the Fund does not pay or receive money upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract, it is required to deposit an amount of initial margin in cash, U.S. government securities or highly-liquid debt securities as a good faith deposit. The margin is returned to the Fund upon termination of the contract. Initial margin in futures transactions does not involve borrowing to finance the transactions.
As the value of the underlying futures contract changes daily, the Fund pays or receives cash, called variation margin, equal to the daily change in value of the futures contract. This process is known as marking to market. Variation margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by the Fund. It may be viewed as settlement between the Fund and the broker of the amount one would owe the other if the futures contract expired. When the Fund purchases futures contracts, an amount of cash and/or cash equivalents, equal to the underlying commodity value of the futures contracts (less any related margin deposits), will be deposited in a segregated account with the Funds custodian to collateralize the position and insure that the use of futures contracts is unleveraged. The Fund is also required to deposit and maintain margin when it writes call options on futures contracts.
The Fund will not enter into a futures contract or purchase an option thereon for other than hedging purposes if immediately thereafter the initial margin deposits for futures contracts held by it, plus premiums paid by it for open options on futures contracts, would exceed 5% of the market value of its net assets, after taking into account the unrealized profits and losses on those contracts it has entered into. However, in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in computing such 5%.
Over-the-Counter Options are two-party contracts with price and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller. In contrast, exchange-traded options are third-party contracts with standardized strike prices and expiration dates and are purchased from a clearing corporation. Exchange-traded options have a continuous liquid market while OTC options may not. The Fund may generally purchase and write OTC options on portfolio securities or securities indices in negotiated transactions with the buyers or writers of the options when options on the Funds portfolio securities or securities indices are not traded on an exchange. The Fund purchases and writes options only with investment dealers and other financial institutions deemed creditworthy by the Adviser.
Purchasing Put and Call Options on Securities. The Fund may purchase put options on portfolio securities to protect against price movements in the Funds portfolio. A put option gives the Fund, in return for a premium, the right to sell the underlying security to the writer (seller) at a specified price during the term of the option. The Fund may purchase call options on securities acceptable for purchase to protect against price movements by locking in on a purchase price for the underlying security. A call option gives the Fund, in return for a
B-10
premium, the right to buy the underlying security from the seller at a specified price during the term of the option.
Put Options on Financial and Stock Index Futures Contracts . The Fund may purchase listed put options on financial and stock index futures contracts to protect portfolio securities against decreases in value. Unlike entering directly into a futures contract, which requires the purchaser to buy a financial instrument on a set date at a specified price, the purchase of a put option on a futures contract entitles (but does not obligate) its purchaser to decide on or before a future date whether to assume a short position at the specified price.
Generally, if the hedged portfolio securities decrease in value during the term of an option, the related futures contracts will also decrease in value and the option will increase in value. In such an event, the Fund will normally close out its option by selling an identical option. If the hedge is successful, the proceeds received by the Fund upon the sale of the second option will be large enough to offset both the premium paid by the Fund for the original option plus the decrease in value of the hedged securities.
Alternatively, the Fund may exercise its put option to close out the position. To do so, it would simultaneously enter into a futures contract of the type underlying the option (for a price less than the strike price of the option) and exercise the option. The Fund would then deliver the futures contract in return for payment of the strike price. If the Fund neither closes out nor exercises an option, the option will expire on the date provided in the option contract, and only the premium paid for the contract will be lost.
The Fund may also write (sell) listed put options on financial or stock index futures contracts to hedge its portfolio against a decrease in market interest rates or an increase in stock prices. The Fund will use these transactions to purchase portfolio securities in the future at price levels existing at the time it enters into the transaction. When the Fund sells a put on a futures contract, it receives a cash premium in exchange for granting to the buyer of the put the right to receive from the Fund, at the strike price, a short position in such futures contract. This is so even though the strike price upon exercise of the option is greater than the value of the futures position received by such holder. As market interest rates decrease or stock prices increase, the market price of the underlying futures contract normally increases. When the underlying futures contract increases, the buyer of the put option has less reason to exercise the put because the buyer can sell the same futures contract at a higher price in the market. If the value of the underlying futures position is not such that exercise of the option would be profitable to the option holder, the option will generally expire without being exercised. The premium received by the Fund can then be used to offset the higher prices of portfolio securities to be purchased in the future.
In order to avoid the exercise of an option sold by it, generally the Fund will cancel its obligation under the option by entering into a closing purchase transaction, unless it is determined to be in the Funds interest to deliver the underlying futures position. A closing purchase transaction consists of the purchase by the Fund of an option having the same term as the option sold by the Fund, and has the effect of canceling the Funds position as a seller. The premium which the Fund will pay in executing a closing purchase transaction may be higher than the premium received when the option was sold, depending in large part upon the relative price of the underlying futures position at the time of each transaction. If the hedge is successful, the cost of buying the second option will be less than the premium received by the Fund for the initial option.
Stock Index Options. The Fund may purchase or sell put or call options on stock indices listed on national securities exchanges or traded in the OTC market. A stock index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the stocks included in the index. Upon the exercise of the
B-11
option, the holder of a call option has the right to receive, and the writer of a put option has the obligation to deliver, a cash payment equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option. The effectiveness of purchasing stock index options will depend upon the extent to which price movements in the Funds portfolio correlate with price movements of the stock index selected. The value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock. Accordingly, successful use by the Fund of options on stock indices will be subject to the Adviser correctly predicting movements in the directions of the stock market generally or of a particular industry. This requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the price of individual stocks.
Writing Covered Call and Put Options on Securities. The Fund may write covered call and put options to generate income and thereby protect against price movements in the Funds portfolio securities. As the writer of a call option, the Fund has the obligation, upon exercise of the option during the option period, to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price. The Fund may only sell call options either on securities held in its portfolio or on securities which it has the right to obtain without payment of further consideration (or has segregated cash or U.S. government securities in the amount of any additional consideration). As the writer of a put option, the Fund has the obligation to purchase a security from the purchaser of the option upon the exercise of the option. In the case of put options, the Fund will segregate cash or U.S. Treasury obligations with a value equal to or greater than the exercise price of the underlying securities.
Risks . When the Fund uses futures and options on futures as hedging devices, there is a risk that the prices of the securities or foreign currency subject to the futures contracts may not correlate perfectly with the prices of the securities or currency in the Funds portfolio. This may cause the futures contract and any related options to react differently to market changes than the portfolio securities or foreign currency. In addition, the Adviser could be incorrect in its expectations about the direction or extent of market factors such as stock price movements or foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. In these events, the Fund may lose money on the futures contract or option.
When the Fund purchases futures contracts, an amount of cash and cash equivalents, equal to the underlying commodity value of the futures contracts (less any related margin deposits), will be deposited in a segregated account with the Funds custodian or the broker, to collateralize the position and thereby insure that the use of such futures contract is unleveraged. When the Fund sells futures contracts, it will either own or have the right to receive the underlying future or security, or will make deposits to collateralize the position as discussed above.
Lending of Portfolio Securities . In order to generate additional income, a Fund may lend portfolio securities. When a Fund lends portfolio securities, it will receive either cash or liquid securities as collateral from the borrower. A Fund will reinvest cash collateral in short-term liquid securities that qualify as an otherwise acceptable investment for the Fund. If the market value of the loaned securities increases, the borrower must furnish additional collateral to a Fund. During the time portfolio securities are on loan, the borrower pays a Fund any dividends or interest paid on such securities. Loans are subject to termination at the option of a Fund or the borrower. A Fund may pay reasonable administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan and may pay a negotiated portion of the interest earned on the cash or equivalent collateral to a securities lending agent or broker. The Funds currently lend their portfolio securities through Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. (M&I Trust), as agent. The Funds and M&I Trust have received an order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) that permits M&I Trust to charge, and the Funds to pay, market-based compensation for M&I Trusts services as securities lending agent.
B-12
Securities Lending Risks. When a Fund lends its portfolio securities, it may not be able to get them back from the borrower on a timely basis. If this occurs, the Fund may lose certain investment opportunities. A Fund is also subject to the risks associated with the investments of cash collateral, usually fixed income securities risk. Dividends received by the Funds on the loaned securities are not treated as qualified dividends for tax purposes.
Leverage Risks . Leverage risk is created when an investment exposes a Fund to a level of risk that exceeds the amount invested. Changes in the value of such an investment magnify the Funds risk of loss and potential for gain.
Mortgage-Backed Securities represent interests in pools of mortgages. The underlying mortgages normally have similar interest rates, maturities and other terms. Mortgages may have fixed or adjustable interest rates. Interests in pools of adjustable rate mortgages are known as ARMs.
Mortgage-backed securities come in a variety of forms. Many have extremely complicated terms. The simplest form of mortgage-backed securities is a pass-through certificate. Holders of pass-through certificates receive a pro rata share of the payments from the underlying mortgages. Holders also receive a pro rata share of any prepayments, so they assume all the prepayment risk of the underlying mortgages.
CMOs are complicated instruments that allocate payments and prepayments from an underlying pass-through certificate among holders of different classes of mortgage-backed securities. This creates different prepayment and market risks for each CMO class.
In addition, CMOs may allocate interest payments to one class (Interest Only or IOs) and principal payments to another class (Principal Only or POs). POs increase in value when prepayment rates increase. In contrast, IOs decrease in value when prepayments increase, because the underlying mortgages generate less interest payments. However, IOs prices tend to increase when interest rates rise (and prepayments fall), making IOs a useful hedge against market risk.
Generally, homeowners have the option to prepay their mortgages at any time without penalty. Homeowners frequently refinance high rate mortgages when mortgage rates fall. This results in the prepayment of mortgage-backed securities, which deprives holders of the securities of the higher yields. Conversely, when mortgage rates increase, prepayments due to refinancings decline. This extends the life of mortgage-backed securities with lower yields. As a result, increases in prepayments of premium mortgage-backed securities, or decreases in prepayments of discount mortgage-backed securities, may reduce their yield and price.
This relationship between interest rates and mortgage prepayments makes the price of mortgage-backed securities more volatile than most other types of fixed income securities with comparable credit risks. Mortgage-backed securities tend to pay higher yields to compensate for this volatility.
CMOs may include planned amortization classes (PACs) and targeted amortization classes (TACs). PACs and TACs are issued with companion classes. PACs and TACs receive principal payments and prepayments at a specified rate. The companion classes receive principal payments and any prepayments in excess of this rate. In addition, PACs will receive the companion classes share of principal payments if necessary to cover a shortfall in the prepayment rate. This helps PACs and TACs to control prepayment risk by increasing the risk to their companion classes.
Another variant allocates interest payments between two classes of CMOs. One class (Floaters) receives a share of interest payments based upon a market index such as LIBOR. The other class (Inverse Floaters) receives any remaining interest payments from the underlying mortgages. Floater classes receive more interest (and Inverse Floater classes receive correspondingly less interest) as interest rates rise. This shifts prepayment and market risks from the Floater to the Inverse Floater class, reducing the price volatility of the Floater class and increasing the price volatility of the Inverse Floater class.
B-13
CMOs must allocate all payments received from the underlying mortgages to some class. To capture any unallocated payments, CMOs generally have an accrual (Z) class. Z classes do not receive any payments from the underlying mortgages until all other CMO classes have been paid off. Once this happens, holders of Z class CMOs receive all payments and prepayments. Similarly, real estate mortgage investment conduits (REMICs) (offerings of multiple class mortgage-backed securities which qualify and elect treatment as such under provisions of the Code) have residual interests that receive any mortgage payments not allocated to another REMIC class.
The degree of increased or decreased prepayment risk depends upon the structure of the CMOs. Z classes, IOs, POs and Inverse Floaters are among the most volatile investment grade fixed income securities currently traded in the United States. However, the actual returns on any type of mortgage-backed security depends upon the performance of the underlying pool of mortgages, which no one can predict and will vary among pools.
Prepayment Risks . Unlike traditional fixed income securities, which pay a fixed rate of interest until maturity (when the entire principal amount is due), payments on mortgage backed securities include both interest and a partial payment of principal. Partial payment of principal may be comprised of scheduled principal payments as well as unscheduled payments from the voluntary prepayment, refinancing or foreclosure of the underlying loans. These unscheduled prepayments of principal create risks that can adversely affect a Fund holding mortgage backed securities. For example, when interest rates decline, the values of mortgage backed securities generally rise. However, when interest rates decline, unscheduled prepayments can be expected to accelerate, and a Fund would be required to reinvest the proceeds of the prepayments at the lower interest rates then available. Unscheduled prepayments would also limit the potential for capital appreciation on mortgage backed securities. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the values of mortgage backed securities generally fall. Since rising interest rates typically result in decreased prepayments, this could lengthen the average lives of mortgage backed securities, and cause their value to decline more than traditional fixed income securities.
Repurchase Agreements and Reverse Repurchase Agreements. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which a Fund buys a security from a dealer or bank and agrees to sell the security back at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The repurchase price exceeds the sale price, reflecting an agreed upon interest rate effective for the period the buyer owns the security subject to repurchase. The agreed upon interest rate is unrelated to the interest rate on that security. The Adviser will continually monitor the value of the underlying security to ensure that the value of the security always equals or exceeds the repurchase price. A Funds custodian is required to take possession of the securities subject to repurchase agreements. These securities are marked to market daily. To the extent that the original seller defaults and does not repurchase the securities from a Fund, the Fund could receive less than the repurchase price on any sale of such securities. In the event that such a defaulting seller files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, disposition of such securities by a Fund might be delayed pending court action. The Funds believe that, under the procedures normally in effect for custody of the portfolio securities subject to repurchase agreements, a court of competent jurisdiction would rule in favor of the Funds and allow retention or disposition of such securities. The Funds will only enter into repurchase agreements with banks and other recognized financial institutions, such as broker/dealers, which are deemed by the Adviser to be creditworthy.
Reverse repurchase agreement transactions are similar to borrowing cash. In a reverse repurchase agreement, a Fund sells a portfolio security to another person, such as a financial institution, broker or dealer, in return for a percentage of the instruments market value in cash, and agrees that on a stipulated date in the future the Fund will repurchase the portfolio security at a price equal to the original sale price plus interest. A Fund may use reverse repurchase agreements for liquidity and for avoiding a sale of portfolio instruments at a time when the sale may be deemed disadvantageous.
B-14
When effecting reverse repurchase agreements, liquid assets of a Fund, in a dollar amount sufficient to make payment for the obligations to be purchased, are segregated on the trade date. These securities are marked to market daily and maintained until the transaction is settled.
Risks Related to Company Size. Generally, the smaller the market capitalization of a company, the fewer the number of shares traded daily, the less liquid its stock and the more volatile its price. Market capitalization is determined by multiplying the number of its outstanding shares by the current market price per share.
Companies with smaller market capitalizations also tend to have unproven track records, a limited product or service base and limited access to capital. These factors also increase risks and make these companies more likely to fail than companies with larger market capitalizations.
Swap Transactions. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange (swap) the returns (or differentials in rates of return) on particular securities, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The returns to be swapped are generally calculated with respect to a return on a notional dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, or in a basket of securities representing a particular index. For example, a $10 million LIBOR swap would require one party to pay the equivalent of the LIBOR on $10 million principal amount in exchange for the right to receive the equivalent of a fixed rate of interest on $10 million principal amount. Neither party to the swap would actually advance $10 million to the other.
The International Stock Fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out), with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Funds obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and the Fund will segregate liquid assets in an aggregate NAV at least equal to the accrued excess, if any, on each business day. If the Fund enters into a swap on other than a net basis, the Fund will segregate liquid assets in the full amount accrued on a daily basis of the Funds obligations with respect to the swap. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.
The Fund expects to enter into swap transactions primarily to hedge against changes in the price of other portfolio securities. For example, the Fund may hedge against changes in the market value of a fixed rate security by entering into a swap that requires the Fund to pay the same or a lower fixed rate of interest on a notional principal amount equal to the principal amount of the security in exchange for a variable rate of interest based on a market index. Interest accrued on the hedged note would then equal or exceed the Funds obligations under the swap, while changes in the market value of the swap would largely offset any changes in the market value of the note. The Fund may also enter into swaps to preserve or enhance a return or spread on a portfolio security. The Fund does not intend to use these transactions in a speculative manner.
The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. The Adviser has determined that, as a result, the swap market has become relatively liquid. Interest rate caps and floors are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than other swaps. To the extent swaps, caps or floors are determined by the Adviser to be illiquid, they will be included in the Funds limitation on investments in illiquid securities. To the extent the Fund sells caps and floors, it will maintain in a segregated account liquid securities having an aggregate NAV at least equal to the full amount, accrued on a daily basis, of the Funds obligations with respect to caps and floors.
The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these investment
B-15
techniques were not utilized. Moreover, even if the Adviser is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that the swap position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the portfolio security being hedged. Swap transactions do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to a default on an interest rate swap is limited to the NAV of the swap together with the net amount of interest payments owed to the Fund by the defaulting party. A default on a portfolio security hedged by an interest rate swap would also expose the Fund to the risk of having to cover its net obligations under the swap with income from other portfolio securities.
Temporary Investments. There may be times when market conditions warrant a defensive position (this rarely applies to the Money Market Funds) . During these market conditions, the International Stock Fund may temporarily invest without limit in short-term debt obligations (money market instruments). These investments include commercial paper, bank instruments, U.S. government obligations, repurchase agreements, securities of other investment companies and foreign securities. The Funds temporary investments must be of comparable quality to its primary investments.
Treasury Securities are direct obligations of the federal government of the United States. Investors regard Treasury securities as having the lowest credit risk.
Warrants give a Fund the option to buy the issuers stock or other equity securities at a specified price. The Fund may buy the designated shares by paying the exercise price before the warrant expires. Warrants may become worthless if the price of the stock does not rise above the exercise price by the expiration date. Rights are the same as warrants, except they are typically issued to existing stockholders.
When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions. These transactions are made to secure what is considered to be an advantageous price or yield. Settlement dates may be a month or more after entering into these transactions, and the market values of the securities purchased may vary from the purchase prices. Other than normal transaction costs, no fees or expenses are incurred. However, liquid assets of a Fund are segregated on the Funds records on the trade date in an amount sufficient to make payment for the securities to be purchased. These assets are marked to market daily and are maintained until the transaction has been settled.
Zero Coupon Securities . Zero coupon securities do not pay interest or principal until final maturity, unlike debt securities that provide periodic payments of interest (referred to as a coupon payment). Investors buy zero coupon securities at a price below the amount payable at maturity. The difference between the purchase price and the amount paid at maturity represents interest on the zero coupon security. Investors must wait until maturity to receive interest and principal, which increases the interest rate and credit risks of a zero coupon security.
FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES
| Marshall International Stock Fund: to provide capital appreciation. |
| Marshall Money Market Fund: to provide current income consistent with stability of principal. |
| Marshall Government Money Market Fund: to provide current income with stability of principal. |
The investment objectives of the Funds may not be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.
B-16
FUNDAMENTAL LIMITATIONS
The following investment limitations are fundamental and cannot be changed for a Fund unless authorized by the majority of the outstanding voting securities of that Fund, as defined by the 1940 Act.
Selling Short and Buying on Margin
The Funds will not sell any securities short or purchase any securities on margin, but may obtain such short-term credits as may be necessary for clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities. A deposit or payment by a Fund of initial or variation margin in connection with futures contracts, forward contracts or related options transactions is not considered the purchase of a security on margin.
Issuing Senior Securities and Borrowing Money
The Funds will not issue senior securities except that each Fund may borrow money, directly or through reverse repurchase agreements, in amounts up to one-third of the value of its total assets (net assets in the case of the Money Market Funds ) including the amounts borrowed; and except to the extent that a Fund is permitted to enter into futures contracts, options or forward contracts. Except for the International Stock Fund , a Fund will not borrow money or engage in reverse repurchase agreements for investment leverage, but rather as a temporary, extraordinary, or emergency measure or to facilitate management of its portfolio by enabling the Fund to meet redemption requests when the liquidation of portfolio securities is deemed to be inconvenient or disadvantageous. Except for the International Stock Fund , a Fund will not purchase any securities while any borrowings in excess of 5% of its total assets are outstanding.
Pledging Assets
The Funds will not mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate any assets except to secure permitted borrowings. In those cases, each Fund may pledge assets having a market value not exceeding the lesser of the dollar amounts borrowed or 15% of the value of its total assets at the time of the pledge. For purposes of this limitation, the following are not deemed to be pledges: (1) margin deposits for the purchase and sale of futures contracts and related options; and (2) segregation of collateral arrangements made in connection with options activities, forward contracts or the purchase of securities on a when-issued basis.
Lending Cash or Securities
The Funds will not lend any of their assets except portfolio securities. Except for the International Stock Fund, loans may not exceed one-third of the value of a Funds total assets. This shall not prevent a Fund from purchasing or holding U.S. government obligations, money market instruments, variable rate demand notes, bonds, debentures, notes, certificates of indebtedness, or other debt securities, entering into repurchase agreements, or engaging in other transactions where permitted by the Funds investment goal, policies, and limitations.
Investing in Commodities
The Funds will not purchase or sell commodities, commodity contracts, or commodity futures contracts. However, the International Stock Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts and related options, and may also enter into forward contracts and related options.
Investing in Real Estate
The Funds will not purchase or sell real estate, including limited partnership interests, although a Fund may invest in the securities of companies whose business involves the purchase or sale of real estate or in securities which are secured by real estate or which represent interests in real estate.
B-17
Diversification of Investments
With respect to securities comprising 75% of the value of its total assets, a Fund will not purchase securities issued by any one issuer (other than cash, cash items or securities issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States or its agencies or instrumentalities and repurchase agreements collateralized by such securities) if as a result more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of that issuer or if it would own more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer.
Concentration of Investments
A Fund will not invest 25% or more of its total assets in any one industry. However, investing in U.S. government securities (and domestic bank instruments for the Money Market Funds ) shall not be considered investments in any one industry.
Underwriting
A Fund will not underwrite any issue of securities, except as it may be deemed to be an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the sale of restricted securities which the Fund may purchase pursuant to its investment goal, policies and limitations.
NON-FUNDAMENTAL LIMITATIONS
The following investment limitations are non-fundamental and, therefore, may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. Shareholders will be notified before any material change in these limitations becomes effective.
Investing in Illiquid and Restricted Securities
The International Stock Fund will not invest more than 15% and the Money Market Funds will not invest more than 10% of the value of their net assets in illiquid securities, including repurchase agreements providing for settlement in more than seven days after notice, non-negotiable fixed time deposits with maturities over seven days, OTC options, guaranteed investment contracts, and certain restricted securities not determined by the Board to be liquid (including certain municipal leases).
Purchasing Securities to Exercise Control
The Funds will not purchase securities of a company for the purpose of exercising control or management.
Investing in Securities of Other Investment Companies
Each Fund will limit its investment in other investment companies to no more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any investment company, will invest no more than 5% of total assets in any one investment company, and will invest no more than 10% of its total assets in investment companies in general, unless permitted to exceed these limits by an exemptive order of the SEC. The Funds will purchase securities of closed-end investment companies only in open market transactions involving only customary brokers commissions. However, these limitations are not applicable if the securities are acquired in a merger, consolidation, reorganization or acquisition of assets. The Money Market Funds will limit their investments in other investment companies to those of money market funds having investment objectives and policies similar to their own.
Asset Coverage (Government Money Market Fund Only)
In order to secure its obligations in connection with special transactions, the Fund will either own the underlying assets or set aside readily marketable securities with a value that equals or exceeds the Funds obligations. Unless the Fund has other readily marketable assets to set aside, it cannot trade assets used to secure such obligations without terminating a special transaction. This may cause the Fund to miss favorable trading opportunities or to realize losses on special transactions.
B-18
Investing in Options
Except for bona fide hedging purposes, a Fund may not invest more than 5% of the value of its net assets in the sum of (a) premiums on open option positions on futures contracts, plus (b) initial margin deposits on futures contracts.
A Fund will not purchase put options or write call options on securities unless the securities are held in the Funds portfolio or unless the Fund is entitled to them in deliverable form without further payment or has segregated liquid assets in the amount of any further payment.
A Fund will not write call options in excess of 25% of the value of its total assets.
Regulatory Compliance
The Money Market Funds may follow non-fundamental operational policies that are more restrictive than their fundamental investment limitations, as set forth in the Prospectus and this SAI, in order to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including the provisions of and regulations under the 1940 Act. In particular, the Money Market Funds will comply with the various requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, which regulates money market mutual funds. For example, Rule 2a-7 generally prohibits the investment of more than 5% of the total assets of either of the Money Market Funds in the securities of any one issuer, although the Money Market Funds fundamental investment limitation only requires such 5% diversification with respect to 75% of the Funds assets. The Money Market Funds will also determine the effective maturity of their investments, as well as their ability to consider a security as having received the requisite short-term ratings by NRSROs, according to Rule 2a-7. The Money Market Funds may change these operational policies to reflect changes in the laws and regulations without shareholder approval.
Except with respect to borrowing money, if a percentage limitation is adhered to at the time of investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from any change in value or net assets will not result in a violation of such restriction. For purposes of its policies and limitations, the Fund considers instruments (such as certificates of deposit and demand and time deposits) issued by a U.S. branch of a domestic bank or savings and loan having capital, surplus, and undivided profits in excess of $100,000,000 at the time of investment to be cash items.
OTHER INVESTMENT POLICIES
Pursuant to Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act, the International Stock Fund has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy to invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, in the types of securities and investments suggested by its name. The Fund will provide its shareholders with at least 60 days prior notice of any changes to such policy as required by Rule 35d-1.
USE OF THE AMORTIZED COST METHOD (MONEY MARKET FUNDS ONLY)
The Board has decided that the best method for determining the value of portfolio instruments for the Money Market Funds is amortized cost. Under this method, portfolio instruments are valued at the acquisition cost as adjusted for amortization of premium or accumulation of discount rather than at current market value.
The Money Market Funds use of the amortized cost method of valuing portfolio instruments depends on their compliance with the provisions of Rule 2a-7 promulgated by the SEC under the 1940 Act. Under the Rule, the Board must establish procedures reasonably designed to stabilize the NAV per share, as computed for purposes of distribution and redemption, at $1.00 per share, taking into account current market conditions and the Funds investment goals.
B-19
Under the Rule, the Money Market Funds are permitted to purchase instruments which are subject to demand features or standby commitments. As defined by the Rule, a demand feature entitles a Fund to receive the principal amount of the instrument from the issuer or a third party on (1) no more than 30 days notice or (2) at specified intervals not exceeding 397 days on no more than 30 days notice. A standby commitment entitles a Fund to achieve same-day settlement and to receive an exercise price equal to the amortized cost of the underlying instrument plus accrued interest at the time of exercise.
The Money Market Funds acquire instruments subject to demand features and standby commitments to enhance the instruments liquidity. The Funds treat demand features and standby commitments as part of the underlying instruments, because the Funds do not acquire them for speculative purposes and cannot transfer them separately from the underlying instruments. Therefore, although the Funds define demand features and standby commitments as puts, the Funds do not consider them to be corporate investments for purposes of their investment policies.
Monitoring Procedures. The Boards procedures include monitoring the relationship between the amortized cost value per share and the NAV per share based upon available indications of market value. The Board will decide what, if any, steps should be taken if there is a difference of more than 0.5 of 1% between the two values. The Board will take any steps they consider appropriate (such as redemption in kind or shortening the average portfolio maturity) to minimize any material dilution or other unfair results arising from differences between the two methods of determining NAV.
Investment Restrictions. The Rule requires that the Money Market Funds limit their investments to instruments that, in the opinion of the Board, present minimal credit risks and have received the requisite rating from one or more NRSROs. If the instruments are not rated, the Board must determine that they are of comparable quality. The Rule also requires the Funds to maintain a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity (not more than 90 days) appropriate to the objective of maintaining a stable NAV of $1.00 per share. In addition, no instrument with a remaining maturity of more than 397 days can be purchased by the Funds.
Should the disposition of a portfolio security result in a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of more than 90 days, the Money Market Funds will invest their available cash to reduce the average maturity to 90 days or less as soon as possible. Shares of investment companies purchased by the Funds will meet these same criteria and will have investment policies consistent with the Rule.
Under the amortized cost method of valuation, neither the amount of daily income nor the NAV is affected by any unrealized appreciation or depreciation of the portfolio. In periods of declining interest rates, the indicated daily yield on shares of the Money Market Funds , computed based upon amortized cost valuation, may tend to be higher than a similar computation made by using a method of valuation based upon market prices and estimates. In periods of rising interest rates, the indicated daily yield on shares of the Funds computed the same way may tend to be lower than a similar computation made by using a method of calculation based upon market prices and estimates.
MARKET VALUES (INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND ONLY)
Market values of portfolio securities are determined as follows:
| for equity securities, at the last sale price in the market in which they are primarily traded (either a national securities exchange or the OTC market), if available; |
| in the absence of recorded sales for equity securities, at the mean between the last closing bid and asked prices; |
| for bonds and other fixed income securities, at the mean between bid and asked prices as furnished by an independent pricing service, except that fixed income securities with remaining maturities of less than 60 days at the time of purchase may be valued at amortized cost; |
B-20
| for short-term obligations, at the mean between bid and asked prices as furnished by an independent pricing service, except that short-term obligations with remaining maturities of less than 60 days at the time of purchase may be valued at amortized cost or at fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board; |
| in the absence of a market quote for fixed income securities that have been fully paid down, par value will be used to price the security; and |
| for all other securities, at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board. |
Prices provided by independent pricing services may be determined without relying exclusively on quoted prices and may consider institutional trading in similar groups of securities, yield, quality, stability, risk, coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics and other market data or factors.
The Fund values futures contracts and options at their market values established by the exchanges on which they are traded at the close of trading on such exchanges. Options traded in the OTC market are valued according to the mean between the last bid and the last asked price for the option as provided by an investment dealer or other financial institution that deals in the option. The Board may determine in good faith that another method of valuing such investments is necessary to appraise their fair market value.
Any securities or other assets for which market valuations are not readily available or are deemed to be inaccurate are valued at fair value as determined in good faith and in accordance with procedures approved by the Board. The Board has established and appointed a Pricing Committee, which is responsible for determinations of fair value. See Committees of the Board. In determining fair value, the Pricing Committee must take into account all information available and any factors it deems appropriate.
TRADING IN FOREIGN SECURITIES
Trading in foreign securities may be completed at times which vary from the closing of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). In computing its NAV, the International Stock Fund values foreign securities at the latest closing price on the principal exchange on which they are traded immediately prior to the closing of the NYSE. Certain foreign currency exchange rates may also be determined at the latest rate prior to the closing of the NYSE. Foreign securities quoted in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at current rates. Occasionally, events that affect these values and exchange rates may occur between the times at which they are determined and the closing of the NYSE. If it is determined, based upon certain triggers, that the closing price of a foreign security held by the Fund is unreliable, such security will be priced using factors provided by an independent pricing service approved by the Board (Factors). If an appropriate Factor is not available for pricing of the security, the security will be priced at the latest closing price on the principal exchange on which it is traded.
Except under certain circumstances described in the Prospectus, shares are sold at a public offering price (i.e., their NAV) on days the NYSE is open for business. The procedure for purchasing shares is explained in the Prospectus under How to Buy Shares.
On September 1, 2004, Grand Distribution Services, LLC, located at 803 West Michigan Street, Suite A, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233 (the Distributor), became the principal distributor of the Funds shares. Under a Distribution Agreement with the Funds and M&I Trust, the Distributor offers the Funds shares on a continuous, best-efforts basis.
B-21
Edgewood Services, Inc. (Edgewood) served as the Funds principal distributor through the end of the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004.
SUPPLEMENTAL PAYMENTS
Investment professionals may be paid fees out of the assets of the Distributor and/or M&I Trust (but not out of Fund assets) with respect to the Money Market Funds . Investment professional may be paid fees out of the assets of the Distributor or Adviser (but not out of Fund assets) in case of the International Stock Fund . The Distributor and/or M&I Trust may be reimbursed by the Adviser or its affiliates.
Investment professionals receive such fees for providing distribution-related services such as sponsoring sales, providing sales literature, conducting training seminars for employees, and engineering sales-related computer software programs and systems. Also, authorized dealers may be paid cash or promotional incentives, such as reimbursement of certain expenses relating to attendance at informational meetings about the Funds or other special events at recreational-type facilities, or items of material value. These payments will be based upon the amount of shares the authorized dealer or financial institution sells or may sell and/or upon the type and nature of sales or marketing support furnished by the authorized dealer or financial institution.
EXCHANGING SECURITIES FOR SHARES
You may contact the Funds to request a purchase of shares in an exchange for securities you own. The Funds reserve the right to determine whether to accept your securities and the minimum market value to accept. The Funds will value your securities in the same manner as it values its assets. This exchange is treated as a sale of your securities for federal tax purposes.
REDEMPTION IN KIND
Although the Funds intend to pay share redemptions in cash, the Funds reserve the right, as described below, to pay the redemption price in whole or in part by a distribution of a Funds portfolio securities. Because the Corporation has elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, the Funds are obligated to pay share redemptions to any one shareholder in cash only up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Funds net assets represented by such share class during any 90-day period.
Any share redemption payment greater than this amount will be in cash unless the Board determines that payment should be in kind. In such a case, a Fund will pay all or a portion of the remainder of the redemption in portfolio securities, valued in the same way as the Fund determines its NAV. The portfolio securities will be selected in a manner that the Board deems fair and equitable and, to the extent available, such securities will be readily marketable.
Redemption in kind is not as liquid as a cash redemption. If redemption is made in kind, shareholders would incur transaction costs in selling the portfolio securities received, and the proceeds of such sales, when made, may be more or less than the value on the redemption date.
In addition, the Funds have adopted procedures, consistent with SEC guidelines, to permit redemption in kind to an affiliate.
VOTING AND DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS
Shareholders of each Fund are entitled: (i) to one vote per full share of common stock; (ii) to distributions declared by the Board; and (iii) upon liquidation of the Corporation, to participate ratably in the assets of the Fund available for distribution. Each share of a Fund gives the shareholder one vote
B-22
in the election of Directors and other matters submitted to shareholders for vote and is entitled to participate equally in dividends and capital gains distributions by the Fund. All shares of each Fund or class in the Corporation have equal voting rights, except that only shares of a particular Fund or class are entitled to vote on matters affecting that Fund or class. Consequently, the holders of more than 50% of the Corporations shares of common stock voting for the election of Directors can elect the entire Board, and, in such event, the holders of the Corporations remaining shares voting for the election of Directors will not be able to elect any person or persons to the Board.
The WBCL permits registered investment companies, such as the Corporation, to operate without an annual meeting of shareholders under specified circumstances if an annual meeting is not required by the 1940 Act. The Corporations By-laws provide that each Director shall hold office for a period of five years or until his or her successor is duly elected at the next annual meeting of shareholders. Consequently, the Corporation holds annual meetings of shareholders to elect Directors every five years, unless more frequent meetings are required by the 1940 Act, the Corporations Articles of Incorporation or By-laws. Directors may be removed by the shareholders at a special meeting. A special meeting of the shareholders may be called by the Board upon written request of shareholders owning at least 10% of the Corporations outstanding voting shares.
The shares are redeemable and are transferable. All shares issued and sold by the Corporation will be fully paid and nonassessable except as provided in the WBCL Section 180.0622(2)(b). Under Section 180.0622(2)(b) of the WBCL, holders of common stock are liable up to the amount equal to the par value of the common stock owned by holders of common stock for all debts owing to the Corporations employees for services performed for the Corporation, but not exceeding six months service in any one case. Certain Wisconsin courts have interpreted par value to mean the full amount paid upon the purchase of shares of common stock. Fractional shares of common stock entitle the holder to the same rights as whole shares of common stock except the right to receive a certificate evidencing such fractional shares.
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
As of November 30, 2004, the following shareholders owned of record or are known by the Corporation to own of record or beneficially more than 5% of a Funds outstanding Institutional Class of Shares:
Fund |
Name and Address |
Number of
Shares |
Percent
of Class |
||||
International Stock Fund |
Mitra and Co.* Marshall & Ilsley Trust Operation P.O. Box 2977 Milwaukee, WI 53201-2977 |
9,349,804.85 | 49 | % | |||
Nationwide Trust Co. FBO Deseret Mutual Savings Plan Stephen R. Slade TTEE 98 San Jacinto Blvd., Suite 100 Austin, TX 78701-4255 |
5,197,495.21 | 27 | % | ||||
The Northern Trust as TTEE FBO Intermountain Health Care 401K Savings Plus Plan Retirement Plan P.O. Box 92994 Chicago, IL 60675-2994 |
1,711,036.90 | 9 | % |
B-23
Fund |
Name and Address |
Number of Shares |
Percent
of Class |
||||
Money Market Fund |
Maril and Co.* Attn. ACM DepartmentTR14 1000 N. Water Street Milwaukee, WI 53202-6648 |
773,271,215.85 | 64 | % | |||
Aurora Health Care Inc. Attn. Jerry Anthony P.O. Box 343910 Milwaukee, WI 53234-3910 |
113,200,000.00 | 9 | % | ||||
M&I Support Services M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank-SSC Attn. Mary Smith c/o M&I Support Services P.O. Box 1119 Appleton, WI 54912-1119 |
99,316,597.66 | 8 | % | ||||
Government Money Market Fund |
Maril and Co.* Attn. ACM DepartmentTR14 1000 N. Water Street Milwaukee, WI 53202-6648 |
25,981,490.19 | 53 | % | |||
M&I Custody of Nevada Inc.* Custodian FBO ASBC Investment Corp. 3993 Howard Hughes Pkwy., Suite 100 Las Vegas, NV 89109-5967 |
10,366,695.16 | 21 | % | ||||
M&I Custody of Nevada Inc.* FBO First Capital Holdings Inc., 3993 Howard Hughes Pkwy., Suite 100 Las Vegas, NV 89109-5967 |
7,392,830.88 | 15 | % | ||||
M&I Custody of Nevada Inc.* FBO 1 ST CAP Holdings-Whole Loans 3993 Howard Hughes Pkwy., Suite 100 Las Vegas, NV 89109-5967 |
3,663,722.14 | 7 | % |
* | The Corporation believes that this entity, the holder of record of these shares, is not the beneficial owner of such shares. |
Any person that beneficially owns more than 25% of the outstanding shares of a Fund or a class may be considered a controlling person of such Fund or class. Shareholders with a controlling interest could affect the outcome of proxy voting or the direction of management of a Fund.
As of November 30, 2004, the current officers and Directors of the Corporation, as a group, owned less than 1% of any class of each Funds outstanding shares.
B-24
WHAT ARE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES?
This section is not intended to be a full discussion of income tax laws. Please consult your own tax advisor regarding federal, state or local tax considerations.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX
Each Fund intends to meet requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code) applicable to regulated investment companies. If these requirements are not met, it will not receive special tax treatment and will be subject to federal corporate income tax.
Each Fund will be treated as a single, separate entity for federal income tax purposes so that income earned and capital gains and losses realized by the Corporations other portfolios will be separate from those realized by each Fund.
To the extent a Fund is unable to use its losses, it may be entitled to a loss carry-forward, which may reduce the taxable income or gain that the Fund would realize and to which the shareholder would be subject in the future.
The dividends received deduction for corporations will apply to ordinary income distributions to the extent the distribution represents amounts that would qualify for the dividends received deduction to the International Stock Fund if the Fund was a regular corporation, and to the extent designated by the Fund as so qualifying. No portion of any income dividends paid by the other Funds is eligible for the dividends received deduction available to corporations.
Distributions from the Funds investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest, net short-term capital gains and net gains from foreign currency transactions), if any, generally are taxable to you as ordinary income whether reinvested or received in cash, unless such dividends are qualified dividend income eligible for the reduced rate of tax on long-term capital gains. Currently, the maximum tax rate on ordinary income is 35%, while the maximum tax rate on long-term capital gains is 15%.
FOREIGN INVESTMENTS
If a Fund purchases foreign securities, its investment income may be subject to foreign withholding or other taxes that could reduce the return on these securities. Tax treaties between the United States and foreign countries, however, may reduce or eliminate the amount of foreign taxes to which the Fund would be subject. The effective rate of foreign tax cannot be predicted since the amount of Fund assets to be invested within various countries is uncertain. However, the Corporation intends to operate so as to qualify for treaty-reduced tax rates when applicable.
Distributions from a Fund may be based on estimates of book income for the year. Book income generally consists solely of the income generated by the securities in the portfolio, whereas tax-basis income includes, in addition, gains or losses attributable to currency fluctuation. Due to differences in the book and tax treatment of fixed income securities denominated in foreign currencies, it is difficult to project currency effects on an interim basis. Therefore, to the extent that currency fluctuations cannot be anticipated, a portion of distributions to shareholders could later be designated as a return of capital, rather than income, for income tax purposes, which may be of particular concern to simple trusts.
If a Fund invests in the stock of certain foreign corporations, they may constitute Passive Foreign Investment Companies (PFIC), and the Fund may be subject to federal income taxes upon disposition of PFIC investments.
If more than 50% of the value of a Funds assets at the end of the tax year is represented by stock or securities of foreign corporations, the Fund will qualify for certain Code provisions that allow its shareholders to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction on their U.S. income tax returns. The Code may
B-25
limit a shareholders ability to claim a foreign tax credit. Shareholders who elect to deduct their portion of the Funds foreign taxes rather than take the foreign tax credit must itemize deductions on their income tax returns. The Corporation expects that only the International Stock Fund will qualify for these Code provisions.
STATE AND LOCAL TAXES
Distributions representing net interest received on tax-exempt municipal securities are not necessarily free from income taxes of any state or local taxing authority. State laws differ on this issue, and you should consult your tax adviser for specific details regarding the status of your account under state and local tax laws, including treatment of distributions as income or return of capital.
CAPITAL GAINS
Capital gains, when realized by the Funds, could result in an increase in distributions. Capital losses could result in a decrease in distributions. When a Fund realizes net long-term capital gains, it will distribute them at least once every 12 months.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The Board is responsible for managing the Corporations business affairs and for exercising all the Corporations powers, except those reserved for the shareholders. Directors of the Corporation, together with information regarding their age, address, business experience during the past five years, and other information are shown in the following table. Pursuant to the Corporations By-Laws, a Director holds office for a period of five years or until his or her successor is duly elected at the next annual meeting of shareholders. Each Director with an asterisk (*) is deemed to be an interested person, as defined in the 1940 Act. Current Directors who are not considered to be interested persons of the Funds are referred to in this SAI as independent directors. The Corporation, which currently consists of thirteen separate portfolios or funds, is the only investment company in the Fund Complex.
B-26
I NTERESTED D IRECTORS
Name, Age and Address |
Position(s) Held with the Corporation |
Term of
|
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years |
Number of
Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director |
Other
Directorships Held by Director |
|||||
John M. Blaser* Age: 48 1000 North Water Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 |
Director and President |
2004-2009; since May 1999 |
Vice President of the Adviser and Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company (M&I Trust) since 1998. | 13 | None | |||||
Kenneth C. Krei* Age: 55 770 North Water Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 |
Director |
2004-2009; since July 2004 |
Director and Chief Executive Officer of the Adviser since July 2003; Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of M&I Trust since July 2003; Senior Vice President of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (a bank holding company) since July 2003; Director of M&I Brokerage Services, Inc. and M&I Insurance Services, Inc.; Executive Vice President, Investment Advisors at Fifth Third Bancorp from 2001 to 2003; Executive Vice President, Investment and Insurance Services at Old Kent Financial Corporation from 1998 to 2001. | 13 | None |
* | Mr. Blaser is an interested person of the Corporation (as defined in the 1940 Act) due to the positions that he holds with the Corporation, the Adviser and M&I Trust. Mr. Krei is an interested person of the Corporation due to the positions that he holds with the Adviser, M&I Trust and Marshall & Ilsley Corporation. |
B-27
I NDEPENDENT D IRECTORS
Name, Age and Address |
Position(s) Held with the Corporation |
Term of
Office and Length of Time Served |
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years |
Number of
Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Director |
Other
Directorships Held by Director |
|||||
Benjamin M. Cutler Age: 61 6600 E. Bluebird Lane Paradise Valley, AZ 85253 |
Independent Director |
2004-2009;
since July 2004 |
Chairman, Assurant Health (a health insurer), and Executive Vice President, Assurant, Inc. (an insurance company) since 2002; President and CEO, Fortis Health (a health insurer) from 1996 to 2003. | 13 | None | |||||
John DeVincentis Age: 70 13821 12 th Street Racine, WI 53406 |
Independent Director |
2004-2009;
since October 1993 |
Independent financial consultant; retired, formerly Senior Vice President of Finance, In-Sink-Erator Division of Emerson Electric Corp. (an electrical products manufacturer) from 1972 to 1993. | 13 | None | |||||
John A. Lubs Age: 57 1251 First Avenue Chippewa Falls, WI 54729 |
Independent Director |
2004-2009;
since July 2004 |
Vice Chairman, Mason Companies, Inc. (a footwear distributor) since October 2004; President and Chief Operating Officer, Mason Companies, Inc., from 1990 to 2004. | 13 | None | |||||
James Mitchell Age: 56 2808 Range Line Circle Mequon, WI 53092 |
Independent Director |
2004-2009;
since March 1999 |
Chief Executive Officer, NOG, Inc. (a metal processing and consulting company) since 1999; Chairman, Ayrshire Precision Engineering (a precision machining company) since 1992; Group Vice President of Citation Corporation (a general manufacturing company) from 1996 to 1999; Chief Executive Officer of Interstate Forging Industries (a forging company) from 1984 to 1999. | 13 | None | |||||
Barbara J. Pope Age: 56 115 South La Salle St., Suite 2285 Chicago, IL 60603 |
Independent Director |
2004-2009;
since March 1999 |
President of Barbara J. Pope, P.C. (a financial consulting firm) since 1992; President of Sedgwick Street Fund LLC (a private investment partnership) since 1996; prior to 1992, Tax Partner, Price Waterhouse. | 13 | None |
OFFICERS
The officers of the Corporation are elected annually by the Board and hold the same position with all of the Funds of the Corporation. Each officer holds office for one year and until the election and qualification of his or her successor. The address of each officer is 1000 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202. Officers of the Corporation, together with information as to their principal business occupation during the past five years and certain other information, are shown in the following table.
B-28
P RINCIPAL O FFICERS
Name and Age |
Position(s) Held with the Corporation |
Term of Office and Length of Time
|
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years |
|||
John D. Boritzke Age: 47 |
Vice President |
Re-elected by the Board annually; since October 2001 |
Vice President of the Adviser and M&I Trust since 1993. | |||
Joseph P. Bree Age: 31 |
Treasurer | Re-elected by the Board annually; since September 2002 | Assistant Vice President and Senior Financial Analyst of the Adviser since February 2001; associate with Barclays Global Investors (a financial service firm) from March 2000 to February 2001; associate with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (an investment adviser) from May 1996 to March 2000. | |||
William A. Frazier Age: 48 |
Vice President | Re-elected by the Board annually; since October 2001 | Vice President of the Adviser and M&I Trust since 1985. | |||
Daniel L. Kaminski Age: 47 |
Secretary | Re-elected by the Board annually; since April 2004 | Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Adviser and M&I Trust since November 2003; Secretary of the Adviser and M&I Trust since February 2004; Vice President, Project Management, M&I Support Services Corp. (operations subsidiary of bank holding company) from January 2002 to December 2003; Vice President, Corporate Finance, Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (a bank holding company) from January 1991 to December 2001. | |||
Cheryl A. Johnson Age: 50 |
Chief Compliance Officer | Re-elected by the Board annually; since October 2004 | Vice President of the Adviser and M&I Trust since September 2004; Lead Consultant, Law Department, Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company (NML) from June 2003 to 2004; Senior Attorney, Law Department, NML from August 2001 to May 2003; Associate Attorney with Quarles & Brady LLP (a law firm) from 1993 to 2001. |
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
The standing committees of the Board are the Audit Committee and the Nominating Committee. These committees are comprised solely of independent directors.
Board Committee |
Committee Members |
Committee Functions |
Meetings Held During
Last Fiscal Year |
|||
Audit |
John DeVincentis (Chair) Benjamin M. Cutler (1) John A. Lubs (1) James Mitchell Barbara J. Pope |
The Board has adopted a written charter of the Audit Committee pursuant to which the Audit Committee retains the independent auditors to audit the financial statements of each Fund; meets with the independent auditors periodically to review the results of the audits and reports their results to the full Board; evaluates the independence of the auditors; and preapproves, or establishes preapproval policies and procedures concerning, all audit and non-audit services provided to the Funds. | Two | |||
Nominating |
John DeVincentis Benjamin M. Cutler (1) John A. Lubs (1) James Mitchell Barbara J. Pope |
The Nominating Committee identifies, evaluates, selects and nominates, or recommends for nomination, candidates for the Board. It also may set standards or qualifications for directors. | Three |
(1) | Duane E. Dingmann, who retired as a Director of the Corporation effective July 27, 2004, was a member of the Audit Committee during most of the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004. Mr. Cutler and Mr. Lubs became members of the Audit and Nominating Committees effective October 25, 2004. |
B-29
The Nominating Committee may consider candidates for the Board submitted by shareholders if a vacancy were to exist. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee may do so by submitting the appropriate information about the candidate to the Corporations Secretary.
The Board has also established a Pricing Committee, which is not a committee of the Board. The Pricing Committee is responsible for monitoring the valuation of Fund securities and other investments; and, as required, determining the fair value of securities for which market quotations are not readily available, after consideration of all relevant factors, which determinations are subsequently reported to the full Board. The Pricing Committee meets as necessary and is comprised of members of the Adviser and UMB Fund Services, Inc. (UMBFS), the Funds sub-administrator.
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
The following table shows the fees paid to the independent directors by the Corporation for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004. The Corporation does not pay any fees to its interested directors or officers. Neither the Corporation nor the Funds maintain any deferred compensation, pension or retirement plans, and no pension or retirement benefits are accrued as Corporation or Fund expenses.
Name |
Aggregate
Compensation From each Fund |
Pension or Retirement
of Each Funds Expenses |
Estimated
Annual Benefits Upon Retirement |
Total Compensation from
Funds and Fund Complex Paid to Directors (1) |
|||||||||
Benjamin M. Cutler (2) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | |||||
John DeVincentis |
$ | 2,000 | (4) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 24,000 | ||||
Duane E. Dingmann (3) |
$ | 2,000 | (4) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 24,000 | ||||
John A. Lubs (2) |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | |||||
James Mitchell |
$ | 2,000 | (4) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 24,000 | ||||
Barbara J. Pope |
$ | 2,000 | (4) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 24,000 |
(1) | The Marshall Funds consist of one open-end registered investment company consisting of 13 portfolios, 12 of which were in operation during fiscal 2004. |
(2) | Mr. Cutler and Mr. Lubs were elected to the Board on July 27, 2004 and accordingly did not receive any compensation with respect to fiscal 2004. |
(3) | Mr. Dingmann retired from the Board on July 27, 2004. |
(4) | Each Fund pays a pro rata share of the total compensation received by each independent director. |
B-30
BOARD OWNERSHIP OF SHARES IN THE FUND AND IN THE MARSHALL FUNDS FAMILY OF INVESTMENT COMPANIES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2003
Name of Director (1) |
Fund Name |
Dollar Range of
in Fund (2) |
Aggregate Dollar
in Marshall Funds Family of Investment Companies |
|||
John M. Blaser |
Equity Income Large-Cap G&I Mid-Cap G&I Mid-Cap Value Small-Cap Growth International Stock Intermediate Bond |
$50,001-$100,000
$10,001-$50,000 $10,001-$50,000 $10,001-$50,000 over $100,000 $50,001-$100,000 $10,001-$50,000 |
over $100,000 | |||
Benjamin M. Cutler |
N/A | None | None | |||
John DeVincentis |
Mid-Cap Growth Mid-Cap Value Small-Cap Growth Money Market |
$10,001-$50,000
$10,001-$50,000 $10,001-$50,000 $50,001-$100,000 |
over $100,000 | |||
Kenneth C. Krei |
Money Market Intermediate Tax-Free |
$1-$10,000
over $100,000 |
over $100,000 | |||
John A. Lubs |
N/A | None | None | |||
James Mitchell |
Mid-Cap Value Small-Cap Growth International Stock Money Market |
over $100,000
$10,001-$50,000 $10,001-$50,000 over $100,000 |
over $100,000 | |||
Barbara J. Pope |
Large-Cap G&I Mid-Cap Value Mid-Cap Growth Small-Cap Growth Money Market |
$1-$10,000
$10,001-$50,000 $1-$10,000 $10,001-$50,000 $50,001-$100,000 |
$50,001-$100,000 |
(1) | Share ownership information is provided for the current Directors of the Corporation. Mr. Cutler, Mr. Krei and Mr. Lubs were first elected to the Board on July 27, 2004. |
(2) | Dollar range of shares owned in any Fund that is not identified in this table is None. |
ADVISER TO THE FUNDS
The Funds investment adviser is M&I Investment Management Corp., a Wisconsin corporation headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. The Adviser conducts investment research and makes investment decisions for the Funds. The Adviser provides investment management services for investment companies, financial institutions, individuals, corporations and not-for-profit organizations, and is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC. The Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation (M&I Corp.), a bank holding company headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. The Adviser shall not be liable to the Corporation, the Funds, or any shareholder of the Funds for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding, or sale of any security, or for
B-31
anything done or omitted by it, except acts or omissions involving willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties imposed upon it by its contract with the Corporation. Because of the internal controls maintained by the Advisers affiliates to restrict the flow of non-public information, Fund investments are typically made without any knowledge of the lending relationships affiliates of the Adviser may have from time to time with an issuer.
As compensation for its advisory services under the investment advisory agreement with the Corporation, each of the Funds pays the Adviser, on a monthly basis, an annual management fee based on the percentage of the average daily net asset value of the Fund (ADNA) as follows:
Fund |
Annual Fee as %
of ADNA |
|
International Stock Fund |
1.00 | |
Money Market Fund |
0.15 | |
Government Money Market Fund |
0.20 |
From time to time, the Adviser may voluntarily waive any portion of its management fee for a Fund.
For the fiscal periods ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Adviser was entitled to receive the following advisory fees and waived the indicated amounts:
Advisory Fee/ Advisory Fee Waived |
||||||
Fund |
For the fiscal year ended August 31 |
|||||
2004
|
2003
|
2002
|
||||
International Stock Fund |
$4,135,034/$70,001 | $2,880,327/$70,000 | $3,323,055/$70,000 | |||
Money Market Fund |
$5,071,678/$1,184,885 | $4,801,790/$960,358 | $4,597,139/$1,098,213 | |||
Government Money Market Fund (1) |
$61,825/$53,895 | N/A | N/A |
(1) | The fees paid by the Fund are for the period from May 17, 2004, the date on which the Fund began operations, to August 31, 2004, the end of the Funds fiscal year. |
SUB-ADVISER TO INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND
BPI Global Asset Management LLP, headquartered in Orlando, Florida (BPI), is the sub-adviser to the International Stock Fund . It is the Advisers responsibility to select a sub-adviser for the International Stock Fund that has distinguished itself in its area of expertise in asset management and to review the sub-advisers performance. The Adviser provides investment management evaluation services by performing initial due diligence on BPI and thereafter by monitoring BPIs performance through quantitative and qualitative analysis, as well as periodic in-person, telephonic and written consultations with BPI. In evaluating BPI, the Adviser considers, among other factors, BPIs level of expertise; relative performance and consistency of performance over a minimum period of time; level of adherence to investment discipline or philosophy; personnel, facilities and financial strength; and quality of service and client communications. The Adviser has the responsibility for communicating performance expectations and evaluations to BPI and ultimately recommending to the Corporations Board whether BPIs contract should be renewed, modified or terminated. The Adviser provides written reports to the Board regarding the results of its evaluation and monitoring functions. The Adviser is also responsible for conducting all operations of the International Stock Fund , except those operations contracted to BPI, the custodian, the transfer agent and the administrator. Although BPIs activities are subject to oversight by the Board and officers of the Corporation, neither the Board, the officers, nor the Adviser evaluates the investment merits of BPIs individual security selections. BPI has complete discretion to purchase, manage and sell portfolio securities for the International
B-32
Stock Fund , subject to the International Stock Fund s investment goal, policies and limitations. For its services under the subadvisory contract, BPI receives a fee at the annual rate of 0.40% of the International Stock Fund s average daily net assets. BPI is paid by the Adviser and not by the International Stock Fund , and BPI will furnish to the Adviser such investment advice, statistical and other factual information as requested by the Adviser. BPI provides portfolio management services for investment companies, corporations, trusts, estates, pension and profit sharing plans, individuals, and other institutions located principally in Canada and the United States, and is an investment adviser registered with the SEC. BPI is a Delaware limited liability partnership between CI Global Holdings USA, Inc. (CI Holdings USA) as a 51% partner, and JBS Advisors, Inc. (JBS) as a 49% partner. CI Holdings USA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of CI Global Holdings, Inc., which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of CI Mutual Funds, Inc. CI Mutual Funds, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of CI Fund Management, Inc., a publicly-traded company located in Toronto, Ontario, Canada. JBS is owned by BPIs portfolio managers and its President.
For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 the Adviser paid BPI $1,654,014, $1,152,141 and $1,329,122, respectively.
BOARD REVIEW OF ADVISORY AND SUBADVISORY CONTRACTS
As required by the 1940 Act, the Corporations Board has reviewed the investment advisory contract and sub-advisory contract on behalf of the Funds. The Boards decision to approve these contracts reflects the exercise of its business judgment on whether to approve a new contract or continue the existing arrangements, as applicable. The Board bases its ultimate decisions to approve advisory and sub-advisory contracts on the totality of the circumstances and factors the Board deems relevant, and with a view to past and future long-term considerations. During its review of these contracts, the Board considered many factors, among the most material of which are the following: the investment objectives and long term performance of the Funds, where applicable; the management philosophy, personnel, and processes used by the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser; the preferences and expectations of the Funds shareholders and their relative sophistication, where applicable; the continuing state of competition in the mutual fund industry; comparable fees in the mutual fund industry; and the range and quality of services provided or expected to be provided to the Funds and their shareholders by the Advisers affiliates in addition to investment advisory services.
In assessing the Advisers and Sub-Advisers performance of their obligations, the Board also considers whether there has occurred a circumstance or event that would constitute a reason for it to not renew an advisory contract. In this regard, the Board was mindful of the potential disruptions of the operations of the Funds and various risks, uncertainties and other effects that could occur as a result of a decision to terminate or not renew the advisory contract. In particular, the Board recognizes that the determination by M&I Trust of the appropriateness of the Funds for the investment of fiduciary assets as well as the decisions by the Funds retail and institutional shareholders to invest in the Funds are based on the strength of the Advisers industry standing and reputation and on the expectation that the Adviser will have a continuing role in providing advisory services to the Funds.
The Board also considers the compensation and benefits received or to be received by the Adviser. This includes fees received or to be received for services provided to the Funds by other entities in the M&I organization and research services received or to be received by the Adviser from brokers that execute fund trades, as well as advisory fees. In this regard, the Board is aware that various courts have interpreted provisions of the 1940 Act and have indicated in their decisions that the following factors may be relevant in determining the Advisers compensation: the nature and quality of the services provided by the Adviser, including the performance of the Funds; the profitability to the Adviser of providing the services; the extent to which the Adviser may realize economies of scale as the Funds grow larger; any indirect benefits that may accrue to the Adviser and its affiliates as a result of the Advisers relationship with the Funds; performance and expenses of comparable funds; and the extent to which the independent Board members are fully informed about all facts bearing on the Advisers service
B-33
and fee. The Board is aware of these factors and takes them into account in its review and approval of the Funds advisory and sub-advisory contracts.
The Board considers and weighs these circumstances in light of its substantial accumulated experience in governing the Corporation and working with the Adviser and M&I Trust on matters relating to the Funds, and is assisted in its deliberations by the advice of independent legal counsel. In this regard, the Board requests and receives a significant amount of information about the Funds and the Adviser and its affiliates. The Adviser provides much of this information at each regular meeting of the Board, and furnishes additional reports in connection with the meetings at which the Boards formal review of the advisory and sub-advisory contracts occurs. In between regularly scheduled meetings, the Board may receive information on particular matters as the need arises. Thus, the Boards evaluation of an advisory and sub-advisory contract is informed by reports covering such matters as the investment philosophy, personnel, and processes utilized by the Adviser and Sub-Adviser; the short- and long-term performance of the Funds (in absolute terms as well as in relationship to its particular investment program and certain competitor or peer group funds), and comments on the reasons for performance; the Funds expenses (including the advisory fee itself and the overall expense structure of the Funds, both in absolute terms and relative to similar and/or competing funds, with due regard for contractual or voluntary expense limitations); the use and allocation of brokerage commissions derived from trading the Funds portfolio securities; the nature and extent of the advisory and other services provided to the Funds by the Adviser and its affiliates; compliance and audit reports concerning the Funds and the Adviser and the service providers that service the Funds; and relevant developments in the mutual fund industry and how the Funds and/or its service providers are responding to them.
The Board also receives financial information about the Adviser and its affiliates, including reports on the compensation and benefits the Adviser and its affiliates derive form their relationships with the Corporation. These reports cover not only the fees under the advisory contracts, but also fees received by the Advisers affiliate, M&I Trust, for providing other services to the Funds under separate contracts (e.g., for serving as the Funds administrator, custodian and shareholder services agent). The reports also discuss any indirect benefit the Adviser may derive from its receipt of research services from brokers who execute fund trades.
VOTING PROXIES ON FUND PORTFOLIO SECURITIES
The Board has delegated the authority to vote proxies on the securities held in the Funds portfolios to the Adviser. The Board has also approved the Advisers policies and procedures for voting the proxies, which are described below. Due to the Funds proposed investments in fixed income securities, the Adviser does not anticipate voting proxies on behalf of the Money Market Funds .
Proxy Voting Policies
The Advisers general policy is to cast proxy votes in a manner that, in the best judgment of the Adviser, is in the best economic interests of the Advisers clients with respect to the potential economic return on the clients investments. Generally, this will mean voting for proposals that the Adviser believes will improve the management of a company; increase the rights or preferences of the voted securities; and/or increase the chance that a premium offer would be made for the company or for the voted securities.
The following examples illustrate how these general policies may apply to proposals submitted by a companys board of directors. However, whether the Adviser supports or opposes a proposal will always depend on the specific circumstances described in the proxy statement and other available information.
On routine matters, generally the Adviser will vote for proposals to approve independent auditors; election of directors in uncontested elections; increases in authorized common shares for stock dividends, stock splits or general issuance, unless proposed as an anti-takeover action; share repurchase programs that institute or renew open market share repurchase programs in which all shareholders may participate on equal terms.
B-34
On matters of corporate governance, generally the Adviser will vote for proposals to permit a simple majority of shareholders to approve acquisitions of a controlling interest of issuers; eliminate classified or staggered boards of directors; eliminate cumulative voting and preemptive rights; and proposals to opt-out of state takeover statutes. The Adviser will generally vote against the adoption of super-majority voting provisions that require greater than a two-thirds shareholder approval to change the corporate charter or bylaws or to approve mergers and acquisitions; fair price amendments that are linked to a super-majority provision and do not permit a takeover unless an arbitrary fair price is offered to all shareholders; proposals that would create different classes of stock with unequal voting rights, such as dual class exchange offers and dual class recapitalizations; and proposals that do not allow replacement of existing members of the board of directors.
On matters relating to management compensation, generally the Adviser will vote for stock incentive plans that align the recipients interests with the interests of shareholders without creating undue dilution and other compensation plans that are consistent with standard business practices; and against proposals that would permit, for example, the repricing of outstanding options without substantial justification.
On matters relating to corporate transactions, the Adviser will vote proxies relating to proposed mergers, capital reorganizations, and similar transactions in accordance with the general policy, based upon its analysis of the proposed transaction. The Adviser will vote proxies in contested elections of directors in accordance with the general policy, based upon its analysis of the opposing slates and their respective proposed business strategies. Some transactions may also involve proposed changes to the companys corporate governance, capital structure or management compensation. The Adviser will vote on such changes based on its evaluation of the proposed transaction or contested election, even if such a vote may be contrary to its general practice for similar proposals made outside the context of such a proposed transaction or change in the board.
The Adviser generally votes against proposals submitted by shareholders without the favorable recommendation of a companys board. The Adviser believes that a companys board should manage its business and policies, and that shareholders who seek specific changes should strive to convince the board of their merits or seek direct representation on the board.
In addition, the Adviser will not vote if it determines that the consequences or costs outweigh the potential benefit of voting.
Proxy Voting Procedures
The Adviser has appointed a Proxy Officer who has the authority to direct the vote on proposals that require case-by-case determinations or where there has been a recommendation not to vote in accordance with a predetermined policy. The Proxy Officer reports to the Trust Investment Committee of M&I Trust.
In the event that a portfolio manager of the Adviser concludes that the interests of a Fund require that a proxy be voted on a proposal in a manner that differs from the proxy voting guidelines, the manager may request that the Proxy Officer consider voting on the proposal other than according to the guidelines, provided that the request is accompanied by a written explanation of the reasons for the request and a description of any relationship with the party proposing the matter to the shareholders. Upon such a request, the Proxy Officer may vary from the voting guidelines if the Proxy Officer determines that voting on the proposal according to the guidelines would be expected to impact adversely the current or potential market value of the issuers securities or to affect adversely the best interests of the client. In determining the vote on any proposal pursuant to such a request, the Proxy Officer shall not consider any benefit other than the best interests of the client.
The Advisers proxy voting procedures permit the Trust Investment Committee to develop and revise further procedures to assist the Adviser in the voting of proxies, which may include the use of a third party vendor for purposes of recommendations on particular shareholder votes being solicited or for the
B-35
voting of proxies, or to override the directions provided in such guidelines, whenever necessary to comply with the proxy voting policies.
Conflicts of Interest
The Adviser addresses potential material conflicts of interest by having a predetermined voting policy. For those proposals that require case-by-case determinations, or in instances where special circumstances may require varying from the predetermined policy, the Proxy Officer will determine the vote in the best interests of the Advisers clients, without consideration of any benefit to the Adviser, its affiliates, its employees, its other clients, customers, service providers or any other party.
Proxy Voting Record
Each Funds proxy voting record for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge, either upon request, by calling toll free, 1-800-236-FUND (3863), or by accessing the SECs website at http://www.sec.gov .
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE POLICY
The Funds do not provide or permit others to provide information about the Funds portfolio holdings to any third party on a selective basis, except as permitted by the Corporations policy regarding disclosure of portfolio holdings (Disclosure Policy). This Disclosure Policy also applies to the Adviser and M&I Trust. Pursuant to the Disclosure Policy, the Corporation may disclose information about the Funds portfolio holdings only in the following circumstances:
| As required by SEC regulations, the Corporation will disclose the portfolio holdings of each Fund as of the end of the first and third fiscal quarters by filing Form N-Q with the SEC and as of the end of the second and fourth fiscal quarters by filing Form N-CSR with the SEC; |
| The Adviser may disclose Fund portfolio holdings in regulatory filings and in cases where the legitimate business purposes of the Funds are served by such disclosure, such as disclosures to service providers in connection with the fulfillment of their duties to the Funds and Corporation; |
| The Funds portfolio holdings as of each month end are disclosed to certain approved institutional data bases, generally no earlier than five days of month end; |
| Disclosure of portfolio holdings as of a particular month end (other than fiscal- or calendar-quarter end) may be made in response to inquiries from consultants or prospective clients; and |
| Portfolio holdings of the Funds as of a particular month end may be provided to portfolio managers of M&I Trust in connection with presentations to M&I Trusts existing clients. |
The Corporation is prohibited from entering into any other arrangements to disclose information regarding the Funds portfolio securities without prior approval of the Board. The Adviser and M&I Trust place restrictions on the use of portfolio holdings information disclosed to any of the third parties described above to ensure that the information remains confidential. No compensation or other consideration may be received by the Funds, the Adviser or M&I Trust in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings in accordance with this policy. The Funds Chief Compliance Officer monitors compliance with the Disclosure Policy and reports any violations to the Board.
The Board will review any disclosures of Fund portfolio holdings outside of the permitted disclosures described above on a quarterly basis to ensure that disclosure of information about portfolio holdings is in the best interest of Fund shareholders and to address any conflicts between the interests of Fund shareholders and those of the Adviser or any other Fund affiliate.
B-36
BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS
As used in this section, the term Adviser means Adviser or Sub-Adviser, as applicable.
The Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Funds and for the placement of the Funds securities business, the negotiation of the charges to be paid on such transactions, and the allocation of portfolio brokerage and principal business. Trades may be done with brokers, dealers and, on occasion, issuers. Remuneration for trades may include commissions, commission-equivalent charges, dealer spreads, mark-ups and mark-downs.
In executing transactions on behalf of the Funds, the Adviser has no obligation to deal with any particular broker or dealer. Rather, the Adviser seeks to obtain the best qualitative execution. The best net price is an important factor, but the Adviser also considers the full range and quality of a brokers services, as described below. Recognizing the value of the range of services, the Funds may not pay the lowest commission or spread available on any particular transaction.
Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Section 28(e)), permits an investment advisor, under certain circumstances, to cause an account to pay a broker who supplies brokerage and research services a commission or commission-equivalent charge for effecting a transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker would have charged for effecting the transaction. Brokerage and research services include:
| furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing, purchasing, or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; |
| furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, sectors, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts; and |
| effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance, settlement and custody). |
In selecting brokers, the Adviser considers quality of investment research and brokerage services; communication of such information; trade execution pricing, capability and efficiency; and the appropriateness of the commission rate. Investment research services utilized by the Adviser include economic forecasts, industry analysis, individual company or issuer analysis and opinion, and investment strategy. In ensuring that the commission to be paid is fair compensation for the nature of the trade and the quality of the execution provided by the broker/dealer, the Adviser considers the commission rates paid by investment institutions of similar size. While the Adviser negotiates similar commission rates with all brokers and dealers, if the Adviser believes favorable prices and efficient execution is available from more than one broker or dealer, the Adviser may give consideration to placing trades with those brokers or dealers who furnish investment research and other brokerage services. The Adviser believes that the research information received in this manner provides the Funds with benefits by supplementing the research otherwise available to the Funds.
The Adviser places portfolio transactions for other advisory accounts in addition to the Funds. Research services furnished by firms through which the Funds effect their securities transactions may be used by the Adviser in servicing all of their accounts; that is, not all of such services may be used by the Adviser in connection with the Funds. The Adviser believes it is not possible to measure separately the benefits from research services received by each of the accounts (including the Funds) managed by them. Because the volume and nature of the trading activities of the accounts are not uniform, the amount of commissions in excess of those charged by another broker (if any) paid by each account for brokerage and research services will vary. The Adviser believes any such costs to the Funds, however, will not be disproportionate to the benefits received by the Funds on a continuing basis and, to the extent that receipt of these services may supplant services for which the Adviser might otherwise have paid, it would tend to reduce their expenses. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004, aggregate total commissions with brokers to whom
B-37
transactions were directed based on research services provided were $ 2,756,701 on transactions with an aggregate principal value of $ 847,967,117.
The Adviser generally seeks to allocate portfolio transactions equitably whenever concurrent decisions are made to purchase or sell securities by the Funds and other advisory accounts. There can be no assurance that a particular purchase or sale opportunity will be allocated to a Fund. In making allocations between the Funds and between a Fund and other advisory accounts, certain factors considered by the Adviser are the respective investment objectives, the relative size of portfolio holdings of the same or comparable securities, the availability of cash for investment, and the size of investment commitments generally held.
For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Funds paid the following brokerage commissions:
Brokerage Commissions Paid
|
|||||||||
Fund |
For the fiscal year ended August 31 |
||||||||
2004
|
2003
|
2002
|
|||||||
International Stock Fund |
$ | 1,639,484 | $ | 1,791,964 | $ | 1,210,489 | |||
Money Market Fund |
N/A | N/A | N/A | ||||||
Government Money Market Fund |
N/A | N/A | N/A |
N/A - Not applicable
Unless otherwise noted below, during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004, the Funds did not acquire securities of their regular brokers or dealers (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act):
Fund |
Regular Broker or Dealer (or Parent) Issuer |
Value of Securities Owned (as of 8/31/04) |
|||
International Stock Fund |
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC UBS AG |
$
$ |
6,266,401
6,478,706 |
||
Money Market Fund |
Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. Deutsche Bank Alex Brown, Inc. Credit Suisse First Boston LLC Goldman Sachs Group JP Morgan Chase & Co. Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. Wachovia Securities LLC Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. Lehman Brothers, Inc. State Street Bank & Trust Co. |
$
$ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ |
100,000,000
100,000,000 100,053,033 100,057,893 53,040,468 20,000,000 150,000,000 100,000,000 60,000,000 109,462,602 |
B-38
CODE OF ETHICS RESTRICTIONS ON PERSONAL TRADING
As required by the SECs rules, the Funds, the Adviser, BPI and the Distributor have adopted codes of ethics. These codes govern securities trading activities of investment personnel, Fund Directors and certain other employees (Access Persons). Although the codes permit Access Persons to trade in securities, including those that the Funds could buy, they also contain significant safeguards designed to protect the Funds and their shareholders from abuses in this area, such as requirements to obtain prior approval for, and to report, particular transactions.
ADMINISTRATOR
M&I Trust is the administrator of the Funds. As administrator, M&I Trust is entitled to receive fees directly from the Funds in amounts up to a maximum annual percentage of the Funds ADNA with respect to the International Stock Fund and a maximum annual percentage of the aggregate ADNA of all money market funds of the Corporation with respect to the Money Market Funds as follows:
Maximum Fee |
Funds ADNA |
|
0.100% |
on the first $250 million | |
0.095% |
on the next $250 million | |
0.080% |
on the next $250 million | |
0.060% |
on the next $250 million | |
0.040% |
on the next $500 million | |
0.020% |
on assets in excess of $1.5 billion |
The aggregate fees paid by the money market funds of the Corporation are allocated to each fund based on its assets.
For the fiscal periods ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the administrator was paid the following fees:
Administrative Fee Paid
|
|||||||||
Fund |
For the fiscal year ended August 31 |
||||||||
2004
|
2003
|
2002
|
|||||||
International Stock Fund |
$ | 405,328 | $ | 286,128 | $ | 328,190 | |||
Money Market Fund |
$ | 1,413,723 | $ | 1,377,739 | $ | 1,350,452 | |||
Government Money Market Fund (1) |
$ | 6,204 | N/A | N/A |
N/A - Not applicable
(1) | The fees paid by the Fund are for the period from May 17, 2004, the date on which the Fund began operations, to August 31, 2004, the end of the Funds fiscal year. |
The administrator may choose voluntarily to reimburse a portion of its fee at any time.
The functions performed by the administrator include, but are not limited to the following:
| preparation, filing and maintenance of the Corporations governing documents, minutes of Board meetings and shareholder meetings; |
| preparation and filing with the SEC and state regulatory authorities, the Corporations registration statement and all amendments, and any other documents required for the Funds to make a continuous offering of their shares; |
| preparation, negotiation and administration of contracts on behalf of a Fund; |
| supervision of the preparation of financial reports; |
| preparation and filing of federal and state tax returns; |
| assistance with the design, development and operation of a Fund; and |
B-39
| providing advice to the Funds and the Board. |
SUB-ADMINISTRATOR
On September 1, 2004, UMBFS became the Funds sub-administrator pursuant to the Sub-Administration Agreement with the administrator. Under the Sub-Administration Agreement, the functions performed by UMBFS include and relate to, but are not limited to, the following:
| review and filing with the SEC and state regulatory authorities of the Corporations registration statement and all amendments, and any other documents required for the Funds to make a continuous offering of their shares; |
| drafting and reviewing of the Funds annual and semi-annual reports; |
| various services relating to the shareholder and Board meetings, such as preparing and obtaining executed authorized signatures, attendance at Board meetings and drafting of proxy materials; |
| obtaining CUSIPS, NASDAQ symbols, and IRS tax identification numbers; |
| coordination and facilitation of external audits by the Corporations independent auditors and regulatory examinations of the Corporation; |
| follow-up on any issues surrounding reporting of performance for the Funds; and |
| preparation of the Corporations tax returns. |
For its services, UMBFS receives from the administrator with respect to the International Stock Fund , in addition to a monthly multi-class fee of $200 per class and out-of-pocket expenses, the asset based fees pursuant to the following schedule:
Average Net Assets |
Basis Points |
|
Up to $200 million |
3.00 basis points | |
Next $200 million |
2.50 basis points | |
Next $200 million |
2.00 basis points | |
Next $200 million |
1.75 basis points | |
Next $200 million |
1.50 basis points | |
Next $200 million |
1.25 basis points | |
Over $1.2 billion |
1.00 basis points |
With respect to the Money Market Funds , UMBFS will receive from the administrator, in addition to a monthly multi-class fee of $200 per class and out-of-pocket expenses, the asset based fees computed as of month-end on combined net assets pursuant to the following schedule:
Average Net Assets |
Basis Points |
|
Up to $250 million |
.55 basis points | |
Next $250 million |
.50 basis points | |
Next $250 million |
.45 basis points | |
Over $750 million |
.30 basis points |
Federated Services Company (Federated) served as the Funds sub-administrator until August 31, 2004. As sub-administrator, Federated was entitled to receive fees from the administrator equal to 50% of the fees the administrator was entitled to receive under the Administrative Agreement with the Corporation dated January 1, 2000. Federated performed services substantially similar to the services currently provided by UMBFS.
For the fiscal periods ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the administrator paid Federated $2,210,400, $2,208,968 and $2,624,911, respectively, under the Sub-Administrative Services Agreement.
B-40
TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT
Boston Financial Data Services, Inc., 2 Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts, maintains all necessary shareholder records. For its services, the transfer agent receives a fee based on the size, type and number of accounts and transactions made by shareholders. The fee is based on the level of the Funds average net assets for the period plus out-of-pocket expenses.
M&I Trust provides sub-transfer agency services to the Funds. In exchange for these services, the Funds pay M&I Trust a per account fee and out-of-pocket expenses.
CUSTODIAN (ALL FUNDS EXCEPT THE INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND)
M&I Trust, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, a subsidiary of M&I Corp., is a custodian for the securities and cash of the Funds. For its services as custodian, M&I Trust receives an annual fee, payable monthly, based on a percentage of a Funds average aggregate daily net assets.
CUSTODIAN TO THE INTERNATIONAL STOCK FUND
Investors Bank & Trust Company (IBT), 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts, is a custodian for the securities and cash of the International Stock Fund .
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The independent registered public accounting firm for the Funds, Ernst & Young LLP, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts, conducts its audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), which require it to plan and perform its audits to provide reasonable assurance about whether the Funds financial statements and financial highlights are free of material misstatements.
From time to time, the yield and total return of the Institutional Class of Shares of a Fund may be quoted in advertisements, shareholder reports or other communications to shareholders. Performance information is generally available by calling the Funds (toll free) at 1-800-236-FUND (3863).
The financial statements for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004 are incorporated herein by reference from the Funds Institutional Class of Shares Annual Report dated August 31, 2004 (for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004) and the Semi-Annual Report dated February 29, 2004 (for the semi-annual period ended February 29, 2004) (File Nos. 33-48907 and 811-58433). A copy of the Annual Report and the Semi-Annual Report for a Fund may be obtained without charge by contacting MIS at the address located on the back cover of the SAI or by calling MIS at 1-414-287-8555 or 1-800-236-FUND (3863).
B-41
STANDARD AND POORS LONG TERM ISSUE CREDIT RATINGS
Issue credit ratings are based in varying degrees, on the following considerations:
| Likelihood of paymentcapacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; |
| Nature of and provisions of the obligation; and |
| Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors rights. |
The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above.
AAA An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poors. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA An obligation rated AA differs from the highest rated obligations only in small degree. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC, CC, and C Obligations rated BB, B, CCC, CC and C are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
BB An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligors inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligors capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
C The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.
A-1
D An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poors believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
PLUS (+) OR MINUS (-):The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
c The c subscript is used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuers bonds are deemed taxable.
p The letter p indicates that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.
* Continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poors receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows.
r The r highlights derivative, hybrid, and certain other obligations that Standard & Poors believes may experience high volatility or high variability in expected returns as a result of noncredit risks. Examples of such obligations are securities with principal or interest return indexed to equities, commodities, or currencies; certain swaps and options; and interest-only and principal-only mortgage securities. The absence of an r symbol should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will exhibit no volatility or variability in total return.
N.R. Not rated.
Debt obligations of issuers outside the United States and its territories are rated on the same basis as domestic corporate and municipal issues. The ratings measure the creditworthiness of the obligor but do not take into account currency exchange and related uncertainties.
MOODYS LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS
Moodys long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.
AAA Obligations rated AAA are judged to be of the highest quality with minimal credit risk.
Aa Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A Obligations rated A are considered as upper-medium-grade obligations and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
A-2
Ca Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
Note: Moodys appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
FITCHS INTERNATIONAL LONG-TERM RATINGS
The following ratings scale applies to both foreign currency and local currency ratings, in addition to Enhanced and Unenhanced ratings.
AAA Highest credit quality. AAA ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA Very high credit quality. AA ratings denote a very low expectation of credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A High credit quality. Single A ratings denote a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than for higher ratings.
BBB Good credit quality. BBB ratings indicate that there is currently a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity, This is the lowest investment-grade category.
BB Speculative. BB ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities in this category are not investment grade.
B Highly speculative. B ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
CCC, CC, C High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments. A CC rating indicates that default of some kind appears probable. C ratings signal imminent default.
DDD, DD, D Default. Entities rated in this category have defaulted on some or all of their obligations. Entities rated DDD have the highest prospect for resumption of performance or continued operation with or without a formal reorganization process (the potential for recovery estimated to be about 90% - 100% of outstanding amounts & accrued interest). Entities rated DD and D are generally undergoing a formal reorganization or liquidation process; those rated DD are likely to satisfy a higher portion of their outstanding obligations (potential recoveries in the range of 50% - 90%), while entities rated D have a poor prospect of repaying all obligations (below 50%).
(While expected recovery values are highly speculative and cannot be estimated with any precision, the above percentages are meant to serve as general guidelines.)
A-3
Notes to Long-Term ratings:
| + or - may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the AAA Long-Term rating category, to categories below CCC. |
| NR indicated that Fitch does not publicly rate the issuer or issue in question. |
| Withdrawn : A rating is withdrawn when Fitch deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced. |
| Rating Watch and Rating Outlook : Ratings are placed on Rating Watch or Rating Outlook to indicate that there is a reasonable likelihood of a rating change as well as the likely direction of such change. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively shorter period (12 months), than Rating Outlook (beyond 1 to 2 years). Indicators are designated as Positive , indicating a potential upgrade, Negative , for a potential downgrade, or Evolving , if ratings may be raised, lowered, or maintained. |
STANDARD AND POORS COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS
A Standard & Poors commercial paper rating is a current opinion of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from A for the highest-quality obligations to D for the lowest. These categories are as follows:
A-1 This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.
A-2 Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated A-1.
A-3 Issues carrying this designation have an adequate capacity for timely payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.
B Issues rated B are regarded as having only speculative capacity for timely payment.
C This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a doubtful capacity for payment.
D Debt rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when interest payments of principal payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poors believes such payments will be made during such grace period.
STANDARD & POORS DUAL RATINGS DEFINITIONS
Standard & Poors assigns dual ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure. The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term debt rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the commercial paper rating symbols for the put option (for example, AAA/A-1+). With short-term demand debt, Standard & Poors note rating symbols are used with the commercial paper rating symbols (for example, SP-1+/A-1+).
MOODYS SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS
Moodys short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.
A-4
Moodys employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
P-1 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3 Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
NP Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
FITCHS INTERNATIONAL SHORT-TERM RATINGS
The following ratings scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings, in addition to both Enhanced and Unenhanced ratings. A Short-Term rating has a time horizon of less than 12 months for most obligations, or up to 3 years for U.S. Public Finance securities, and thus places greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner.
F-1 Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added + to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F-2 Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.
F-3 Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.
B Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
D Default. Denotes actual or imminent default on payment.
Notes to Short-Term ratings:
NR indicates that Fitch does not publicly rate the particular issue or issuer.
+ may be appended to a F1 rating to denote relative status within the category.
Withdrawn: A rating is withdrawn when Fitch deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.
Rating Watch and Rating Outlook: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch or Ratings Outlook to indicate that there is reasonable likelihood of a rating change as well as the likely direction of such change. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively shorter period (12 months), than Rating Outlook (beyond 1 to 2 years).
Indicators are designated as Positive , indicating a potential upgrade, Negative , for a potential downgrade, or Evolving , if ratings may be raised, lowered, or maintained.
Expected Ratings , denoted by an (EXP) suffix, are preliminary ratings that are usually contingent upon the receipt of final documents conforming to information already received.
Short-Term Note/Demand Ratings: Occasionally, two short term ratings may be combined; the first rating reflects the likelihood of full and timely payment of principal and interest as scheduled over the short term, while second rating reflects the likelihood of full payment of purchase price to the bondholder in the event of a put (full repayment demanded).
A-5
STANDARD AND POORS MUNICIPAL BOND RATINGS
Issue credit ratings are based in varying degrees, on the following considerations:
| Likelihood of paymentcapacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; |
| Nature of and provisions of the obligation; and |
| Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors rights. |
The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above.
AAA An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poors. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA An obligation rated AA differs from the highest rated obligations only in small degree. The obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
BB, B, CCC, CC, and C Obligations rated BB, B, CCC, CC and C are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
BB An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligors inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligors capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
C The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.
D An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless
A-6
Standard & Poors believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
PLUS (+) OR MINUS (-):The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
c The c subscript is used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuers bonds are deemed taxable.
p The letter p indicates that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.
* Continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poors receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows.
r The r highlights derivative, hybrid, and certain other obligations that Standard & Poors believes may experience high volatility or high variability in expected returns as a result of noncredit risks. Examples of such obligations are securities with principal or interest return indexed to equities, commodities, or currencies; certain swaps and options; and interest-only and principal-only mortgage securities. The absence of an r symbol should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will exhibit no volatility or variability in total return.
N.R. Not rated.
Debt obligations of issuers outside the United States and its territories are rated on the same basis as domestic corporate and municipal issues. The ratings measure the creditworthiness of the obligor but do not take into account currency exchange and related uncertainties.
MOODYS MUNICIPAL LONG-TERM RATINGS
Municipal Ratings are opinions of the investment quality of issuers and issues in the US municipal and tax-exempt markets. As such, these ratings incorporate Moodys assessment of the default probability and loss severity of these issuers and issues. The default and loss content for Moodys municipal long-term rating scale differs from Moodys general long-term rating scale.
Municipal Ratings are based upon the analysis of four primary factors relating to municipal finance: economy, debt, finances, and administration/management strategies. Each of the factors is evaluated individually and for its effect on the other factors in the context of the municipalitys ability to repay its debt.
Aaa Issuers or issues rated Aaa demonstrate the strongest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
Aa Issuers or issues rated Aa demonstrate very strong creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
A Issuers or issues rated A present above-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
Baa Issuers or issues rated Baa represent average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
A-7
Ba Issuers or issues rated Ba demonstrate below-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
B Issuers or issues rated B demonstrate weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
Caa Issuers or issues rate Caa demonstrate very weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
Ca Issuers or issues rated Ca demonstrate extremely weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
C Issuers or issues rated C demonstrate the weakest creditworthiness relative to other US Municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.
Note: Moodys appends numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 to each generic-rating category from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the issuer or obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
STANDARD AND POORS MUNICIPAL NOTE RATINGS
Notes: A Standard and Poors note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment:
| Amortization schedulethe larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note. |
| Source of paymentthe more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note. |
Note rating symbols are as follows:
SP-1 Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service are given a plus (+) designation.
SP-2 Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
SP-3 Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
MOODYS SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS
There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.
MIG 1 This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2 This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
MIG 3 This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
A-8
SG This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
MOODYS DEMAND OBLIGATION RATINGS
In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moodys evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moodys evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (demand feature), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating.
When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1.
VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issues specific structural or credit features.
VMIG-1 This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG-2 This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG-3 This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
SG This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
A-9
Marshall International Stock Fund
Marshall Money Market Fund
Marshall Government Money Market Fund
1000 North Water Street P.O. Box 1348 Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-1348 |
||
Distributor:
Grand Distribution Services, LLC |
803 West Michigan Street, Suite A Milwaukee, WI 53233 |
|
Adviser to all Funds:
M&I Investment Management Corp. |
1000 North Water Street Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 |
|
Sub-Adviser to Marshall International Stock Fund:
BPI Global Asset Management LLP |
1900 Summit Tower Boulevard Suite 450 Orlando, Florida 32810 |
|
Custodian (except Marshall International Stock Fund) and Administrator:
Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. |
1000 North Water Street Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 |
|
Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent:
Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. |
2 Heritage Drive Quincy, MA 02171 |
|
Sub-Administrator and Portfolio Accounting Services (except
UMB Fund Services, Inc. |
803 West Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 |
|
Custodian and Portfolio Accounting Services Agent for
Investors Bank & Trust Company |
200 Clarendon Street Boston, MA 02116 |
|
Legal Counsel:
Bell, Boyd & Lloyd LLC |
Three First National Plaza 70 West Madison Street, Suite 3300 Chicago, Illinois 60602-4207 |
|
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm:
Ernst & Young LLP |
200 Clarendon Street Boston, MA 02116-5072 |
Marshall Investor Services
1000 North Water Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
414-287-8555 or 1-800-236-FUND (3863)
TDD: Speech and Hearing Impaired Services
1-800-236-209-3520
Internet address: http:www.marshallfunds.com
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.
PART C
Item 23. Exhibits.
See Exhibit Index.
Item 24. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant.
No person is directly or indirectly controlled by or under common control
Item 25. Indemnification.
Reference is made to Article IX of the Registrants By-Laws.
Pursuant to Rule 484 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant furnishes the following undertaking: Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The Registrants directors and officers are insured under a policy of insurance maintained by the Registrants investment adviser against certain liabilities that might be imposed as a result of actions, suit or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been such
Item 26. Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser.
M&I Investment Management Corp. (the Adviser) serves as the investment adviser for the Registrant. The Adviser is a registered investment adviser and wholly-owned subsidiary of Marshall & Ilsley Corporation, a registered bank holding company headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. The business and other connections of the Adviser, as well as the names and titles of the executive officers and directors of the Adviser, are further described in the Advisers Uniform Application for Investment Adviser Registration (Form ADV) as filed with the SEC.
BPI Global Asset Management, LLP (the Sub-Adviser) serves as the sub-adviser with respect to the Registrants International Stock Fund. The Sub-Adviser is a registered investment adviser. The business and other connections of the Sub-Adviser, as well as the names and titles of the executive officers and directors of the Sub-Adviser, are further described in the Sub-Advisers Form ADV as filed with the SEC.
To the best of Registrants knowledge, none of the Advisers or Sub-Advisers directors or executive officers is or has been engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature for the past two fiscal years, except as noted in the Who Manages the Funds? section of the Registrants Statement of Additional Information, which is incorporated herein by reference.
C-1
Item 27. Principal Underwriter.
(a) | None. |
(b) | To the best of Registrants knowledge, the executive officers of Grand Distribution Services, LLC are as follows: |
Name and Principal Business Address* |
Positions and Offices with Grand Distribution Services, LLC |
Positions and Offices with Registrant |
||
Peter J. Hammond |
President |
None |
||
Christine L. Mortenson |
Treasurer |
None |
||
Constance Dye Shannon |
Secretary |
None |
* | The address of each of the foregoing is 803 West Michigan Street, Suite A, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233. |
(c) | Not applicable. |
Item 28. Location of Accounts and Records.
The books and records required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules under that section are maintained in the following locations:
Records Relating to: |
Are located at: |
|
Registrants Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent |
Boston Financial Data Services Inc. 2 Heritage Drive Quincy, MA 02171 |
|
Registrants Administrator |
Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. 1000 North Water Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 |
|
Registrants Sub-Administrator and Portfolio Accounting Services (except Marshall International Stock Fund) |
UMB Fund Services, Inc. 803 West Michigan Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 |
|
Registrants Investment Adviser |
M&I Investment Management Corp. 1000 North Water Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 |
|
Registrants Sub-Adviser (Marshall International Stock Fund) |
BPI Global Asset Management, LLP 1900 Summit Tower Boulevard Suite 450 Orlando, FL 32810 |
|
Registrants Custodian (except Marshall International Stock Fund) |
Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company N.A. 1000 North Water Street Milwaukee, WI 53202 |
|
Registrants Custodian (Marshall International Stock Fund) and Portfolio Accounting Services (Marshall International Stock Fund) |
Investors Bank & Trust Company 200 Clarendon Street P.O. Box 9130 Boston, MA 02116 |
C-2
Item 29. Management Services.
Not applicable.
Item 30. Undertakings.
Not applicable.
C-3
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this registration statement under Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Milwaukee and the State of Wisconsin on the 29th day of December, 2004.
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. |
||
(Registrant) |
||
By: |
/s/ Daniel L. Kaminski |
|
Daniel L. Kaminski |
||
Secretary |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A has been signed below on December 29, 2004 by the following persons in the capacities indicated.
Signature |
Title |
|
/s/ John M. Blaser John M. Blaser |
President and Director (principal executive officer) |
|
/s/ Joseph P. Bree Joseph P. Bree |
Treasurer (principal financial officer) |
|
Kenneth C. Krei * |
Director |
|
Benjamin M. Cutler * |
Director |
|
John DeVincentis * |
Director |
|
John Lubs * |
Director |
|
James Mitchell * |
Director |
|
Barbara J. Pope * |
Director |
* By: |
/s/ Daniel L. Kaminski |
|
Daniel L. Kaminski |
||
Attorney in fact pursuant to Power of Attorney filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 41 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A. |
C-4
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit Number |
Document Description |
|
(a.1) | Articles of Incorporation 5 | |
(a.2) | Amendment No. 1 to Articles of Incorporation 5 | |
(a.3) | Amendment No. 2 to Articles of Incorporation 5 | |
(a.4) | Amendment No. 3 to Articles of Incorporation 5 | |
(a.5) | Amendment No. 4 to Articles of Incorporation 3 | |
(a.6) | Amendment No. 5 to Articles of Incorporation 5 | |
(a.7) | Amendment No. 6 to Articles of Incorporation 8 | |
(a.8) | Amendment No. 7 to Articles of Incorporation 9 | |
(a.9) | Amendment No. 8 to Articles of Incorporation 12 | |
(a.10) | Amendment No. 9 to Articles of Incorporation 15 | |
(a.11) | Amendment No. 10 to Articles of Incorporation 16 | |
(a.12) | Amendment No. 11 to Articles of Incorporation 17 | |
(a.13) | Amendment No. 12 to Articles of Incorporation 19 | |
(a.14) | Amendment No. 13 to Articles of Incorporation * | |
(a.15) | Amendment No. 14 to Articles of Incorporation * | |
(b) | Amended and Restated By-Laws * | |
(c) | Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders Incorporated by reference to the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws | |
(d.1) | Investment Advisory Contract 1 | |
(d.2) | Form of Amendment No. 1 to Exhibit A of Investment Advisory Contract 17 | |
(d.3) | Exhibit G to Investment Advisory Contract 2 | |
(d.4) | Exhibit H to Investment Advisory Contract 2 | |
(d.5) | Exhibit I to Investment Advisory Contract 2 | |
(d.6) | Exhibit J to Investment Advisory Contract 2 | |
(d.7) | Exhibit K to Investment Advisory Contract 4 | |
(d.8) | Exhibit L to Investment Advisory Contract 4 | |
(d.9) | Exhibit M to Investment Advisory Contract 8 |
C-5
Exhibit Number |
Document Description |
|
(d.10) | Exhibit N to Investment Advisory Contract 9 | |
(d.11) | Exhibit O to Investment Advisory Contract 23 | |
(d.12) | Amendment to Investment Advisory Contract 20 | |
(d.13) | Sub-Advisory Agreement 4 | |
(d.14) | Sub-Advisory Contract 13 | |
(d.15) | Amendment to Sub-Advisory Contract 20 | |
(e) | Distribution Agreement * | |
(f) | Bonus or Profit Sharing Contracts Not applicable | |
(g.1) | Custodian Contract 4 | |
(g.2) | Amendment to Custodian Contract 20 | |
(g.3) | Custodian Agreement (Investors Bank & Trust Company) * | |
(h.1) | Administrative Services Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Administrative Services Agreement 22 | |
(h.2) | Amendment to Administrative Services Agreement 20 | |
(h.3) | Sub-Administration Agreement (UMB Fund Services, Inc.) * | |
(h.4) | Shareholder Services Agreement 16 | |
(h.5) | Amendment No. 1 to Exhibit 1 of Shareholder Services Agreement 17 | |
(h.6) | Amendment to Shareholder Services Agreement 20 | |
(h.7) | Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement 7 | |
(h.8) | Amendment No. 1 to Schedule A of Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement 10 | |
(h.9) | Amendment No. 2 to Schedule A of Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement 11 | |
(h.10) | Amendment No. 1 to Schedule C of Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement 10 | |
(h.11) | Annex 1 to Amendment No. 2 to Schedule C of Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement 11 | |
(h.12) | Amendment No. 1 to Schedule D of Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement 22 | |
(h.13) | Amendment to Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement 20 | |
(h.14) | Amendment to Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement 23 |
C-6
Exhibit Number |
Document Description |
|
(h.15) | Partial Assignment and Assumption of Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement and Consent Agreement * | |
(h.16) | Amendment to Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement * | |
(h.17) | Sub-Transfer Agency and Services Agreement 6 | |
(h.18) | Amendment to Sub-Transfer Agency and Services Agreement 23 | |
(h.19) | Sub-Shareholder Services Agreement 16 | |
(h.20) | Amendment to Sub-Shareholder Services Agreement 20 | |
(h.21) | Fund Accounting Agreement (UMB Fund Services, Inc.) * | |
(h.22) | Fund Accounting Agreement (Investors Bank & Trust Company) * | |
(i) | Opinion and Consent of Counsel 1 | |
(j) | Consent of Independent Auditors * | |
(k) | Omitted Financial Statements Not applicable | |
(l) | Initial Capital Understanding 7 | |
(m.1) | Amended and Restated Rule 12b-1 Plan * | |
(m.2) | Form of Rule 12b-1 Agreement * | |
(m.3) | Form of Dealer Agreement * | |
(n.1) | Multiple Class Plan 14 | |
(n.2) | Amendment No. 1 to Exhibit D to Multiple Class Plan 2 2 | |
(n.3) | Amendment No. 1 to Exhibit E to Multiple Class Plan 22 | |
(n.4) | Amendment No. 1 to Exhibit A to Multiple Class Plan 23 | |
(n.5) | Amendment No. 2 to Exhibit E to Multiple Class Plan 23 | |
(o) | Reserved | |
(p.1) | Marshall Funds Code of Ethics 18 | |
(p.2) | M&I Investment Management Corp. Code of Ethics 21 | |
(p.3) | BPI Global Asset Management LLP Code of Ethics and Rules for Personal Investing 21 | |
(p.4) | Grand Distribution Services, LLC Code of Ethics * | |
(q) | Power of Attorney 24 | |
(r) | Rule 485(b) Letter of Representation * |
* | Filed herewith. |
C-7
1 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed April 23, 1993. |
2 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed October 29, 1993. |
3 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed December 28, 1993. |
4 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 10 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed July 1, 1994. |
5 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 11 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed October 21, 1994. |
6 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 13 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed April 3, 1995. |
7 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed December 26, 1995. |
8 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 15 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed June 17, 1996. |
9 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 17 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed August 30, 1996. |
1 0 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 19 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed December 18, 1996. |
1 1 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 20 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed August 26, 1997. |
1 2 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 22 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed October 21, 1998. |
1 3 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed July 23, 1999. |
1 4 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 26 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed August 19, 1999. |
1 5 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 27 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed August 27, 1999. |
1 6 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 29 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed October 29, 1999. |
1 7 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 31 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed March 1, 2000. |
1 8 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 32 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed June 1, 2000. |
C-8
1 9 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 33 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed October 30, 2000. |
2 0 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed October 29, 2001. |
2 1 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 36 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed October 31, 2002. |
2 2 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 37 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed October 30, 2003. |
2 3 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed July 9, 2004. |
2 4 | Incorporated by reference to Registrants Post-Effective Amendment No. 41 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A filed October 27, 2004. |
C-9
Exhibit (a.14)
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.
Amendment No. 13
to
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
Dated July 30, 1992
THESE Articles of Incorporation are amended as follows:
Delete Section (a) of Article IV and substitute in its place the following:
(a) The Corporation is authorized to issue an indefinite number of shares of common stock, par value $.0001 per share. Subject to the following paragraph, the authorized shares are classified as follows:
CLASS |
||||
Advisor Class |
Series
|
Authorized Number of
Shares |
||
Marshall Equity Income Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Government Income Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Money Market Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Short-Term Income Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Marshall International Stock Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Investor Class | ||||
Marshall Equity Income Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Government Income Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Money Market Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Government Money Market Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Short-Term Income Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall International Stock Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite |
Institutional Class |
||||
Marshall Money Market Fund |
Series I | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Government Money Market Fund |
Series I | Indefinite | ||
Marshall International Stock Fund |
Series I | Indefinite |
The undersigned Secretary of Marshall Funds, Inc. certifies that the above stated amendment is a true and correct Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation, as adopted by the Directors of the Corporation as of the 6th day of February, 2004, and that shareholder action is not required, all in accordance with Section 180.1002 of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law.
WITNESS the due execution hereof this 26th day of February, 2004.
/s/ Lori K. Hoch |
Lori K. Hoch |
Assistant Secretary |
Prepared by: | Lori K. Hoch | |
Assistant Secretary | ||
Marshall Funds, Inc. | ||
1000 North Water Street, 13th Floor | ||
Milwaukee, WI 53202 |
2
Exhibit (a.15)
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.
AMENDMENT NO. 14
TO
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
The undersigned Secretary of Marshall Funds, Inc. (the Corporation), hereby certifies that in accordance with Section 180.1002 of the Wisconsin Statues, the following Amendment was duly adopted to create the Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund as an additional class of common stock.
Section (a) of Article IV is hereby amended by deleting section (a) thereof and inserting the following as a new paragraph:
(a) The Corporation is authorized to issue an indefinite number of shares of common stock, par value $.0001 per share. Subject to the following paragraph, the authorized shares are classified as follows:
CLASS
Advisor Class |
Series
|
Authorized Number
of Shares |
||
Marshall Equity Income Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Government Income Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Money Market Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Short-Term Income Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Marshall International Stock Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund |
Series A | Indefinite | ||
Investor Class |
||||
Marshall Equity Income Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Government Income Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Money Market Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Government Money Market Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Short-Term Income Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall International Stock Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund |
Series Y | Indefinite |
Institutional Class |
||||
Marshall Money Market Fund |
Series I | Indefinite | ||
Marshall Government Money Market Fund |
Series I | Indefinite | ||
Marshall International Stock Fund |
Series I | Indefinite |
This Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation was adopted by the Board of Directors on July 27, 2004 in accordance with Sections 180.1002, 180.0601 and 180.0602 of the Wisconsin Statues. Shareholder approval was not required. Prior to this Amendment, none of the Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund shares has been issued.
Executed in duplicate this 30 day of July, 2004.
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. |
||
By: |
/s/ Daniel L. Kaminski |
|
Daniel L. Kaminski, Secretary |
This instrument was drafted by:
Susan M. Hoaglund
Godfrey & Kahn, S.C.
780 North Water Street
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Tele: 414-273-3500
2
Exhibit (b)
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC
AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS
ARTICLE I
SHAREHOLDERS
Section 1. ANNUAL MEETINGS. The Corporation is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders in any year in which none of the following is required to be acted on by shareholders under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the Investment Company Act):
(i) | Election of directors; |
(ii) | Approval of the Corporations investment advisory contract; |
(iii) | Ratification of the selection of the Corporations independent public accountants; or |
(iv) | Approval of the Corporations distribution agreement. |
If the Corporation is required to hold a meeting of shareholders to elect directors, the meeting shall be designated the annual meeting of shareholders for that year. If an annual meeting of shareholders is held, it shall be held at a date and time determined by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting.
Section 2. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of shareholders of the Corporation or of a particular series or class may be called by the Chairman or by the Board of Directors; and shall be called by the Secretary whenever ordered by the Chairman, any Director, or as requested in writing by shareholders entitled to cast at least 10% of the voting shares entitled to be cast on any issue to be considered at the proposed special meeting. Such request shall state the purpose of such special meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on thereat, and no other business shall be transacted at any such special meeting. The Secretary shall inform such shareholders of the reasonably estimated costs of preparing and mailing the notice of the meeting, and upon payment to the Corporation of such costs, the Secretary shall give not less than ten nor more than 60 days notice of the special meeting. Unless required by shareholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting, a special meeting need not be called to consider any matter which is substantially the same as a matter voted on at a special meeting of the shareholders held during the preceding 12 months.
Section 3. PLACE OF MEETINGS. All meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation or a particular series or class shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, or at such other place within or without the State of Wisconsin, or at such other place within or without the State of Wisconsin as may be fixed by the Board of Directors.
Section 4. NOTICE. Not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of every annual or special meeting of shareholders, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall give to each shareholder of record of the Corporation or of the relevant series or class notice of such meeting. The Corporation may give notice in person, by mail or other method of delivery, by telephone, including voice mail, answering machine or answering service, or by other electronic means. If these forms of personal notice are impracticable, notice may be communicated by a newspaper of general circulation in the area where published, or by radio, television or other form of public broadcast communication. Written notice, which includes notice by electronic transmission, shall be deemed to be effective at the earlier of (i) receipt, (ii) mailing, but only if mailed postpaid and addressed to the shareholders address shown in the Corporations current record of shareholders or (iii) when electronically transmitted to the shareholder in a manner authorized by the shareholder. The Corporation may give oral notice and such oral notice shall be deemed to be effective when communicated. Notice by newspaper, radio, television or other form of public broadcast communication shall be deemed to be effective on the date of publication or broadcast. It shall not be necessary to set forth the business proposed to be transacted in the notice of any annual meeting. Notice of a special meeting shall include a description of the purpose or purposes for which it is called.
Section 5. QUORUM. The presence in person or by proxy of holders of one-third of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote without regard to series or class shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the shareholders, except with respect to a meeting of one or more series or classes of stock, in which case the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of one-third of the shares of stock of each series or class entitled to vote on the matter shall constitute a quorum.
Section 6. VOTING. At all meetings of shareholders each shareholder shall be entitled to one vote or fraction thereof for each share or fraction thereof standing in his name on the books of the Corporation on the date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, regardless of whether that share or fraction may subsequently have been redeemed.
Section 7. PROXIES. A shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or to express consent or dissent in writing to any corporate action without a meeting of shareholders, may authorize another person to act for the shareholder by appointing the person as proxy. A shareholder, or the shareholders duly authorized attorney-in-fact, may appoint a person as proxy (i) by signing, or causing the shareholders signature to be affixed to, an appointment form by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature, or by (ii) by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, an electronic transmission of appointment to the person who will be appointed as proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent authorized to receive the transmission by the person who will be appointed as proxy. An appointment of proxy is effective when a signed appointment form or an electronic transmission of the appointment is received by the inspector of election or the officer or agent of the Corporation authorized to tabulate votes. An appointment is valid for 11 months unless a different period is expressly provided in the appointment.
Section 8. INFORMAL ACTION BY SHAREHOLDERS. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing, setting forth such action, is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the subject matter thereof, and such consent is filed with the records of the Corporation.
2
Section 9. ADJOURNMENTS. An annual or special meeting of shareholders may be adjourned at any time, including after action on one or more matters, by a majority of shares represented, even if less than a quorum. The meeting may be adjourned for any purpose, including, but not limited to, allowing additional time to solicit votes on one or more matters, to disseminate additional information to shareholders or to count votes. Upon being reconvened, the adjourned meeting shall be deemed to be a continuation of the initial meeting.
(a) Quorum . Once a share is represented for any purpose at the original meeting, other than for the purpose of objecting to holding the meeting or transacting business at a meeting, it is considered present for purposes of determining if a quorum exists, for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date is or must be set for that adjourned meeting.
(b) Record Date . When a determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in Section 3 of Article V, such determination shall be applied to any adjournment thereof unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date, which it shall do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.
(c) Notice . Unless a new record date for an adjourned meeting is or must be fixed pursuant to Section 9(b), the Corporation is not required to give notice of the new date, time or place if the new date, time or place is announced at the meeting before adjournment.
ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 1. POWERS. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors except as conferred on or reserved to the shareholders by law, by the Articles of Incorporation or by these By-Laws.
Section 2. NUMBER, QUALIFICATIONS, MANNER OF ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. The number of directors of the Corporation can be changed from time to time by the Board to not less than three nor more than twenty directors; provided that, when and as required by the Investment Company Act, at least 75% of the entire Board of Directors shall be persons who are not interested persons of the Corporation as defined in the Investment Company Act (hereinafter referred to as Independent Directors.) Directors need not be shareholders. The term of office of a Director shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of Directors made by the Board pursuant to the foregoing authorization. Except as provided in Section 12 of Article II, each Director shall hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders held in the fifth year following the Directors election by shareholders or until his or her successor is duly elected at the next annual meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of electing directors, or until he or she sooner dies, resigns or is removed. Each Director shall retire at the end of the fiscal year in which he or she has reached age 75.
3
Section 3. PLACE OF MEETING. The Board of Directors may hold its meetings at such place or places within or without the State of Wisconsin as the Board or as the person or persons requesting said meeting to be called may from time to time determine.
Section 4. ANNUAL MEETINGS. The Board of Directors shall meet annually for the election of Officers and any other business.
Section 5. REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such intervals and on such dates as the Board may from time to time designate, provided that any Director who is absent when such designation is made shall be given notice of the designation. When and as required by the Investment Company Act, the Independent Directors shall meet at least quarterly in a session at which no directors who are interested persons of the Corporation are present.
Section 6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such times and at such places as may be designated at the call of such meeting. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary at the request of the Chairman or any Director. If the Secretary when so requested refuses or fails for more than twenty-four hours to call such meeting, the Chairman or such Director may in the name of the Secretary call such meeting by giving due notice in the manner required when notice is given by the Secretary.
Section 7. NOTICE. The Secretary or Assistant Secretary shall give, at least two days before the meeting, notice of each meeting of the Board of Directors, whether annual, regular or special, to each member of the Board by mail, telegram or telephone to his last known address. It shall not be necessary to state the purpose or business to be transacted in the notice of any meeting. Personal attendance at any meeting by a Director other than to protest the validity of said meeting shall constitute a waiver of the foregoing requirement of notice. In addition, notice of a meeting need not be given if a written waiver of notice executed by such Director before or after the meeting is filed with the records of the meeting.
Section 8. CONDUCT OF MEETINGS AND BUSINESS. The Board of Directors may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of their meetings and the management of the affairs of the Corporation as they may deem proper and not inconsistent with applicable law, the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws.
Section 9. QUORUM. One-third of the entire Board of Directors but not less than two Directors shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors. The action of a majority of Directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the action of the Board of Directors unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by statute, the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, or these By-Laws. In the absence of a quorum at any meeting a majority of Directors present may adjourn the meeting from day to day or for such longer periods as they may designate until a quorum shall be present. Notice of any adjourned meeting need not be given other than by announcement at the meeting.
Section 10. RESIGNATIONS. Any Director of the Corporation may resign at any time by written notice to the Corporation. The resignation of any Director shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if no time is specified, when received by the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
4
Section 11. REMOVAL. At any meeting of shareholders duly called for the purpose, any Director may by the vote of a majority of all of the shares entitled to vote be removed from office. At the same meeting, the vacancy in the Board of Directors may be filled by the election of a Director to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and the election and qualification of his successor.
Section 12. VACANCIES. Except as otherwise provided by the Investment Company Act, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors for any cause other than by reason of an increase in the number of Directors may be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors although such majority is less than a quorum and any vacancy occurring by reason of an increase in the number of Directors may be filled by action of a majority of the entire Board of Directors; provided, however, that immediately after filling such vacancy, at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Directors then holding office shall have been elected to such office by shareholders of the Corporation. A Director elected by the Board to fill a vacancy shall be elected to hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified.
Section 13. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. The Directors may receive compensation for their services as Directors as determined by the Board of Directors and expenses of attendance at each meeting. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any Director who is an interested person of the Corporation (as defined in the Investment Company Act) from serving the Corporation in any other capacity, as an Officer, agent or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.
Section 14. INFORMAL ACTION BY DIRECTORS. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual, Regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if a written consent to such action is signed by all members of the Board and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board.
Section 15. TELEPHONE CONFERENCE. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
Section 16. CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD. No later than when required by the Investment Company Act, the Board of Directors (including a majority of the Independent Directors) shall appoint an Independent Director as Chairperson of the Board. The Chairperson of the Board shall serve in such capacity only as long as he or she remains a Director. The Chairperson of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and may confer with the President or any other officer of the Corporation or investment adviser to the mutual fund series of the Corporation for purposes of determining the matters to be discussed and considered at Board meetings and have such powers and perform such other duties as may be required by the Investment Company Act or assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board.
5
ARTICLE III
COMMITTEES
Section 1. APPOINTMENT OF COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, including an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and an Executive Committee, each of which shall consist of three or more Directors. Each member of a committee shall be a Director and shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board, provided that all members of the Audit, Nominating and Executive Committees shall be Independent Directors. Vacancies occurring in a committee from any cause may be filled by the Board of Directors.
Section 2. AUDIT COMMITTEE. The Board of Directors shall have an Audit Committee, consisting of three or more Independent Directors. The Board of Directors shall adopt a written charter of the Audit Committee that specifies the authority and duties of that committee. The Audit Committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report to the Board when required or deemed appropriate.
Section 3. NOMINATING COMMITTEE. The Board of Directors shall have a Nominating Committee, consisting of three or more Independent Directors. The Board of Directors shall adopt a written charter of the Nominating Committee that specifies the authority and duties of that committee. The Nominating Committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report to the Board when required or deemed appropriate.
Section 4. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. The Executive Committee shall consult with and advise the officers of the Corporation in the management of its business and may exercise such powers of the Board of Directors as may be lawfully delegated by the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board when required.
Section 5. OTHER COMMITTEES. From time to time the Board of Directors may appoint any other committee or committees which shall have such powers as shall be specified in the resolution of appointment and may be delegated by law.
Section 6. PROCEDURE OF COMMITTEES. Each committee shall fix its own rules of procedure not inconsistent with these By-Laws, its charter or with any directions of the Board of Directors. It shall meet at such times and places and upon such notice as shall be provided by such rules, charter or by resolution of the Board of Directors. The presence of a majority of members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and in every case the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the committee present shall be necessary for the taking of any action.
Section 7. COMPENSATION. The members of any duly appointed committee shall receive such compensation as from time to time may be fixed by the Board of Directors and reimbursement of expenses.
6
Section 8. INFORMAL ACTION BY COMMITTEES. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of any duly appointed committee may be taken without a meeting if written consent to such action is signed by all members of such committee and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee.
Section 9. ADVISORY BOARD. The Directors may appoint an Advisory Board to consist in the first instance of not less than three (3) members. Members of such Advisory Board shall not be Directors or Officers and need not be shareholders. Members of this Board shall hold office for such period as the Directors may by resolution provide. Any member of such Board may resign therefrom by written instrument signed by him or her which shall take effect upon delivery to the Directors. The Advisory Board shall have no legal powers and shall not perform functions of Directors in any manner, said Board being intended to act merely in an advisory capacity. Such Advisory Board shall meet at such times and upon such notice as the Board of Directors may by resolution provide. The compensation of the members of the Advisory Board, if any, shall be determined by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS. The Officers of the Corporation shall be a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, a Chief Compliance Officer and a Secretary. The Board of Directors may elect or appoint other Officers or agents, including one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers. The same person may hold any two offices.
Section 2. ELECTION, TERM OF OFFICE AND QUALIFICATIONS. The Officers shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors. Each Officer shall hold office for one year and until the election and qualification of his successor. Any vacancy in any of the offices may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors at any Regular or special meeting of the Board. The Board of Directors may elect or appoint additional Officers or agents at any Regular or special meeting of the Board.
Section 3. REMOVAL. Any Officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed with or without cause at any time by the Board of Directors. Any other employee of the Corporation may be removed or dismissed at any time by the President.
Section 4. RESIGNATIONS. Any Officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if no time is specified, at the time of receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
Section 5. VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term in the manner prescribed in these By-Laws for regular election or appointment to such office.
7
Section 6. PRESIDENT. The President of Marshall Funds, Inc. shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. He shall, unless other provisions are made therefor by the Board or Executive Committee, employ and define the duties of all employees of the Corporation, shall have the power to discharge any such employees, shall exercise general supervision over the affairs of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors. The President or an Officer or Director appointed by the President shall preside at all meetings of shareholders.
Section 7. VICE PRESIDENT. The Vice President (or if more than one, the senior Vice President) in the absence of the President shall perform all duties and may exercise any of the powers of the President subject to the control of the Board. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, or the President.
Section 8. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept in books provided for the purpose the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders, and of the Board of Directors; shall see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws and as required by law; shall be custodian of the records and of the Seal of the Corporation and see that the Seal is affixed to all documents the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its Seal is duly authorized; shall keep directly or through a transfer agent a register of the post office address of each shareholder, and make all proper changes in such register, retaining and filing his authority for such entries; shall see that the books, reports, statements, certificates and all other documents and records required by law are properly kept and filed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the Office of Secretary and such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, or the President.
Section 9. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall have supervision of the custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation, subject to applicable law. He shall perform such other duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, or the President.
Section 10. CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER. The Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for matters relating to compliance by the Corporation with applicable laws, rules and regulations and in such capacity shall administer the policies and procedures adopted by the Corporation that are reasonably designed to prevent the Corporation from violating applicable federal securities laws, as required by Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act. The Chief Compliance Officer shall also oversee the compliance by third party service providers to the Corporation with applicable federal securities laws and review the adequacy of the Corporations written compliance policies and procedures at least annually. The Chief Compliance Officer shall report directly to the Board of Directors or such committees as the Board may designate (including the preparation of a written report as required by Rule 38a-1(a)(4)(iii) under the Investment Company Act) and meet at least annually with the Independent Directors. The Corporations Board of Directors, including a majority of the Independent Directors, shall be responsible for designating and approving the compensation of the Chief Compliance Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer may be removed from his or her responsibilities by action of (and only with the approval of) the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Independent Directors.
8
Section 11. ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENT. The Assistant Vice President or Vice Presidents of the Corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, or the President of the Corporation.
Section 12. ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS. The Assistant Secretary or Secretaries and the Assistant Treasurer or Treasurers shall perform the duties of the Secretary and of the Treasurer respectively, in the absence of those Officers and shall have such further powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to them respectively by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee or by the President.
Section 13. SALARIES. The salaries of the Officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. No Officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a Director of the Corporation.
ARTICLE V
SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER
Section 1. CERTIFICATES. The Corporation, in its discretion, may issue share certificates. All share certificates shall be signed by the Chairman, the President, or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Secretary or any Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary and may be sealed with the Seal of the Corporation. The signatures may be either manual or facsimile signatures and the Seal may be either facsimile or any other form of seal. Certificates for shares for which the Corporation has appointed an independent Transfer Agent and Registrar shall not be valid unless countersigned by such Transfer Agent and registered by such Registrar. In case any Officer who has signed any certificate ceases to be an Officer of the Corporation before the certificate is issued, the certificate may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if the Officer had not ceased to be such Officer as of the date of its issuance. Share certificates shall be in such form not inconsistent with law and these By-Laws as may be determined by the Board of Directors.
Section 2. TRANSFER OF SHARES. Shares of each series and class shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of the certificate representing the shares to be transferred properly endorsed.
Section 3. CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS AND FIXING RECORD DATE. The Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders of a series or class entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or shareholders to receive payment of any dividend. Such date shall in any case not be more than 60 days and in case of a meeting of shareholders not more than 70 days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken. Only shareholders of record on the record date shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting or to receive such dividends or rights, as the case may be. In lieu of fixing a record date the Board of Directors may provide that the share transfer books of the Corporation shall be closed for a stated period not to exceed in any case 20 days. If the share transfer books are closed for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders such books shall be closed for at least 10 days immediately preceding such meeting.
9
Section 4. LOST, DESTROYED OR MUTILATED CERTIFICATES. In case any share certificate is lost, mutilated or destroyed the Board of Directors may issue a new certificate in place thereof upon indemnity to the relevant series or class against loss and upon such other terms and conditions as the Board may deem advisable.
Section 5. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR: REGULATIONS. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issuance, transfer and registration of share certificates and may appoint a Transfer Agent and/or Registrar of share certificates of each series or class, and may require all such share certificates to bear the signature of such Transfer Agent and/or of such Registrar.
ARTICLE VI
AGREEMENTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, ENDORSEMENTS, ETC.
Section 1. AGREEMENTS, ETC. The Board of Directors or the Executive Committee may authorize any Officer or Officers, or agent or agents of the Corporation to enter into any Agreement or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of the Corporation and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances; and, unless so authorized by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee or by these By-Laws, no Officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any agreement or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable pecuniarily for any purpose or to any amount.
Section 2. CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC. All checks, drafts, or orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness shall be signed by such Officer or Officers, employee or employees, or agent or agents as shall be from time to time designated by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, or as may be specified in or pursuant to the agreement between the Corporation on behalf of any series or class and the Bank or Trust Company appointed as custodian.
Section 3. ENDORSEMENTS, ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFER OF SECURITIES. All endorsements, assignments, stock powers or other instruments of transfer of securities standing in the name of the Corporation or its nominee or directions for the transfer of securities belonging to the Corporation shall be made by such Officer or Officers, employee or employees, or agent or agents as may be authorized by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.
ARTICLE VII
BOOKS AND RECORDS
Section 1. LOCATION. The books and records of the Corporation, including the stock ledger or ledgers, may be kept in or outside the State of Wisconsin at such office or agency of the Corporation as may be from time to time determined by the Board of Directors.
10
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 1. SEAL. The Seal of the Corporation shall be a disk inscribed with the words Marshall Funds, Inc. 1992 - Incorporated Wisconsin.
Section 2. FISCAL YEAR. The Fiscal Year of the Corporation shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE IX
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 1. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. The Corporation shall indemnify its Directors to the fullest extent that indemnification of directors is permitted by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law and applicable federal and Wisconsin state securities laws. The Corporation shall indemnify its Officers to the same extent as its Directors and to such further extent as is consistent with law. The Corporation shall indemnify its Directors and Officers who while serving as Directors or Officers also serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or employee benefit plan to the fullest extent consistent with law. The indemnification and other rights provided by this Article shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director or Officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. This Article shall not protect any such person against any liability to the Corporation or any shareholder thereof to which such person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office (disabling conduct).
Section 2. ADVANCES. Any current or former Director or Officer of the Corporation seeking indemnification within the scope of this Article shall be entitled to advances from the Corporation for payment of the reasonable expenses incurred by him in connection with the matter as to which he is seeking indemnification in the manner and to fullest extent permissible under the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law. The person seeking such advances shall provide to the Corporation a written affirmation of his or her good faith belief that he or she has not breached or failed to perform a duty that he or she owes to the Corporation which constitutes conduct under Section 180.0851(2)(a) of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law and a written undertaking to repay any such advance if it should ultimately be determined that indemnification is not required or ordered by a court as provided in the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law. In addition, at least one of the following additional conditions shall be met: (a) the person seeking indemnification shall provide a security in form and amount acceptable to the Corporation for his or her undertaking; (b) the Corporation is insured against losses arising by reason of the advance, or (c) a majority of a quorum of directors of the Corporation who are neither interested persons as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act, nor parties to the proceeding (disinterested non-party directors), or independent legal counsel, in a written opinion, shall have determined, based on a review of facts readily available to the Corporation at the time the advance is proposed to be made, that there is reason to believe that the person seeking indemnification will ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification.
11
Section 3. PROCEDURE. At the request of any person claiming indemnification under this Article, the Board of Directors shall determine, or cause to be determined, in a manner consistent with the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, whether the standards required by this Article have been met. Indemnification shall be made only following: (a) a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that the person to be indemnified was not liable by reason of disabling conduct or (b) in the absence of such a decision, a reasonable determination, based upon a review of the facts, that the person to be indemnified was not liable by reason of disabling conduct by (i) the vote of a majority of a quorum of disinterested non-party directors or (ii) an independent legal counsel in a written opinion.
Section 4. INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS. Employees and agents who are not Officers or Directors of the Corporation may be indemnified, and reasonable expenses may be advanced to such employees or agents, as may be provided by action of the Board of Directors or by contract, subject to any limitations imposed by the Investment Company Act.
Section 5. OTHER RIGHTS. The Board of Directors may make further provisions consistent with law for indemnification and advance of expenses to Directors, Officers, employees and agents by resolution, agreement or otherwise. The indemnification provided by this Article IX shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right, with respect to indemnification or otherwise, to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any insurance or other agreement or resolution of shareholders or disinterested non-party directors or otherwise.
Section 6. AMENDMENTS. References in this Article are to the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law and to the Investment Company Act each as from time to time amended. No amendment of these By-Laws shall affect any right of any person under this Article based on any event, omission or proceeding prior to the amendment.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENTS
Section 1. The Board of Directors shall have the power to alter, amend or repeal any By-Laws of the Corporation and to make new By-Laws.
12
Exhibit (e)
DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made as of this 1st day of September, 2004, by and between the Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, a Wisconsin trust company bank (the M&I), Marshall Funds, Inc. (the Marshall Funds) and Grand Distribution Services, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company (the Distributor).
WHEREAS, M&I is the administrator to the Marshall Funds, an open-end management investment company which is authorized to issue shares of beneficial interests in separate series with each such series representing the interests in a separate portfolio of securities and other assets under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act);
WHEREAS , the Distributor is registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 1934 Act), and is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the NASD); and
WHEREAS , M&I and the Distributor desire to enter into an agreement pursuant to which the Distributor shall be the distributor of the shares of the Marshall Funds representing the investment portfolios described on Schedule A hereto and any additional shares and/or investment portfolios M&I and the Distributor may agree upon and include on Schedule A as such Schedule may be amended from time to time (such shares and any additional shares are referred to as the Shares and such investment portfolios and any additional investment portfolios are individually referred to as a Fund and collectively the Funds).
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows:
1. Appointment of the Distributor .
M&I hereby appoints the Distributor as agent for the distribution of the Shares, on the terms and for the period set forth in this Agreement. The Distributor hereby accepts such appointment as agent for the distribution of the Shares on the terms and for the period set forth in this Agreement.
2. Services and Duties of the Distributor .
2.1 The Distributor will act as agent for the distribution of Shares in accordance with the instructions of the Funds Board of Directors and the registration statement and prospectuses then in effect with respect to the Funds under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 1933 Act).
2.2 The Distributor may incur expenses for appropriate distribution activities which it deems reasonable which are primarily intended to result in the sale of Shares, including, but not limited to, advertising, the printing and mailing of prospectuses to other than current
shareholders, and the printing and mailing of sales literature. At the direction of M&I, the Distributor may enter into servicing and/or selling agreements with qualified broker/dealers and other persons with respect to the offering of Shares to the public, and if it so chooses, the Distributor may act as principal. The Distributor shall not be obligated to incur any specific expenses nor sell any certain number of Shares of any Fund.
2.3 All Shares of the Funds offered for sale by the Distributor shall be offered for sale to the public at a price per share (the offering price) provided in the Funds then current prospectus. The Distributor shall have no liability for the payment of the purchase price of the Shares sold pursuant to this Agreement or with respect to redemptions or repurchases of Shares.
2.4 The Distributor shall act as distributor of the Shares in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, all rules and regulations made or adopted pursuant to the 1940 Act, by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) and the NASD.
2.5 The Distributor shall not utilize any materials in connection with the sales or offering of Shares except the Funds prospectus and statement of additional information and such other materials as M&I shall provide or approve. The Distributor agrees to provide compliance review of all sales literature and marketing materials prepared for use by or on behalf of the Funds in advance of the use of such materials. M&I agrees to incorporate such changes to such materials as the Distributor shall request. The Distributor will file the materials as may be required with the NASD, SEC or state securities commissioners. M&I represents that it will not use or authorize the use of any advertising or sales material unless and until such materials have been approved and authorized for use by the Distributor.
2.6 As compensation for the services performed hereunder and the expenses incurred by the Distributor, the Distributor shall be entitled to the fees and be reimbursed the expenses as provided in Exhibit B hereto.
3. Duties and Representations of M&I and the Marshall Funds
3.1 The Marshall Funds represents that it is registered as an open-end management investment company under the 1940 Act and that it has and will continue to act in conformity with its Articles of Incorporation, By-Laws, its registration statement as may be amended from time to time and resolutions and other instructions of its Board of Directors and has and will continue to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations including without limitation the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act, the laws of the states in which shares of the Funds are offered and sold, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
3.2 M&I shall take or cause to be taken all necessary action to register and maintain the registration of the Shares under the 1933 Act for sale as herein contemplated and shall pay all costs and expenses in connection with the registration of Shares under the 1933 Act, and be responsible for all expenses in connection with maintaining facilities for the issue and transfer of Shares and for supplying information, prices and other data to be furnished by M&I hereunder.
3.3 M&I shall execute any and all documents and furnish any and all information and otherwise take all actions which may be reasonably necessary in the discretion of the Funds
officers in connection with the qualification of the Shares for sale in such states as the Distributor and M&I may approve, shall maintain the qualification of a sufficient number or amount of shares thereunder, and shall pay all costs and expenses in connection with such qualification. M&I shall notify the Distributor, or cause it to be notified, of the states in which the Shares may be sold and shall notify the Distributor of any change to the information.
3.4 M&I shall, at its expense, keep the Distributor fully informed with regard to the affairs of the Marshall Funds. In addition, M&I shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Distributor from time to time such information, documents and reports with respect to the Funds and the Shares as the Distributor may reasonably request, and M&I warrants that the statements contained in any such information shall be true and correct and fairly represent what they purport to represent.
3.5 M&I represents to the Distributor that all registration statements and prospectuses of the Funds filed or to be filed with the Commission under the 1933 Act and 1940 Act with respect to the Shares have been and will be prepared in conformity with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. As used in this Agreement the terms registration statement and prospectus shall mean any registration statement and prospectus (together with the related statement of additional information) at any time now or hereafter filed with the Commission with respect to any of the Shares and any amendments and supplements thereto which at any time shall have been or will be filed with said Commission. M&I represents and warrants to the Distributor that any registration statement and prospectus, when such registration statement becomes effective, will contain all statements required to be stated therein in conformity with the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission; that all information contained in the registration statement and prospectus will be true and correct in all material respects when such registration statement becomes effective; and that neither the registration statement nor any prospectus when such registration statement becomes effective will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. M&I agrees to file or cause to be filed from time to time such amendments, supplements, reports and other documents as may be necessary or required in order to comply with the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act and in order that there may be no untrue statement of a material fact in a registration statement or prospectus, or necessary or required in order that there may be no omission to state a material fact in the registration statement or prospectus which omission would make the statements therein misleading. M&I shall promptly notify the Distributor of any advice given to it by its counsel or counsel to the Funds regarding the necessity or advisability of amending or supplementing the registration statement.
3.6 If M&I shall not propose an amendment or amendments and/or supplement or supplements promptly after receipt by M&I of a written request in good faith from the Distributor to do so, the Distributor may, at its option, immediately terminate this Agreement. In addition, if, at any time during the term of this Agreement, the Distributor requests M&I to make any change in its governing instruments or in its methods of doing business which are necessary in order to comply with any requirement of applicable law or regulation, and M&I fails to make any such change as requested, the Distributor may terminate this Agreement forthwith by written notice to M&I without payment of any penalty. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall in any way limit M&Is right or obligation to file at any time any amendments to any registration
statement and/or supplements to any prospectus, of whatever character, as M&I may deem advisable, with advice of its counsel or the Funds counsel, such right being in all respects absolute and unconditional.
3.7 Whenever in their judgment such action is warranted by market, economic or political conditions, or by circumstances of any kind, M&I may decline to accept any orders for, or make any sales of, any Shares until such time as it deems it advisable to accept such orders and to make such sales and M&I shall advise the Distributor promptly of such determination.
3.8 M&I agrees to advise the Distributor promptly in writing:
(i) of any correspondence or other communication by the Commission or its staff relating to the Funds including requests by the Commission for amendments to the registration statement or prospectuses;
(ii) in the event of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or prospectuses then in effect or the initiation of any proceeding for that purpose;
(iii) of the happening of any event which makes untrue any statement of a material fact made in the registration statement or prospectuses or which requires the making of a change in such registration statement or prospectuses in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and
(iv) of all actions taken by the Commission with respect to any amendments to any registration statement or prospectus which may from time to time be filed with the Commission.
4. Indemnification .
4.1(a) M&I authorizes the Distributor to use any then current prospectus or statement of additional information, in the form most recently furnished to the Distributor from time to time, in connection with the sale of Shares. M&I shall indemnify, defend and hold the Distributor, and each of its present or former directors, members, officers, employees, representatives and any person who controls or previously controlled the Distributor within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (Distributor Indemnitees), free and harmless (a) from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, liabilities, damages, charges, payments, costs and expenses (including the costs of investigating or defending any alleged losses, claims, demands, liabilities, damages, charges, payments, costs or expenses and any counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) of any and every nature (Losses) which the Distributor and/or each of the Distributor Indemnitees may incur under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, any other statute (including Blue Sky laws) or any rule or regulation thereunder, or under common law or otherwise, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement, or alleged untrue statement, of a material fact contained in the registration statement or any prospectus, an annual or interim report to shareholders or sales literature, or any amendments or supplements thereto, or arising out of or based upon any omission, or alleged omission, to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that M&Is obligation to indemnify the Distributor and any of the foregoing indemnitees shall not be deemed to cover any Losses arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made
therein in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to the Distributor and furnished to M&I or its counsel by the Distributor in writing for the purpose of, and used in, the preparation thereof; (b) from and against any and all Losses which the Distributor and/or each of the Distributor Indemnitees may incur in connection with this Agreement or the Distributors performance hereunder, except to the extent the Losses result from the Distributors willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement, (c) from and against any and all Losses which the Distributor and/or each of the Distributor Indemnitees may incur resulting from the actions or inactions of any prior service provider to the Funds, or (d) from and against any and all Losses which the Distributor and/or each of the Distributor Indemnitees may incur when acting in accordance with instructions from M&I or its representatives. Promptly after receipt by the Distributor of notice of the commencement of an investigation, action, claim or proceeding, the Distributor shall, if a claim for indemnification in respect thereof is to be made under this section, notify M&I in writing of the commencement thereof, although the failure to do so shall not prevent recovery by the Distributor or any Distributor Indemnitee.
4.1(b) M&I shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any such loss, claim, demand, liability, damage or expense, but if M&I elects to assume the defense, such defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by M&I and approved by the Distributor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event M&I elects to assume the defense of any such suit and retain such counsel and notifies the Distributor of such election, the indemnified defendant or defendants in such suit shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by them subsequent to the receipt of M&Is election. If M&I does not elect to assume the defense of any such suit, or in case the Distributor does not, in the exercise of reasonable judgment, approve of counsel chosen by M&I, or in case there is a conflict of interest between M&I and the Distributor or any of the Distributor Indemnitees, M&I will reimburse the indemnified person or persons named as defendant or defendants in such suit, for the fees and expenses of any counsel retained by the Distributor and them. M&Is indemnification agreement contained in this Section 4.1 and M&Is representations and warranties in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Distributor and each of the Distributor Indemnitees, and shall survive the delivery of any Shares and the termination of this Agreement. This agreement of indemnity will inure exclusively to the Distributors benefit, to the benefit of each of the Distributor Indemnitees, and their estates and successors. M&I agrees promptly to notify the Distributor of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the Funds or any of their officers or directors in connection with the issue and sale of any of the Shares.
4.1(c) M&I acknowledges and agrees that in the event the Distributor, at the direction of M&I, is required to give indemnification to any entity selling Shares or providing shareholder services to shareholders or others and such entity shall make a claim for indemnification against the Distributor, the Distributor shall make a similar claim for indemnification against M&I and shall be entitled to such indemnification.
4.2(a) The Distributor shall indemnify, defend and hold M&I, and each of its present or former directors, officers, employees, representatives, and any person who controls or previously controlled M&I within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (M&I Indemnitees), free
and harmless from and against any and all Losses which M&I, and each of its present or former directors, officers, employees, representatives, or any such controlling person, may incur under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, any other statute (including Blue Sky laws) or any rule or regulation thereunder, or under common law or otherwise, (a) arising out of or based upon any untrue, or alleged untrue, statement of a material fact contained in the Funds registration statement or any prospectus, as from time to time amended or supplemented, or the omission, or alleged omission, to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement not misleading, but only if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon, and in conformity with, information relating to the Distributor and furnished in writing to M&I or its counsel by the Distributor for the purpose of, and used in, the preparation thereof, and (b) to the extent any Losses arise out of or result from the Distributors willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement; the Distributors agreement to indemnify M&I and any of the M&I Indemnitees shall not be deemed to cover any Losses to the extent they arise out of or result from M&Is willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties, under this Agreement. Promptly after receipt by M&I of notice of the commencement of an investigation, action, claim or proceeding, M&I shall, if a claim for indemnification in respect thereof is to be made under this section, notify the Distributor in writing of the commencement thereof, although the failure to do so shall not prevent recovery by M&I or any M&I Indemnitee.
4.2(b) The Distributor shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense or, if it so elects, to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any such loss, claim, demand, liability, damage or expense, but if the Distributor elects to assume the defense, such defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by the Distributor and approved by M&I, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event the Distributor elects to assume the defense of any such suit and retain such counsel and notifies the Distributor of such election, the indemnified defendant or defendants in such suit shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by them subsequent to the receipt of the Distributors election. If the Distributor does not elect to assume the defense of any such suit, or in case M&I does not, in the exercise of reasonable judgment, approve of counsel chosen by the Distributor, the Distributor will reimburse the indemnified person or persons named as defendant or defendants in such suit, for the fees and expenses of any counsel retained by M&I and them. The Distributors indemnification agreement contained in this Section 4.2 and the Distributors representations and warranties in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of M&I or any of the M&I Indemnitees, and shall survive the delivery of any Shares and the termination of this Agreement. This agreement of indemnity will inure exclusively to M&Is benefit, to the benefit of each of the M&I Indemnitees and their estates and successors. The Distributor agrees promptly to notify M&I of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against the Distributor or any of its officers or members in connection with the issue and sale of any of the Shares.
5. Offering of Shares .
No Shares shall be offered by either the Distributor or M&I under any of the provisions of this Agreement and no orders for the purchase or sale of such Shares hereunder shall be accepted by M&I if and so long as the effectiveness of the registration statement then in effect or any
necessary amendments thereto shall be suspended under any of the provisions of the 1933 Act, or if and so long as the current prospectus as required by Section 10 of the 1933 Act, as amended, is not on file with the Commission; provided, however, that nothing contained in this paragraph 5 shall in any way restrict or have an application to or bearing upon the Funds obligation to repurchase Shares from any shareholder in accordance with the provisions of the prospectus or articles of incorporation.
6. Limitation of Liability
6.1 The Distributor shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by M&I in connection with the performance of its obligations and duties under this Agreement, except a loss resulting from the Distributors willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of such duties and obligations, or by reason of its reckless disregard thereof. Furthermore, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Distributor shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in accordance with instructions received by the Distributor from an officer or representative of M&I or for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any prior service provider of the Funds.
6.2 The Distributor assumes no responsibility hereunder, and shall not be liable, for any default, damage, loss of data, errors, delay or any other loss whatsoever caused by events beyond its reasonable control. The Distributor will, however, take all reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions for any period that such interruption continues beyond its control. Notwithstanding anything in this agreement to the contrary, in no event shall either party, its affiliates or any of its or their directors, members, officers, employees, agents or subcontractors, be liable for lost profits or consequential damages.
7. Term and Fees .
7.1 This Agreement shall become effective with respect to each Fund listed on Schedule A hereof as of the date hereof and, with respect to each Fund not in existence on that date, on the date an amendment to Schedule A to this Agreement relating to that Fund is executed. Unless sooner terminated as provided herein, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to each Fund until September 1, 2005. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue automatically in effect as to each Fund for successive annual periods, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the Funds Board of Directors or (ii) the vote of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act and Rule 18f-2 thereunder) of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund, and provided that in either event the continuance is also approved by a majority of the Funds Board of Directors who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to this Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
7.2 This Agreement may be terminated without penalty with respect to a particular Fund (1) through a failure to renew this Agreement at the end of a term, (2) upon mutual consent of the parties, or (3) on no less than thirty (30) days written notice, by the Funds Board of Directors, by vote of a majority (as defined with respect to voting securities in the 1940 Act and Rule 18f-2 thereunder) of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund, or by the Distributor (which notice may be waived by the party entitled to such notice). The terms of this Agreement
shall not be waived, altered, modified, amended or supplemented in any manner whatsoever except by a written instrument signed by the Distributor and M&I. This Agreement will also terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).
7.3 In the event of termination of this Agreement, all reasonable expenses associated with movement of records and materials and conversion thereof shall be borne by M&I.
7.4 The fees payable pursuant to this Agreement are set forth on Exhibit B and shall be payable by M&I.
8. Miscellaneous .
8.1 The services of the Distributor rendered to the Funds are not deemed to be exclusive. The Distributor may render such services and any other services to others, including other investment companies. M&I recognizes that from time to time members, officers, and employees of the Distributor may serve as directors, trustees, officers and employees of other entities (including other investment companies), that such other entities may include the name of the Distributor as part of their name and that the Distributor or its affiliates may enter into distribution, administration, fund accounting, transfer agent or other agreements with such other entities.
8.2 The Distributor agrees on behalf of itself and its employees to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Funds all records relative to the Funds shareholders, not to use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, and not to disclose such information except where the Distributor may be exposed to civil or criminal proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities or court process, when subject to governmental or regulatory audit or investigation, or when so requested by M&I. In case of any requests or demands for inspection of the records of the Funds, the Distributor will endeavor to notify M&I promptly and to secure instructions from a representative of M&I as to such inspection. Records and information which have become known to the public through no wrongful act of the Distributor or any of its employees, agents or representatives, and information which was already in the possession of the Distributor prior to receipt thereof, shall not be subject to this paragraph.
8.3 This Agreement shall be governed by Wisconsin law, excluding the laws on conflicts of laws. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Wisconsin, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control, and nothing herein shall be construed in a manner inconsistent with the 1940 Act or any rule or order of the Commission thereunder. Any provision of this Agreement which may be determined by competent authority to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. In such case, the parties shall in good faith modify or substitute such provision consistent with the original intent of the parties.
8.4 Any notice required or to be permitted to be given by either party to the other shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, as follows: Notice to the Distributor shall be sent to Grand Distribution Services, LLC, 803 West Michigan Street, Suite A, Milwaukee, WI, 53233, Attention: Peter Hammond, and notice to M&I shall be sent to Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, 1000 North Water Street, Milwaukee, WI, 53202, Attention: President.
8.5 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original agreement but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
8.6 The captions of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise effect their construction or effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.
MARSHALL & ILSLEY TRUST COMPANY | ||
(M&I) |
||
By: |
/s/ John M. Blaser |
|
MARSHALL FUNDS | ||
(the Marshall Funds) |
||
By: |
/s/ John M. Blaser |
|
GRAND DISTRIBUTION SERVICES, LLC | ||
(the Distributor) |
||
By: |
/s/ Constance Dye Shannon |
Schedule A
to the
Distribution Agreement
by and between
Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company
Marshall Funds, Inc.
and
Grand Distribution Services, LLC
Name of Funds
Marshall Equity Income Fund
Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund
Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund
Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund
Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund
Marshall International Stock Fund
Marshall Government Income Fund
Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund
Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund
Marshall Short-Term Income Fund
Marshall Money Market Fund
Marshall Government Money Market Fund
Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund
Schedule C
to the
Distribution Agreement
by and between
Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company
Marshall Funds, Inc.
and
Grand Distribution Services, LLC
Services
| Prepare expense, compliance and other reports for Board; |
| Train staff on regulatory and financial aspects of sales contests and incentive programs; |
| Maintain registration of broker-dealer at NASD and states levels; |
| Review and file with NASD advertising and sales literature (including web site); |
| Maintain files of advertising and sales literature, as required; |
| Monitor Distributors code of ethics, insider trading and compliance procedures; |
| Collect, process and pay sales loads and/or 12b-1 fees |
| Calculate unreminbursed 12b-1 fees; |
| Upon request, prepare reports on distribution expenses; |
| Maintain dealer, shareholder servicing and other related agreements with financial intermediaries; |
| Facilitate NSCC Fund/SERV trading functions; |
| Prepare report on Distributors code of ethics for Board; and |
| Execute acceleration requests, as necessary. |
Distribution Reporting
| Prepare 12b-1 and expense reports for the Board of Directors as needed |
| Consult with M&I and others, as appropriate, concerning regulatory, financial and disclosure requirements for sales contests and incentive programs and related marketing materials; |
| Maintain registration of Distributor with the NASD and all 50 states; |
| Review, provide comments and approve advertising and sales literature; |
| File advertising and sales literature with the NASD and maintain records as required; |
| Monitor Distributors Code of Ethics and Insider Trading Policy; |
| Authorize payment of sales loads and 12b-1 payments; |
| Review any request for unreimbursed 12b-1 fees; |
| Prepare reports concerning distribution expenses as needed; |
| Maintain dealer and other agreements with financial institutions; |
| As needed, execute Rule 461 filings (request for acceleration of effective date of a registration statement; |
| Upon request, prepare report on Distributors Code of Ethic |
Exhibit (g.3)
CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT made as of this 1st day of September, 2004, between Marshall Funds, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the Fund), and INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company (the Bank).
The Fund, an open-end management investment company on behalf of the portfolios/series listed on Appendix A hereto (as such Appendix A may be amended from time to time) (each a Portfolio and collectively, the Portfolios), desires to place and maintain all of its portfolio securities and cash in the custody of the Bank. The Bank has at least the minimum qualifications required by Section 17(f)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act) to act as custodian of the portfolio securities and cash of the Fund, and has indicated its willingness to so act, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Bank Appointed Custodian . The Fund hereby appoints the Bank as custodian of its portfolio securities and cash delivered to the Bank as hereinafter described and the Bank agrees to act as such upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. For the services rendered pursuant to this Agreement the Fund agrees to pay to the Bank fees as may be agreed to from time to time in writing between the parties.
2. Definitions . Whenever used herein, the terms listed below will have the following meaning:
2.1 Authorized Person . Authorized Person will mean any of the persons duly authorized to give Proper Instructions or otherwise act on behalf of the Fund by appropriate resolution of its Board, and set forth in a certificate as required by Section 4 hereof.
2.2 Board . Board will mean the Board of Directors or the Board of Trustees of the Fund, as the case may be.
2.3 Security . The term security as used herein will have the same meaning assigned to such term in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including, without limitation, any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security, certificate of deposit, or group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to a foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a security, or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to, or option contract to purchase or sell any of the foregoing, and futures, forward contracts and options thereon.
2.4 Portfolio Security . Portfolio Security will mean any security owned by the Fund.
2.5 Officers Certificate . Officers Certificate will mean, unless otherwise indicated, any request, direction, instruction, or certification in writing signed by any two Authorized Persons of the Fund.
2.6 Book-Entry System . Book-Entry System shall mean the Federal Reserve-Treasury Department Book Entry System for United States government, instrumentality and agency securities operated by the Federal Reserve Bank, its successor or successors and its nominee or nominees.
2.7 Depository . Depository shall mean The Depository Trust Company (DTC), a clearing agency registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act), its successor or successors and its nominee or nominees. The term Depository shall further mean and include any other person authorized to act as a depository under the 1940 Act, its successor or successors and its nominee or nominees, specifically identified in a certified copy of a resolution of the Board.
2.8 Proper Instructions . Proper Instructions shall mean (i) instructions regarding the purchase or sale of Portfolio Securities, and payments and deliveries in connection therewith, given by an Authorized Person, such instructions to be given in such form and manner as the Bank and the Fund shall agree upon from time to time, and (ii) instructions (which may be continuing instructions) regarding other matters signed or initialed by an Authorized Person. Oral instructions will be considered Proper Instructions if the Bank reasonably believes them to have been given by an Authorized Person. The Fund shall cause all oral instructions to be promptly confirmed in writing. The Bank shall act upon and comply with any subsequent Proper Instruction which modifies a prior instruction and the sole obligation of the Bank with respect to any follow-up or confirming instruction shall be to make reasonable efforts to detect any discrepancy between the original instruction and such confirmation and to report such discrepancy to the Fund. The Fund shall be responsible, at the Funds expense, for taking any action, including any reprocessing, necessary to correct any such discrepancy or error, and to the extent such action requires the Bank to act, the Fund shall give the Bank specific Proper Instructions as to the action required. Upon receipt by the Bank of an Officers Certificate as to the authorization by the Board accompanied by a detailed description of procedures approved by the Fund, Proper Instructions may include communication effected directly between electro-mechanical or electronic devices provided that the Board and the Bank agree in writing that such procedures afford adequate safeguards for the Funds assets.
3. Separate Accounts . If the Fund has more than one series or portfolio, the Bank will segregate the assets of each series or portfolio to which this Agreement relates into a separate account for each such series or portfolio containing the assets of such series or portfolio (and all investment earnings thereon). Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference in this Agreement to any actions to be taken by the Fund shall be deemed to refer to the Fund acting on behalf of one or more of its series, any reference in this Agreement to any assets of the Fund, including, without limitation, any portfolio securities and cash and earnings thereon, shall be deemed to refer only to assets of the applicable series, any duty or obligation of the Bank hereunder to the Fund shall be deemed to refer to duties and obligations with respect to such individual series and any obligation or liability of the Fund hereunder shall be binding only with respect to such individual series, and shall be discharged only out of the assets of such series.
4. Certification as to Authorized Persons . The Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Fund will at all times maintain on file with the Bank his or her certification to the Bank, in such form as may be acceptable to the Bank, of (i) the names and signatures of the Authorized Persons and (ii) the names of the members of the Board, it being understood that upon the occurrence of any change in the information set forth in the most recent certification on file (including without limitation any person named in the most recent certification who is no longer an Authorized Person as designated therein), the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Fund will sign a new or amended certification setting forth the change and the new, additional or omitted names or signatures. The Bank will be entitled to rely and act upon any Officers Certificate given to it by the Fund which has been signed by Authorized Persons named in the most recent certification received by the Bank.
2
5. Custody of Cash . As custodian for the Fund, the Bank will open and maintain a separate account or accounts in the name of the Fund or in the name of the Bank, as Custodian of the Fund, and will deposit to the account of the Fund all of the cash of the Fund, except for cash held by a subcustodian appointed pursuant to Sections 14.2 or 14.3 hereof, including borrowed funds, delivered to the Bank, subject only to draft or order by the Bank acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Pursuant to the Banks internal policies regarding the management of cash accounts, the Bank may segregate certain portions of the cash of the Fund into a separate savings deposit account upon which the Bank reserves the right to require seven (7) days notice prior to withdrawal of cash from such an account. Upon receipt by the Bank of Proper Instructions (which may be continuing instructions) or in the case of payments for redemptions and repurchases of outstanding shares of common stock of the Fund, notification from the Funds transfer agent as provided in Section 7, requesting such payment, designating the payee or the account or accounts to which the Bank will release funds for deposit, and stating that it is for a purpose permitted under the terms of this Section 5, specifying the applicable subsection, the Bank will make payments of cash held for the accounts of the Fund, insofar as funds are available for that purpose, only as permitted in subsections 5.1-5.9 below.
5.1 Purchase of Securities . Upon the purchase of securities for the Fund, against contemporaneous receipt of such securities by the Bank or against delivery of such securities to the Bank in accordance with generally accepted settlement practices and customs in the jurisdiction or market in which the transaction occurs registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of, or properly endorsed and in form for transfer to, the Bank, or a nominee of the Bank, or receipt for the account of the Bank pursuant to the provisions of Section 6 below, each such payment to be made at the purchase price shown on a brokers confirmation (or transaction report in the case of Book Entry Paper (as that term is defined in Section 6.6 hereof)) of purchase of the securities received by the Bank before such payment is made, as confirmed in the Proper Instructions received by the Bank before such payment is made.
5.2 Redemptions . In such amount as may be necessary for the repurchase or redemption of common shares of the Fund offered for repurchase or redemption in accordance with Section 7 of this Agreement.
5.3 Distributions and Expenses of Fund . For the payment on the account of the Fund of dividends or other distributions to shareholders as may from time to time be declared by the Board, interest, taxes, management or supervisory fees, distribution fees, fees of the Bank for its services hereunder and reimbursement of the expenses and liabilities of the Bank, fees of any transfer agent, fees for legal, accounting, and auditing services, or other operating expenses of the Fund.
5.4 Payment in Respect of Securities . For payments in connection with the conversion, exchange or surrender of Portfolio Securities or securities subscribed to by the Fund held by or to be delivered to the Bank.
5.5 Repayment of Loans . To repay loans of money made to the Fund, but, in the case of final payment, only upon redelivery to the Bank of any Portfolio Securities pledged or hypothecated therefor and upon surrender of documents evidencing the loan;
5.6 Repayment of Cash . To repay the cash delivered to the Fund for the purpose of collateralizing the obligation to return to the Fund certificates borrowed from the Fund representing Portfolio Securities, but only upon redelivery to the Bank of such borrowed certificates.
5.7 Foreign Exchange Transactions .
(a) For payments in connection with foreign exchange contracts or options to purchase and sell foreign currencies for spot and future delivery (collectively, Foreign Exchange
3
Agreements) which may be entered into by the Bank on behalf of the Fund upon the receipt of Proper Instructions, such Proper Instructions to specify the currency broker or banking institution (which may be the Bank, or any other subcustodian or agent hereunder, acting as principal) with which the contract or option is made, and the Bank shall have no duty with respect to the selection of such currency brokers or banking institutions with which the Fund deals or for their failure to comply with the terms of any contract or option.
(b) In order to secure any payments in connection with Foreign Exchange Agreements which may be entered into by the Bank pursuant to Proper Instructions, the Fund agrees that the Bank shall have a continuing lien and security interest, to the extent of any payment due under any Foreign Exchange Agreement, in and to any property at any time held by the Bank for the Funds benefit or in which the Fund has an interest and which is then in the Banks possession or control (or in the possession or control of any third party acting on the Banks behalf). The Fund authorizes the Bank, in the Banks sole discretion, at any time to charge any such payment due under any Foreign Exchange Agreement against any balance of account standing to the credit of the Fund on the Banks books.
5.8 Other Authorized Payments . For other authorized transactions of the Fund, or other obligations of the Fund incurred for proper Fund purposes; provided that before making any such payment the Bank will also receive a certified copy of a resolution of the Board signed by an Authorized Person (other than the Person certifying such resolution) and certified by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, naming the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made, and either describing the transaction for which payment is to be made and declaring it to be an authorized transaction of the Fund, or specifying the amount of the obligation for which payment is to be made, setting forth the purpose for which such obligation was incurred and declaring such purpose to be a proper corporate purpose.
5.9 Termination : Upon the termination of this Agreement as hereinafter set forth pursuant to Section 8 and Section 16 of this Agreement.
6. Securities .
6.1 Segregation and Registration . Except as otherwise provided herein, and except for securities to be delivered to any subcustodian appointed pursuant to Sections 14.2 or 14.3 hereof, the Bank as custodian will receive and hold pursuant to the provisions hereof, in a separate account or accounts and physically segregated at all times from those of other persons, any and all Portfolio Securities which may now or hereafter be delivered to it by or for the account of the Fund. All such Portfolio Securities will be held or disposed of by the Bank for, and subject at all times to, the instructions of the Fund pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Subject to the specific provisions herein relating to Portfolio Securities that are not physically held by the Bank, the Bank will register all Portfolio Securities (unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions or an Officers Certificate), in the name of a registered nominee of the Bank as defined in the Internal Revenue Code and any Regulations of the Treasury Department issued thereunder, and will execute and deliver all such certificates in connection therewith as may be required by such laws or regulations or under the laws of any state.
The Fund will from time to time furnish to the Bank appropriate instruments to enable it to hold or deliver in proper form for transfer, or to register in the name of its registered nominee, any Portfolio Securities which may from time to time be registered in the name of the Fund.
6.2 Voting and Proxies . Neither the Bank nor any nominee of the Bank will vote any of the Portfolio Securities held hereunder, except in accordance with Proper Instructions or an Officers Certificate. The Bank will execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to the Fund all notices, proxies and proxy soliciting materials delivered to the Bank with respect to such Securities, such proxies to be executed by the registered holder of such Securities (if registered otherwise than in the name of the Fund), but without indicating the manner in which such proxies are to be voted.
4
6.3 Corporate Action . If at any time the Bank is notified that an issuer of any Portfolio Security has taken or intends to take a corporate action (a Corporate Action) that affects the rights, privileges, powers, preferences, qualifications or ownership of a Portfolio Security, including without limitation, liquidation, consolidation, merger, recapitalization, reorganization, reclassification, subdivision, combination, stock split or stock dividend, which Corporate Action requires an affirmative response or action on the part of the holder of such Portfolio Security (a Response), the Bank shall notify the Fund promptly of the Corporate Action, the Response required in connection with the Corporate Action and the Banks deadline for receipt from the Fund of Proper Instructions regarding the Response (the Response Deadline). The Bank shall forward to the Fund via telecopier and/or overnight courier all notices, information statements or other materials relating to the Corporate Action promptly after receipt of such materials by the Bank.
(a) The Bank shall act upon a required Response only after receipt by the Bank of Proper Instructions from the Fund no later than 5:00 p.m. on the date specified as the Response Deadline and only if the Bank (or its agent or subcustodian hereunder) has actual possession of all necessary Securities, consents and other materials no later than 5:00 p.m. on the date specified as the Response Deadline.
(b) The Bank shall have no duty to act upon a required Response if Proper Instructions relating to such Response and all necessary Securities, consents and other materials are not received by and in the possession of the Bank no later than 5:00 p.m. on the date specified as the Response Deadline. Notwithstanding, the Bank may, in its sole discretion, use its best efforts to act upon a Response for which Proper Instructions and/or necessary Securities, consents or other materials are received by the Bank after 5:00 p.m. on the date specified as the Response Deadline, it being acknowledged and agreed by the parties that any undertaking by the Bank to use its best efforts in such circumstances shall in no way create any duty upon the Bank to complete such Response prior to its expiration.
(c) In the event that the Fund notifies the Bank of a Corporate Action requiring a Response and the Bank has received no other notice of such Corporate Action, the Response Deadline shall be 48 hours prior to the Response expiration time set by the depository processing such Corporate Action.
(d) Section 14.3(e) of this Agreement shall govern any Corporate Action involving Foreign Portfolio Securities held by a Selected Foreign Sub-Custodian.
6.4 Book-Entry System . Provided (i) the Bank has received a certified copy of a resolution of the Board specifically approving deposits of Fund assets in the Book-Entry System, and (ii) for any subsequent changes to such arrangements following such approval, the Board has reviewed and approved the arrangement and has not delivered an Officers Certificate to the Bank indicating that the Board has withdrawn its approval:
(a) The Bank may keep Portfolio Securities in the Book-Entry System provided that such Portfolio Securities are represented in an account (Account) of the Bank (or its agent) in such System which shall not include any assets of the Bank (or such agent) other than assets held as a fiduciary, custodian, or otherwise for customers;
5
(b) The records of the Bank (and any such agent) with respect to the Funds participation in the Book-Entry System through the Bank (or any such agent) will identify by book entry the Portfolio Securities which are included with other securities deposited in the Account and shall at all times during the regular business hours of the Bank (or such agent) be open for inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Fund. Where securities are transferred to the Funds account, the Bank shall also, by book entry or otherwise, identify as belonging to the Fund a quantity of securities in a fungible bulk of securities (i) registered in the name of the Bank or its nominee, or (ii) shown on the Banks account on the books of the Federal Reserve Bank;
(c) The Bank (or its agent) shall pay for securities purchased for the account of the Fund or shall pay cash collateral against the return of Portfolio Securities loaned by the Fund upon (i) receipt of advice from the Book-Entry System that such Securities have been transferred to the Account, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of the Bank (or its agent) to reflect such payment and transfer for the account of the Fund. The Bank (or its agent) shall transfer securities sold or loaned for the account of the Fund upon
(i) receipt of advice from the Book-Entry System that payment for securities sold or payment of the initial cash collateral against the delivery of securities loaned by the Fund has been transferred to the Account; and
(ii) the making of an entry on the records of the Bank (or its agent) to reflect such transfer and payment for the account of the Fund. Copies of all advices from the Book-Entry System of transfers of securities for the account of the Fund shall identify the Fund, be maintained for the Fund by the Bank and shall be provided to the Fund at its request. The Bank shall send the Fund a confirmation, as defined by Rule 17f-4 of the 1940 Act, of any transfers to or from the account of the Fund;
(d) The Bank will promptly provide the Fund with any report obtained by the Bank or its agent on the Book-Entry Systems accounting system, internal accounting control and procedures for safeguarding securities deposited in the Book-Entry System;
6.5 Use of a Depository . Provided (i) the Bank has received a certified copy of a resolution of the Board specifically approving deposits in DTC or other such Depository and (ii) for any subsequent changes to such arrangements following such approval, the Board has reviewed and approved the arrangement and has not delivered an Officers Certificate to the Bank indicating that the Board has withdrawn its approval:
(a) The Bank may use a Depository to hold, receive, exchange, release, lend, deliver and otherwise deal with Portfolio Securities including stock dividends, rights and other items of like nature, and to receive and remit to the Bank on behalf of the Fund all income and other payments thereon and to take all steps necessary and proper in connection with the collection thereof;
(b) Registration of Portfolio Securities may be made in the name of any nominee or nominees used by such Depository;
(c) Payment for securities purchased and sold may be made through the clearing medium employed by such Depository for transactions of participants acting through it. Upon any purchase of Portfolio Securities, payment will be made only upon delivery of the securities to or for the account of the Fund and the Fund shall pay cash collateral against the return of Portfolio Securities loaned by the Fund only upon delivery of the Securities to or for the account of the Fund; and upon any sale of Portfolio Securities, delivery of the Securities will be made only against payment therefor or, in the event Portfolio Securities are loaned, delivery of Securities will be made only against receipt of the initial cash collateral to or for the account of the Fund; and
6
(d) The Bank shall use its best efforts to provide that:
(i) The Depository obtains replacement of any certificated Portfolio Security deposited with it in the event such Security is lost, destroyed, wrongfully taken or otherwise not available to be returned to the Bank upon its request;
(ii) Proxy materials received by a Depository with respect to Portfolio Securities deposited with such Depository are forwarded immediately to the Bank for prompt transmittal to the Fund;
(iii) Such Depository promptly forwards to the Bank confirmation of any purchase or sale of Portfolio Securities and of the appropriate book entry made by such Depository to the Funds account;
(iv) Such Depository prepares and delivers to the Bank such records with respect to the performance of the Banks obligations and duties hereunder as may be necessary for the Fund to comply with the recordkeeping requirements of Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and Rule 31(a) thereunder; and
(v) Such Depository delivers to the Bank all internal accounting control reports, whether or not audited by an independent public accountant, as well as such other reports as the Fund may reasonably request in order to verify the Portfolio Securities held by such Depository.
6.6 Use of Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper . Provided (i) the Bank has received a certified copy of a resolution of the Board specifically approving participation in a system maintained by the Bank for the holding of commercial paper in book-entry form (Book-Entry Paper) and (ii) for each year following such approval the Board has received and approved the arrangements, upon receipt of Proper Instructions and upon receipt of confirmation from an Issuer (as defined below) that the Fund has purchased such Issuers Book-Entry Paper, the Bank shall issue and hold in book-entry form, on behalf of the Fund, commercial paper issued by issuers with whom the Bank has entered into a book-entry agreement (the Issuers). In maintaining procedures for Book-Entry Paper, the Bank agrees that:
(a) The Bank will maintain all Book-Entry Paper held by the Fund in an account of the Bank that includes only assets held by it for customers;
(b) The records of the Bank with respect to the Funds purchase of Book-Entry Paper through the Bank will identify, by book-entry, commercial paper belonging to the Fund which is included in the Book-Entry System and shall at all times during the regular business hours of the Bank be open for inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Fund;
(c) The Bank shall pay for Book-Entry Paper purchased for the account of the Fund upon contemporaneous (i) receipt of advice from the Issuer that such sale of Book-Entry Paper has been effected, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of the Bank to reflect such payment and transfer for the account of the Fund;
(d) The Bank shall cancel such Book-Entry Paper obligation upon the maturity thereof upon contemporaneous (i) receipt of advice that payment for such Book-Entry Paper has been transferred to the Fund, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of the Bank to reflect such payment for the account of the Fund; and
7
(e) The Bank will send to the Fund such reports on its system of internal accounting control with respect to the Book-Entry Paper as the Fund may reasonably request from time to time.
6.7 Eurodollar CDs . Any Portfolio Securities which are Eurodollar CDs may be physically held by the European branch of the U.S. banking institution that is the issuer of such Eurodollar CD (a European Branch), provided that such Portfolio Securities are identified on the books of the Bank as belonging to the Fund and that the books of the Bank identify the European Branch holding such Portfolio Securities. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, except as stated in the first sentence of this subsection 6.8, the Bank shall be under no other duty with respect to such Eurodollar CDs belonging to the Fund.
6.8 Options and Futures Transactions .
(a) Puts and Calls Traded on Securities Exchanges, NASDAQ or Over-the-Counter.
(i) The Bank shall take action as to put options (puts) and call options (calls) purchased or sold (written) by the Fund regarding escrow or other arrangements (i) in accordance with the provisions of any agreement entered into upon receipt of Proper Instructions among the Bank, any broker-dealer registered with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the NASD), and, if necessary, the Fund, relating to the compliance with the rules of the Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange, or of any similar organization or organizations.
(ii) Unless another agreement requires it to do so, the Bank shall be under no duty or obligation to see that the Fund has deposited or is maintaining adequate margin, if required, with any broker in connection with any option, nor shall the Bank be under duty or obligation to present such option to the broker for exercise unless it receives Proper Instructions from the Fund. The Bank shall have no responsibility for the legality of any put or call purchased or sold on behalf of the Fund, the propriety of any such purchase or sale, or the adequacy of any collateral delivered to a broker in connection with an option or deposited to or withdrawn from a Segregated Account (as defined in subsection 6.10 below). The Bank specifically, but not by way of limitation, shall not be under any duty or obligation to: (i) periodically check or notify the Fund that the amount of such collateral held by a broker or held in a Segregated Account is sufficient to protect such broker or the Fund against any loss; (ii) effect the return of any collateral delivered to a broker; or (iii) advise the Fund that any option it holds, has or is about to expire. Such duties or obligations shall be the sole responsibility of the Fund.
(b) Puts, Calls and Futures Traded on Commodities Exchanges
(i) The Bank shall take action as to puts, calls and futures contracts (Futures) purchased or sold by the Fund in accordance with the provisions of any agreement entered into upon the receipt of Proper Instructions among the Fund, the Bank and a Futures Commission Merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act, relating to compliance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or any Contract Market, or any similar organization or organizations, regarding account deposits in connection with transactions by the Fund.
(ii) The responsibilities of the Bank as to futures, puts and calls traded on commodities exchanges, any Futures Commission Merchant account and the Segregated Account shall be limited as set forth in subparagraph (a)(ii) of this Section 6.9 as if such subparagraph referred to Futures Commission Merchants rather than brokers, and Futures and puts and calls thereon instead of options.
8
6.9 Segregated Account . The Bank shall upon receipt of Proper Instructions establish and maintain a Segregated Account or Accounts for and on behalf of the Fund.
(a) Cash and/or Portfolio Securities may be transferred into a Segregated Account upon receipt of Proper Instructions in the following circumstances:
(i) in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Bank and a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act and a member of the NASD or any Futures Commission Merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act, relating to compliance with the rules of the Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or any registered Contract Market, or of any similar organizations regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund;
(ii) for the purpose of segregating cash or securities in connection with options purchased or written by the Fund or commodity futures purchased or written by the Fund;
(iii) for the deposit of liquid assets, such as cash, U.S. Government securities or other high grade debt obligations, having a market value (marked to market on a daily basis) at all times equal to not less than the aggregate purchase price due on the settlement dates of all the Funds then outstanding forward commitment or when-issued agreements relating to the purchase of Portfolio Securities and all the Funds then outstanding commitments under reverse repurchase agreements entered into with broker-dealer firms;
(iv) for the purposes of compliance by the Fund with the procedures required by Investment Company Act Release No. 10666, or any subsequent release or releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the maintenance of Segregated Accounts by registered investment companies;
(v) for other proper corporate purposes, but only, in the case of this clause (v), upon receipt of, in addition to Proper Instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of the Board, or of the executive committee of the Board signed by an officer of the Fund and certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, setting forth the purpose or purposes of such Segregated Account and declaring such purposes to be proper corporate purposes.
(b) Cash and/or Portfolio Securities may be withdrawn from a Segregated Account pursuant to Proper Instructions in the following circumstances:
(i) with respect to assets deposited in accordance with the provisions of any agreements referenced in (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above, in accordance with the provisions of such agreements;
(ii) with respect to assets deposited pursuant to (a)(iii) or (a)(iv) above, for sale or delivery to meet the Funds obligations under outstanding forward commitment or when-issued agreements for the purchase of Portfolio Securities and under reverse repurchase agreements;
(iii) for exchange for other liquid assets of equal or greater value deposited in the Segregated Account;
(iv) to the extent that the Funds outstanding forward commitment or when-issued agreements for the purchase of portfolio securities or reverse repurchase agreements are sold to other parties or the Funds obligations thereunder are met from assets of the Fund other than those in the Segregated Account;
9
(v) for delivery upon settlement of a forward commitment or when-issued agreement for the sale of Portfolio Securities; or
(vi) with respect to assets deposited pursuant to (a)(v) above, in accordance with the purposes of such account as set forth in Proper Instructions.
6.10 Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits . The Bank shall, upon receipt of Proper Instructions relating to the purchase by the Fund of interest-bearing fixed-term and call deposits, transfer cash, by wire or otherwise, in such amounts and to such bank or banks as shall be indicated in such Proper Instructions. The Bank shall include in its records with respect to the assets of the Fund appropriate notation as to the amount of each such deposit, the banking institution with which such deposit is made (the Deposit Bank), and shall retain such forms of advice or receipt evidencing the deposit, if any, as may be forwarded to the Bank by the Deposit Bank. Such deposits shall be deemed Portfolio Securities of the Fund and the responsibility of the Bank therefore shall be the same as and no greater than the Banks responsibility in respect of other Portfolio Securities of the Fund.
6.11 Transfer of Securities . The Bank will transfer, exchange, deliver or release Portfolio Securities held by it hereunder, insofar as such Securities are available for such purpose, provided that the Bank will allow any transfer, exchange, delivery or release under this Section only upon receipt of Proper Instructions. The Proper Instructions shall state that such transfer, exchange or delivery is for a purpose permitted under the terms of this Section 6.12, and shall specify the applicable subsection, or describe the purpose of the transaction with sufficient particularity to permit the Bank to ascertain the applicable subsection. After receipt of such Proper Instructions, the Bank will transfer, exchange, deliver or release Portfolio Securities only in the following circumstances:
(a) Upon sales of Portfolio Securities for the account of the Fund, against contemporaneous receipt by the Bank of payment therefor in full, or against payment to the Bank in accordance with generally accepted settlement practices and customs in the jurisdiction or market in which the transaction occurs, each such payment to be in the amount of the sale price shown in a brokers confirmation of sale received by the Bank before such payment is made, as confirmed in the Proper Instructions received by the Bank before such payment is made;
(b) In exchange for or upon conversion into other securities alone or other securities and cash pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, reorganization, share split-up, change in par value, recapitalization or readjustment or otherwise, upon exercise of subscription, purchase or sale or other similar rights represented by such Portfolio Securities, or for the purpose of tendering shares in the event of a tender offer therefor, provided, however, that in the event of an offer of exchange, tender offer, or other exercise of rights requiring the physical tender or delivery of Portfolio Securities, the Bank shall have no liability for failure to so tender in a timely manner unless such Proper Instructions are received by the Bank at least two business days prior to the date required for tender, and unless the Bank (or its agent or subcustodian hereunder) has actual possession of such Security at least two business days prior to the date of tender;
(c) Upon conversion of Portfolio Securities pursuant to their terms into other securities;
(d) For the purpose of redeeming in-kind shares of the Fund upon authorization from the Fund;
(e) In the case of option contracts owned by the Fund, for presentation to the endorsing broker;
10
(f) When such Portfolio Securities are called, redeemed or retired or otherwise become payable;
(g) For the purpose of effectuating the pledge of Portfolio Securities held by the Bank in order to collateralize loans made to the Fund by any bank, including the Bank; provided, however, that such Portfolio Securities will be released only upon payment to the Bank for the account of the Fund of the moneys borrowed, provided further, however, that in cases where additional collateral is required to secure a borrowing already made, and such fact is made to appear in the Proper Instructions, Portfolio Securities may be released for that purpose without any such payment. In the event that any pledged Portfolio Securities are held by the Bank, they will be so held for the account of the lender, and after notice to the Fund from the lender in accordance with the normal procedures of the lender and any loan agreement between the fund and the lender that an event of deficiency or default on the loan has occurred, the Bank may deliver such pledged Portfolio Securities to or for the account of the lender;
(h) for the purpose of releasing certificates representing Portfolio Securities, against contemporaneous receipt by the Bank of the fair market value of such security, as set forth in the Proper Instructions received by the Bank before such payment is made;
(i) for the purpose of delivering securities lent by the Fund to a bank or broker dealer, but only against receipt in accordance with street delivery custom except as otherwise provided herein, of adequate collateral as agreed upon from time to time by the Fund and the Bank, and upon receipt of payment in connection with any repurchase agreement relating to such securities entered into by the Fund;
(j) for other authorized transactions of the Fund or for other proper corporate purposes; provided that before making such transfer, the Bank will also receive a certified copy of resolutions of the Board, signed by an authorized officer of the Fund (other than the officer certifying such resolution) and certified by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, specifying the Portfolio Securities to be delivered, setting forth the transaction in or purpose for which such delivery is to be made, declaring such transaction to be an authorized transaction of the Fund or such purpose to be a proper corporate purpose, and naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made; and
(k) upon termination of this Agreement as hereinafter set forth pursuant to Section 8 and Section 16 of this Agreement.
As to any deliveries made by the Bank pursuant to this Section 6.12, securities or cash receivable in exchange therefor shall be delivered to the Bank.
7. Redemptions . In the case of payment of assets of the Fund held by the Bank in connection with redemptions and repurchases by the Fund of outstanding common shares, the Bank will rely on notification by the Funds transfer agent of receipt of a request for redemption and certificates, if issued, in proper form for redemption before such payment is made. Payment shall be made in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation or Declaration of Trust and By-laws of the Fund (the Articles), from assets available for said purpose.
8. Merger, Dissolution, etc. of Fund . In the case of the following transactions, not in the ordinary course of business, namely, the merger of the Fund into or the consolidation of the Fund with another investment company, the sale by the Fund of all, or substantially all, of its assets to another investment company, or the liquidation or dissolution of the Fund and distribution of its assets, upon the payment of the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Bank through the end of the then current term of this Agreement, the Bank will deliver the Portfolio Securities held by it under this Agreement and disburse cash only upon the order of the Fund set forth in an Officers Certificate, accompanied by a certified copy
11
of a resolution of the Board authorizing any of the foregoing transactions. Upon completion of such delivery and disbursement and the payment of all such fees, disbursements and expenses of the Bank, this Agreement will terminate and the Bank shall be released from any and all obligations hereunder.
9. Actions of Bank Without Prior Authorization . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, unless and until the Bank receives an Officers Certificate to the contrary, the Bank will take the following actions without prior authorization or instruction of the Fund or the transfer agent:
9.1 Endorse for collection and collect on behalf of and in the name of the Fund all checks, drafts, or other negotiable or transferable instruments or other orders for the payment of money received by it for the account of the Fund and hold for the account of the Fund all income, dividends, interest and other payments or distributions of cash with respect to the Portfolio Securities held thereunder;
9.2 Present for payment all coupons and other income items held by it for the account of the Fund which call for payment upon presentation and hold the cash received by it upon such payment for the account of the Fund;
9.3 Receive and hold for the account of the Fund all securities received as a distribution on Portfolio Securities as a result of a stock dividend, share split-up, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, readjustment, distribution of rights and similar securities issued with respect to any Portfolio Securities held by it hereunder.
9.4 Execute as agent on behalf of the Fund all necessary ownership and other certificates and affidavits required by the Internal Revenue Code or the regulations of the Treasury Department issued thereunder, or by the laws of any state, now or hereafter in effect, inserting the Funds name on such certificates as the owner of the securities covered thereby, to the extent it may lawfully do so and as may be required to obtain payment in respect thereof. The Bank will execute and deliver such certificates in connection with Portfolio Securities delivered to it or by it under this Agreement as may be required under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and any Regulations of the Treasury Department issued thereunder, or under the laws of any State;
9.5 Present for payment all Portfolio Securities which are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable, and hold cash received by it upon payment for the account of the Fund; and
9.6 Exchange interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities.
10. Collections and Defaults . The Bank will use reasonable efforts to collect any funds which may to its knowledge become collectible arising from Portfolio Securities, including dividends, interest and other income, and to transmit to the Fund notice actually received by it of any call for redemption, offer of exchange, right of subscription, reorganization or other proceedings affecting such Securities. If Portfolio Securities upon which such income is payable are in default or payment is refused after due demand or presentation, the Bank will notify the Fund in writing of any default or refusal to pay within two business days from the day on which it receives knowledge of such default or refusal.
11. Maintenance of Records . The Bank will maintain records with respect to its duties hereunder and in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of the 1940 Act. The books and records of the Bank pertaining to its actions under this Agreement and certain reports by the Bank or its independent accountants concerning its procedures for safeguarding securities will be open to inspection and audit at reasonable times by officers of the Fund and will be preserved by the Bank in the manner and in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations under the 1940 Act.
12
12. [RESERVED]
13. Additional Services . The Bank shall perform the additional services for the Fund as are set forth on Appendix B hereto. Appendix B may be amended from time to time upon agreement of the parties to include further additional services to be provided by the Bank to the Fund.
14. Duties of the Bank .
14.1 Performance of Duties and Standard of Care . In performing its duties hereunder and any other duties listed on any Schedule hereto, if any, the Bank will be entitled to receive and act upon the advice of independent counsel of its own selection, which may be counsel for the Fund, and will be without liability for any action taken or thing done or omitted to be done in accordance with this Agreement in good faith in conformity with such advice.
The Bank will be under no duty or obligation to inquire into and will not be liable for:
(a) the validity of the issue of any Portfolio Securities purchased by or for the Fund, the legality of the purchases thereof or the propriety of the price incurred therefor;
(b) the legality of any sale of any Portfolio Securities by or for the Fund or the propriety of the amount for which the same are sold;
(c) the legality of an issue or sale of any common shares of the Fund or the sufficiency of the amount to be received therefor;
(d) the legality of the repurchase of any common shares of the Fund or the propriety of the amount to be paid therefor;
(e) the legality of the declaration of any dividend by the Fund or the legality of the distribution of any Portfolio Securities as payment in kind of such dividend; and
(f) any property or moneys of the Fund unless and until received by it, and any such property or moneys delivered or paid by it pursuant to the terms hereof.
Moreover, the Bank will not be under any duty or obligation to ascertain whether any Portfolio Securities at any time delivered to or held by it for the account of the Fund are such as may properly be held by the Fund under the provisions of its Articles, By-laws, any federal or state statutes or any rule or regulation of any governmental agency.
14.2 Agents and Subcustodians with Respect to Property of the Fund Held in the United States . The Bank may employ agents of its own selection in the performance of its duties hereunder and shall be responsible for the acts and omissions of such agents as if performed by the Bank hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, certain duties of the Bank hereunder may be performed by one or more affiliates of the Bank.
Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Bank may employ subcustodians selected by or at the direction of the Fund, provided that any such subcustodian meets at least the minimum qualifications required by Section 17(f)(1) of the 1940 Act to act as a custodian of the Funds assets with respect to property of the Fund held in the United States. The Bank shall have no liability to the Fund or any other person by reason of any act or omission of any such subcustodian and the Fund shall indemnify the Bank and hold it harmless from and against any and all actions, suits and claims, arising directly or indirectly out of the performance of any subcustodian. Upon request of the Bank, the Fund shall assume the entire defense of any action, suit, or claim subject to the foregoing indemnity. The Fund shall pay all fees and expenses of any subcustodian.
13
14.3 Duties of the Bank with Respect to Property of the Fund Held Outside of the United States .
(a) Appointment of Foreign Custody Manager .
(i) If the Fund has appointed the Bank Foreign Custody Manager (as that term is defined in Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act), the Banks duties and obligations with respect to the Funds Portfolio Securities and other assets maintained outside the United States shall be, to the extent not set forth herein, as set forth in the Delegation Agreement between the Fund and the Bank (the Delegation Agreement).
(ii) If the Fund has appointed any other person or entity Foreign Custody Manager, the Bank shall act only upon Proper Instructions from the Fund with regard to any of the Funds Portfolio Securities or other assets held or to be held outside of the United States, and the Bank shall be without liability for any Claim (as that term is defined in Section 15 hereof) arising out of maintenance of the Funds Portfolio Securities or other assets outside of the United States. The Fund also agrees that it shall enter into a written agreement with such Foreign Custody Manager that shall obligate such Foreign Custody Manager to provide to the Bank in a timely manner all information required by the Bank in order to complete its obligations hereunder. The Bank shall not be liable for any Claim arising out of the failure of such Foreign Custody Manager to provide such information to the Bank.
(b) Segregation of Securities . The Bank shall identify on its books as belonging to the Fund the Foreign Portfolio Securities held by each foreign sub-custodian (each an Eligible Foreign Custodian) selected by the Foreign Custody Manager, subject to receipt by the Bank of the necessary information from such Eligible Foreign Custodian if the Foreign Custody Manager is not the Bank.
(c) Access of Independent Accountants of the Fund . If the Bank is the Funds Foreign Custody Manager, upon request of the Fund, the Bank will use its best efforts to arrange for the independent accountants of the Fund to be afforded access to the books and records of any foreign banking institution employed as an Eligible Foreign Custodian insofar as such books and records relate to the performance of such foreign banking institution with regard to the Funds Portfolio Securities and other assets.
(d) Reports by Bank . If the Bank is the Funds Foreign Custody Manager, the Bank will supply to the Fund the reports required under the Delegation Agreement.
(e) Transactions in Foreign Custody Account . Transactions with respect to the assets of the Fund held by an Eligible Foreign Custodian shall be effected pursuant to Proper Instructions from the Fund to the Bank and shall be effected in accordance with the applicable agreement between the Foreign Custody Manager and such Eligible Foreign Custodian. If at any time any Foreign Portfolio Securities shall be registered in the name of the nominee of the Eligible Foreign Custodian, the Fund agrees to hold any such nominee harmless from any liability by reason of the registration of such securities in the name of such nominee.
Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, settlement and payment for Foreign Portfolio Securities received for the account of the Fund and delivery of Foreign Portfolio Securities maintained for the account of the Fund may be effected in accordance with the customary established securities trading or securities processing practices and procedures in the jurisdiction or market in which the transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivering securities to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such purchaser or dealer) against a receipt with the expectation of receiving later payment for such securities from such purchaser or dealer.
14
In connection with any action to be taken with respect to the Foreign Portfolio Securities held hereunder, including, without limitation, the exercise of any voting rights, subscription rights, redemption rights, exchange rights, conversion rights or tender rights, or any other action in connection with any other right, interest or privilege with respect to such Securities (collectively, the Rights), the Bank shall promptly transmit to the Fund such information in connection therewith as is made available to the Bank by the Eligible Foreign Custodian, and shall promptly forward to the applicable Eligible Foreign Custodian any instructions, forms or certifications with respect to such Rights, and any instructions relating to the actions to be taken in connection therewith, as the Bank shall receive from the Fund pursuant to Proper Instructions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank shall have no further duty or obligation with respect to such Rights, including, without limitation, the determination of whether the Fund is entitled to participate in such Rights under applicable U.S. and foreign laws, or the determination of whether any action proposed to be taken with respect to such Rights by the Fund or by the applicable Eligible Foreign Custodian will comply with all applicable terms and conditions of any such Rights or any applicable laws or regulations, or market practices within the market in which such action is to be taken or omitted.
(f) Tax Law . The Bank shall have no responsibility or liability for any obligations now or hereafter imposed on the Fund or the Bank as custodian of the Fund by the tax laws of any jurisdiction, and it shall be the responsibility of the Fund to notify the Bank of the obligations imposed on the Fund or the Bank as the custodian of the Fund by the tax law of any non-U.S. jurisdiction, including responsibility for withholding and other taxes, assessments or other governmental charges, certifications and governmental reporting. The sole responsibility of the Eligible Foreign Custodian with regard to such tax law shall be to use reasonable efforts to assist the Fund with respect to any claim for exemption or refund under the tax law of jurisdictions for which the Fund has provided such information.
14.4 Insurance . The Bank shall use the same care with respect to the safekeeping of Portfolio Securities and cash of the Fund held by it as it uses in respect of its own similar property but it need not maintain any special insurance for the benefit of the Fund.
14.5 Advances by the Bank . The Bank may, in its sole discretion, advance funds on behalf of the Fund to make any payment permitted by this Agreement upon receipt of any proper authorization required by this Agreement for such payments by the Fund. Should such a payment or payments, with advanced funds, result in an overdraft (due to insufficiencies of the Funds account with the Bank, or for any other reason) this Agreement deems any such overdraft or related indebtedness a loan made by the Bank to the Fund payable on demand. Such overdraft shall bear interest at the current rate charged by the Bank for such loans unless the Fund shall provide the Bank with agreed upon compensating balances. The Fund agrees that the Bank shall have a continuing lien and security interest to the extent of any overdraft or indebtedness and to the extent required by law, in and to any property at any time held by it for the Funds benefit or in which the Fund has an interest and which is then in the Banks possession or control (or in the possession or control of any third party acting on the Banks behalf). The Fund authorizes the Bank, in the Banks sole discretion, at any time to charge any overdraft or indebtedness, together with interest due thereon, against any balance of account standing to the credit of the Fund on the Banks books.
14.6. Fees and Expenses of the Bank . For the services rendered by the Bank hereunder, the Fund will pay to the Bank such fees at such rate as shall be agreed upon in writing by the parties from time to time. The Fund will also pay or reimburse the Bank from time to time for any transfer taxes payable upon any transfers made hereunder, and for all necessary proper disbursements, expenses and charges made or incurred by the Bank in the performance of this Agreement (including any duties listed on any Schedule
15
hereto, if any) including any indemnities for any loss, liabilities or expense to the Bank as provided herein. The Bank will also be entitled to reimbursement by the Fund for all reasonable expenses incurred in conjunction with termination of this Agreement and any conversion or transfer work done in connection therewith.
Fees and expenses will be calculated monthly. Fees and expenses owed to the Bank for any month may be charged against any cash balance held by the Fund beginning on the first (1 st ) business day after the end of such month based on information then available. Fees charged to an account may result in an overdraft that will be subject to normal interest charges. The Fund will have thirty (30) days after the receipt of an invoice to dispute any charge that appears on such invoice. After such thirty (30) day period, the invoice will be deemed to be complete and accurate and may no longer be disputed.
15. Limitation of Liability .
15.1 Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the Bank or any of its officers, directors or employees (collectively, the Indemnified Parties) be liable to the Fund or any third party, and the Fund shall indemnify and hold the Bank and the Indemnified Parties harmless from and against any and all loss, damage, liability, actions, suits, claims, costs and expenses, including legal fees, (a Claim) arising as a result of any act or omission of the Bank or any Indemnified Party under this Agreement, except for any Claim resulting solely from the gross negligence, willful misfeasance or bad faith of the Bank or any Indemnified Party. Without limiting the foregoing, neither the Bank nor the Indemnified Parties shall be liable for, and the Bank and the Indemnified Parties shall be indemnified against, any Claim arising as a result of:
(a) Any act or omission by the Bank or any Indemnified Party in good faith reliance upon the terms of this Agreement, any Officers Certificate, Proper Instructions, resolution of the Board, telegram, telecopier, notice, request, certificate or other instrument reasonably believed by the Bank to genuine;
(b) Any act or omission of any subcustodian selected by or at the direction of the Fund;
(c) Any act or omission of any Foreign Custody Manager other than the Bank or any act or ommission of any Eligible Foreign Custodian if the Bank is not the Foreign Custody Manager;
(d) Any Corporate Action, distribution or other event related to Portfolio Securities which, at the direction of the Fund, have not been registered in the name of the Bank or its nominee;
(e) Any Corporate Action requiring a Response for which the Bank has not received Proper Instructions or obtained actual possession of all necessary Securities, consents or other materials by 5:00 p.m. on the date specified as the Response Deadline;
(f) Any act or omission of any European Branch of a U.S. banking institution that is the issuer of Eurodollar CDs in connection with any Eurodollar CDs held by such European Branch;
(g) Information relied on in good faith by the Bank and supplied by any Authorized Person in connection with the calculation of (i) the net asset value and public offering price of the shares of capital stock of the Fund or (ii) the Yield Calculation; or
(h) Any acts of God, earthquakes, fires, floods, storms or other disturbances of nature, epidemics, strikes, riots, nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, acts of war, civil war or terrorism, insurrection, nuclear fusion, fission or radiation, the interruption, loss or malfunction of utilities, transportation or computers (hardware or software) and computer facilities, the unavailability of energy sources and other similar happenings or events.
16
15.2 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in no event shall the Bank or the Indemnified Parties be liable to the Fund or any third party for lost profits or lost revenues or any special, consequential, punitive or incidental damages of any kind whatsoever in connection with this Agreement or any activities hereunder.
16. Termination .
16.1 The term of this Agreement shall be three years commencing upon the date hereof (the Initial Term), unless earlier terminated as provided herein. After the expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement may be terminated at any time without penalty upon sixty (60) days written notice delivered by either party to the other by means of registered mail, and upon the expiration of such sixty days this Agreement will terminate.
Either party hereto may terminate this Agreement prior to the expiration of the Initial Term in the event the other party violates any material provision of this Agreement, provided that the non-violating party gives written notice of such violation to the violating party and the violating party does not cure such violation within ninety (90) days of receipt of such notice.
16.2 In the event of the termination of this Agreement, the Bank will immediately upon receipt or transmittal, as the case may be, of notice of termination, commence and prosecute diligently to completion the transfer of all cash and the delivery of all Portfolio Securities duly endorsed and all records maintained under Section 11 to the successor custodian when appointed by the Fund. The obligation of the Bank to deliver and transfer over the assets of the Fund held by it directly to such successor custodian will commence as soon as such successor is appointed and will continue until completed as aforesaid. If the Fund does not select a successor custodian within termination notification periods noted above the Bank may, subject to the provisions of subsection 16.3, deliver the Portfolio Securities and cash of the Fund held by the Bank to a bank or trust company of the Banks own selection which meets the requirements of Section 17(f)(1) of the 1940 Act and has a reported capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating not less than $2,000,000, to be held as the property of the Fund under terms similar to those on which they were held by the Bank, whereupon such bank or trust company so selected by the Bank will become the successor custodian of such assets of the Fund with the same effect as though selected by the Board. Thereafter, the Bank shall be released from any and all obligations under this Agreement.
16.3 Prior to the expiration of the termination notification periods noted above, the Fund may furnish the Bank with an order of the Fund advising that a successor custodian cannot be found willing and able to act upon reasonable and customary terms and that there has been submitted to the shareholders of the Fund the question of whether the Fund will be liquidated or will function without a custodian for the assets of the Fund held by the Bank. In that event the Bank will deliver the Portfolio Securities and cash of the Fund held by it, subject as aforesaid, in accordance with one of such alternatives which may be approved by the requisite vote of shareholders, upon receipt by the Bank of a copy of the minutes of the meeting of shareholders at which action was taken, certified by the Funds Secretary and an opinion of counsel to the Fund in form and content satisfactory to the Bank. Thereafter, the Bank shall be released from any and all obligations under this Agreement.
16.4 The Fund shall reimburse the Bank for any reasonable expenses incurred by the Bank in connection with the termination of this Agreement.
17
16.5 At any time after the termination of this Agreement, the Fund may, upon written request, have reasonable access to the records of the Bank relating to its performance of its duties as custodian.
17. Confidentiality . Both parties hereto agree than any non-public information obtained hereunder concerning the other party is confidential and may not be disclosed without the consent of the other party, except as may be required by applicable law or at the request of a governmental agency. The parties further agree that a breach of this provision would irreparably damage the other party and accordingly agree that each of them is entitled, in addition to all other remedies at law or in equity to an injunction or injunctions without bond or other security to prevent breaches of this provision.
18. Notices . Any notice or other instrument in writing authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to either party hereto will be sufficiently given if addressed to such party and delivered via (I) United States Postal Service registered mail, (ii) telecopier with written confirmation, (iii) hand delivery with signature to such party at its office at the address set forth below, namely:
(a) In the case of notices sent to the Fund to:
Marshall Funds, Inc.
1000 North Water Street
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Attention: John Blaser, President
(b) In the case of notices sent to the Bank to:
Investors Bank & Trust Company
200 Clarendon Street, P.O. Box 9130
Boston, Massachusetts 02117-9130
Attention: Geoffrey M. OConnell, Senior Director - Client Management
With a copy to: John E. Henry, General Counsel
or at such other place as such party may from time to time designate in writing.
19. Amendments . This Agreement may not be altered or amended, except by an instrument in writing, executed by both parties.
20. Parties . This Agreement will be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement will not be assignable by the Fund without the written consent of the Bank or by the Bank without the written consent of the Fund, authorized and approved by its Board; and provided further that termination proceedings pursuant to Section 16 hereof will not be deemed to be an assignment within the meaning of this provision.
21. Governing Law . This Agreement and all performance hereunder will be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to conflict of laws provisions.
22. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall, together, constitute only one instrument.
23. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with its Appendices, constitutes the sole and entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter herein and does not operate as an acceptance of any conflicting terms or provisions of any other instrument and terminates and supersedes any and all prior agreements and undertakings between the parties relating to the subject matter herein.
18
24. Limitation of Liability . The Bank agrees that the obligations assumed by the Fund hereunder shall be limited in all cases to the assets of the Fund and that the Bank shall not seek satisfaction of any such obligation from the officers, agents, employees, trustees, or shareholders of the Fund.
25. Several Obligations of the Portfolios . This Agreement is an agreement entered into between the Bank and the Fund with respect to each Portfolio. With respect to any obligation of the Fund on behalf of any Portfolio arising out of this Agreement, the Bank shall look for payment or satisfaction of such obligation solely to the assets of the Portfolio to which such obligation relates as though the Bank had separately contracted with the Fund by separate written instrument with respect to each Portfolio.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
19
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first written above.
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. |
||
By: |
/s/ John M. Blaser |
|
Name: |
John M. Blaser |
|
Title: |
President |
|
INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY |
||
By: |
/s/ Robert D. Mancuso |
|
Name: |
Robert D. Mancuso |
|
Title: |
Senior Vice President |
20
Appendices
Appendix A | Portfolios | |
Appendix B | Additional Services |
21
APPENDIX A
PORTFOLIOS COVERED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT
| Marshall International Stock Fund |
22
APPENDIX B
ADDITIONAL SERVICES
| None |
23
Exhibit (h.3)
SUB-ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made as of this 1st day of September, 2004, by and between UMB Fund Services, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the Sub-Administrator), and Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, N.A., a nationally chartered trust company (M&I), which serves as administrator for the Marshall Funds, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the Corporation) registered as an open-end investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act).
WHEREAS, the Corporation is authorized to issue shares of beneficial interests (the Shares) in separate series with each such series representing interests in a separate portfolio of securities and other assets; and
WHEREAS, the parties desire to enter into an agreement pursuant to which the Sub-Administrator shall provide sub-administration services to such investment portfolios of the Corporation as are listed on Schedule A hereto and any additional investment portfolios the parties may agree upon and include on Schedule A as such Schedule may be amended from time to time (such investment portfolios and any additional investment portfolios are individually referred to as a Fund and collectively the Funds).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows:
1. | Appointment |
M&I hereby appoints the Sub-Administrator as sub-administrator of the Funds for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement. The Sub-Administrator accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth, for the compensation herein provided.
2. | Services as Sub-Administrator |
(a) Subject to the direction and control of M&I and utilizing information provided by M&I and the Corporations current and prior agents and service providers, the Sub-Administrator will provide the services listed on Schedule B hereto. The duties of the Sub-Administrator shall be confined to those expressly set forth therein, and no implied duties are assumed by or may be asserted against the Sub-Administrator hereunder.
(b) M&I shall cause the officers, directors, investment adviser(s) and sub-advisers, legal counsel, independent accountants, administrator, fund accountant, transfer agent, custodian and other service providers and agents, past or present, for the Funds to cooperate with the Sub-Administrator and to provide the Sub-Administrator with such information, documents and advice relating to the Funds and the Corporation as necessary and/or appropriate or as reasonably requested by the Sub-Administrator, in order to enable the Sub-Administrator to perform its duties hereunder. In connection with its duties hereunder, the Sub-Administrator shall (without
investigation or verification) be entitled and is hereby instructed to, rely upon any and all instructions, advice, information or documents provided to the Sub-Administrator by an officer or representative of the Funds or by any of the aforementioned persons. The Sub-Administrator shall be entitled to rely on any document that it reasonably believes to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party. Fees charged by such persons shall be an expense of the Corporation. The Sub-Administrator shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any officer, agent, representative or employee of M&I, the Corporation, investment adviser(s) or service provider until receipt of written notice thereof from M&I. As used in this Agreement, the term investment adviser includes all sub-advisers or persons performing similar services.
(c) To the extent required by Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Sub-Administrator hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Corporation pursuant to its duties hereunder are the property of the Corporation and further agrees to surrender promptly to M&I or the Corporation any of such records upon the request of M&I or the Corporation. Subject to the terms of Section 6, and where applicable, the Sub-Administrator further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records described in Schedule B which are maintained by the Sub-Administrator for the Corporation.
(d) The Corporation and the Funds investment adviser(s) have and retain primary responsibility for all compliance matters relating to the Funds including but not limited to compliance with the 1940 Act, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the USA PATRIOT ACT of 2002, the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and the policies and limitations of each Fund relating to the portfolio investments as set forth in the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information. The Sub-Administrators monitoring and other functions hereunder shall not relieve the Corporation and the investment adviser(s) of their primary day-to-day responsibility for assuring such compliance.
(e) M&I hereby certifies that each Fund is lawfully eligible for sale in each jurisdiction indicated for such Fund on the list furnished to the Sub-Administrator as of the date of this Agreement.
3. | Fees; Delegation; Expenses |
(a) In consideration of the services rendered pursuant to this Agreement, M&I will pay the Sub-Administrator a fee, computed daily and payable monthly based on monthly net assets, plus out-of-pocket expenses, each as provided in Schedule C hereto. In addition, to the extent that the Sub-Administrator corrects, verifies or addresses any prior actions or inactions by any Fund or by any prior service provider, the Sub-Administrator shall be entitled to additional fees as provided in Schedule C. Fees shall be earned and paid monthly in an amount equal to at least 1/12 th of the applicable annual fee. Basis point fees apply separately to each Fund, and average net assets are not aggregated in calculating the applicable basis point fee per Fund. Fees shall be adjusted in accordance with Schedule C or as otherwise agreed to by the parties from time to time. The parties may amend this Agreement to include fees for any additional services requested by M&I, enhancements to current services, or to add Funds for which the Sub-Administrator has been retained. M&I agrees to pay the Sub-Administrators then current rate for additional services provided, or for enhancements to existing services currently provided, after the execution of this Agreement.
(b) For the purpose of determining fees payable to the Sub-Administrator, net asset value shall be computed in accordance with the Corporations Prospectuses and resolutions of the Corporations Board of Directors. The fee for the period from the day of the month this Agreement is entered into until the end of that month shall be pro-rated according to the proportion that such period bears to the full monthly period. Upon any termination of this Agreement before the end of any month, the fee for such part of a month shall be pro-rated according to the proportion which such period bears to the full monthly period and shall be payable upon the date of termination of this Agreement. Should the Corporation be liquidated, merged with or acquired by another fund or investment company, any accrued fees shall be immediately payable.
(c) The Sub-Administrator will bear all expenses incurred by it in connection with the performance of its services under Section 2, except as otherwise provided herein. The Sub-Administrator shall not be required to pay or finance any costs and expenses incurred in the operation of the Funds, including, but not limited to: taxes; interest; brokerage fees and commissions; salaries, fees and expenses of officers and Directors; Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) fees and state Blue Sky fees; advisory fees; charges of custodians, transfer agents, fund accountants, dividend disbursing and accounting services agents and other service providers; security pricing services; insurance premiums; outside auditing and legal expenses; costs of organization and maintenance of corporate existence; taxes and fees payable to federal, state and other governmental agencies; preparation, typesetting, printing, proofing and mailing of prospectuses, statements of additional information, supplements, notices, forms and applications and proxy materials for regulatory purposes and for distribution to current shareholders; preparation, typesetting, printing, proofing and mailing and other costs of shareholder reports; expenses in connection with the electronic transmission of documents and information including electronic filings with the Commission and the states; research and statistical data services; expenses incidental to holding meetings of the Funds shareholders and Directors; fees and expenses associated with internet, e-mail and other related activities; and extraordinary expenses. Expenses incurred for distribution of shares, including the typesetting, printing, proofing and mailing of prospectuses for persons who are not shareholders of the Corporation, will be borne by the Funds investment adviser, except for such expenses permitted to be paid by the Corporation under a distribution plan adopted in accordance with applicable laws. The Sub-Administrator shall not be required to pay any Blue Sky fees or take any related Blue Sky actions unless and until it has received the amount of such fees from the Corporation.
(d) Except as otherwise specified, fees payable hereunder shall be calculated in arrears and billed on a monthly basis. M&I agrees to pay all fees within forty-five days of receipt of each invoice. The Sub-Administrator retains the right to charge interest in the amount of 1-1/2 percent per month on any amounts that remain unpaid beyond such forty-five day period.
4. | Proprietary and Confidential Information |
The Sub-Administrator agrees on behalf of itself and its employees to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Corporation all records relative to the Funds shareholders,
not to use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, and not to disclose such information except where the Sub-Administrator may be exposed to civil or criminal proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities or court process, when subject to governmental or regulatory audit or investigation, or when so requested by M&I or the Corporation. In case of any requests or demands for inspection of the records of the Funds, the Sub-Administrator will endeavor to notify M&I and the Corporation promptly and to secure instructions from a representative of the Corporation as to such inspection. Records and information which have become known to the public through no wrongful act of the Sub-Administrator or any of its employees, agents or representatives, and information which was already in the possession of the Sub-Administrator prior to receipt thereof, shall not be subject to this paragraph.
5. | Limitation of Liability |
(a) The Sub-Administrator shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Funds in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except for a loss resulting from the Sub-Administrators willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties under this Agreement. Furthermore, the Sub-Administrator shall not be liable for (i) any action taken or omitted to be taken in accordance with or in reliance upon written or oral instructions, advice, data, documents or information (without investigation or verification) received by the Sub-Administrator from an officer or representative of the Corporation, or from a representative of any of the parties referenced in Section 2, or (ii) any action taken or omission by a Fund, the Corporation, investment adviser(s) or any past or current service provider.
(b) The Sub-Administrator assumes no responsibility hereunder, and shall not be liable, for any default, damage, loss of data or documents, errors, delay or any other loss whatsoever caused by events beyond its reasonable control. The Sub-Administrator will, however, take all reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions for any period that such interruption continues beyond its control.
(c) M&I agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Sub-Administrator, its employees, agents, officers, directors, affiliates and nominees (collectively, the Indemnified Parties) from and against any and all claims, demands, actions and suits, and from and against any and all judgments, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees and other expenses of every nature and character which may be asserted against or incurred by any Indemnified Party or for which any Indemnified Party may be held liable (a Claim) arising out of or in any way relating to (i) the Sub-Administrators actions or omissions except to the extent a Claim resulted from the Sub-Administrators willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties hereunder or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties hereunder; (ii) the Sub-Administrators reliance on, implementation of or use of (without investigation or verification) advice, instructions, requests, directions, information, data, records and documents received by the Sub-Administrator from any party referenced in Section 2 hereof or other representative of M&I, or (iii) any action taken by or omission of M&I, investment adviser(s) or any past or current service provider.
(d) In no event and under no circumstances shall the Sub-Administrator, its affiliates or any of its or their officers, directors, members, agents or employees be liable to anyone, including, without limitation, the other party, under any theory of tort, contract, strict liability or other legal or equitable theory for lost profits, exemplary, punitive, special, indirect or consequential damages for any act or failure to act under any provision of this Agreement regardless of whether such damages were foreseeable and even if advised of the possibility thereof. The indemnity and defense provisions set forth in this Section 5 shall indefinitely survive the termination and/or assignment of this Agreement.
6. | Term |
(a) This Agreement shall become effective with respect to each Fund listed on Schedule A hereof as of the date this Agreement is executed and, with respect to each Fund not in existence on that date, on the date an amendment to Schedule A to this Agreement relating to that Fund is executed. This Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to each Fund until terminated as provided herein. Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time by giving the other party a written notice not less than sixty (60) days prior to the date the termination is to be effective.
(b) The terms of this Agreement shall not be waived, altered, modified, amended or supplemented in any manner whatsoever except by a written instrument signed by the parties.
(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon the termination of this Agreement or the liquidation of a Fund or the Corporation, the Sub-Administrator shall deliver the records of the Fund(s) and/or Corporation as the case may be, in the form maintained by the Sub-Administrator (to the extent permitted by applicable license agreements) to M&I or person(s) designated by M&I at the Corporations cost and expense, and thereafter M&I or its designee shall be solely responsible for preserving the records for the periods required by all applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Corporation shall be responsible for all expenses associated with the movement (or duplication) of records and materials and conversion thereof to a successor administrative services agent, including all reasonable trailing expenses incurred by the Sub-Administrator. In addition, in the event of termination of this Agreement, or the proposed liquidation or merger of the Corporation or a Fund(s), and M&I requests the Sub-Administrator to provide additional services in connection therewith, the Sub-Administrator shall provide such services and be entitled to such compensation as the parties may agree.
7. Non-Exclusivity
The services of the Sub-Administrator rendered to M&I and the Corporation are not deemed to be exclusive. The Sub-Administrator may render such services and any other services to others, including other investment companies. M&I recognizes that from time to time directors, officers and employees of the Sub-Administrator may serve as trustees, directors, officers and employees of other entities (including other investment companies), and that the Sub-Administrator or its affiliates may enter into other agreements with such other entities.
8. | Governing Law; Invalidity |
This Agreement shall be governed by Wisconsin law, excluding the laws on conflicts of laws. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Wisconsin, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control, and nothing herein shall be construed in a manner inconsistent with the 1940 Act or any rule or order of the Commission thereunder. Any provision of this Agreement which may be determined by competent authority to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. In such case, the parties shall in good faith modify or substitute such provision consistent with the original intent of the parties.
9. | Notices |
Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party to the other shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, as follows: Notice to the Sub-Administrator shall be sent to UMB Fund Services, Inc., 803 West Michigan Street, Suite A, Milwaukee, WI, 53233, Attention: Peter J. Hammond, with a copy to General Counsel; and notice to M&I shall be sent to Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, N.A., 1000 North Water Street, Milwaukee, WI, 53202, Attention: President.
10. | Entire Agreement |
This Agreement, together with the Schedules attached hereto, constitutes the entire Agreement of the parties hereto.
11. | Miscellaneous |
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original agreement but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. The facsimile signature of any party to this Agreement shall constitute the valid and binding execution hereof by such party.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.
MARSHALL & ILSLEY TRUST COMPANY, N.A. | ||
(M&I) | ||
By: |
/s/ John M. Blaser |
|
UMB FUND SERVICES, INC. | ||
(Sub-Administrator) | ||
By: |
/s/ Peter Hammond |
|
Executive Vice President |
Schedule A
to the
Sub-Administration Agreement
by and between Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, N.A.
and
UMB Fund Services, Inc.
Names of Funds
Marshall Equity Income Fund
Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund
Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund
Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund
Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund
Marshall International Stock Fund
Marshall Government Income Fund
Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund
Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund
Marshall Short-Term Income Fund
Marshall Money Market Fund
Marshall Government Money Market Fund
Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund
Schedule B
to the
Sub-Administration Agreement
by and between Marshall & Ilsley Trust Company, N.A.,
and
UMB Fund Services, Inc.
Services
SERVICE MATRIX
M&I
|
UMB Sub-
Admin. |
Other*
|
||||
*Bell, Boyd unless otherwise specified | ||||||
General/Administration/Compliance Functions |
||||||
1. Draft memos, checklists and procedures to comply with restrictions; review procedures periodically with the Board and monitor for compliance: | ||||||
Liquidity guidelines |
X | |||||
Rule 10f-3 (affiliated underwriting) |
X | |||||
Rule 17f-4 (municipal book-entry system |
X | |||||
Rule 22c-1 (designating time of NAV |
X | |||||
Rule 17a-7 (affiliated purchases/sales) |
X | X | ||||
Rule 17e-1 (affiliated brokerage) |
X | X | ||||
Rule 2a-7 (money market funds only) |
X | X | ||||
Rule 17f-5 |
X | X | ||||
Rule 12b-1 |
X | X | ||||
Rule 18f-3 |
X | |||||
Prospectus Requirements |
X | X | ||||
Affiliated Bank Transactions |
X | |||||
2. Maintain fund facts and files |
X | X | ||||
3. Coordinate with the SEC with respect to inspection, comments on registration statements | X | X | X | |||
4. Coordinate with fund counsel |
X | X | ||||
5. Coordinate with independent auditor |
X | X | ||||
6. Coordinate custodian activities |
X | X | ||||
7. Coordinate advisor activities |
X | X | ||||
8. Coordinate with rating and publication agencies |
X | X | ||||
9. Coordinate with outside vendors (printers, etc.) |
X | X | ||||
10. Advise on 1940 Act issues |
X | X | X | |||
11. Advise on Blue Sky issues |
X | X | ||||
12. Provide internal audit and/or coordinate with independent auditors examination of: |
X | Coordinate | ||||
Advisory services |
X | Coordinate | ||||
Blue Sky services |
X | X | ||||
Custodial services |
X | Coordinate | ||||
Portfolio accounting services |
X | X | ||||
Transfer agency services |
X | BFDS | ||||
13. Draft, review and/or file tax opinions or IRS Private Letter Rulings |
Review |
Review/
File |
X |
14. Draft, review and/or file exemptive applications |
Review |
Review/
File |
X | |||
15. Draft, review and/or file N-SARs |
Draft/
Review |
Draft/
Review/ File |
||||
16. Maintain fund code of ethics |
X | |||||
17. Research securities, banking and ERISA regulatory issues either directly or with outside counsel, particularly with conversion of bank assets into proprietary funds |
X | X | X | |||
18. Counsel client on portfolio compliance issues (such as interpreting Rule 2a-7, affiliated transaction restrictions, etc.) |
X | X | X | |||
19. Coordinate seed money and establish control accounts for new funds |
X | X | ||||
20. Coordinate the printing/mailing of all income breakdown data to client services and T/A |
X | |||||
21. Advise and coordinate new product initiatives |
X | X | ||||
Board Meetings/Board Materials |
||||||
1. Coordinate Board Meeting calendar for the Funds |
X | |||||
2. Prepare agenda, resolutions and related materials (including draft materials) |
X | |||||
3. Provide Fund Officers |
X | |||||
4. Attend Board Meetings (expenses incurred related to attendance at Board Meetings are considered a Fund Expense) |
X | X | ||||
5. Maintain list of agenda items |
X | |||||
6. Maintain matrix for contract renewals and termination |
X | |||||
7. Coordinate responsibilities and deadlines for each item in each package |
X | |||||
8. Create/maintain fee and expense comparison documentation (Lipper/SimFund Data) for section 15c review of contracts (annual or as needed) |
X | X | ||||
9. Prepare secretary materials for attendance at meeting |
X | |||||
10. Act as secretary and take minutes at meeting |
X | |||||
11. Coordinate payment of Directors fees |
X | |||||
12. Draft proxy materials |
X | X | X | |||
13. File proxy materials with SEC and States |
X | |||||
14. Oversee production, mailing, and distribution of proxy materials |
X | X | ||||
15. Conduct meetings and draft minutes |
X | Review | ||||
16. Produce operating/compliance reports |
X | X | ||||
17. Collect and assemble adviser reports (Rule 10f-3, Rule 17a-7, Rule 17e-1, Rule 2a-7, Rule 17f-4, etc.) |
X | X | ||||
18. Coordinate auditors presentation by custodian, including Rule 17f-5 materials |
X | |||||
19. Coordinate presentation by custodian, including Rule 17f-5 materials |
X | |||||
20. Coordinate portfolio management presentations |
X | |||||
21. Compile and maintain directors reference manual |
X | |||||
Shareholder Meetings/Corporate Records |
||||||
1. Prepare fund by-laws |
X | X | ||||
2. Prepare and distribute shareholder minutes and consents |
X | |||||
3. Maintain fund files within statutory guidelines and time limits |
X | |||||
4. Maintain files for registration statements, prospectuses, SAIs, financial statements and stickers |
X | |||||
5. Prepare and obtain all executed authorized signatures |
X | X |
6. Maintain record book of all organizational documents, official records, consents, approved minutes |
X | |||||
7. Draft and/or review shareholder meeting scripts |
X | |||||
8. Obtain corporate status documentation as needed |
X | |||||
9. Coordinate printing, distribution and tabulation of proxies |
X | X | ||||
Agreements/Documents/Procedures |
||||||
1. Obtain signatures if needed (and file originals in Fund files) |
X | X | ||||
2. Distribute to all appropriate parties |
X | |||||
3. Maintain working copies files and procedure manuals |
X | |||||
4. Prepare investment advisory/sub-advisory contract |
X | |||||
5. Prepare administration contracts |
X | |||||
6. Prepare distribution contracts |
X | |||||
7. Prepare Rule 12b-1 plans and agreements |
X | X | ||||
8. Prepare Rule 18f-3 plan |
X | |||||
9. Prepare shareholder servicing agreements |
X | X | ||||
10. Prepare custody contract |
X | |||||
11. Prepare transfer agency agreements |
X | BFDS | ||||
12. Prepare fund accounting agreements |
X | X | ||||
13. Provide forms of repurchase agreements |
X | |||||
14. Prepare declaration of trust/articles of incorporation thereto for new funds/classes (included filing with state authorities) |
X | X | ||||
15. Prepare sub-transfer agency agreements and similar networking agreements |
X | |||||
16. Provide any fund records as requested by SEC Examiner/Independent Auditor |
X | X | ||||
Registration Statements |
||||||
1. Draft, Review and/or File new prospectuses and SAIs |
Draft/
Review |
Review/
File |
Review | |||
2. Maintain all updates to prospectuses and SAIs |
X | X | ||||
3. Draft, Review and/or File Prospectus supplements |
Draft/
Review |
Review/
File |
Review | |||
4. Request/coordinate input from all sources |
X | X | X | |||
5. Coordinate auditor review and consent |
X | X | ||||
6. Draft, Review and/or File registration statement wrapper, including Part C and all exhibits |
Draft/
Review |
Review/
File |
Review | |||
7. File or oversee filing by EDGAR and paper if required |
X | |||||
8. Draft correspondences to SEC and respond to SEC comments |
X | |||||
9. Coordinate typeset/print of document |
X | X | ||||
10. Distribute as appropriate |
X | |||||
11. Coordinate with transfer agent, custodian, and fund accountant (as appropriate) information for registration statements |
X | X | ||||
Other Filings |
||||||
1. Prepare 24f-2 and 24(e) filings |
X | |||||
2. File Form 12b-25 if necessary |
X | X | ||||
3. Coordinate auditor consents for filing |
X | |||||
4. File all financial statements |
X | |||||
5. File all prospectuses, SAIs and amendments |
X | |||||
6. Arrange payment of filing fees |
X | X |
Survey Oversight |
||||||
1. Coordinate Government reporting surveys to Fund Accounting |
X | X | ||||
2. Report Fund changes to Fund Accounting |
X | |||||
NRSRO Ratings/Performance Publication |
||||||
1. Obtain and maintain Fund NRSRO ratings |
X | |||||
2. Coordinate all rating applications |
X | |||||
3. Maintain Rating agency documentation |
X | |||||
4. Follow-up any issues surrounding reporting of performance for the Funds |
X | X | ||||
CUSIP/NASDAQ |
||||||
1. Obtain CUSIPs and maintain master list |
X | |||||
2. Obtain TINs and maintain master list |
X | |||||
3. Obtain NASDAQ symbols and listings and maintain master list |
X | |||||
Blue Sky Matters |
||||||
1. Register the fund and its shares with appropriate state blue sky authorities |
X | |||||
2. Respond to all blue sky audit and examination issues |
X | |||||
3. Perform blue sky fee analyses to minimize expense |
X | X | ||||
4. Perform sales reporting to states |
X | |||||
5. Coordinate transfer agent interface and sales reporting |
X | |||||
6. Maintain state eligibility lists |
X | |||||
Fund Treasury |
||||||
1. Initial pro forma expense projections for new funds |
Review | Draft | ||||
2. Annual expense projections |
Review | Draft | ||||
3. Quarterly and as requested re-forecasting |
Review | Draft | ||||
4. Expense allocations |
X | X | ||||
5. Fund bill paying |
X | |||||
6. Draft and/or review fund annual reports (including footnotes to financial statements) |
Review |
Draft/
Review |
||||
7. Draft and/or review fund semi-annual reports (including footnotes to financial statements) |
Review |
Draft/
Review |
||||
8. Prepare fund tax returns (Form 1120-RIC, State and Local, and Excise) |
X | |||||
9. Prepare fee table for prospectus |
Review | Draft | ||||
10. Monitor expense accruals for adequacy and adjust as needed |
X | X | ||||
11. Review income dividend calculations as required |
X | X | ||||
12. Calculate fund total returns, SEC yield and distribution yields |
X | |||||
13. Review and/or authorize invoices directed to the fund for payment |
X | X | ||||
14. Prepare and/or file form 1099-Misc for fund expense payments, including directors fees |
X | X | ||||
15. Prepare quarterly treasurers reports to the funds board |
X | |||||
16. Prepare and/or monitor IRS (Subchapter M) qualification tests |
X | X | ||||
17. Respond to fund audit requests from independent fund accountants |
X | X | ||||
18. Provide assistance and direction on unique securities or events to ensure the securities are priced properly |
X | X | ||||
19. Coordinate and conduct pricing committee meetings as necessary |
X | X |
12
20. Review money market funds marked-to-market calculation as required by Rule 2a-7 |
X | X | ||||
21. Determine capital gain distributions to ensure compliance with SEC, IRS and prospectus requirements |
X | |||||
22. Calculate and authorize tax adjustments to the funds books and records |
X | |||||
23. Monitor REIT securities to ensure appropriate return of capital percentages are applied when recognizing dividend income on a fund |
X | |||||
24. Coordinate the execution of common or collective trust fund conversions |
X | X |
Exhibit (h.15)
PARTIAL ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF
FUND ACCOUNTING AND
SHAREHOLDER RECORDKEEPING AGREEMENT
AND CONSENT AGREEMENT
THIS PARTIAL ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF FUND ACCOUNTING AND SHAREHOLDER RECORDKEEPING AGREEMENT AND CONSENT AGREEMENT (this Assignment ) is made as of July 1, 2004, among FEDERATED SERVICES COMPANY, a Pennsylvania corporation ( FSC ), BOSTON FINANCIAL DATA SERVICES, INC., a Massachusetts corporation ( BFDS ) and MARSHALL FUNDS, INC., a Wisconsin corporation (the Funds ).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Funds and FSC are parties to a certain Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement (the Recordkeeping Agreement ) dated as of September 14, 1992, as amended by (i) Amendment No. 1 to Schedule A Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement dated as of July 1, 1993; (ii) Amendment No. 2 to Schedule A Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement dated as of August 1, 1994; (iii) Amendment No. 1 to Schedule C Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement dated as of July 1, 1993; (iv) Amendment No. 2 to Schedule C Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement dated as of January 27, 1997, (v) Amendment No. 1 to Schedule D Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement dated as of January 27, 1997, (vi) Assignment dated as of April 22, 1996 pursuant to which Federated Shareholder Services Company (formerly Federated Services Company) assigned its duties under the Recordkeeping Agreement with respect to fund accounting services to Federated Administrative Services, and (vii) Amendment to Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement dated as of June 22, 2001 (the Recordkeeping Agreement as amended shall hereinafter be referred to as the Agreement );
WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, FSC (through its wholly owned subsidiary, Federated Shareholder Services Company ( FSSC )), among other things, provides transfer agency services to the Funds;
WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of a certain Purchase and Sale Agreement (the Purchase Agreement ) dated as of the 1st day of July, 2004, among State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company, BFDS, and FSC, BFDS will purchase from FSC, substantially all of the assets and certain of the obligations of the Business (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), including without limitation the obligation to provide transfer agency services to the Funds;
WHEREAS, pursuant to Article 20 of the Agreement, FSC is required to obtain the prior written consent of the Funds before assigning any of the rights and duties under the Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereby covenant and agree as follows:
1. Sale and Assignment . FSC does hereby assign, transfer, sell and convey unto BFDS all of FSCs right, title and interest in and to all of the provisions of the Agreement which relate to the appointment by the Funds of FSC as the transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent for the Funds, including without limitation, Section 2, Articles 4 through 8 and Section 3, Articles 9 through 21 of the Recordkeeping Agreement, as such provisions have been amended from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, FSC retains all of its rights and obligations under the provisions described in the foregoing sentence to the extent that such provisions are not applicable to the services to be provided in Section 2, Article 4 through 8 of the Recordkeeping Agreement, as such provisions have been amended from time to time.
2. Assumption . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Assignment, BFDS hereby assumes all of the duties and obligations of FSC under, and agrees that it shall be bound by all the terms of the provisions of the Agreement described in Section 1 hereof, as fully as though BFDS were the original party to the Agreement.
3. Consent . The Funds hereby consent to the assignment by FSC of FSCs rights and obligations related to being a transfer agent for the Funds under the Agreement. This consent hereby releases FSC of any obligations or liabilities of FSC hereafter arising under the Agreement which relate to the subject matter of this Assignment.
4. Purchase Agreement . This Assignment is entered into in accordance with and is subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement.
5. Successors and Assigns . This Assignment shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by BFDS, FSC and the Funds and their respective successors and assigns.
6. Further Assurances . BFDS, FSC and the Funds shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, from time to time hereafter, upon request and without further consideration, all such further documents and instruments and shall do and perform all such acts as may be reasonably necessary to give full effect to the intent of this Assignment.
7. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction . This Assignment shall be governed by, and interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without regard to its choice of law rules.
8. Miscellaneous . The section headings herein and the numbering of the sections are solely for convenience and shall not affect the interpretation of this Assignment.
9. Counterparts . This Assignment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, but all counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.
10. Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Purchase Agreement.
[SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Amendment as of the date first written above.
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. | ||
By: |
/s/ Joseph P. Bree |
|
Name: | Joseph P. Bree | |
Title: | Treasurer | |
FEDERATED SERVICES COMPANY | ||
By: |
/s/ Thomas R. Donahue |
|
Name: | Thomas R. Donahue | |
Title: | Treasurer | |
BOSTON FINANCIAL DATA SERVICES, INC. | ||
By: |
/s/ Terry L. Metzger |
|
Name: | Terry L. Metzger | |
Title: | Chief Operating Officer |
Exhibit (h.16)
AMENDMENT TO FUND ACCOUNTING
AND
SHAREHOLDER RECORDKEEPING AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT TO FUND ACCOUNTING AND SHAREHOLDER RECORDKEEPING AGREEMENT (this Amendment ) is made as of July 1, 2004, between MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. ( Funds ) and FEDERATED SERVICES COMPANY ( FSC ).
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the Funds and FSC are parties to a certain Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement (the Recordkeeping Agreement ) dated as of September 14, 1992, as amended by (i) Amendment No. 1 to Schedule A Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement dated as of July 1, 1993; (ii) Amendment No. 2 to Schedule A Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement dated as of August 1, 1994; (iii) Amendment No. 1 to Schedule C Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement dated as of July 1, 1993; (iv) Amendment No. 2 to Schedule C Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement dated as of January 27, 1997, (v) Amendment No. 1 to Schedule D Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement dated as of January 27, 1997, (vi) Assignment dated as of April 22, 1996 pursuant to which Federated Shareholder Services Company (formerly Federated Services Company) assigned its duties under the Recordkeeping Agreement with respect to fund accounting services to Federated Administrative Services, and (vii) Amendment to Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement dated as of June 22, 2001 (the Recordkeeping Agreement as amended shall hereinafter be referred to as the Original Agreement );
WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Original Agreement, FSC (through its wholly owned subsidiary, Federated Shareholder Services Company ( FSSC )), among other things, provides transfer agency services to the Funds;
WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of a certain Partial Assignment of Fund Accounting and Shareholder Recordkeeping Agreement and Consent Agreement (the Assignment ) of even date herewith among FSC, Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. ( BFDS ) and the Funds, FSC assigned, among other things, to BFDS the obligation to provide transfer agency services to the Funds and the Funds consented to such assignment;
WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of this Amendment, the parties hereto desire to amend the Original Agreement to reflect such Assignment;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions . All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Original Agreement.
2. Amendment . From and after the Effective Date, Section Two, Articles 4 through 8 of the Recordkeeping Agreement, as such provisions have been amended from time to time, are no longer in effect with respect to FSC.
3. Effective Date . This Amendment shall not be effective until the transaction contemplated by that certain Purchase and Sale Agreement (the Purchase Agreement ) is entered into as of the 1st day of July, 2004, among State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company, BFDS, and FSC shall have closed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement shall not have closed by December 31, 2004, then this Amendment shall be null and void.
4. Full Force and Effect . As amended and supplemented hereby, the Orignial Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and from and after the date hereof, the Agreement (as defined in the Original Agreement) shall mean the Original Agreement as amended and supplemented hereby.
5. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
[SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Amendment as of the date first written above.
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. | ||
By: |
/s/ Joseph P. Bree |
|
Name: | Joseph P. Bree | |
Title: | Treasurer | |
FEDERATED SERVICES COMPANY | ||
By: |
/s/ Thomas R. Donahue |
|
Name: | Thomas R. Donahue | |
Title: | Treasurer |
Exhibit (h.21)
FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made as of this 1st day of September, 2004, by and between Marshall Funds, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the Corporation), and UMB Fund Services, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the UMBFS).
WHEREAS, the Corporation is an open-end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act) and is authorized to issue shares of common stock (the Shares) in separate series with each such series representing interests in a separate portfolio of securities and other assets; and
WHEREAS, the Corporation and UMBFS desire to enter into an agreement pursuant to which UMBFS shall provide fund accounting services to such investment portfolios of the Corporation as are listed on Schedule A hereto and any additional investment portfolios the Corporation and UMBFS may agree upon and include on Schedule A as such Schedule may be amended from time to time (such investment portfolios and any additional investment portfolios are individually referred to as a Fund and collectively the Funds).
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows:
1. | Appointment |
The Corporation hereby appoints UMBFS as fund accountant of the Funds for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement. UMBFS accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth, for the compensation herein provided.
2. | Services as Fund Accountant |
(a) Subject to the direction and control of the Corporations Board of Directors and utilizing information provided by the Corporation and its current and prior agents and service providers, UMBFS will: (1) calculate daily net asset values of the Funds (i) in accordance with the Corporations operating documents and valuation procedures adopted by the Board of Directors as provided to UMBFS, (ii) based on security valuations provided or directed by the Corporation, the Corporations investment adviser, and pricing service(s) as provided herein, and (iii) based on expense accrual amounts provided by the Corporation or a representative or agent of the Corporation; (2) maintain all general ledger accounts and related sub-ledgers needed as a basis for the calculation of the Funds net asset value; and (3) communicate at an agreed-upon time the net asset values for the Funds to parties as agreed upon from time to time. The duties of UMBFS shall be confined to those expressly set forth therein, and no implied duties are assumed by or may be asserted against UMBFS hereunder.
(b) The Directors of the Corporation shall cause the officers, directors, investment adviser(s) and sub-advisers, legal counsel, independent accountants, administrator, transfer
agent, custodian and other service providers and agents, past or present, for the Funds to cooperate with UMBFS and to provide UMBFS with such information, documents and advice relating to the Funds and the Corporation as necessary and/or appropriate or as reasonably requested by UMBFS, in order to enable UMBFS to perform its duties hereunder. In connection with its duties hereunder, UMBFS shall (without investigation or verification) be entitled and is hereby instructed to, rely upon any and all instructions, advice, information or documents provided to UMBFS by an officer or representative of the Corporation or by any of the aforementioned persons. UMBFS shall be entitled to rely on any document that it reasonably believes to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party. Fees charged by such persons shall be an expense of the Corporation. UMBFS shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any officer, agent, representative or employee of the Corporation, investment adviser(s) or service provider until receipt of written notice thereof from the Corporation. As used in this Agreement, the term investment adviser includes all sub-advisers or persons performing similar services.
(c) To the extent required by Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, UMBFS hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Corporation pursuant to its duties hereunder are the property of the Corporation and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Corporation any of such records upon the Corporations request. Subject to the terms of Section 6, and where applicable, UMBFS further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records which are maintained by UMBFS for the Corporation.
(d) It is understood that in determining security valuations, UMBFS employs one or more pricing services, as directed by the Corporation, to determine valuations of portfolio securities for purposes of calculating net asset values of the Funds. The Corporation shall identify to UMBFS the pricing service(s) to be utilized on behalf of the Corporation. UMBFS shall price the securities and other holdings of the Funds for which market quotations are available by the use of such services. For those securities where prices are not provided by the pricing service(s) utilized by UMBFS, the Corporation shall approve, in good faith, the method for determining the fair value of the securities. The Corporations investment adviser shall determine or obtain the valuation of the securities in accordance with those procedures and shall deliver to UMBFS the resulting prices for use in its calculation of net asset values. UMBFS is authorized to rely on the prices provided by such service(s) or by the Corporations investment adviser(s) or other authorized representative of the Corporation without investigation or verification.
(e) The Corporation and the Funds investment adviser(s) have and retain primary responsibility for all compliance matters relating to the Fund including but not limited to compliance with the 1940 Act, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the USA PATRIOT ACT of 2002, the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and the policies and limitations of each Fund relating to the portfolio investments as set forth in the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information. UMBFS monitoring and other functions hereunder shall not relieve the Corporation and the investment adviser(s) of their primary day-to-day responsibility for assuring such compliance.
3. | Fees; Delegation; Expenses |
(a) In consideration of the services rendered pursuant to this Agreement, the Corporation will pay UMBFS a fee, computed daily and payable monthly based on monthly net assets, plus out-of-pocket expenses, each as provided in Schedule B hereto. Fees shall be earned and paid monthly. In addition, to the extent that UMBFS corrects, verifies or addresses any prior actions or inactions by any Fund or by any prior service provider, UMBFS shall be entitled to additional fees as provided in Schedule B. Fees shall be adjusted in accordance with Schedule B or as otherwise agreed to by the parties from time to time. The parties may amend this Agreement to include fees for any additional services requested by the Corporation, enhancements to current services, or to add Funds for which UMBFS has been retained. The Corporation agrees to pay UMBFS then current rate for additional services provided, or for enhancements to existing services currently provided, after the execution of this Agreement.
(b) For the purpose of determining fees payable to UMBFS, net asset value shall be computed in accordance with the Corporations Prospectus and resolutions of the Corporations Board of Directors. The fee for the period from the day of the month this Agreement is entered into until the end of that month shall be pro-rated according to the proportion that such period bears to the full monthly period. Upon any termination of this Agreement before the end of any month, the fee for such part of a month shall be pro-rated according to the proportion which such period bears to the full monthly period and shall be payable upon the date of termination of this Agreement. Should the Corporation be liquidated, merged with or acquired by another fund or investment company, any accrued fees shall be immediately payable.
(c) UMBFS will bear all expenses incurred by it in connection with the performance of its services under Section 2, except as otherwise provided herein. UMBFS shall not be required to pay or finance any costs and expenses incurred in the operation of the Funds, including, but not limited to: security pricing services; outside auditing and legal expenses; expenses in connection with the electronic transmission of documents and information; research and statistical data services; fees and expenses associated with internet, e-mail and other related activities; and extraordinary expenses.
(d) Except as otherwise specified, fees payable hereunder shall be calculated in arrears and billed on a monthly basis. The Corporation agrees to pay all fees within forty-five days of receipt of each invoice. UMBFS retains the right to charge interest in the amount of 1-1/2 percent per month on any amounts that remain unpaid beyond such forty-five day period.
4. | Proprietary and Confidential Information |
UMBFS agrees on behalf of itself and its employees to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Corporation all records relative to the Funds shareholders, not to use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, and not to disclose such information except where UMBFS may be exposed to civil or criminal proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities or court process, when subject to governmental or regulatory audit or investigation, or when so requested by the Corporation. In case of any requests or demands for inspection of the records of the Funds, UMBFS will endeavor to notify
the Corporation promptly and to secure instructions from a representative of the Corporation as to such inspection. Records and information which have become known to the public through no wrongful act of UMBFS or any of its employees, agents or representatives, and information which was already in the possession of UMBFS prior to receipt thereof, shall not be subject to this paragraph.
5. | Limitation of Liability |
(a) UMBFS shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Funds in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except for a loss resulting from UMBFS willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties under this Agreement. Furthermore, UMBFS shall not be liable for (i) any action taken or omitted to be taken in accordance with or in reliance upon written or oral instructions, advice, data, documents or information (without investigation or verification) received by UMBFS from an officer or representative of the Corporation, or from a representative of any of the parties referenced in Section 2, (ii) its reliance on the security valuations without investigation or verification provided by pricing service(s), the Corporations investment adviser(s) or representatives of the Corporation, or (iii) any action taken or omission by the Funds, the Corporation, investment adviser(s) or any past or current service provider.
(b) UMBFS assumes no responsibility hereunder, and shall not be liable, for any default, damage, loss of data or documents, errors, delay or any other loss whatsoever caused by events beyond its reasonable control. UMBFS will, however, take all reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions for any period that such interruption continues beyond its control.
(c) The Corporation agrees to indemnify and hold harmless UMBFS, its employees, agents, officers, directors, affiliates and nominees (collectively, the Indemnified Parties) from and against any and all claims, demands, actions and suits, and from and against any and all judgments, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees and other expenses of every nature and character which may be asserted against or incurred by any Indemnified Party or for which any Indemnified Party may be held liable (a Claim) arising out of or in any way relating to (i) UMBFS actions or omissions except to the extent a Claim resulted from UMBFS willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties hereunder or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties hereunder; (ii) UMBFS reliance on, implementation of or use of (without investigation or verification) advice, instructions, requests, directions, information, data, security valuations, records and documents received by UMBFS from any party referenced in Section 2 hereof or other representative or agent of the Corporation, or (iii) any action taken by or omission of the Corporation, investment adviser(s) or any past or current service provider.
(d) UMBFS agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation, its employees, agents, officers, directors, affiliates and nominees (collectively, the Indemnified Parties) from and against any and all Claims arising out of or in any way relating to UMBFS willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.
(e) In no event and under no circumstances shall UMBFS, its affiliates or any of its or their officers, directors, members, agents or employees be liable to anyone, including, without limitation, the other party, under any theory of tort, contract, strict liability or other legal or equitable theory for lost profits, exemplary, punitive, special, indirect or consequential damages for any act or failure to act under any provision of this Agreement regardless of whether such damages were foreseeable and even if advised of the possibility thereof. The indemnity and defense provisions set forth in this Section 5 shall indefinitely survive the termination and/or assignment of this Agreement.
6. | Term |
(a) This Agreement shall become effective with respect to each Fund listed on Schedule A hereof as of the date this Agreement is executed and, with respect to each Fund not in existence on that date, on the date an amendment to Schedule A to this Agreement relating to that Fund is executed. This Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to each Fund until terminated as provided herein. Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time by giving the other party a written notice not less than sixty (60) days prior to the date the termination is to be effective.
(b) The terms of this Agreement shall not be waived, altered, modified, amended or supplemented in any manner whatsoever except by a written instrument signed by UMBFS and the Corporation.
(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon the termination of this Agreement or the liquidation of a Fund or the Corporation, UMBFS shall deliver the records of the Funds and/or Corporation as the case may be, in the form maintained by UMBFS (to the extent permitted by applicable license agreements) to the Corporation or person(s) designated by the Corporation at the Corporations cost and expense, and thereafter the Corporation or its designee shall be solely responsible for preserving the records for the periods required by all applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Corporation shall be responsible for all expenses associated with the movement (or duplication) of records and materials and conversion thereof to a successor fund accounting agent, including all reasonable trailing expenses incurred by UMBFS. In addition, in the event of termination of this Agreement, or the proposed liquidation or merger of the Corporation or the Funds, and the Corporation requests UMBFS to provide additional services in connection therewith, UMBFS shall provide such services and be entitled to such compensation as the parties may mutually agree.
7. | Non-Exclusivity |
The services of UMBFS rendered to the Corporation are not deemed to be exclusive. UMBFS may render such services and any other services to others, including other investment companies. The Corporation recognizes that from time to time directors, officers and employees of UMBFS and its affiliates may serve as trustees, directors, officers and employees of other entities (including other investment companies), and that UMBFS or its affiliates may enter into other agreements with such other entities.
8. | Governing Law; Invalidity |
This Agreement shall be governed by Wisconsin law. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Wisconsin, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control, and nothing herein shall be construed in a manner inconsistent with the 1940 Act or any rule or order of the Commission thereunder. Any provision of this Agreement which may be determined by competent authority to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. In such case, the parties shall in good faith modify or substitute such provision consistent with the original intent of the parties.
9. | Notices |
Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party to the other shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, as follows: Notice to UMBFS shall be sent to UMB Fund Services, Inc., 803 West Michigan Street, Suite A, Milwaukee, WI, 53233, Attention: Peter J. Hammond, with a copy to General Counsel, and notice to the Corporation shall be sent to Marshall Funds, Inc., 1000 North Water Street, Milwaukee, WI, 53202, Attention: President.
10. | Entire Agreement |
This Agreement, together with the Schedules attached hereto, constitutes the entire Agreement of the parties hereto.
11. | Miscellaneous |
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original agreement but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. The facsimile signature of any party to this Agreement shall constitute the valid and binding execution hereof by such party.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. | ||
(the Corporation) | ||
By: |
/s/ John M. Blaser |
|
President | ||
UMB FUND SERVICES, INC. | ||
(UMBFS) | ||
By: |
/s/ Peter Hammond |
|
Executive Vice President |
Schedule A
to the
Fund Accounting Agreement
by and between
Marshall Funds, Inc.
and
UMB Fund Services, Inc.
Names of Funds
Marshall Equity Income Fund
Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund
Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund
Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund
Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund
Marshall Government Income Fund
Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund
Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund
Marshall Short-Term Income Fund
Marshall Money Market Fund
Marshall Government Money Market Fund
Marshall Tax-Free Money Market Fund
Exhibit (h.22)
FUND ACCOUNTING AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made as of this 1st day of September, 2004, by and between Marshall Funds, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the Corporation), and Investors Bank & Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company (the Bank).
WHEREAS, the Corporation is an open-end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act) and is authorized to issue shares of common stock (the Shares) in separate series with each such series representing interests in a separate portfolio of securities and other assets; and
WHEREAS, the Corporation and the Bank desire to enter into an agreement pursuant to which the Bank shall provide fund accounting services to those certain investment portfolios of the Corporation listed on Appendix A hereto (each hereinafter, a Fund), as such Appendix A may be amended from time to time.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows:
1. | Appointment |
The Corporation hereby appoints the Bank as fund accountant of the Fund for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement. The Bank accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth, for the compensation herein provided.
2. | Services as Fund Accountant |
(a) Subject to the direction and control of the Corporations Board of Directors and utilizing information provided by the Corporation and its current and prior agents and service providers, the Bank will: (1) calculate daily net asset values of the Fund (i) in accordance with the Corporations operating documents and valuation procedures adopted by the Board of Directors as provided to the Bank, (ii) based on security valuations provided or directed by the Corporation, the Corporations investment adviser, and pricing service(s) as provided herein, and (iii) based on expense accrual amounts provided by the Corporation or a representative or agent of the Corporation; (2) maintain all general ledger accounts and related sub-ledgers needed as a basis for the calculation of the Funds net asset value; and (3) communicate at an agreed-upon time the net asset values for the Fund to parties as agreed upon from time to time. The duties of the Bank shall be confined to those expressly set forth therein, and no implied duties are assumed by or may be asserted against the Bank hereunder.
(b) The Directors of the Corporation shall cause the officers, directors, investment adviser(s) and sub-advisers, legal counsel, independent accountants, administrator, transfer agent, and other service providers and agents, past or present, for the Fund to cooperate with the Bank and to provide the Bank
1
with such information, documents and advice relating to the Fund and the Corporation as necessary and/or appropriate or as requested by the Bank, in order to enable the Bank to perform its duties hereunder. In connection with its duties hereunder, the Bank shall (without investigation or verification) be entitled and is hereby instructed to, rely upon any and all instructions, advice, information or documents provided to the Bank by an officer or representative of the Fund or by any of the aforementioned persons (Authorized Persons). The Bank shall be entitled to rely on any document that it reasonably believes to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party. Fees charged by such persons shall be an expense of the Corporation. The Bank shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any Authorized Person until receipt of written notice thereof from the Corporation. As used in this Agreement, the term investment adviser includes all sub-advisers or persons performing similar services.
(c) To the extent required by Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Bank hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Corporation pursuant to its duties hereunder are the property of the Corporation and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Corporation any of such records upon the Corporations request. Subject to the terms of Section 6, and where applicable, the Bank further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records which are maintained by the Bank for the Corporation.
(d) The Bank shall employ one or more pricing services, as directed by the Corporation, to determine valuations of portfolio securities. The Corporation shall identify to the Bank the pricing service(s) to be utilized on behalf of the Corporation. The Bank shall value the securities at prices provided by such services. For those securities where prices are not provided by the pricing service(s) utilized by the Bank, the Corporation shall approve, in good faith, the method for determining the fair value of the securities. The Corporations investment adviser shall determine or obtain the valuation of the securities in accordance with those procedures and shall deliver to the Bank the resulting prices for use in connection with its marking to market the value of the Funds portfolio securities. The Bank is authorized to rely on the prices provided by such service(s) or by the Corporations investment adviser(s) or other authorized representative of the Corporation without investigation or verification.
(e) The Corporations Board of Directors and the Funds investment adviser(s) have and retain primary responsibility for all compliance matters relating to the Fund including but not limited to compliance with the 1940 Act, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the USA PATRIOT ACT of 2002, the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and the policies and limitations of each Fund relating to the portfolio investments as set forth in the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information. The Bank monitoring and other functions hereunder shall not relieve the Board and the investment adviser(s) of their primary day-to-day responsibility for assuring such compliance.
3. | Fees; Delegation; Expenses |
(a) For the services rendered by the Bank hereunder, the Corporation will pay to the Bank such fees at such rate as shall be agreed upon in writing by the parties from time to time. The Corporation will also pay or reimburse the Bank from time to time for any necessary proper disbursements, expenses and charges made or incurred by the Bank in the performance of this Agreement (including any duties listed on any Schedule hereto, if any) including any indemnities for any loss, liabilities or expense to the Bank as provided herein.
2
(b) Fees and expenses will be calculated monthly. Fees and expenses owed to the Bank for any month may be charged against any cash balance held by the Corporation beginning on the first (1 st ) business day after the end of such month based on information then available. Fees charged to an account may result in an overdraft that will be subject to normal interest charges. The Corporation will have thirty (30) days after the receipt of an invoice to dispute any charge that appears on such invoice. After such thirty (30) day period, the invoice will be deemed to be complete and accurate and may no longer be disputed.
(c) The Bank shall not be required to pay or finance any costs and expenses incurred in the operation of the Fund, including, but not limited to: security pricing services; outside auditing and legal expenses; expenses in connection with the electronic transmission of documents and information; research and statistical data services; fees and expenses associated with internet, e-mail and other related activities; and extraordinary expenses.
4. | Proprietary and Confidential Information |
the Bank agrees on behalf of itself and its employees to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Corporation all records relative to the Funds shareholders, not to use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, and not to disclose such information except where the Bank may be exposed to civil or criminal proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities or court process, when subject to governmental or regulatory audit or investigation, or when so requested by the Corporation. In case of any requests or demands for inspection of the records of the Fund, the Bank will endeavor to notify the Corporation promptly and to secure instructions from a representative of the Corporation as to such inspection. Records and information which have become known to the public through no wrongful act of the Bank or any of its employees, agents or representatives, and information which was already in the possession of the Bank prior to receipt thereof, shall not be subject to this paragraph.
5. | Limitation of Liability |
(a) The Bank shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund, the Corporation or any third party in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except for a loss resulting from the Banks willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties under this Agreement. Furthermore, the Bank shall not be liable for (i) any action taken or omitted to be taken in accordance with or in reliance upon written or oral instructions, advice, data, documents or information (without investigation or verification) received by the Bank from an officer or representative of the Corporation, or from a representative of any of the parties referenced in Section 2, (ii) its reliance on the security valuations without investigation or verification provided by pricing service(s), the Corporations investment adviser(s) or representatives of the Corporation, or (iii) any action taken or omission by the Fund, the Corporation, investment adviser(s) or any past or current service provider.
3
(b) the Bank assumes no responsibility hereunder, and shall not be liable, for any default, damage, loss of data or documents, errors, delay or any other loss whatsoever caused by events beyond its reasonable control. The Bank will, however, take all reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions for any period that such interruption continues beyond its control.
(c) The Corporation agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Bank, its employees, agents, officers, directors, affiliates and nominees (collectively, the Indemnified Parties) from and against any and all claims, demands, actions and suits, and from and against any and all judgments, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, charges, reasonable counsel fees and other expenses of every nature and character which may be asserted against or incurred by any Indemnified Party or for which any Indemnified Party may be held liable (a Claim) arising out of or in any way relating to (i) the Banks actions or omissions except to the extent a Claim resulted from the Banks willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties hereunder or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties hereunder; (ii) the Banks reliance on, implementation of or use of (without investigation or verification) advice, instructions, requests, directions, information, data, security valuations, records and documents received by the Bank from any party referenced in Section 2 hereof or other representative or agent of the Corporation, or (iii) any action taken by or omission of the Corporation, investment adviser(s) or any past or current service provider.
(d) In no event and under no circumstances shall the Bank, its affiliates or any of its or their officers, directors, members, agents or employees be liable to anyone, including, without limitation, the other party, under any theory of tort, contract, strict liability or other legal or equitable theory for lost profits, exemplary, punitive, special, indirect or consequential damages for any act or failure to act under any provision of this Agreement regardless of whether such damages were foreseeable and even if advised of the possibility thereof.
(e) The indemnity and defense provisions set forth in this Section 5 shall indefinitely survive the termination and/or assignment of this Agreement.
6. | Term |
(a) The term of this Agreement shall be three years commencing upon the date hereof (the Initial Term), unless earlier terminated as provided herein. After the expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement may be terminated at any time without penalty upon sixty (60) days written notice delivered by either party to the other by means of registered mail, and upon the expiration of such sixty days this Agreement will terminate.
Either party hereto may terminate this Agreement prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term in the event the other party violates any material provision of this Agreement, provided that the non-violating party gives written notice of such violation to the violating party and the violating party does not cure such violation within 90 days of receipt of such notice.
(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon the termination of this Agreement or the liquidation of the Fund or the Corporation, the Bank shall deliver the records of the Fund and/or Corporation as the case may be, in the form maintained by the Bank (to the extent permitted by applicable license agreements) to the Corporation or person(s) designated by the Corporation, and
4
thereafter the Corporation or its designee shall be solely responsible for preserving the records for the periods required by all applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Corporation shall be responsible for all expenses associated with the movement (or duplication) of records and materials and conversion thereof to a successor fund accounting agent, including all reasonable trailing expenses incurred by the Bank. In addition, in the event of termination of this Agreement, or the proposed liquidation or merger of the Corporation or the Fund, and the Corporation requests the Bank to provide additional services in connection therewith, the Bank shall provide such services and be entitled to such compensation as the parties may mutually agree.
7. | Non-Exclusivity |
The services of the Bank rendered to the Corporation are not deemed to be exclusive. The Bank may render such services and any other services to others, including other investment companies. The Corporation recognizes that from time to time directors, officers and employees of the Bank and its affiliates may serve as trustees, directors, officers and employees of other entities (including other investment companies), and that the Bank or its affiliates may enter into other agreements with such other entities.
8. | Governing Law; Invalidity |
This Agreement shall be governed by Massachusetts law without regard to its conflicts of laws rules. To the extent that the applicable laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control, and nothing herein shall be construed in a manner inconsistent with the 1940 Act or any rule or order of the Commission thereunder. Any provision of this Agreement which may be determined by competent authority to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. In such case, the parties shall in good faith modify or substitute such provision consistent with the original intent of the parties.
9. | Notices |
Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party to the other shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, as follows: Notice to the Bank shall be sent to Investors Bank & Trust Company, 200 Clarendon Street, 16 th Floor, Boston, MA 02116, Attention: Geoffrey M. OConnell, with a copy to John Henry, General Counsel, and notice to the Corporation shall be sent to Marshall Funds, Inc., 1000 North Water Street, Milwaukee, WI, 53202, Attention: John Blaser, President.
10. | Entire Agreement |
This Agreement, together with the Schedules attached hereto, constitutes the entire Agreement of the parties hereto.
5
11. | Miscellaneous |
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original agreement but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. The facsimile signature of any party to this Agreement shall constitute the valid and binding execution hereof by such party.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC. | ||
(the Corporation) | ||
By: |
/s/ John M. Blaser |
|
Title: | President | |
INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMAPNY | ||
(the Bank) | ||
By: |
/s/ Robert D. Mancuso |
|
Title: | Senior Vice President |
6
Appendix A
to the
Fund Accounting Agreement
by and between
Marshall Funds, Inc.
and
Investors Bank & Trust Company
Portfolios
| Marshall International Stock Fund |
7
Exhibit (j)
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the references to our firm under the captions Financial Highlights Investor Class of Shares in the Class Y Prospectus, Financial Highlights Advisor Class of Shares and Financial Highlights Investor Class of Shares in the Class A/Class Y Prospectus, Financial Highlights Institutional Class of Shares in the Class I Marshall International Stock Fund Prospectus, Financial Highlights Investor Class of Shares in the Class Y Marshall Money Market Fund Prospectus, and Financial Highlights Institutional Class of Shares in the Class I Marshall Money Market Fund and Marshall Government Money Market Fund Prospectus; and under the captions of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and Financial Statements in the Investor Class of Shares (Class Y), the Advisor Class of Shares (Class A), and the Institutional Class of Shares (Class I) Statements of Additional Information in Post-Effective Amendment Number 42 to the Registration Statement (Form N-1A, No. 33-48907) of Marshall Funds, Inc.
We also consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated October 15, 2004 on Marshall Equity Income Fund, Marshall Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund, Marshall Mid-Cap Value Fund, Marshall Mid-Cap Growth Fund, Marshall Small-Cap Growth Fund, Marshall International Stock Fund, Marshall Government Income Fund, Marshall Intermediate Bond Fund, Marshall Intermediate Tax-Free Fund, Marshall Short-Term Income Fund, Marshall Government Money Market Fund, and Marshall Money Market Fund (the twelve portfolios constituting Marshall Funds, Inc.) included in the Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP |
Boston, Massachusetts
December 27, 2004
Exhibit (m.1)
MARSHALL FUNDS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED RULE 12B-1 PLAN
Effective as of October 25, 2004
This Amended and Restated Rule 12b-1 Plan (the Plan) is adopted as of this 25th day of October, 2004 , by the Board of Directors of Marshall Funds, Inc. (the Corporation), a Wisconsin corporation, with respect to certain classes of shares (the Classes) of the portfolios of the Corporation (the Funds) set forth in exhibits hereto.
1. This Plan is adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the Act) so as to allow the Corporation to make payments as contemplated herein, in conjunction with the distribution of Classes of the Funds (the Shares).
2. This Plan is designed to finance activities of Grand Distribution Services, LLC (the Distributor) principally intended to result in the sale of Shares to include: (a) providing incentive to broker/dealers (the Brokers) to sell Shares and to provide administrative support services to the Funds and their shareholders; (b) compensating other participating financial institutions and other persons (the Administrators) for providing administrative support services to the Funds and their shareholders; (c) paying for the costs incurred in conjunction with advertising and marketing of Shares to include expenses of preparing, printing and distributing prospectuses and sales literature to prospective shareholders, Brokers or Administrators; and (d) other costs incurred in the implementation and operation of the Plan. In compensation for services provided pursuant to this Plan, the Distributor will be paid a fee in respect of the Classes set forth on the applicable exhibit.
3. Any payment to the Distributor in accordance with this Plan will be made pursuant to the Distribution Agreement entered into by and between the Corporation, the Corporations administrator and the Distributor. Any payments made by the Distributor to Brokers and Administrators with funds received as compensation under this Plan will be made pursuant to a Rule 12b-1 Agreement entered into by the Distributor and the Broker or Administrator.
4. The Distributor has the right (i) to select, in its sole discretion, the Brokers and Administrators to participate in the Plan, and (ii) to terminate without cause and in its sole discretion any Rule 12b-1 Agreement.
5. Quarterly, in each year that this Plan remains in effect, the Distributor shall prepare and furnish to the Board of Directors of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors shall review, a written report of the amounts expended under the Plan and the purpose for which such expenditures were made.
6. This Plan shall become effective with respect to each Class (i) after approval by majority votes of: (a) the Corporations Board of Directors; and (b) the Directors of the Corporation who are not interested persons of the Corporation and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plan (Disinterested Directors), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Plan.
E-1
7. This Plan shall remain in effect with respect to each Class presently set forth on an exhibit and any subsequent Classes added pursuant to an exhibit during the initial year of this Plan for the period of one year from the date set forth above and may be continued thereafter if this Plan is approved with respect to each Class at least annually by a majority of the Corporations Board of Directors and a majority of the Disinterested Directors, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such Plan. If this Plan is adopted with respect to a Class after the first annual approval by the Directors as described above, this Plan will be effective as to that Class upon execution of the applicable exhibit (and after shareholder approval, if required under the Act) and will continue in effect until the next annual approval of this Plan by the Directors and thereafter for successive periods of one year subject to approval as described above.
8. All material amendments to this Plan must be approved by a vote of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and of the Disinterested Directors, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on it.
9. This Plan may not be amended in order to increase materially the costs which the Classes may bear for distribution pursuant to the Plan without being approved by a majority vote of the outstanding voting securities of the Classes as defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the Act.
10. This Plan may be terminated with respect to a particular Class at any time by: (a) a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors; or (b) a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the particular Class as defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the Act; or (c) by the Distributor on 60 days notice to the Corporation. In the event of termination of the Plan, the Distributor shall be reimbursed only for permitted amounts incurred to the date of termination and within the limits set forth in the exhibits hereto.
11. While this Plan shall be in effect, the selection and nomination of Disinterested Directors of the Corporation shall be committed to the discretion of the Disinterested Directors then in office. Nothing herein shall prevent the involvement of others in such selection and nomination if the final decision on any such selection and nomination is approved by a majority of such Disinterested Directors.
12. All agreements with any person relating to the implementation of this Plan shall be in writing and any agreement related to this Plan shall be subject to termination, without penalty, pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 10 herein.
13. This Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin.
2
Exhibit (m.2)
RULE 12b-1 AGREEMENT
This Agreement is made between the institution executing this Agreement (the Administrator) and Grand Distribution Services, LLC (the Distributor) for the mutual funds (referred to individually as the Fund and collectively as the Funds) for which the Distributor serves as distributor of shares of beneficial interest or capital stock (Shares) and which have adopted a Rule l2b-1 Plan (Plan) and approved this form of agreement pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the Act). In consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, it is hereby agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
1. The Distributor hereby appoints the Administrator to render or cause to be rendered sales and/or administrative support services to the Funds and their shareholders.
2. The services to be provided under Paragraph 1 may include, but are not limited to, the following:
(a) | communicating account openings through computer terminals located on the Administrators premises (computer terminals), through a toll-free telephone number or otherwise; |
(b) | communicating account closings via the computer terminals, through a toll-free telephone number or otherwise; |
(c) | entering purchase transactions through the computer terminals, through a toll-free telephone number or otherwise; |
(d) | entering redemption transactions through the computer terminals, through a toll-free telephone number or otherwise; |
(e) | electronically transferring and receiving funds for Fund Share purchases and redemptions, and confirming and reconciling all such transactions; |
(f) | reviewing the activity in Fund accounts; |
(g) | providing training and supervision of its personnel; |
(h) | maintaining and distributing current copies of prospectuses and shareholder reports; |
(i) | advertising the availability of its services and products; |
D-1
(j) | providing assistance and review in designing materials to send to customers and potential customers and developing methods of making such materials accessible to customers and potential customers; and |
(k) | responding to customers and potential customers questions about the Funds. |
The services listed above are illustrative. The Administrator is not required to perform each service and may at any time perform either more or fewer services than described above.
3. During the term of this Agreement, the Distributor will pay the Administrator fees for each Fund as set forth in a written schedule delivered to the Administrator pursuant to this Agreement. The Distributors fee schedule for the Administrator may be changed by the Distributor sending a new fee schedule to the Administrator pursuant to Paragraph 12 of this Agreement. For the payment period in which this Agreement becomes effective or terminates, there shall be an appropriate proration of the fee on the basis of the number of days that the Agreement is in effect during the quarter.
4. The Administrator will not perform or provide any duties which would cause it to be a fiduciary under Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code. For purposes of that Section, the Administrator understands that any person who exercises any discretionary authority or discretionary control with respect to any individual retirement account or its assets, or who renders investment advice for a fee, or has any authority or responsibility to do so, or has any discretionary authority or discretionary responsibility in the administration of such an account, is a fiduciary.
5. The Administrator understands that the Department of Labor views ERISA as prohibiting fiduciaries of discretionary ERISA assets from receiving administrative service fees or other compensation from funds in which the fiduciarys discretionary ERISA assets are invested. To date, the Department of Labor has not issued any exemptive order or advisory opinion that would exempt fiduciaries from this interpretation. Without specific authorization from the Department of Labor, fiduciaries should carefully avoid investing discretionary assets in any fund pursuant to an arrangement where the fiduciary is to be compensated by the fund for such investment. Receipt of such compensation could violate ERISA provisions against fiduciary self-dealing and conflict of interest and could subject the fiduciary to substantial penalties.
6. The Administrator agrees not to solicit or cause to be solicited directly, or indirectly at any time in the future, any proxies from the shareholders of any or all of the Funds in opposition to proxies solicited by management of the Funds, unless a court of competent jurisdiction shall have determined that the conduct of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Funds constitutes willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of their duties. This Paragraph 6 will survive the term of this Agreement.
7. With respect to each Fund, this Agreement shall continue in effect for one year from the date of its execution, and thereafter for successive periods of one year if the form of this Agreement is approved at least annually by the Directors of the Fund, including a majority of the
2
members of the Board of Directors of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Funds Plan or in any related documents to the Plan (Disinterested Directors), cast in person at a meeting called for that purpose.
8. Notwithstanding Paragraph 7, this Agreement may be terminated as follows:
(a) | at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the vote of a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the Fund or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund as defined in the Act on not more than sixty (60) days written notice to the parties to this Agreement; |
(b) | automatically in the event of the Agreements assignment as defined in the Act or upon the termination of the Distribution Agreement between the Funds, the Funds administrator and the Distributor; and |
(c) | by either party to the Agreement without cause by giving the other party at least sixty (60) days written notice of its intention to terminate. |
9. The termination of this Agreement with respect to any one Fund will not cause the Agreements termination with respect to any other Fund.
10. The Administrator agrees to obtain any taxpayer identification number certification from its customers required under Section 3406 of the Internal Revenue Code, and any applicable Treasury regulations, and to provide the Distributor or its designee with timely written notice of any failure to obtain such taxpayer identification number certification in order to enable the implementation of any required backup withholding.
11. This Agreement supersedes any prior service agreements between the parties for the Funds.
12. This Agreement may be amended by the Distributor from time to time by the following procedure. The Distributor will mail a copy of the amendment to the Administrators address, as shown below. If the Administrator does not object to the amendment within thirty (30) days after its receipt, the amendment will become part of the Agreement. The Administrators objection must be in writing and be received by the Distributor within such thirty days.
3
13. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Wisconsin.
|
||
[Administrator] |
||
|
||
Address |
||
|
||
City |
State Zip Code | |
By: |
|
|
Dated: |
|
|
|
||
Title |
||
|
||
Print Name of Authorized Signature |
||
Grand Distribution Services, LLC |
||
803 West Michigan Street, Suite A |
||
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233 |
||
By: |
|
4
Exhibit (m.3)
GRAND DISTRIBUTION SERVICES, LLC
803 West Michigan Street, Suite A
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233
DEALER AGREEMENT FOR THE SALE OF SHARES
OF THE MARSHALL FUNDS
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have entered into a Distribution Agreement with the Marshall Funds (the Corporation), a Wisconsin corporation registered as a management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act), in connection with the its thirteen (13) series, and such other series as may be added to the Corporation in the future (collectively the Funds) pursuant to which we have been appointed distributor of shares of the Funds.
This Dealer Agreement (the Agreement) has been adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act by the Corporation on behalf of the Funds under a Distribution and Service Plan (the Plan) adopted pursuant to said Rule. This Agreement, being made between Grand Distribution Services, LLC (the Distributor) and the undersigned authorized dealer (you), relates to the services to be provided by you and for which you are entitled to receive payments pursuant to the Plan.
1. To the extent that you provide distribution assistance and account maintenance and personal services in accordance with the Plan and applicable rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the NASD) to those of your customers who may from time to time directly or beneficially own shares of the Funds, you shall be entitled to a fee periodically pursuant to the Plan. You agree that you will only offer and sell shares of the Funds at the public offering prices that are currently in effect, in accordance with the terms of the then current prospectuses of the Funds.
2. The fee paid with respect to the classes of shares of the Funds will be computed daily and paid quarterly (within 45 days after the end of each quarter) at annual rates of up to the percentages specified on Schedule A of the average net asset value of the shares of the Funds purchased or acquired by your firm as nominee for your customers, or are owned by those customers of your firm whose records, as maintained by the Funds or their transfer agent, designate your firm as the customers dealer of record or holder of record (collectively, the Fund Shares). For purposes of determining the fees payable under this Agreement, the average daily net asset value of the Fund Shares will be computed in the manner specified in the Funds Registration Statement (Registration Statement) (as the same is in effect from time to time) in connection with the computation of the net asset value of shares for purposes of purchases and redemptions.
3. We reserve the right at any time to impose minimum fee payment requirements before any periodic payments will be made to you hereunder . In the event payment due for a period is less than $10.00, such payment will not be made but will be included with the next scheduled payment when the aggregate due exceeds $10.00.
4. You shall furnish the Funds and us with such information as shall reasonably be requested either by the Directors or officers of the Corporation or by us with respect to the services provided and the fees paid to you pursuant to this Agreement, including but not limited to blue sky sales reports. We shall furnish the Directors of the Corporation, for their review on a quarterly basis, a written report of the amounts expended under the Plan by us and the purposes for which such expenditures were made.
5. Orders shall be placed either directly with the Funds transfer agent in accordance with such procedures as may be established by the transfer agent or us, or with the transfer agent through the facilities of the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC), if available, in accordance with the rules of the NSCC. In addition, all orders are subject to acceptance or rejection by the Distributor or the relevant Fund in the sole discretion of either. Purchase orders shall be subject to receipt by the Corporations transfer agent of all required documents in proper form and to the minimum initial and subsequent purchase requirements set forth in the Registration Statement.
6. Settlement of transactions shall be in accordance with such procedures as may be established by the transfer agent or us, if applicable, the rules of the NSCC. If payment is not received, we and the Funds reserve the right forthwith to cancel the sale, or at the option of the Funds or us to sell the Shares at the then prevailing net asset value, in either case you agree to be responsible for any loss resulting to the Fund and/or to us from your failure to make payments as aforesaid.
7. You shall be allowed the concessions from the public offering price, if any, as set forth in the Registration Statement. Reduced sales charges may also be available pursuant to any special features of the Funds (such as cumulative discounts, letters of intent, etc., the terms of which shall be described in the Funds Registration Statement.) Unless at the time of transmitting an order you advise the Funds and their transfer agent to the contrary, the Funds may consider the order to be the total holding of an investor and assume that the investor is not entitled to any reduction in sales price beyond that accorded to the amount of the purchase as determined by the schedule set forth in the then current prospectus of the relevant Fund.
8. If any Fund Shares sold to you or your customers are redeemed by the Funds or repurchased for the account of the Funds or are tendered to the Funds for redemption or repurchase within seven business days after the date of confirmation to you of the original purchase order for said Fund Shares, you agree to pay forthwith to us the full amount of any dealer concession allowed or commission paid to you on the original sale, and we agree to pay the amount of any such dealer concession to the Fund when received by us. Alternatively, we may, in our discretion, withhold payment of dealer concessions or commissions to you for such Fund Shares.
9. For all purposes of this Agreement you will be deemed to be an independent contractor and neither you nor any of your employees or agents shall have any authority to act in any matter or in any respect as agent for the Funds or for the Distributor. Neither you nor any of your
employees or agents are authorized to make any representation concerning shares of the Funds except those contained in the Registration Statement. By your written acceptance of this Agreement, you agree to and do release, indemnify and hold us harmless from and against any and all liabilities, losses, claims, demands, charges, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees) arising out of or resulting from (i) requests, directions, actions or inactions of or by you or your officers, employees or agents or, (ii) the purchase, redemption, transfer or registration of shares of the Funds (or orders relating to the same) by you or your clients, or (iii) your breach of any of the terms of this Agreement. In the event we or the Funds determine to refund any amount paid by an investor for any reason, you shall return to the Funds or us any commission previously paid or discounts allowed with respect to the transaction for which the refund is made. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the foregoing indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall indefinitely survive the termination of this Agreement.
10. We may enter into other similar agreements with any other person without your consent.
11. You represent that you are a member of the NASD and agree to maintain membership in the NASD. You agree to abide by all the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the NASD which are binding upon underwriters and dealers in the distribution of the securities of open-end investment companies, including without limitation, Rule 2830 of the NASD Conduct Rules, as may be amended from time to time. You shall comply with all applicable laws including state and federal laws and the rules and regulations of authorized regulatory agencies. You will not sell or offer for sale shares of any Fund in any state or jurisdiction where (i) you are not qualified to act as a dealer or (ii) the shares are not qualified for sale or exempt from qualification, including under the blue sky laws and regulations of such state. You agree to notify us immediately if your license or registration to act as a broker-dealer is revoked or suspended by any federal, self-regulatory or state agency. We do not assume any responsibility in connection with your registration under the laws of the various states or jurisdictions or under federal law or your qualification under any applicable law or regulation to offer or sell shares.
12. You hereby certify that you are in compliance and will continue to comply with all applicable anti-money laundering laws, regulations, rules and government guidance and have in place a comprehensive anti-money laundering compliance program that includes: internal policies, procedures and controls for complying with the USA PATRIOT Act, a designated compliance officer, an ongoing training program for appropriate employees and an independent audit function. You also certify that you are in compliance and will continue to comply with the economic sanctions programs administered by the U.S. Treasury Departments Office of Foreign Asset Control (OFAC) and have an OFAC compliance program in place that satisfies all applicable laws and regulations. You acknowledge that, because the Distributor will not have access to detailed information about your customers who purchase Fund Shares, you will assume responsibility for compliance with the foregoing laws and regulations in regard to such customers. You hereby agree to notify the Distributor promptly whenever, (i) pursuant to the provisions of your programs, indications of suspicious activity or OFAC matches are detected in connection with the purchase, sale or exchange of Fund Shares; or (ii) you receive any reports from any regulator(s) pertaining to your compliance with the foregoing laws or regulations in connection with your customers.
13. You agree to maintain all records required by law relating to transactions involving the Shares, and upon the request of us, or the Corporation, promptly make such of these records available to us or the Corporations agents as are requested. In addition you hereby agree to establish appropriate procedures and reporting forms and/or mechanisms and schedules in conjunction with us and the Corporations administrator, to enable the Corporation to identify the location, type of, and sales to all accounts opened and maintained by your customers or by you on behalf of your customers.
14. Either party to this Agreement may terminate this Agreement by giving ten (10) days written notice to the other. This Agreement will terminate automatically if (i) any bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceedings, or an assignment for the benefit of creditors, is brought under any federal or state law by or against you; (ii) your registration with the SEC as a broker-dealer is suspended or revoked; (iii) your NASD membership is suspended or revoked; (iv) you and your representatives are not licensed or qualified in a state or other jurisdiction in which you sell Fund Shares and there is not an applicable exemption, (v) an application for a protective decree under the provisions of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 is filed against you, or (vi) the Distribution Agreement between us and a fund or the Plan is terminated. This Agreement also will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. We may in our sole discretion modify or amend this Agreement upon written notice to you of such modification or amendment, which shall be effective on the date stated in such notice.
15. The provisions of the Plan and the Distribution Agreement, insofar as they relate to our obligations and the payment of fees hereunder, are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement shall become effective upon acceptance and execution by us. Unless sooner terminated as provided herein, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as long as the continuance of the Plan and this related Agreement are approved at least annually by a vote of the Directors, including a majority of the independent directors (as defined in the 1940 Act), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting thereon. All communications to us should be sent to the address shown on the first page of this Agreement. Any notice to you shall be duly given if mailed or telegraphed to you at the address specified by you below.
16. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin, excluding the laws on conflicts of laws.
|
GRAND DISTRIBUTION SERVICES, LLC 803 West Michigan Street, Suite A Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233 |
|||||
Name of Dealer (Please Print or Type)* | ||||||
|
||||||
Address of Dealer |
||||||
By: |
|
By: |
|
|||
Authorized Officer |
Authorized Officer |
|||||
|
|
|||||
Print Name | Print Name | |||||
Date: |
|
Date: |
|
|||
Phone: |
|
*NOTE: | Please sign and return both copies of this Agreement to Grand Distribution Services, LLC, Attention: Ben Schmidt. Upon acceptance, one countersigned copy will be returned to you for your files. |
Schedule A
The following lists the Funds and Shares subject to the Dealer Agreement and the compensation payable to Dealer pursuant to the Dealer Agreement. Distributor shall not pay out shareholder services fees to Dealer until the accrued, unpaid amount of shareholder services fees exceeds ten dollars ($10.00). Each Funds prospectus shall control in case of any conflict with this Schedule.
C LASS A S HARES
E QUITY FUNDS
FUND NAME |
MAXIMUM
SALES CHARGE (LOAD) IMPOSED |
DISTRIBUTION
(12b-1) FEE |
SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING FEE |
PURCHASE AMOUNT |
SALES
CHARGE AS A% OF PUBLIC |
SALES
CHARGE AS A % OF NAV |
||||||
APPLICABLE YES ¨ NO ¨ |
APPLICABLE YES ¨ NO ¨ |
APPLICABLE YES ¨ NO ¨ |
OFFERING
PRICE |
|||||||||
Equity Income Fund |
5.75% | 0.25% | 0.25% 1 |
Up to
$49,999 |
5.75% | 6.10% | ||||||
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
5.75% | 0.25% | 0.25% 1 |
$50,000 -
$99,999 |
4.50% | 4.71% | ||||||
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
5.75% | 0.25% | 0.25% 1 |
$100,000 -
$249,999 |
3.50% | 3.63% | ||||||
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
5.75% | 0.25% | 0.25% 1 |
$250,000 -
$499,999 |
2.50% | 2.56% | ||||||
Small-Cap Growth Fund |
5.75% | 0.25% | 0.25% 1 |
$500,000 -
$999,999 |
2.00% | 2.04% | ||||||
International Stock Fund |
5.75% | 0.25% | 0.25% 1 |
$1 million or
greater 2 |
None | None |
1 | The Shareholder Servicing Fee for each of the Funds (except Money Market Fund) has been voluntarily waived. The shareholder servicing agent may terminate this voluntary waiver at any time. The Shareholder Servicing Fee (after the voluntary waiver) was 0.00% for these Funds for the fiscal year ended August 31, 200[4]. |
2 | A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% applies to Advisor Class of Shares redeemed up to 12 months after purchase of $1 million or more. |
I NCOME F UNDS ( EXCEPT FOR S HORT -T ERM I NCOME F UND )
F UND N AME |
M
AXIMUM
S ALES C HARGE ( LOAD ) I MPOSED |
D
ISTRIBUTION
(12b-1) F EE |
S
HAREHOLDER
F EE |
P URCHASE A MOUNT |
S
ALES
|
S
ALES
C HARGE A S A % O F N AV |
||||||
A PPLICABLE Y ES ¨ N O ¨ |
A PPLICABLE Y ES ¨ N O ¨ |
A PPLICABLE Y ES ¨ N O ¨ |
O
FFERING
P RICE |
|||||||||
Government Income Fund |
4.75% | 0.25% | 0.25% 3 |
Less than
$24,999 |
4.75% | 4.99% | ||||||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
4.75% | 0.25% | 0.25% 3 |
$25,000 -
$49,999 |
4.50% | 4.71% | ||||||
$50,000 -
$99,999 |
4.00% | 4.17% | ||||||||||
$100,000
- $249,999 |
3.50% | 3.63% | ||||||||||
$250,000
- $499,999 |
2.50% | 2.56% | ||||||||||
$500,000
- $999,999 |
2.00% | 2.04% | ||||||||||
$1 million
or greater 4 |
None | None |
S HORT -T ERM I NCOME F UND
F UND N AME |
M
AXIMUM
C
HARGE
|
D
ISTRIBUTION
(12b-1) F EE |
S
HAREHOLDER
F EE |
P URCHASE A MOUNT |
S
ALES
|
S
ALES
C HARGE A S A % O F N AV |
||||||
A PPLICABLE Y ES ¨ N O ¨ |
A PPLICABLE Y ES ¨ N O ¨ |
A PPLICABLE Y ES ¨ N O ¨ |
O
FFERING
P RICE |
|||||||||
Short-Term Income Fund |
2.00% | 0.25% | 0.25% 1 |
Less than
$999,999 |
2.00% | 2.04% | ||||||
$1 million or
greater $1 million or greater 4 |
None | None |
3 | The Shareholder Servicing Fee for each of the Funds (except Money Market Fund) has been voluntarily waived. The shareholder servicing agent may terminate this voluntary waiver at any time. The Shareholder Servicing Fee (after the voluntary waiver) was 0.00% for these Funds for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2002. |
4 | A contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% applies to Advisor Class of Shares redeemed up to 12 months after purchase of $1 million or more. |
C LASS I S HARES
F UND N AME |
M
AXIMUM
S
ALES
C
HARGE
( LOAD ) I MPOSED |
D
ISTRIBUTION
(12b-1) F EE |
S
HAREHOLDER
S ERVICING F EE |
|||
International Stock Fund |
None | None | None | |||
Money Market Fund |
| None | None |
C LASS Y S HARES
F UND N AME |
M AXIMUM S ALES C HARGE ( LOAD ) I MPOSED |
S
HAREHOLDER
S ERVICING F EE |
||
APPLICABLE YES ¨ NO ¨ |
||||
Equity Income Fund |
None | 0.25% | ||
Large-Cap Growth & Income Fund |
None | 0.25% | ||
Mid-Cap Value Fund |
None | 0.25% | ||
Mid-Cap Growth Fund |
None | 0.25% | ||
Small-Cap Growth Fund |
None | 0.25% | ||
International Stock Fund |
None | 0.25% | ||
Government Income Fund |
None | 0.25% 5 | ||
Intermediate Bond Fund |
None | 0.25% 5 | ||
Intermediate Tax-Free Fund |
None | 0.25% 5 | ||
Short-Term Income Fund |
None | 0.25% 5 | ||
Money Market Fund |
None | 0.25% |
5 | The Shareholder Servicing Fee for Government Income Fund, Intermediate Bond Fund, Intermediate Tax-Free Fund and Short-Term Income Fund has been voluntarily reduced. The shareholder servicing agent may terminate this voluntary reduction at any time. The Shareholder Servicing Fee (after the voluntary reduction), was 0.02% for Government Income Fund, Intermediate Bond Fund, Intermediate Tax-Free Fund and Short-Term Income Fund, respectively, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 200[4]. |
Exhibit (p.4)
CODE OF ETHICS
GRAND DISTRIBUTION SERVICES, LLC
December 1, 2003
INTRODUCTION
Grand Distribution Services, LLC provides distribution-related services to its investment company clients who are in the business primarily of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding and/or trading in securities. As a result of these activities, the federal securities laws impose certain standards upon the activities of the employees of Grand Distribution Services, LLC (GDS). In particular, all employees of GDS are precluded from engaging in insider trading or tipping. In addition, GDS officers are subject to specific additional regulations that address potential conflicts of interest in their day-to-day activities as well as their personal investment activities. Notwithstanding the applicable securities laws, GDS employees are expected to act with the highest level of professional and ethical standards and avoid not only prohibited situations but also those that may give the appearance of impropriety. This is necessary to maintain the integrity of GDS business and its relationship with its clients.
This Code of Ethics is intended to dictate a level of conduct for employees of GDS in their day-to-day and personal trading activities and to provide a means to prevent and detect violations of applicable rules and regulations. Be advised that employees are expected to follow not only the letter of this Code, but also its spirit as well. Accordingly, compliance shall be reviewed for both. Questions regarding any aspect of this Code of Ethics and Insider Trading Policy and Procedures should be directed to either the President or the Senior Vice President-General Counsel.
CODE OF ETHICS
I. | STATEMENT OF GENERAL PRINCIPLES |
No officer, director or employee of GDS shall engage in any of the following acts, practices or courses of business while employed with GDS in connection with the purchase or sale of Covered Securities:
| employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud any investment company client; |
| make to any investment company client any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to such investment company a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; |
| engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any investment company client; |
| engage in any manipulative practice with respect to any investment company client; and |
| provide any advice or service to any investment company client in connection with the purchase or sale of Covered Securities other than one with which GDS has an agreement to provide service without the approval of the President. |
In particular, an employee may not engage in any of the foregoing in connection with any purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, of a security held or to be acquired by an investment company client. In addition, each employee shall follow the following general fiduciary principles in connection with his or her personal investment activities:
| at all times, place the interests of GDS investment company clients before his or her personal interests; |
| conduct all personal securities transactions in a manner consistent with this Code of Ethics, where applicable, so as to avoid any actual or potential conflicts of interest, or any abuse of position of trust and responsibility; and |
| not take any inappropriate advantage of his or her position with or on behalf of any investment company client. |
II. | DEFINITIONS |
A. | 1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. |
B. |
Access Person means any director, officer or general partner of GDS who, in the ordinary course of business makes, participates in or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by GDS investment company clients for which GDS acts as distributor, or whose |
functions or duties in the ordinary course of business relate to the making of any recommendation to GDS investment company clients regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities.
C. | A security held or to be acquired means any Covered Security which within the most recent 15 days is or has been held by the investment company client or is being considered by the investment company client or its investment adviser for purchase by the investment company and any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Covered Security. |
D. | Beneficial ownership 1 shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be in determining whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, by virtue of having a pecuniary interest, except that the determination of direct or indirect beneficial ownership shall apply to all securities which an Access Person has or acquires. |
E. | Compliance Officer means such person as the President shall name. |
F. | Control means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management and policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company. |
G. | Covered Security means a security defined in section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act, exclusive of the securities described in Sections III(F). |
H. | Employee means any part- or full-time employee of GDS. |
I. | Initial Public Offering means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. |
J. | Investment company client means any investment company with which GDS or UMB Fund Services, Inc. has an effective contract to provide services including administration, marketing and/or transfer agent services. |
K. | Limited Offering means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to section 4(2) or section 4(6) or pursuant to rule 504, rule 505 or rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933. |
L. | Purchase or sale of a security includes the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security. |
M. | GDS means Grand Distribution Services, LLC. |
1 | Beneficial ownership includes ownership of a security in which the access person has a direct or indirect pecuniary interest. A direct pecuniary interest is the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit, or to share the profit, from the transaction. An indirect pecuniary interest is any nondirect financial interest, but is specifically defined in the rules to include securities held by members of the employees immediate family sharing the same household; securities held by other relatives whose investments the employee directs or controls, whether the person lives with the employee or not, as well as accounts of another person (individual, partner, corporation, trust, custodian, or other entity) if by reason of any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement the employee obtains or may obtain therefrom a direct or indirect pecuniary interest; securities held by a partnership of which the employee is the general partner; securities held by a trust of which the employee is the settlor if the employee can revoke the trust, or a beneficiary if the employee has or shares investment control with the trustee; and equity securities which may be acquired upon exercise of an option or other right, or through conversion. A person does not derive a direct or indirect pecuniary interest by virtue of serving as a trustee or executor unless he or a member of his immediate family has a vested interest in the income or corpus of the trust or estate. Questions regarding beneficial ownership should be directed to the Compliance Officer. |
III. | EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS |
The restrictions of Section IV and the reporting requirements of Section V of this Code shall not apply to the following; provided, however, all transactions adhere to the general fiduciary principles set forth in Section I:
A. | Purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control. |
B. | Purchases or sales of securities which are not eligible for purchase or sale by any investment company client under its investment objectives and policies set forth in the clients registration statement on Form N-1A. |
C. | Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of the Access Person, including mergers, recapitalizations or similar transactions. |
D. | Purchases which are part of an issuers automatic dividend reinvestment plan. |
E. | Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights are so acquired. |
F. | Securities issued by the Government of the United States (i.e., U.S. Treasury securities), short-term debt securities which are government securities within the meaning of section 2(a)(16) of the 1940 Act (which includes securities of the U.S. Government and its instrumentalities), bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and shares of registered open-end investment companies. |
G. | Securities issued by any company included in the Standard and Poors 500 ® Index. |
H. | Purchases or sales which receive the prior approval of the President or the Compliance Officer because they are only remotely potentially harmful to GDS and its investment company clients because they would be very unlikely to affect a highly institutional market, or because they clearly are not related economically to the securities to be purchased, sold or held by any investment company client. |
IV. | RESTRICTIONS ON PERSONAL INVESTING AND OTHER ACTIVITIES . |
A. | Blackout Periods . No Access Person shall, directly or indirectly, purchase or sell any security in which he or she has or by reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership and which to his or her actual knowledge at the time of such proposed purchase or sale: |
1. | is being considered for purchase or sale by or for an investment company client; |
2. | is the subject of a pending buy or sell order by an investment company client; or |
3. | was purchased or sold by or considered for purchase or sale for an investment company client on the same day as the proposed purchase or sale of such employee. |
B. | Limited Offerings . No Access Person may invest in a limited offering of securities unless the individual receives prior approval of the Compliance Officer before directly or indirectly acquiring beneficial ownership in any securities in the initial public offering. The Compliance Officer shall review the transaction to determine that the investment is not an undisclosed reward for directing business to GDS and that the Access Person is not misappropriating an opportunity that should have been offered to an investment company client. Any such investments by the Compliance Officer must receive the prior approval of the President of UMBFS. |
C. | Initial Public Offerings . No Access Person of GDS may acquire any beneficial ownership in any securities in an initial public offering unless the individual receives prior approval of the Compliance Officer before directly or indirectly acquiring beneficial ownership in any securities in the initial public offering. The Compliance Officer shall review the transaction to determine that the investment is not an undisclosed reward for directing business to GDS and that the Access Person is not misappropriating an opportunity that should have been offered to an investment company client. Any such investments by the Compliance Officer must receive the prior approval of the President of UMBFS. |
D. | Gifts . No Access Person may receive any gift or anything else of more than $100 value within any calendar year from any person, entity or person affiliated with an entity that does business with or on behalf of an investment company client. |
E. | Service as a Director . No Access Person may serve on a board of directors of a publicly traded company, absent prior written authorization by the President of GDS which authorization is based upon a determination that such service would be consistent with the interests of GDS and its investment company clients. Any authorization will be conditioned upon the notification of such position to each investment company client and upon such other conditions as the President may deem necessary to isolate the individual from those making investment decisions. |
F. | Other Restrictions . GDS recognizes that its employees do not have any on-going, day-to-day involvement with the investment selection process of its investment company clients. In particular, its employees do not provide information or advice relating to the investment decision making process nor are employees typically consulted by the investment advisers regarding specific portfolio transactions prior to their execution. In addition, it has been the practice of GDS investment company clients and their investment advisers to not give information about securities purchased or sold or considered for purchase or sale for a portfolio until after such securities are purchased or sold. Accordingly, GDS believes the foregoing restrictions together with the reporting and compliance procedures described in Section V are sufficient and reasonable to detect and prevent violations of the Code. As discussed in Sections V(F) and VI, if circumstances warrant, the Member(s) of GDS may impose a ban on an Access Person of all personal securities transactions or require the preclearance of any such transactions, or impose such other restrictions as they deem necessary or appropriate. Appendix A sets forth additional restrictions and/or reporting procedures, if any. |
V. | REPORTING AND COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES |
Every Access Person of GDS is required to report to the Compliance Officer or his designee:
A. | Initial Holdings Reports. No later than 10 days after the person becomes an Access Person, the following information: |
1. | The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an Access Person; |
2. | The name of any broker, dealer or bank with the Access Person maintained and account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person; and |
3. | The date the report is submitted by the Access Person. |
B. | Quarterly Securities Transaction Report . No later than 10 days after the end of the calendar quarter, the following information: |
1. | With respect to any transaction during the quarter in a Covered Security in which the Access person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership: |
a. | The date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved; |
b. | The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition); |
c. | The price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected; |
d. | The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected; |
e. | The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person. |
2. | With respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person: |
a. | The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account; |
b. | The date the account was established; |
c. | The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person. |
C. | Annual Holdings Reports. Annually, the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 30 days before the report is actually submitted): |
1. | The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect ownership; |
2. | The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and |
3. | The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person. |
D. | Confirmations . In addition to the reporting requirements of Section V(A), (B) and (C) all Access Persons shall direct their brokers to supply to the Compliance Officer or his designee on a timely basis, duplicate copies of brokerage confirmations of all personal securities transactions for all securities accounts in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect beneficial interest (other than securities described in Section III(F)). |
E. | Disclaimer of Beneficial Ownership . No Quarterly Report shall be construed as an admission by the Access Person making such report that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security to which the report relates. |
F. | Compliance Monitoring . |
1. | The Compliance Officer shall establish Post-Trade Monitoring Procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating this Code, pursuant to which all Initial Holding Reports and Certification, Quarterly Reports, Annual Holding Reports and Certification, confirmations and other materials regarding personal securities transactions by employees are reviewed to ascertain compliance with the provisions of this Code. All Quarterly Reports of the Compliance Officer shall be reviewed by such person(s) as the President may from time to time designate. It shall be the responsibility of the Compliance Officer to report violations to the management of GDS. The Member(s) may impose such other reporting or compliance procedures as necessary or appropriate including bans on some or all personal investment activity or preclearance of securities activities. Appendix A sets forth additional restrictions and/or reporting procedures, if any. |
2. | The Compliance Officer, or his designee, shall identify all Access Persons who are required to make reports pursuant to this Code and shall inform such Access Persons of their reporting obligation. |
VI. REVIEW BY MEMBER(S); SANCTIONS
A. | Annual Report to GDS Member(s). |
1. | No less frequently than annually, GDS shall provide to its Member(s) a written report that describes any issues arising under the Code or |
procedures since the last report to the Member(s), including but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations.
2. | The Compliance Officer or his designee also shall inquire into any apparent violation of the restrictions imposed by this Code and shall report any apparent violations of the restrictions provided herein to GDS. |
B. | Sanctions. Upon finding such a violation of this Code, GDS may impose any sanction or take such remedial actions as it deems appropriate including, without limitation, requiring the disgorgement of profits, imposing fines or barring any personal securities transactions. |
VII. RECORD RETENTION
GDS shall maintain records in the manner and to the extent set forth below, which records may be maintained on microfilm under the conditions described in Rule 31a-2(f)(1) under the 1940 Act:
A. | Retention of Copy of Code . A copy of this Code shall be preserved in an easily accessible place. |
B. | Record of Violations . A record of any violation of this Code and any action taken as a result, shall be preserved in any easily accessible place for a period of not less than five years following the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs. |
C. | Copy of Forms and Reports . A copy of each Initial Holding Report, Quarterly Report and Annual Holding Report prepared and filed by an Access Person pursuant to this Code shall be preserved by the Compliance Officer or his designee for a period of not less than five years from the end of the fiscal year in which such report is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place. |
D. | Reporting Person List . A list of all Access Persons who are, or within the past five years have been, required to file Reports pursuant to this Code shall be maintained in an easily accessible place. |
E. | Approval Forms. A record of any decision and the reasons supporting the decision to approve the acquisition by Access Persons of securities in an Initial Public Offering or in a Limited Offering shall be maintained for at least five years of the fiscal year in which the decision is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place. |
Appendix A
Additional Substantive Restrictions and/or
Reporting and Compliance Procedures
None
Exhibit (r)
|
780 N ORTH W ATER S TREET M ILWAUKEE , WI 53202-3590 TEL 414-273-3500 FAX 414-273-5198 www.gklaw.com
G ODFREY & K AHN , S.C. M ILWAUKEE A PPLETON G REEN B AY W AUKESHA
L AFOLLETTE G ODFREY & K AHN M ADISON |
December 30, 2004
VIA EDGAR
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
Judiciary Plaza
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549
Re: Marshall Funds, Inc. (Registration Nos. 333-48907; 811-58433)
Dear Sir/Madam:
We represent Marshall Funds, Inc. (the Company) in connection with its filing of Post- Effective Amendment No. 42 (the Post-Effective Amendment) to the Companys Registration Statement (Registration Nos. 333-48907; 811-58433) on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Securities Act) and the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Post-Effective Amendment is being filed pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act.
We have reviewed the Post-Effective Amendment and, in accordance with Rule 485(b)(4) under the Securities Act, hereby represent that the Post-Effective Amendment does not contain disclosures which would render it ineligible to become effective pursuant to Rule 485(b).
Very truly yours, |
GODFREY & KAHN, S.C. |
/s/ Jasna B. Dolgov |
Jasna B. Dolgov |
G ODFREY & K AHN IS A MEMBER OF T ERRALEX ® , A W ORLDWIDE N ETWORK OF I NDEPENDENT L AW F IRMS .